Pandemic Darlings The pandemic economy, in original documents
Home 134 Stat. 281 (Pub. L. 116-136, CARES Act)Search ⌕

134 Stat. 281 (Pub. L. 116-136, CARES Act)

Cite this document

“134 Stat. 281 (Pub. L. 116-136, CARES Act).” Original at www.govinfo.gov. Archived at Pandemic Darlings, https://pandemicdarlings.com/source-documents/134-stat-281-pub-l-116-136-cares-act-3a8fe7e94f/, SHA-256 680e4d173de6cb57dee41367daceefc21fadc633da2ded4713a025d767b3ba68.

Full text

This is the first part of the text (pages 1 to 244 of 335). The full document is in our copy of the file, STATUTE-134-Pg281.pdf, listed under File and source; the original is at govinfo.gov.

                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 281




                                                                      Public Law 116–136
                                                                      116th Congress
                                                                                                                   An Act
                                                                            To amend the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to repeal the excise tax on high                       Mar. 27, 2020
                                                                                            cost employer-sponsored health coverage.                                           [H.R. 748]
                                                                          Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of
                                                                      the United States of America in Congress assembled,                                                   Coronavirus Aid,
                                                                                                                                                                            Relief, and
                                                                      SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.                                                                               Economic
                                                                                                                                                                            Security Act.
                                                                          This Act may be cited as the ‘‘Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and                                       15 USC 9001
                                                                      Economic Security Act’’ or the ‘‘CARES Act’’.                                                         note.
                                                                      SEC. 2. TABLE OF CONTENTS.
                                                                             The table of contents for this Act is as follows:
                                                                      Sec. 1. Short title.
                                                                      Sec. 2. Table of contents.
                                                                      Sec. 3. References.
                                                                         DIVISION A—KEEPING WORKERS PAID AND EMPLOYED, HEALTH CARE
                                                                              SYSTEM ENHANCEMENTS, AND ECONOMIC STABILIZATION
                                                                          TITLE I—KEEPING AMERICAN WORKERS PAID AND EMPLOYED ACT
                                                                      Sec. 1101. Definitions.
                                                                      Sec. 1102. Paycheck protection program.
                                                                      Sec. 1103. Entrepreneurial development.
                                                                      Sec. 1104. State trade expansion program.
                                                                      Sec. 1105. Waiver of matching funds requirement under the women’s business cen-
                                                                                 ter program.
                                                                      Sec. 1106. Loan forgiveness.
                                                                      Sec. 1107. Direct appropriations.
                                                                      Sec. 1108. Minority business development agency.
                                                                      Sec. 1109. United States Treasury Program Management Authority.
                                                                      Sec. 1110. Emergency EIDL grants.
                                                                      Sec. 1111. Resources and services in languages other than English.
                                                                      Sec. 1112. Subsidy for certain loan payments.
                                                                      Sec. 1113. Bankruptcy.
                                                                      Sec. 1114. Emergency rulemaking authority.
                                                                             TITLE II—ASSISTANCE FOR AMERICAN WORKERS, FAMILIES, AND
                                                                                                    BUSINESSES
                                                                                       Subtitle A—Unemployment Insurance Provisions
                                                                      Sec. 2101. Short title.
                                                                      Sec. 2102. Pandemic Unemployment Assistance.
                                                                      Sec. 2103. Emergency unemployment relief for governmental entities and nonprofit
                                                                                 organizations.
                                                                      Sec. 2104. Emergency increase in unemployment compensation benefits.
                                                                      Sec. 2105. Temporary full Federal funding of the first week of compensable regular
                                                                                 unemployment for States with no waiting week.
                                                                      Sec. 2106. Emergency State staffing flexibility.
                                                                      Sec. 2107. Pandemic emergency unemployment compensation.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      Sec. 2108. Temporary financing of short-time compensation payments in States
                                                                                 with programs in law.
                                                                      Sec. 2109. Temporary financing of short-time compensation agreements.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00279   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6582   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 282                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                                              Sec. 2110. Grants for short-time compensation programs.
                                                                                              Sec. 2111. Assistance and guidance in implementing programs.
                                                                                              Sec. 2112. Waiver of the 7-day waiting period for benefits under the Railroad Un-
                                                                                                         employment Insurance Act.
                                                                                              Sec. 2113. Enhanced benefits under the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act.
                                                                                              Sec. 2114. Extended unemployment benefits under the Railroad Unemployment In-
                                                                                                         surance Act.
                                                                                              Sec. 2115. Funding for the DOL Office of Inspector General for oversight of unem-
                                                                                                         ployment provisions.
                                                                                              Sec. 2116. Implementation.
                                                                                                             Subtitle B—Rebates and Other Individual Provisions
                                                                                              Sec. 2201. 2020 recovery rebates for individuals.
                                                                                              Sec. 2202. Special rules for use of retirement funds.
                                                                                              Sec. 2203. Temporary waiver of required minimum distribution rules for certain re-
                                                                                                         tirement plans and accounts.
                                                                                              Sec. 2204. Allowance of partial above the line deduction for charitable contribu-
                                                                                                         tions.
                                                                                              Sec. 2205. Modification of limitations on charitable contributions during 2020.
                                                                                              Sec. 2206. Exclusion for certain employer payments of student loans.
                                                                                                                        Subtitle C—Business Provisions
                                                                                              Sec. 2301. Employee retention credit for employers subject to closure due to
                                                                                                         COVID–19.
                                                                                              Sec. 2302. Delay of payment of employer payroll taxes.
                                                                                              Sec. 2303. Modifications for net operating losses.
                                                                                              Sec. 2304. Modification of limitation on losses for taxpayers other than corpora-
                                                                                                         tions.
                                                                                              Sec. 2305. Modification of credit for prior year minimum tax liability of corpora-
                                                                                                         tions.
                                                                                              Sec. 2306. Modifications of limitation on business interest.
                                                                                              Sec. 2307. Technical amendments regarding qualified improvement property.
                                                                                              Sec. 2308. Temporary exception from excise tax for alcohol used to produce hand
                                                                                                         sanitizer.
                                                                                               TITLE III—SUPPORTING AMERICA’S HEALTH CARE SYSTEM IN THE FIGHT
                                                                                                                  AGAINST THE CORONAVIRUS
                                                                                                                              Subtitle A—Health Provisions
                                                                                              Sec. 3001. Short title.
                                                                                                                       PART I—ADDRESSING SUPPLY SHORTAGES
                                                                                                                   SUBPART A—MEDICAL PRODUCT SUPPLIES
                                                                                              Sec. 3101. National Academies report on America’s medical product supply chain
                                                                                                         security.
                                                                                              Sec. 3102. Requiring the strategic national stockpile to include certain types of
                                                                                                         medical supplies.
                                                                                              Sec. 3103. Treatment of respiratory protective devices as covered countermeasures.
                                                                                                             SUBPART B—MITIGATING EMERGENCY DRUG SHORTAGES
                                                                                              Sec. 3111. Prioritize reviews of drug applications; incentives.
                                                                                              Sec. 3112. Additional manufacturer reporting requirements in response to drug
                                                                                                         shortages.
                                                                                                             SUBPART C—PREVENTING MEDICAL DEVICE SHORTAGES
                                                                                              Sec. 3121. Discontinuance or interruption in the production of medical devices.
                                                                                                           PART II—ACCESS TO HEALTH CARE FOR COVID–19 PATIENTS
                                                                                                         SUBPART A—COVERAGE OF TESTING AND PREVENTIVE SERVICES
                                                                                              Sec. 3201. Coverage of diagnostic testing for COVID–19.
                                                                                              Sec. 3202. Pricing of diagnostic testing.
                                                                                              Sec. 3203. Rapid coverage of preventive services and vaccines for coronavirus.
                                                                                                              SUBPART B—SUPPORT FOR HEALTH CARE PROVIDERS
                                                                                              Sec. 3211. Supplemental awards for health centers.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              Sec. 3212. Telehealth network and telehealth resource centers grant programs.
                                                                                              Sec. 3213. Rural health care services outreach, rural health network development,
                                                                                                         and small health care provider quality improvement grant programs.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00280   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6582   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 283
                                                                      Sec. 3214. United States Public Health Service Modernization.
                                                                      Sec. 3215. Limitation on liability for volunteer health care professionals during
                                                                                 COVID–19 emergency response.
                                                                      Sec. 3216. Flexibility for members of National Health Service Corps during emer-
                                                                                 gency period.
                                                                                            SUBPART C—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                                                                      Sec. 3221. Confidentiality and disclosure of records relating to substance use dis-
                                                                                 order.
                                                                      Sec. 3222. Nutrition services.
                                                                      Sec. 3223. Continuity of service and opportunities for participants in community
                                                                                 service activities under title V of the Older Americans Act of 1965.
                                                                      Sec. 3224. Guidance on protected health information.
                                                                      Sec. 3225. Reauthorization of healthy start program.
                                                                      Sec. 3226. Importance of the blood supply.
                                                                                                     PART III—INNOVATION
                                                                      Sec. 3301. Removing the cap on OTA during public health emergencies.
                                                                      Sec. 3302. Priority zoonotic animal drugs.
                                                                                            PART IV—HEALTH CARE WORKFORCE
                                                                      Sec. 3401. Reauthorization of health professions workforce programs.
                                                                      Sec. 3402. Health workforce coordination.
                                                                      Sec. 3403. Education and training relating to geriatrics.
                                                                      Sec. 3404. Nursing workforce development.
                                                                                                Subtitle B—Education Provisions
                                                                      Sec. 3501. Short title.
                                                                      Sec. 3502. Definitions.
                                                                      Sec. 3503. Campus-based aid waivers.
                                                                      Sec. 3504. Use of supplemental educational opportunity grants for emergency aid.
                                                                      Sec. 3505. Federal work-study during a qualifying emergency.
                                                                      Sec. 3506. Adjustment of subsidized loan usage limits.
                                                                      Sec. 3507. Exclusion from Federal Pell Grant duration limit.
                                                                      Sec. 3508. Institutional refunds and Federal student loan flexibility.
                                                                      Sec. 3509. Satisfactory academic progress.
                                                                      Sec. 3510. Continuing education at affected foreign institutions.
                                                                      Sec. 3511. National emergency educational waivers.
                                                                      Sec. 3512. HBCU Capital financing.
                                                                      Sec. 3513. Temporary relief for federal student loan borrowers.
                                                                      Sec. 3514. Provisions related to the Corporation for National and Community Serv-
                                                                                 ice.
                                                                      Sec. 3515. Workforce response activities.
                                                                      Sec. 3516. Technical amendments.
                                                                      Sec. 3517. Waiver authority and reporting requirement for institutional aid.
                                                                      Sec. 3518. Authorized uses and other modifications for grants.
                                                                      Sec. 3519. Service obligations for teachers.
                                                                                                  Subtitle C—Labor Provisions
                                                                      Sec. 3601. Limitation on paid leave.
                                                                      Sec. 3602. Emergency Paid Sick Leave Act Limitation.
                                                                      Sec. 3603. Unemployment insurance.
                                                                      Sec. 3604. OMB Waiver of Paid Family and Paid Sick Leave.
                                                                      Sec. 3605. Paid leave for rehired employees.
                                                                      Sec. 3606. Advance refunding of credits.
                                                                      Sec. 3607. Expansion of DOL Authority to postpone certain deadlines.
                                                                      Sec. 3608. Single-employer plan funding rules.
                                                                      Sec. 3609. Application of cooperative and small employer charity pension plan rules
                                                                                 to certain charitable employers whose primary exempt purpose is pro-
                                                                                 viding services with respect to mothers and children.
                                                                      Sec. 3610. Federal contractor authority.
                                                                      Sec. 3611. Technical corrections.
                                                                                                Subtitle D—Finance Committee
                                                                      Sec. 3701. Exemption for telehealth services.
                                                                      Sec. 3702. Inclusion of certain over-the-counter medical products as qualified med-
                                                                                 ical expenses.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      Sec. 3703. Increasing Medicare telehealth flexibilities during emergency period.
                                                                      Sec. 3704. Enhancing Medicare telehealth services for Federally qualified health
                                                                                 centers and rural health clinics during emergency period.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00281   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6582   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 284                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                                              Sec. 3705. Temporary waiver of requirement for face-to-face visits between home
                                                                                                         dialysis patients and physicians.
                                                                                              Sec. 3706. Use of telehealth to conduct face-to-face encounter prior to recertification
                                                                                                         of eligibility for hospice care during emergency period.
                                                                                              Sec. 3707. Encouraging use of telecommunications systems for home health serv-
                                                                                                         ices furnished during emergency period.
                                                                                              Sec. 3708. Improving care planning for Medicare home health services.
                                                                                              Sec. 3709. Adjustment of sequestration.
                                                                                              Sec. 3710. Medicare hospital inpatient prospective payment system add-on pay-
                                                                                                         ment for COVID–19 patients during emergency period.
                                                                                              Sec. 3711. Increasing access to post-acute care during emergency period.
                                                                                              Sec. 3712. Revising payment rates for durable medical equipment under the Medi-
                                                                                                         care program through duration of emergency period.
                                                                                              Sec. 3713. Coverage of the COVID–19 vaccine under part B of the Medicare pro-
                                                                                                         gram without any cost-sharing.
                                                                                              Sec. 3714. Requiring Medicare prescription drug plans and MA–PD plans to allow
                                                                                                         during the COVID–19 emergency period for fills and refills of covered
                                                                                                         part D drugs for up to a 3-month supply.
                                                                                              Sec. 3715. Providing home and community-based services in acute care hospitals.
                                                                                              Sec. 3716. Clarification regarding uninsured individuals.
                                                                                              Sec. 3717. Clarification regarding coverage of COVID–19 testing products.
                                                                                              Sec. 3718. Amendments relating to reporting requirements with respect to clinical
                                                                                                         diagnostic laboratory tests.
                                                                                              Sec. 3719. Expansion of the Medicare hospital accelerated payment program during
                                                                                                         the COVID–19 public health emergency.
                                                                                              Sec. 3720. Delaying requirements for enhanced FMAP to enable State legislation
                                                                                                         necessary for compliance.
                                                                                                                  Subtitle E—Health and Human Services Extenders
                                                                                                                        PART I—MEDICARE PROVISIONS
                                                                                              Sec. 3801. Extension of the work geographic index floor under the Medicare pro-
                                                                                                         gram.
                                                                                              Sec. 3802. Extension of funding for quality measure endorsement, input, and selec-
                                                                                                         tion.
                                                                                              Sec. 3803. Extension of funding outreach and assistance for low-income programs.
                                                                                                                       PART II—MEDICAID PROVISIONS
                                                                                              Sec. 3811. Extension of the Money Follows the Person rebalancing demonstration
                                                                                                         program.
                                                                                              Sec. 3812. Extension of spousal impoverishment protections.
                                                                                              Sec. 3813. Delay of DSH reductions.
                                                                                              Sec. 3814. Extension and expansion of Community Mental Health Services dem-
                                                                                                         onstration program.
                                                                                                         PART III—HUMAN SERVICES AND OTHER HEALTH PROGRAMS
                                                                                              Sec. 3821. Extension of sexual risk avoidance education program.
                                                                                              Sec. 3822. Extension of personal responsibility education program.
                                                                                              Sec. 3823. Extension of demonstration projects to address health professions work-
                                                                                                         force needs.
                                                                                              Sec. 3824. Extension of the temporary assistance for needy families program and
                                                                                                         related programs.
                                                                                                                    PART IV—PUBLIC HEALTH PROVISIONS
                                                                                              Sec. 3831. Extension for community health centers, the National Health Service
                                                                                                         Corps, and teaching health centers that operate GME programs.
                                                                                              Sec. 3832. Diabetes programs.
                                                                                                                    PART V—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                                                                                              Sec. 3841. Prevention of duplicate appropriations for fiscal year 2020.
                                                                                                                           Subtitle F—Over-the-Counter Drugs
                                                                                                                         PART I—OTC DRUG REVIEW
                                                                                              Sec. 3851. Regulation of certain nonprescription drugs that are marketed without
                                                                                                         an approved drug application.
                                                                                              Sec. 3852. Misbranding.
                                                                                              Sec. 3853. Drugs excluded from the over-the-counter drug review.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              Sec. 3854. Treatment of Sunscreen Innovation Act.
                                                                                              Sec. 3855. Annual update to Congress on appropriate pediatric indication for cer-
                                                                                                         tain OTC cough and cold drugs.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00282   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6582   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 285
                                                                      Sec. 3856. Technical corrections.
                                                                                                               PART II—USER FEES
                                                                      Sec. 3861. Finding.
                                                                      Sec. 3862. Fees relating to over-the-counter drugs.
                                                                         TITLE IV—ECONOMIC STABILIZATION AND ASSISTANCE TO SEVERELY
                                                                              DISTRESSED SECTORS OF THE UNITED STATES ECONOMY
                                                                                       Subtitle A—Coronavirus Economic Stabilization Act of 2020
                                                                      Sec. 4001. Short title.
                                                                      Sec. 4002. Definitions.
                                                                      Sec. 4003. Emergency relief and taxpayer protections.
                                                                      Sec. 4004. Limitation on certain employee compensation.
                                                                      Sec. 4005. Continuation of certain air service.
                                                                      Sec. 4006. Coordination with Secretary of Transportation.
                                                                      Sec. 4007. Suspension of certain aviation excise taxes.
                                                                      Sec. 4008. Debt guarantee authority.
                                                                      Sec. 4009. Temporary Government in the Sunshine Act relief.
                                                                      Sec. 4010. Temporary hiring flexibility.
                                                                      Sec. 4011. Temporary lending limit waiver.
                                                                      Sec. 4012. Temporary relief for community banks.
                                                                      Sec. 4013. Temporary relief from troubled debt restructurings.
                                                                      Sec. 4014. Optional temporary relief from current expected credit losses.
                                                                      Sec. 4015. Non-applicability of restrictions on ESF during national emergency.
                                                                      Sec. 4016. Temporary credit union provisions.
                                                                      Sec. 4017. Increasing access to materials necessary for national security and pan-
                                                                                 demic recovery.
                                                                      Sec. 4018. Special Inspector General for Pandemic Recovery.
                                                                      Sec. 4019. Conflicts of interest.
                                                                      Sec. 4020. Congressional Oversight Commission.
                                                                      Sec. 4021. Credit protection during COVID–19.
                                                                      Sec. 4022. Foreclosure moratorium and consumer right to request forbearance.
                                                                      Sec. 4023. Forbearance of residential mortgage loan payments for multifamily prop-
                                                                                 erties with federally backed loans.
                                                                      Sec. 4024. Temporary moratorium on eviction filings.
                                                                      Sec. 4025. Protection of collective bargaining agreement.
                                                                      Sec. 4026. Reports.
                                                                      Sec. 4027. Direct appropriation.
                                                                      Sec. 4028. Rule of construction.
                                                                      Sec. 4029. Termination of authority.
                                                                                                    Subtitle B—Air Carrier Worker Support
                                                                      Sec. 4111. Definitions.
                                                                      Sec. 4112. Pandemic relief for aviation workers.
                                                                      Sec. 4113. Procedures for providing payroll support.
                                                                      Sec. 4114. Required assurances.
                                                                      Sec. 4115. Protection of collective bargaining agreement.
                                                                      Sec. 4116. Limitation on certain employee compensation.
                                                                      Sec. 4117. Tax payer protection.
                                                                      Sec. 4118. Reports.
                                                                      Sec. 4119. Coordination.
                                                                      Sec. 4120. Direct appropriation.
                                                                                               TITLE V—CORONAVIRUS RELIEF FUNDS
                                                                      Sec. 5001. Coronavirus Relief Fund.
                                                                                              TITLE VI—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                                                                      Sec. 6001. COVID–19 borrowing authority for the United States Postal Service.
                                                                      Sec. 6002. Emergency designation.
                                                                       DIVISION B—EMERGENCY APPROPRIATIONS FOR CORONAVIRUS HEALTH
                                                                                     RESPONSE AND AGENCY OPERATIONS
                                                                      SEC. 3. REFERENCES.                                                                                   1 USC 1 note.
                                                                           Except as expressly provided otherwise, any reference to ‘‘this




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      Act’’ contained in any division of this Act shall be treated as
                                                                      referring only to the provisions of that division.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00283   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 286                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              DIVISION A—KEEPING WORKERS PAID
                                                                                               AND EMPLOYED, HEALTH CARE SYS-
                                                                                               TEM ENHANCEMENTS, AND ECO-
                                                                                               NOMIC STABILIZATION
                                                                                                      TITLE I—KEEPING AMERICAN
                                                                                                    WORKERS PAID AND EMPLOYED ACT
                                                                      15 USC 9001.            SEC. 1101. DEFINITIONS.
                                                                                                     In this title—
                                                                                                          (1) the terms ‘‘Administration’’ and ‘‘Administrator’’ mean
                                                                                                     the Small Business Administration and the Administrator
                                                                                                     thereof, respectively; and
                                                                                                          (2) the term ‘‘small business concern’’ has the meaning
                                                                                                     given the term in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                                                     U.S.C. 636).
                                                                                              SEC. 1102. PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM.
                                                                                                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                                              U.S.C. 636(a)) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                             (A) in subparagraph (A), in the matter preceding clause
                                                                                                       (i), by striking ‘‘and (E)’’ and inserting ‘‘(E), and (F)’’; and
                                                                                                             (B) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                             ‘‘(F) PARTICIPATION IN THE PAYCHECK PROTECTION PRO-
                                                                                                       GRAM.—In an agreement to participate in a loan on a
                                                                                                       deferred basis under paragraph (36), the participation by
                                                                                                       the Administration shall be 100 percent.’’; and
                                                                                                       (2) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(36) PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) the terms ‘appropriate Federal banking agency’
                                                                                                             and ‘insured depository institution’ have the meanings
                                                                                                             given those terms in section 3 of the Federal Deposit
                                                                                                             Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) the term ‘covered loan’ means a loan made
                                                                                                             under this paragraph during the covered period;
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iii) the term ‘covered period’ means the period
                                                                                                             beginning on February 15, 2020 and ending on June
                                                                                                             30, 2020;
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iv) the term ‘eligible recipient’ means an indi-
                                                                                                             vidual or entity that is eligible to receive a covered
                                                                                                             loan;
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(v) the term ‘eligible self-employed individual’ has
                                                                                                             the meaning given the term in section 7002(b) of the
                                                                                                             Families First Coronavirus Response Act (Public Law
                                                                                                             116–127);
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(vi) the term ‘insured credit union’ has the
                                                                                                             meaning given the term in section 101 of the Federal
                                                                                                             Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752);
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(vii) the term ‘nonprofit organization’ means an
                                                                                                             organization that is described in section 501(c)(3) of




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                             the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and that is exempt
                                                                                                             from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00284   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 287

                                                                                            ‘‘(viii) the term ‘payroll costs’—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(I) means—
                                                                                                        ‘‘(aa) the sum of payments of any com-
                                                                                                  pensation with respect to employees that is
                                                                                                  a—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(AA) salary, wage, commission, or
                                                                                                        similar compensation;
                                                                                                              ‘‘(BB) payment of cash tip or equiva-
                                                                                                        lent;
                                                                                                              ‘‘(CC) payment for vacation, parental,
                                                                                                        family, medical, or sick leave;
                                                                                                              ‘‘(DD) allowance for dismissal or sepa-
                                                                                                        ration;
                                                                                                              ‘‘(EE) payment required for the provi-
                                                                                                        sions of group health care benefits,
                                                                                                        including insurance premiums;
                                                                                                              ‘‘(FF) payment of any retirement ben-
                                                                                                        efit; or
                                                                                                              ‘‘(GG) payment of State or local tax
                                                                                                        assessed      on    the   compensation     of
                                                                                                        employees; and
                                                                                                        ‘‘(bb) the sum of payments of any com-
                                                                                                  pensation to or income of a sole proprietor
                                                                                                  or independent contractor that is a wage,
                                                                                                  commission, income, net earnings from self-
                                                                                                  employment, or similar compensation and that
                                                                                                  is in an amount that is not more than $100,000
                                                                                                  in 1 year, as prorated for the covered period;
                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                  ‘‘(II) shall not include—
                                                                                                        ‘‘(aa) the compensation of an individual
                                                                                                  employee in excess of an annual salary of
                                                                                                  $100,000, as prorated for the covered period;
                                                                                                        ‘‘(bb) taxes imposed or withheld under
                                                                                                  chapters 21, 22, or 24 of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                  Code of 1986 during the covered period;
                                                                                                        ‘‘(cc) any compensation of an employee
                                                                                                  whose principal place of residence is outside
                                                                                                  of the United States;
                                                                                                        ‘‘(dd) qualified sick leave wages for which
                                                                                                  a credit is allowed under section 7001 of the
                                                                                                  Families First Coronavirus Response Act
                                                                                                  (Public Law 116–127); or
                                                                                                        ‘‘(ee) qualified family leave wages for
                                                                                                  which a credit is allowed under section 7003
                                                                                                  of the Families First Coronavirus Response
                                                                                                  Act (Public Law 116–127); and
                                                                                            ‘‘(ix) the term ‘veterans organization’ means an
                                                                                       organization that is described in section 501(c)(19) of
                                                                                       the Internal Revenue Code that is exempt from tax-
                                                                                       ation under section 501(a) of such Code.
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) PAYCHECK PROTECTION LOANS.—Except as other-
                                                                                   wise provided in this paragraph, the Administrator may




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                   guarantee covered loans under the same terms, conditions,
                                                                                   and processes as a loan made under this subsection.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00285   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 288                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Deadline.                               ‘‘(C) REGISTRATION OF LOANS.—Not later than 15 days
                                                                                                          after the date on which a loan is made under this para-
                                                                                                          graph, the Administration shall register the loan using
                                                                                                          the TIN (as defined in section 7701 of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                          Code of 1986) assigned to the borrower.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(D) INCREASED ELIGIBILITY FOR CERTAIN SMALL
                                                                                                          BUSINESSES AND ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, in
                                                                                                              addition to small business concerns, any business con-
                                                                                                              cern, nonprofit organization, veterans organization, or
                                                                                                              Tribal business concern described in section 31(b)(2)(C)
                                                                                                              shall be eligible to receive a covered loan if the business
                                                                                                              concern, nonprofit organization, veterans organization,
                                                                                                              or Tribal business concern employs not more than the
                                                                                                              greater of—
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(I) 500 employees; or
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(II) if applicable, the size standard in number
                                                                                                                    of employees established by the Administration
                                                                                                                    for the industry in which the business concern,
                                                                                                                    nonprofit organization, veterans organization, or
                                                                                                                    Tribal business concern operates.
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(ii) INCLUSION OF SOLE PROPRIETORS, INDE-
                                                                                                              PENDENT CONTRACTORS, AND ELIGIBLE SELF-EMPLOYED
                                                                                                              INDIVIDUALS.—
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period,
                                                                                                                    individuals who operate under a sole proprietor-
                                                                                                                    ship or as an independent contractor and eligible
                                                                                                                    self-employed individuals shall be eligible to
                                                                                                                    receive a covered loan.
                                                                      Determination.                                       ‘‘(II) DOCUMENTATION.—An eligible self-
                                                                                                                    employed individual, independent contractor, or
                                                                                                                    sole proprietorship seeking a covered loan shall
                                                                                                                    submit such documentation as is necessary to
                                                                                                                    establish such individual as eligible, including pay-
                                                                                                                    roll tax filings reported to the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                                    Service, Forms 1099–MISC, and income and
                                                                                                                    expenses from the sole proprietorship, as deter-
                                                                                                                    mined by the Administrator and the Secretary.
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(iii) BUSINESS CONCERNS WITH MORE THAN 1 PHYS-
                                                                                                              ICAL LOCATION.—During the covered period, any busi-
                                                                                                              ness concern that employs not more than 500
                                                                                                              employees per physical location of the business concern
                                                                                                              and that is assigned a North American Industry Classi-
                                                                                                              fication System code beginning with 72 at the time
                                                                                                              of disbursal shall be eligible to receive a covered loan.
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(iv) WAIVER OF AFFILIATION RULES.—During the
                                                                                                              covered period, the provisions applicable to affiliations
                                                                                                              under section 121.103 of title 13, Code of Federal Regu-
                                                                                                              lations, or any successor regulation, are waived with
                                                                                                              respect to eligibility for a covered loan for—
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(I) any business concern with not more than
                                                                                                                    500 employees that, as of the date on which the
                                                                                                                    covered loan is disbursed, is assigned a North




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                    American Industry Classification System code
                                                                                                                    beginning with 72;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00286   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 289

                                                                                                   ‘‘(II) any business concern operating as a fran-
                                                                                            chise that is assigned a franchise identifier code
                                                                                            by the Administration; and
                                                                                                   ‘‘(III) any business concern that receives finan-
                                                                                            cial assistance from a company licensed under sec-
                                                                                            tion 301 of the Small Business Investment Act
                                                                                            of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 681).
                                                                                            ‘‘(v) EMPLOYEE.—For purposes of determining                                     Definition.
                                                                                       whether a business concern, nonprofit organization,
                                                                                       veterans organization, or Tribal business concern
                                                                                       described in section 31(b)(2)(C) employs not more than
                                                                                       500 employees under clause (i)(I), the term ‘employee’
                                                                                       includes individuals employed on a full-time, part-time,
                                                                                       or other basis.
                                                                                            ‘‘(vi) AFFILIATION.—The provisions applicable to                                Applicability.
                                                                                       affiliations under section 121.103 of title 13, Code of
                                                                                       Federal Regulations, or any successor thereto, shall
                                                                                       apply with respect to a nonprofit organization and
                                                                                       a veterans organization in the same manner as with
                                                                                       respect to a small business concern.
                                                                                       ‘‘(E) MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT.—During the covered
                                                                                   period, with respect to a covered loan, the maximum loan
                                                                                   amount shall be the lesser of—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i)(I) the sum of—
                                                                                                   ‘‘(aa) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(AA) the average total monthly payments                          Time periods.
                                                                                                   by the applicant for payroll costs incurred                              Determination.
                                                                                                   during the 1-year period before the date on
                                                                                                   which the loan is made, except that, in the
                                                                                                   case of an applicant that is seasonal employer,
                                                                                                   as determined by the Administrator, the aver-
                                                                                                   age total monthly payments for payroll shall
                                                                                                   be for the 12-week period beginning February
                                                                                                   15, 2019, or at the election of the eligible
                                                                                                   recipient, March 1, 2019, and ending June
                                                                                                   30, 2019; by
                                                                                                         ‘‘(BB) 2.5; and
                                                                                                   ‘‘(bb) the outstanding amount of a loan under
                                                                                            subsection (b)(2) that was made during the period
                                                                                            beginning on January 31, 2020 and ending on
                                                                                            the date on which covered loans are made available
                                                                                            to be refinanced under the covered loan; or
                                                                                            ‘‘(II) if requested by an otherwise eligible recipient
                                                                                       that was not in business during the period beginning
                                                                                       on February 15, 2019 and ending on June 30, 2019,
                                                                                       the sum of—
                                                                                                   ‘‘(aa) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(AA) the average total monthly payments
                                                                                                   by the applicant for payroll costs incurred
                                                                                                   during the period beginning on January 1,
                                                                                                   2020 and ending on February 29, 2020; by
                                                                                                         ‘‘(BB) 2.5; and
                                                                                                   ‘‘(bb) the outstanding amount of a loan under
                                                                                            subsection (b)(2) that was made during the period
                                                                                            beginning on January 31, 2020 and ending on




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                            the date on which covered loans are made available
                                                                                            to be refinanced under the covered loan; or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00287   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 290                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) $10,000,000.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(F) ALLOWABLE USES OF COVERED LOANS.—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, an
                                                                                                                 eligible recipient may, in addition to the allowable
                                                                                                                 uses of a loan made under this subsection, use the
                                                                                                                 proceeds of the covered loan for—
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(I) payroll costs;
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(II) costs related to the continuation of group
                                                                                                                       health care benefits during periods of paid sick,
                                                                                                                       medical, or family leave, and insurance premiums;
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(III) employee salaries, commissions, or
                                                                                                                       similar compensations;
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(IV) payments of interest on any mortgage
                                                                                                                       obligation (which shall not include any prepayment
                                                                                                                       of or payment of principal on a mortgage obliga-
                                                                                                                       tion);
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(V) rent (including rent under a lease agree-
                                                                                                                       ment);
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(VI) utilities; and
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(VII) interest on any other debt obligations
                                                                                                                       that were incurred before the covered period.
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) DELEGATED AUTHORITY.—
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of making cov-
                                                                                                                       ered loans for the purposes described in clause
                                                                                                                       (i), a lender approved to make loans under this
                                                                                                                       subsection shall be deemed to have been delegated
                                                                                                                       authority by the Administrator to make and
                                                                                                                       approve covered loans, subject to the provisions
                                                                                                                       of this paragraph.
                                                                      Evaluation.                                             ‘‘(II) CONSIDERATIONS.—In evaluating the
                                                                                                                       eligibility of a borrower for a covered loan with
                                                                                                                       the terms described in this paragraph, a lender
                                                                                                                       shall consider whether the borrower—
                                                                                                                                    ‘‘(aa) was in operation on February 15,
                                                                                                                              2020; and
                                                                                                                                    ‘‘(bb)(AA) had employees for whom the
                                                                                                                              borrower paid salaries and payroll taxes; or
                                                                                                                                    ‘‘(BB) paid independent contractors, as
                                                                                                                              reported on a Form 1099–MISC.
                                                                      Determination.                                   ‘‘(iii) ADDITIONAL LENDERS.—The authority to
                                                                                                                 make loans under this paragraph shall be extended
                                                                                                                 to additional lenders determined by the Administrator
                                                                                                                 and the Secretary of the Treasury to have the nec-
                                                                                                                 essary qualifications to process, close, disburse and
                                                                                                                 service loans made with the guarantee of the Adminis-
                                                                                                                 tration.
                                                                      Time period.                                     ‘‘(iv) REFINANCE.—A loan made under subsection
                                                                                                                 (b)(2) during the period beginning on January 31, 2020
                                                                                                                 and ending on the date on which covered loans are
                                                                                                                 made available may be refinanced as part of a covered
                                                                                                                 loan.
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(v) NONRECOURSE.—Notwithstanding the waiver
                                                                                                                 of the personal guarantee requirement or collateral
                                                                                                                 under subparagraph (J), the Administrator shall have
                                                                                                                 no recourse against any individual shareholder,




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                 member, or partner of an eligible recipient of a covered
                                                                                                                 loan for nonpayment of any covered loan, except to




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00288   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 291

                                                                                        the extent that such shareholder, member, or partner
                                                                                        uses the covered loan proceeds for a purpose not
                                                                                        authorized under clause (i).
                                                                                        ‘‘(G) BORROWER REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) CERTIFICATION.—An eligible recipient applying
                                                                                        for a covered loan shall make a good faith certifi-
                                                                                        cation—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) that the uncertainty of current economic
                                                                                              conditions makes necessary the loan request to
                                                                                              support the ongoing operations of the eligible
                                                                                              recipient;
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) acknowledging that funds will be used
                                                                                              to retain workers and maintain payroll or make
                                                                                              mortgage payments, lease payments, and utility
                                                                                              payments;
                                                                                                     ‘‘(III) that the eligible recipient does not have
                                                                                              an application pending for a loan under this sub-
                                                                                              section for the same purpose and duplicative of
                                                                                              amounts applied for or received under a covered
                                                                                              loan; and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(IV) during the period beginning on February                         Time period.
                                                                                              15, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020, that
                                                                                              the eligible recipient has not received amounts
                                                                                              under this subsection for the same purpose and
                                                                                              duplicative of amounts applied for or received
                                                                                              under a covered loan.
                                                                                        ‘‘(H) FEE WAIVER.—During the covered period, with
                                                                                   respect to a covered loan—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under
                                                                                        paragraph (23)(A), the Administrator shall collect no
                                                                                        fee; and
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under
                                                                                        paragraph (18)(A), the Administrator shall collect no
                                                                                        fee.
                                                                                        ‘‘(I) CREDIT ELSEWHERE.—During the covered period,
                                                                                   the requirement that a small business concern is unable
                                                                                   to obtain credit elsewhere, as defined in section 3(h), shall
                                                                                   not apply to a covered loan.
                                                                                        ‘‘(J) WAIVER OF PERSONAL GUARANTEE REQUIREMENT.—
                                                                                   During the covered period, with respect to a covered loan—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) no personal guarantee shall be required for
                                                                                        the covered loan; and
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) no collateral shall be required for the covered
                                                                                        loan.
                                                                                        ‘‘(K) MATURITY FOR LOANS WITH REMAINING BALANCE
                                                                                   AFTER APPLICATION OF FORGIVENESS.—With respect to a
                                                                                   covered loan that has a remaining balance after reduction
                                                                                   based on the loan forgiveness amount under section 1106
                                                                                   of the CARES Act—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) the remaining balance shall continue to be
                                                                                        guaranteed by the Administration under this sub-
                                                                                        section; and
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) the covered loan shall have a maximum matu-
                                                                                        rity of 10 years from the date on which the borrower
                                                                                        applies for loan forgiveness under that section.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                        ‘‘(L) INTEREST RATE REQUIREMENTS.—A covered loan
                                                                                   shall bear an interest rate not to exceed 4 percent.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00289   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 292                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Time period.                            ‘‘(M) LOAN DEFERMENT.—
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(i) DEFINITION OF IMPACTED BORROWER.—
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—In this subparagraph, the
                                                                                                                    term ‘impacted borrower’ means an eligible
                                                                                                                    recipient that—
                                                                                                                                  ‘‘(aa) is in operation on February 15, 2020;
                                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                                                  ‘‘(bb) has an application for a covered loan
                                                                                                                           that is approved or pending approval on or
                                                                                                                           after the date of enactment of this paragraph.
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(II) PRESUMPTION.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                                    subparagraph, an impacted borrower is presumed
                                                                                                                    to have been adversely impacted by COVID–19.
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(ii) DEFERRAL.—During the covered period, the
                                                                                                              Administrator shall—
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(I) consider each eligible recipient that applies
                                                                                                                    for a covered loan to be an impacted borrower;
                                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(II) require lenders under this subsection to
                                                                                                                    provide complete payment deferment relief for
                                                                                                                    impacted borrowers with covered loans for a period
                                                                                                                    of not less than 6 months, including payment of
                                                                                                                    principal, interest, and fees, and not more than
                                                                                                                    1 year.
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(iii) SECONDARY MARKET.—During the covered
                                                                                                              period, with respect to a covered loan that is sold
                                                                                                              on the secondary market, if an investor declines to
                                                                                                              approve a deferral requested by a lender under clause
                                                                                                              (ii), the Administrator shall exercise the authority to
                                                                                                              purchase the loan so that the impacted borrower may
                                                                                                              receive a deferral for a period of not less than 6 months,
                                                                                                              including payment of principal, interest, and fees, and
                                                                                                              not more than 1 year.
                                                                      Deadline.                                     ‘‘(iv) GUIDANCE.—Not later than 30 days after the
                                                                                                              date of enactment of this paragraph, the Administrator
                                                                                                              shall provide guidance to lenders under this paragraph
                                                                                                              on the deferment process described in this subpara-
                                                                                                              graph.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(N) SECONDARY MARKET SALES.—A covered loan shall
                                                                                                          be eligible to be sold in the secondary market consistent
                                                                                                          with this subsection. The Administrator may not collect
                                                                                                          any fee for any guarantee sold into the secondary market
                                                                                                          under this subparagraph.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(O) REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(i) RISK WEIGHT.—With respect to the appropriate
                                                                                                              Federal banking agencies or the National Credit Union
                                                                                                              Administration Board applying capital requirements
                                                                                                              under their respective risk-based capital requirements,
                                                                                                              a covered loan shall receive a risk weight of zero per-
                                                                                                              cent.
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(ii) TEMPORARY RELIEF FROM TDR DISCLOSURES.—
                                                                                                              Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an insured
                                                                                                              depository institution or an insured credit union that
                                                                                                              modifies a covered loan in relation to COVID–19-
                                                                                                              related difficulties in a troubled debt restructuring on




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                              or after March 13, 2020, shall not be required to comply
                                                                                                              with the Financial Accounting Standards Board




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00290   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 293

                                                                                  Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 310–40
                                                                                  (‘Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Credi-
                                                                                  tors’) for purposes of compliance with the requirements
                                                                                  of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811
                                                                                  et seq.), until such time and under such circumstances
                                                                                  as the appropriate Federal banking agency or the
                                                                                  National Credit Union Administration Board, as
                                                                                  applicable, determines appropriate.
                                                                                  ‘‘(P) REIMBURSEMENT FOR PROCESSING.—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall
                                                                                  reimburse a lender authorized to make a covered loan
                                                                                  at a rate, based on the balance of the financing out-
                                                                                  standing at the time of disbursement of the covered
                                                                                  loan, of—
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) 5 percent for loans of not more than
                                                                                        $350,000;
                                                                                               ‘‘(II) 3 percent for loans of more than $350,000
                                                                                        and less than $2,000,000; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(III) 1 percent for loans of not less than
                                                                                        $2,000,000.
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) FEE LIMITS.—An agent that assists an eligible
                                                                                  recipient to prepare an application for a covered loan
                                                                                  may not collect a fee in excess of the limits established
                                                                                  by the Administrator.
                                                                                        ‘‘(iii) TIMING.—A reimbursement described in                                        Deadline.
                                                                                  clause (i) shall be made not later than 5 days after
                                                                                  the disbursement of the covered loan.
                                                                                        ‘‘(iv) SENSE OF THE SENATE.—It is the sense of
                                                                                  the Senate that the Administrator should issue guid-
                                                                                  ance to lenders and agents to ensure that the proc-
                                                                                  essing and disbursement of covered loans prioritizes
                                                                                  small business concerns and entities in underserved
                                                                                  and rural markets, including veterans and members
                                                                                  of the military community, small business concerns
                                                                                  owned and controlled by socially and economically dis-
                                                                                  advantaged individuals (as defined in section
                                                                                  8(d)(3)(C)), women, and businesses in operation for
                                                                                  less than 2 years.
                                                                                  ‘‘(Q) DUPLICATION.—Nothing in this paragraph shall                                        Time period.
                                                                              prohibit a recipient of an economic injury disaster loan
                                                                              made under subsection (b)(2) during the period beginning
                                                                              on January 31, 2020 and ending on the date on which
                                                                              covered loans are made available that is for a purpose
                                                                              other than paying payroll costs and other obligations
                                                                              described in subparagraph (F) from receiving assistance
                                                                              under this paragraph.
                                                                                  ‘‘(R) WAIVER OF PREPAYMENT PENALTY.—Notwith-
                                                                              standing any other provision of law, there shall be no
                                                                              prepayment penalty for any payment made on a covered
                                                                              loan.’’.
                                                                          (b) COMMITMENTS FOR 7(A) LOANS.—During the period begin-                                          Time period.
                                                                      ning on February 15, 2020 and ending on June 30, 2020—
                                                                              (1) the amount authorized for commitments for general
                                                                          business loans authorized under section 7(a) of the Small Busi-
                                                                          ness Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)), including loans made under para-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                          graph (36) of such section, as added by subsection (a), shall
                                                                          be $349,000,000,000; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00291   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 294                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                       (2) the amount authorized for commitments for such loans
                                                                                                  under the heading ‘‘BUSINESS LOANS PROGRAM ACCOUNT’’ under
                                                                                                  the heading ‘‘SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION’’ under title
                                                                                                  V of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020 (Public Law
                                                                                                  116–93; 133 Stat. 2475) shall not apply.
                                                                                                  (c) EXPRESS LOANS.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 7(a)(31)(D) of the Small Business
                                                                                                  Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)(31)(D)) is amended by striking ‘‘$350,000’’
                                                                                                  and inserting ‘‘$1,000,000’’.
                                                                      Effective date.                  (2) PROSPECTIVE REPEAL.—Effective on January 1, 2021,
                                                                      15 USC 636 note.            section 7(a)(31)(D) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                                  636(a)(31)(D)) is amended by striking ‘‘$1,000,000’’ and
                                                                                                  inserting ‘‘$350,000’’.
                                                                                                  (d) EXCEPTION TO GUARANTEE FEE WAIVER FOR VETERANS.—
                                                                                              Section 7(a)(31)(G) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                              636(a)(31)(G)) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) by striking clause (ii); and
                                                                                                       (2) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause (ii).
                                                                      15 USC 636 note.            (e) INTERIM RULE.—On and after the date of enactment of
                                                                                              this Act, the interim final rule published by the Administrator
                                                                                              entitled ‘‘Express Loan Programs: Affiliation Standards’’ (85 Fed.
                                                                                              Reg. 7622 (February 10, 2020)) is permanently rescinded and shall
                                                                                              have no force or effect.
                                                                      15 USC 9002.            SEC. 1103. ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT.
                                                                                                     (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                          (1) the term ‘‘covered small business concern’’ means a
                                                                                                     small business concern that has experienced, as a result of
                                                                                                     COVID–19—
                                                                                                               (A) supply chain disruptions, including changes in—
                                                                                                                    (i) quantity and lead time, including the number
                                                                                                               of shipments of components and delays in shipments;
                                                                                                                    (ii) quality, including shortages in supply for
                                                                                                               quality control reasons; and
                                                                                                                    (iii) technology, including a compromised payment
                                                                                                               network;
                                                                                                               (B) staffing challenges;
                                                                                                               (C) a decrease in gross receipts or customers; or
                                                                                                               (D) a closure;
                                                                                                          (2) the term ‘‘resource partner’’ means—
                                                                                                               (A) a small business development center; and
                                                                                                               (B) a women’s business center;
                                                                                                          (3) the term ‘‘small business development center’’ has the
                                                                                                     meaning given the term in section 3 of the Small Business
                                                                                                     Act (15 U.S.C. 632); and
                                                                                                          (4) the term ‘‘women’s business center’’ means a women’s
                                                                                                     business center described in section 29 of the Small Business
                                                                                                     Act (15 U.S.C. 656).
                                                                                                     (b) EDUCATION, TRAINING, AND ADVISING GRANTS.—
                                                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—The Administration may provide financial
                                                                                                     assistance in the form of grants to resource partners to provide
                                                                                                     education, training, and advising to covered small business
                                                                                                     concerns.
                                                                                                          (2) USE OF FUNDS.—Grants under this subsection shall




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     be used for the education, training, and advising of covered
                                                                                                     small business concerns and their employees on—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00292   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 295

                                                                                        (A) accessing and applying for resources provided by
                                                                                   the Administration and other Federal resources relating
                                                                                   to access to capital and business resiliency;
                                                                                        (B) the hazards and prevention of the transmission
                                                                                   and communication of COVID–19 and other communicable
                                                                                   diseases;
                                                                                        (C) the potential effects of COVID–19 on the supply
                                                                                   chains, distribution, and sale of products of covered small
                                                                                   business concerns and the mitigation of those effects;
                                                                                        (D) the management and practice of telework to reduce
                                                                                   possible transmission of COVID–19;
                                                                                        (E) the management and practice of remote customer
                                                                                   service by electronic or other means;
                                                                                        (F) the risks of and mitigation of cyber threats in
                                                                                   remote customer service or telework practices;
                                                                                        (G) the mitigation of the effects of reduced travel or
                                                                                   outside activities on covered small business concerns during
                                                                                   COVID–19 or similar occurrences; and
                                                                                        (H) any other relevant business practices necessary
                                                                                   to mitigate the economic effects of COVID–19 or similar
                                                                                   occurrences.
                                                                                   (3) GRANT DETERMINATION.—
                                                                                        (A) SMALL BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CENTERS.—The
                                                                                   Administration shall award 80 percent of funds authorized
                                                                                   to carry out this subsection to small business development
                                                                                   centers, which shall be awarded pursuant to a formula
                                                                                   jointly developed, negotiated, and agreed upon, with full
                                                                                   participation of both parties, between the association
                                                                                   formed under section 21(a)(3)(A) of the Small Business
                                                                                   Act (15 U.S.C. 648(a)(3)(A)) and the Administration.
                                                                                        (B) WOMEN’S BUSINESS CENTERS.—The Administration
                                                                                   shall award 20 percent of funds authorized to carry out
                                                                                   this subsection to women’s business centers, which shall
                                                                                   be awarded pursuant to a process established by the
                                                                                   Administration in consultation with recipients of assist-
                                                                                   ance.
                                                                                        (C) NO MATCHING FUNDS REQUIRED.—Matching funds
                                                                                   shall not be required for any grant under this subsection.
                                                                                   (4) GOALS AND METRICS.—
                                                                                        (A) IN GENERAL.—Goals and metrics for the funds made
                                                                                   available under this subsection shall be jointly developed,
                                                                                   negotiated, and agreed upon, with full participation of both
                                                                                   parties, between the resource partners and the Adminis-
                                                                                   trator, which shall—
                                                                                             (i) take into consideration the extent of the cir-
                                                                                        cumstances relating to the spread of COVID–19, or
                                                                                        similar occurrences, that affect covered small business
                                                                                        concerns located in the areas covered by the resource
                                                                                        partner, particularly in rural areas or economically
                                                                                        distressed areas;
                                                                                             (ii) generally follow the use of funds outlined in
                                                                                        paragraph (2), but shall not restrict the activities of
                                                                                        resource partners in responding to unique situations;
                                                                                        and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                             (iii) encourage resource partners to develop and
                                                                                        provide services to covered small business concerns.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00293   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 296                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Methodologies.                         (B) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—The Administrator shall
                                                                                                        make publicly available the methodology by which the
                                                                                                        Administrator and resource partners jointly develop the
                                                                                                        metrics and goals described in subparagraph (A).
                                                                                                   (c) RESOURCE PARTNER ASSOCIATION GRANTS.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may provide grants
                                                                                                   to an association or associations representing resource partners
                                                                                                   under which the association or associations shall establish a
                                                                                                   single centralized hub for COVID–19 information, which shall
                                                                                                   include—
                                                                                                             (A) 1 online platform that consolidates resources and
                                                                                                        information available across multiple Federal agencies for
                                                                                                        small business concerns related to COVID–19; and
                                                                                                             (B) a training program to educate resource partner
                                                                                                        counselors, members of the Service Corps of Retired Execu-
                                                                                                        tives established under section 8(b)(1)(B) of the Small Busi-
                                                                                                        ness Act (15 U.S.C. 637(b)(1)(B)), and counselors at vet-
                                                                                                        erans business outreach centers described in section 32
                                                                                                        of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 657b) on the resources
                                                                                                        and information described in subparagraph (A).
                                                                                                        (2) GOALS AND METRICS.—Goals and metrics for the funds
                                                                                                   made available under this subsection shall be jointly developed,
                                                                                                   negotiated, and agreed upon, with full participation of both
                                                                                                   parties, between the association or associations receiving a
                                                                                                   grant under this subsection and the Administrator.
                                                                                                   (d) REPORT.—Not later than 6 months after the date of enact-
                                                                                              ment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Administrator shall
                                                                                              submit to the Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship
                                                                                              of the Senate and the Committee on Small Business of the House
                                                                                              of Representatives a report that describes—
                                                                                                        (1) with respect to the initial year covered by the report—
                                                                                                             (A) the programs and services developed and provided
                                                                                                        by the Administration and resource partners under sub-
                                                                                                        section (b);
                                                                                                             (B) the initial efforts to provide those services under
                                                                                                        subsection (b); and
                                                                                                             (C) the online platform and training developed and
                                                                                                        provided by the Administration and the association or
                                                                                                        associations under subsection (c); and
                                                                                                        (2) with respect to the subsequent years covered by the
                                                                                                   report—
                                                                                                             (A) with respect to the grant program under subsection
                                                                                                        (b)—
                                                                                                                  (i) the efforts of the Administrator and resource
                                                                                                             partners to develop services to assist covered small
                                                                                                             business concerns;
                                                                                                                  (ii) the challenges faced by owners of covered small
                                                                                                             business concerns in accessing services provided by
                                                                                                             the Administration and resource partners;
                                                                                                                  (iii) the number of unique covered small business
                                                                                                             concerns that were served by the Administration and
                                                                                                             resource partners; and
                                                                                                                  (iv) other relevant outcome performance data with
                                                                                                             respect to covered small business concerns, including




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                             the number of employees affected, the effect on sales,
                                                                                                             the disruptions of supply chains, and the efforts made




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00294   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 297

                                                                                       by the Administration and resource partners to miti-
                                                                                       gate these effects; and
                                                                                       (B) with respect to the grant program under subsection
                                                                                   (c)—
                                                                                           (i) the efforts of the Administrator and the associa-
                                                                                       tion or associations to develop and evolve an online
                                                                                       resource for small business concerns; and
                                                                                           (ii) the efforts of the Administrator and the associa-
                                                                                       tion or associations to develop a training program for
                                                                                       resource partner counselors, including the number of
                                                                                       counselors trained.
                                                                      SEC. 1104. STATE TRADE EXPANSION PROGRAM.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding paragraph (3)(C)(iii) of sec-                                    Extension.
                                                                      tion 22(l) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 649(l)), for grants
                                                                      under the State Trade Expansion Program under such section 22(l)
                                                                      using amounts made available for fiscal year 2018 or fiscal year
                                                                      2019, the period of the grant shall continue through the end of
                                                                      fiscal year 2021.
                                                                           (b) REIMBURSEMENT.—The Administrator shall reimburse any
                                                                      recipient of assistance under section 22(l) of the Small Business
                                                                      Act (15 U.S.C. 649(l)) for financial losses relating to a foreign
                                                                      trade mission or a trade show exhibition that was cancelled solely
                                                                      due to a public health emergency declared due to COVID–19 if
                                                                      the reimbursement does not exceed a recipient’s grant funding.
                                                                      SEC. 1105. WAIVER OF MATCHING FUNDS REQUIREMENT UNDER THE                                             Time period.
                                                                                  WOMEN’S BUSINESS CENTER PROGRAM.                                                          15 USC 9004.
                                                                           During the 3-month period beginning on the date of enactment
                                                                      of this Act, the requirement relating to obtaining cash contributions
                                                                      from non-Federal sources under section 29(c)(1) of the Small Busi-
                                                                      ness Act (15 U.S.C. 656(c)(1)) is waived for any recipient of assist-
                                                                      ance under such section 29.
                                                                      SEC. 1106. LOAN FORGIVENESS.                                                                          15 USC 9005.
                                                                             (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                  (1) the term ‘‘covered loan’’ means a loan guaranteed under
                                                                             paragraph (36) of section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                             U.S.C. 636(a)), as added by section 1102;
                                                                                  (2) the term ‘‘covered mortgage obligation’’ means any
                                                                             indebtedness or debt instrument incurred in the ordinary course
                                                                             of business that—
                                                                                       (A) is a liability of the borrower;
                                                                                       (B) is a mortgage on real or personal property; and
                                                                                       (C) was incurred before February 15, 2020;
                                                                                  (3) the term ‘‘covered period’’ means the 8-week period
                                                                             beginning on the date of the origination of a covered loan;
                                                                                  (4) the term ‘‘covered rent obligation’’ means rent obligated
                                                                             under a leasing agreement in force before February 15, 2020;
                                                                                  (5) the term ‘‘covered utility payment’’ means payment
                                                                             for a service for the distribution of electricity, gas, water,
                                                                             transportation, telephone, or internet access for which service
                                                                             began before February 15, 2020;
                                                                                  (6) the term ‘‘eligible recipient’’ means the recipient of
                                                                             a covered loan;
                                                                                  (7) the term ‘‘expected forgiveness amount’’ means the




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             amount of principal that a lender reasonably expects a borrower
                                                                             to expend during the covered period on the sum of any—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00295   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 298                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                             (A) payroll costs;
                                                                                                             (B) payments of interest on any covered mortgage
                                                                                                        obligation (which shall not include any prepayment of or
                                                                                                        payment of principal on a covered mortgage obligation);
                                                                                                             (C) payments on any covered rent obligation; and
                                                                                                             (D) covered utility payments; and
                                                                                                        (8) the term ‘‘payroll costs’’ has the meaning given that
                                                                                                   term in paragraph (36) of section 7(a) of the Small Business
                                                                                                   Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)), as added by section 1102 of this Act.
                                                                                                   (b) FORGIVENESS.—An eligible recipient shall be eligible for
                                                                                              forgiveness of indebtedness on a covered loan in an amount equal
                                                                                              to the sum of the following costs incurred and payments made
                                                                                              during the covered period:
                                                                                                        (1) Payroll costs.
                                                                                                        (2) Any payment of interest on any covered mortgage
                                                                                                   obligation (which shall not include any prepayment of or pay-
                                                                                                   ment of principal on a covered mortgage obligation).
                                                                                                        (3) Any payment on any covered rent obligation.
                                                                                                        (4) Any covered utility payment.
                                                                                                   (c) TREATMENT OF AMOUNTS FORGIVEN.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—Amounts which have been forgiven under
                                                                                                   this section shall be considered canceled indebtedness by a
                                                                                                   lender authorized under section 7(a) of the Small Business
                                                                                                   Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)).
                                                                                                        (2) PURCHASE OF GUARANTEES.—For purposes of the pur-
                                                                                                   chase of the guarantee for a covered loan by the Administrator,
                                                                                                   amounts which are forgiven under this section shall be treated
                                                                                                   in accordance with the procedures that are otherwise applicable
                                                                                                   to a loan guaranteed under section 7(a) of the Small Business
                                                                                                   Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)).
                                                                      Deadline.                         (3) REMITTANCE.—Not later than 90 days after the date
                                                                                                   on which the amount of forgiveness under this section is deter-
                                                                                                   mined, the Administrator shall remit to the lender an amount
                                                                                                   equal to the amount of forgiveness, plus any interest accrued
                                                                                                   through the date of payment.
                                                                                                        (4) ADVANCE PURCHASE OF COVERED LOAN.—
                                                                                                             (A) REPORT.—A lender authorized under section 7(a)
                                                                                                        of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)), or, at the
                                                                                                        discretion of the Administrator, a third party participant
                                                                                                        in the secondary market, may, report to the Administrator
                                                                                                        an expected forgiveness amount on a covered loan or on
                                                                                                        a pool of covered loans of up to 100 percent of the principal
                                                                                                        on the covered loan or pool of covered loans, respectively.
                                                                                                             (B) PURCHASE.—The Administrator shall purchase the
                                                                                                        expected forgiveness amount described in subparagraph
                                                                                                        (A) as if the amount were the principal amount of a loan
                                                                                                        guaranteed under section 7(a) of the Small Business Act
                                                                                                        636(a)).
                                                                      Deadline.                              (C) TIMING.—Not later than 15 days after the date
                                                                                                        on which the Administrator receives a report under
                                                                                                        subparagraph (A), the Administrator shall purchase the
                                                                                                        expected forgiveness amount under subparagraph (B) with
                                                                                                        respect to each covered loan to which the report relates.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   (d) LIMITS ON AMOUNT OF FORGIVENESS.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00296   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 299

                                                                                  (1) AMOUNT MAY NOT EXCEED PRINCIPAL.—The amount of
                                                                             loan forgiveness under this section shall not exceed the prin-
                                                                             cipal amount of the financing made available under the
                                                                             applicable covered loan.
                                                                                  (2) REDUCTION BASED ON REDUCTION IN NUMBER OF
                                                                             EMPLOYEES.—
                                                                                       (A) IN GENERAL.—The amount of loan forgiveness
                                                                                  under this section shall be reduced, but not increased,
                                                                                  by multiplying the amount described in subsection (b) by
                                                                                  the quotient obtained by dividing—
                                                                                           (i) the average number of full-time equivalent
                                                                                       employees per month employed by the eligible recipient
                                                                                       during the covered period; by
                                                                                           (ii)(I) at the election of the borrower—                                         Time periods.
                                                                                                 (aa) the average number of full-time equiva-
                                                                                           lent employees per month employed by the eligible
                                                                                           recipient during the period beginning on February
                                                                                           15, 2019 and ending on June 30, 2019; or
                                                                                                 (bb) the average number of full-time equiva-
                                                                                           lent employees per month employed by the eligible
                                                                                           recipient during the period beginning on January
                                                                                           1, 2020 and ending on February 29, 2020; or
                                                                                           (II) in the case of an eligible recipient that is                                Determination.
                                                                                       seasonal employer, as determined by the Adminis-
                                                                                       trator, the average number of full-time equivalent
                                                                                       employees per month employed by the eligible recipient
                                                                                       during the period beginning on February 15, 2019 and
                                                                                       ending on June 30, 2019.
                                                                                       (B)    CALCULATION        OF     AVERAGE    NUMBER   OF
                                                                                  EMPLOYEES.—For purposes of subparagraph (A), the aver-                                    Determination.
                                                                                  age number of full-time equivalent employees shall be
                                                                                  determined by calculating the average number of full-time
                                                                                  equivalent employees for each pay period falling within
                                                                                  a month.
                                                                                  (3) REDUCTION RELATING TO SALARY AND WAGES.—
                                                                                       (A) IN GENERAL.—The amount of loan forgiveness
                                                                                  under this section shall be reduced by the amount of any
                                                                                  reduction in total salary or wages of any employee described
                                                                                  in subparagraph (B) during the covered period that is in
                                                                                  excess of 25 percent of the total salary or wages of the
                                                                                  employee during the most recent full quarter during which
                                                                                  the employee was employed before the covered period.
                                                                                       (B) EMPLOYEES DESCRIBED.—An employee described in
                                                                                  this subparagraph is any employee who did not receive,
                                                                                  during any single pay period during 2019, wages or salary
                                                                                  at an annualized rate of pay in an amount more than
                                                                                  $100,000.
                                                                                  (4) TIPPED WORKERS.—An eligible recipient with tipped
                                                                             employees described in section 3(m)(2)(A) of the Fair Labor
                                                                             Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 203(m)(2)(A)) may receive
                                                                             forgiveness for additional wages paid to those employees.
                                                                                  (5) EXEMPTION FOR RE-HIRES.—
                                                                                       (A) IN GENERAL.—In a circumstance described in                                       Determination.
                                                                                  subparagraph (B), the amount of loan forgiveness under                                    Time period.
                                                                                  this section shall be determined without regard to a reduc-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  tion in the number of full-time equivalent employees of
                                                                                  an eligible recipient or a reduction in the salary of 1 or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00297   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 300                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        more employees of the eligible recipient, as applicable,
                                                                                                        during the period beginning on February 15, 2020 and
                                                                                                        ending on the date that is 30 days after the date of enact-
                                                                                                        ment of this Act.
                                                                      Time period.                           (B) CIRCUMSTANCES.—A circumstance described in this
                                                                      Deadline.                         subparagraph is a circumstance—
                                                                                                                  (i) in which—
                                                                                                                        (I) during the period beginning on February
                                                                                                                  15, 2020 and ending on the date that is 30 days
                                                                                                                  after the date of enactment of this Act, there is
                                                                                                                  a reduction, as compared to February 15, 2020,
                                                                                                                  in the number of full-time equivalent employees
                                                                                                                  of an eligible recipient; and
                                                                                                                        (II) not later than June 30, 2020, the eligible
                                                                                                                  employer has eliminated the reduction in the
                                                                                                                  number of full-time equivalent employees;
                                                                                                                  (ii) in which—
                                                                                                                        (I) during the period beginning on February
                                                                                                                  15, 2020 and ending on the date that is 30 days
                                                                                                                  after the date of enactment of this Act, there is
                                                                                                                  a reduction, as compared to February 15, 2020,
                                                                                                                  in the salary or wages of 1 or more employees
                                                                                                                  of the eligible recipient; and
                                                                                                                        (II) not later than June 30, 2020, the eligible
                                                                                                                  employer has eliminated the reduction in the
                                                                                                                  salary or wages of such employees; or
                                                                                                                  (iii) in which the events described in clause (i)
                                                                                                             and (ii) occur.
                                                                                                        (6) EXEMPTIONS.—The Administrator and the Secretary of
                                                                                                   the Treasury may prescribe regulations granting de minimis
                                                                                                   exemptions from the requirements under this subsection.
                                                                                                   (e) APPLICATION.—An eligible recipient seeking loan forgiveness
                                                                                              under this section shall submit to the lender that is servicing
                                                                                              the covered loan an application, which shall include—
                                                                                                        (1) documentation verifying the number of full-time equiva-
                                                                                                   lent employees on payroll and pay rates for the periods
                                                                                                   described in subsection (d), including—
                                                                                                             (A) payroll tax filings reported to the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                        Service; and
                                                                                                             (B) State income, payroll, and unemployment insurance
                                                                                                        filings;
                                                                                                        (2) documentation, including cancelled checks, payment
                                                                                                   receipts, transcripts of accounts, or other documents verifying
                                                                                                   payments on covered mortgage obligations, payments on cov-
                                                                                                   ered lease obligations, and covered utility payments;
                                                                      Certification.                    (3) a certification from a representative of the eligible
                                                                                                   recipient authorized to make such certifications that—
                                                                                                             (A) the documentation presented is true and correct;
                                                                                                        and
                                                                                                             (B) the amount for which forgiveness is requested was
                                                                                                        used to retain employees, make interest payments on a
                                                                                                        covered mortgage obligation, make payments on a covered
                                                                                                        rent obligation, or make covered utility payments; and
                                                                                                        (4) any other documentation the Administrator determines
                                                                                                   necessary.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   (f) PROHIBITION ON FORGIVENESS WITHOUT DOCUMENTATION.—
                                                                      Requirement.            No eligible recipient shall receive forgiveness under this section




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00298   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 301

                                                                      without submitting to the lender that is servicing the covered
                                                                      loan the documentation required under subsection (e).
                                                                           (g) DECISION.—Not later than 60 days after the date on which                                     Deadline.
                                                                      a lender receives an application for loan forgiveness under this
                                                                      section from an eligible recipient, the lender shall issue a decision
                                                                      on the an application.
                                                                           (h) HOLD HARMLESS.—If a lender has received the documenta-
                                                                      tion required under this section from an eligible recipient attesting
                                                                      that the eligible recipient has accurately verified the payments
                                                                      for payroll costs, payments on covered mortgage obligations, pay-
                                                                      ments on covered lease obligations, or covered utility payments
                                                                      during covered period—
                                                                                (1) an enforcement action may not be taken against the
                                                                           lender under section 47(e) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                           657t(e)) relating to loan forgiveness for the payments for payroll
                                                                           costs, payments on covered mortgage obligations, payments
                                                                           on covered lease obligations, or covered utility payments, as
                                                                           the case may be; and
                                                                                (2) the lender shall not be subject to any penalties by
                                                                           the Administrator relating to loan forgiveness for the payments
                                                                           for payroll costs, payments on covered mortgage obligations,
                                                                           payments on covered lease obligations, or covered utility pay-
                                                                           ments, as the case may be.
                                                                           (i) TAXABILITY.—For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                      of 1986, any amount which (but for this subsection) would be
                                                                      includible in gross income of the eligible recipient by reason of
                                                                      forgiveness described in subsection (b) shall be excluded from gross
                                                                      income.
                                                                           (j) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—The cancellation of indebtedness
                                                                      on a covered loan under this section shall not otherwise modify
                                                                      the terms and conditions of the covered loan.
                                                                           (k) REGULATIONS.—Not later than 30 days after the date of                                        Deadline.
                                                                      enactment of this Act, the Administrator shall issue guidance and                                     Guidance.
                                                                      regulations implementing this section.
                                                                      SEC. 1107. DIRECT APPROPRIATIONS.                                                                     15 USC 9006.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—There is appropriated, out of amounts in
                                                                      the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal year ending
                                                                      September 30, 2020, to remain available until September 30, 2021,
                                                                      for additional amounts—
                                                                                (1) $349,000,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business
                                                                           Administration—Business Loans Program Account, CARES
                                                                           Act’’ for the cost of guaranteed loans as authorized under para-
                                                                           graph (36) of section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                           636(a)), as added by section 1102(a) of this Act;
                                                                                (2) $675,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business
                                                                           Administration—Salaries and Expenses’’ for salaries and
                                                                           expenses of the Administration;
                                                                                (3) $25,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business
                                                                           Administration—Office of Inspector General’’, to remain avail-
                                                                           able until September 30, 2024, for necessary expenses of the
                                                                           Office of Inspector General of the Administration in carrying
                                                                           out the provisions of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5
                                                                           U.S.C. App.);
                                                                                (4) $265,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           Administration—Entrepreneurial Development Programs’’, of
                                                                           which—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00299   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 302                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                            (A) $240,000,000 shall be for carrying out section
                                                                                                       1103(b) of this Act; and
                                                                                                            (B) $25,000,000 shall be for carrying out section 1103(c)
                                                                                                       of this Act;
                                                                                                       (5) $10,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Department of Com-
                                                                                                  merce—Minority Business Development Agency’’ for minority
                                                                                                  business centers of the Minority Business Development Agency
                                                                                                  to provide technical assistance to small business concerns;
                                                                                                       (6) $10,000,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business
                                                                                                  Administration—Emergency EIDL Grants’’ shall be for carrying
                                                                                                  out section 1110 of this Act;
                                                                                                       (7) $17,000,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business
                                                                                                  Administration—Business Loans Program Account, CARES
                                                                                                  Act’’ shall be for carrying out section 1112 of this Act; and
                                                                                                       (8) $25,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Department of the
                                                                                                  Treasury—Departmental Offices—Salaries and Expenses’’ shall
                                                                                                  be for carrying out section 1109 of this Act.
                                                                      Time period.                (b) SECONDARY MARKET.—During the period beginning on the
                                                                                              date of enactment of this Act and ending on September 30, 2021,
                                                                                              guarantees of trust certificates authorized by section 5(g) of the
                                                                                              Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 635(g)) shall not exceed a principal
                                                                                              amount of $100,000,000,000.
                                                                      Expenditure                 (c) REPORTS.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enact-
                                                                      plan.                   ment of this Act, the Administrator shall submit to the Committee
                                                                                              on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Appropria-
                                                                                              tions of the House of Representatives a detailed expenditure plan
                                                                                              for using the amounts appropriated to the Administration under
                                                                                              subsection (a).
                                                                      15 USC 9007.            SEC. 1108. MINORITY BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
                                                                                                     (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                          (1) the term ‘‘Agency’’ means the Minority Business
                                                                                                     Development Agency of the Department of Commerce;
                                                                                                          (2) the term ‘‘minority business center’’ means a Business
                                                                                                     Center of the Agency;
                                                                                                          (3) the term ‘‘minority business enterprise’’ means a for-
                                                                                                     profit business enterprise—
                                                                                                               (A) not less than 51 percent of which is owned by
                                                                                                          1 or more socially disadvantaged individuals, as determined
                                                                                                          by the Agency; and
                                                                                                               (B) the management and daily business operations of
                                                                                                          which are controlled by 1 or more socially disadvantaged
                                                                                                          individuals, as determined by the Agency; and
                                                                                                          (4) the term ‘‘minority chamber of commerce’’ means a
                                                                                                     chamber of commerce developed specifically to support minority
                                                                                                     business enterprises.
                                                                                                     (b) EDUCATION, TRAINING, AND ADVISING GRANTS.—
                                                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—The Agency may provide financial assist-
                                                                                                     ance in the form of grants to minority business centers and
                                                                                                     minority chambers of commerce to provide education, training,
                                                                                                     and advising to minority business enterprises.
                                                                                                          (2) USE OF FUNDS.—Grants under this section shall be
                                                                                                     used for the education, training, and advising of minority busi-
                                                                                                     ness enterprises and their employees on—
                                                                                                               (A) accessing and applying for resources provided by




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          the Agency and other Federal resources relating to access
                                                                                                          to capital and business resiliency;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00300   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 303

                                                                                       (B) the hazards and prevention of the transmission
                                                                                  and communication of COVID–19 and other communicable
                                                                                  diseases;
                                                                                       (C) the potential effects of COVID–19 on the supply
                                                                                  chains, distribution, and sale of products of minority busi-
                                                                                  ness enterprises and the mitigation of those effects;
                                                                                       (D) the management and practice of telework to reduce
                                                                                  possible transmission of COVID–19;
                                                                                       (E) the management and practice of remote customer
                                                                                  service by electronic or other means;
                                                                                       (F) the risks of and mitigation of cyber threats in
                                                                                  remote customer service or telework practices;
                                                                                       (G) the mitigation of the effects of reduced travel or
                                                                                  outside activities on minority business enterprises during
                                                                                  COVID–19 or similar occurrences; and
                                                                                       (H) any other relevant business practices necessary
                                                                                  to mitigate the economic effects of COVID–19 or similar
                                                                                  occurrences.
                                                                                  (3) NO MATCHING FUNDS REQUIRED.—Matching funds shall
                                                                             not be required for any grant under this section.
                                                                                  (4) GOALS AND METRICS.—
                                                                                       (A) IN GENERAL.—Goals and metrics for the funds made
                                                                                  available under this section shall be jointly developed, nego-
                                                                                  tiated, and agreed upon, with full participation of both
                                                                                  parties, between the minority business centers, minority
                                                                                  chambers of commerce, and the Agency, which shall—
                                                                                            (i) take into consideration the extent of the cir-
                                                                                       cumstances relating to the spread of COVID–19, or
                                                                                       similar occurrences, that affect minority business
                                                                                       enterprises located in the areas covered by minority
                                                                                       business centers and minority chambers of commerce,
                                                                                       particularly in rural areas or economically distressed
                                                                                       areas;
                                                                                            (ii) generally follow the use of funds outlined in
                                                                                       paragraph (2), but shall not restrict the activities of
                                                                                       minority business centers and minority chambers of
                                                                                       commerce in responding to unique situations; and
                                                                                            (iii) encourage minority business centers and
                                                                                       minority chambers of commerce to develop and provide
                                                                                       services to minority business enterprises.
                                                                                       (B) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—The Agency shall make pub-                                  Methodologies.
                                                                                  licly available the methodology by which the Agency,
                                                                                  minority business centers, and minority chambers of com-
                                                                                  merce jointly develop the metrics and goals described in
                                                                                  subparagraph (A).
                                                                             (c) WAIVERS.—                                                                                  Time periods.
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                             law or regulation, the Agency may, during the 3-month period
                                                                             that begins on the date of enactment of this Act, waive any
                                                                             matching requirement imposed on a minority business center
                                                                             or a specialty center of the Agency under a cooperative agree-
                                                                             ment between such a center and the Agency if the applicable
                                                                             center is unable to raise funds, or has suffered a loss of revenue,
                                                                             because of the effects of COVID–19.
                                                                                  (2) REMAINING COMPLIANT.—Notwithstanding any provision




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             of a cooperative agreement between the Agency and a minority
                                                                             business center, if, during the period beginning on the date




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00301   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 304                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                  of enactment of this Act and ending on September 30, 2021,
                                                                                                  such a center decides not to collect fees because of the economic
                                                                                                  consequences of COVID–19, the center shall be considered to
                                                                                                  be in compliance with that agreement if—
                                                                      Notification.                         (A) the center notifies the Agency with respect to that
                                                                                                       decision, which the center may provide through electronic
                                                                                                       mail; and
                                                                      Deadline.                             (B) the Agency, not later than 15 days after the date
                                                                                                       on which the center provides notice to the Agency under
                                                                                                       subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                                 (i) confirms receipt of the notification under
                                                                                                            subparagraph (A); and
                                                                                                                 (ii) accepts the decision of the center.
                                                                                                  (d) REPORT.—Not later than 6 months after the date of enact-
                                                                                              ment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Agency shall submit
                                                                                              to the Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship and
                                                                                              the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the
                                                                                              Senate and the Committee on Small Business and the Committee
                                                                                              on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report
                                                                                              that describes—
                                                                                                       (1) with respect to the period covered by the initial report—
                                                                                                            (A) the programs and services developed and provided
                                                                                                       by the Agency, minority business centers, and minority
                                                                                                       chambers of commerce under subsection (b); and
                                                                                                            (B) the initial efforts to provide those services under
                                                                                                       subsection (b); and
                                                                                                       (2) with respect to subsequent years covered by the report—
                                                                                                            (A) with respect to the grant program under subsection
                                                                                                       (b)—
                                                                                                                 (i) the efforts of the Agency, minority business
                                                                                                            centers, and minority chambers of commerce to develop
                                                                                                            services to assist minority business enterprises;
                                                                                                                 (ii) the challenges faced by owners of minority
                                                                                                            business enterprises in accessing services provided by
                                                                                                            the Agency, minority business centers, and minority
                                                                                                            chambers of commerce;
                                                                                                                 (iii) the number of unique minority business enter-
                                                                                                            prises that were served by the Agency, minority busi-
                                                                                                            ness centers, or minority chambers of commerce; and
                                                                                                                 (iv) other relevant outcome performance data with
                                                                                                            respect to minority business enterprises, including the
                                                                                                            number of employees affected, the effect on sales, the
                                                                                                            disruptions of supply chains, and the efforts made by
                                                                                                            the Agency, minority business centers, and minority
                                                                                                            chambers of commerce to mitigate these effects .
                                                                                                  (e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized
                                                                                              to be appropriated $10,000,000 to carry out this section, to remain
                                                                                              available until expended.
                                                                      15 USC 9008.            SEC. 1109. UNITED STATES TREASURY PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
                                                                                                         AUTHORITY.
                                                                                                     (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                          (1) the terms ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’ and
                                                                                                     ‘‘insured depository institution’’ have the meanings given those




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     terms in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
                                                                                                     U.S.C. 1813);




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00302   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 305

                                                                               (2) the term ‘‘insured credit union’’ has the meaning given
                                                                          the term in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12
                                                                          U.S.C. 1752); and
                                                                               (3) the term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary of the
                                                                          Treasury.
                                                                          (b) AUTHORITY TO INCLUDE ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INSTITU-
                                                                      TIONS.—The Department of the Treasury, in consultation with the                                       Consultation.
                                                                      Administrator, and the Chairman of the Farm Credit Administra-                                        Criteria.
                                                                      tion shall establish criteria for insured depository institutions,
                                                                      insured credit unions, institutions of the Farm Credit System char-
                                                                      tered under the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.),
                                                                      and other lenders that do not already participate in lending under
                                                                      programs of the Administration, to participate in the paycheck
                                                                      protection program to provide loans under this section until the
                                                                      date on which the national emergency declared by the President
                                                                      under the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with
                                                                      respect to the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID–19) expires.
                                                                          (c) SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS.—An insured depository institution,                                      Determination.
                                                                      insured credit union, institution of the Farm Credit System char-                                     Consultation.
                                                                      tered under the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.),
                                                                      or other lender may only participate in the program established
                                                                      under this section if participation does not affect the safety and
                                                                      soundness of the institution or lender, as determined by the Sec-
                                                                      retary in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agen-
                                                                      cies or the National Credit Union Administration Board, as
                                                                      applicable.
                                                                          (d) REGULATIONS FOR LENDERS AND LOANS.—
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary may issue regulations and
                                                                          guidance as necessary to carry out the purposes of this section,
                                                                          including to—
                                                                                    (A) allow additional lenders to originate loans under
                                                                               this section; and
                                                                                    (B) establish terms and conditions for loans under this
                                                                               section, including terms and conditions concerning com-
                                                                               pensation, underwriting standards, interest rates, and
                                                                               maturity.
                                                                               (2) REQUIREMENTS.—The terms and conditions established
                                                                          under paragraph (1) shall provide for the following:
                                                                                    (A) A rate of interest that does not exceed the max-
                                                                               imum permissible rate of interest available on a loan of
                                                                               comparable maturity under paragraph (36) of section 7(a)
                                                                               of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)), as added
                                                                               by section 1102 of this Act.
                                                                                    (B) Terms and conditions that, to the maximum extent
                                                                               practicable, are consistent with the terms and conditions
                                                                               required under the following provisions of paragraph (36)
                                                                               of section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)),
                                                                               as added by section 1102 of this Act:
                                                                                         (i) Subparagraph (D), pertaining to borrower eligi-
                                                                                    bility.
                                                                                         (ii) Subparagraph (E), pertaining to the maximum
                                                                                    loan amount.
                                                                                         (iii) Subparagraph (F)(i), pertaining to allowable
                                                                                    uses of program loans.
                                                                                         (iv) Subparagraph (H), pertaining to fee waivers.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                         (v) Subparagraph (M), pertaining to loan
                                                                                    deferment.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00303   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 306                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                            (C) A guarantee percentage that, to the maximum
                                                                                                       extent practicable, is consistent with the guarantee percent-
                                                                                                       age required under subparagraph (F) of section 7(a)(2) of
                                                                                                       the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)(2)), as added
                                                                                                       by section 1102 of this Act.
                                                                                                            (D) Loan forgiveness under terms and conditions that,
                                                                                                       to the maximum extent practicable, is consistent with the
                                                                                                       terms and conditions for loan forgiveness under section
                                                                                                       1106 of this Act.
                                                                                                  (e) ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS GENERALLY.—The Secretary may
                                                                                              issue regulations and guidance as necessary to carry out the pur-
                                                                                              poses of this section, including to allow additional lenders to origi-
                                                                                              nate loans under this title and to establish terms and conditions
                                                                                              such as compensation, underwriting standards, interest rates, and
                                                                                              maturity for under this section.
                                                                                                  (f) CERTIFICATION.—As a condition of receiving a loan under
                                                                                              this section, a borrower shall certify under terms acceptable to
                                                                                              the Secretary that the borrower—
                                                                                                       (1) does not have an application pending for a loan under
                                                                                                  section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)) for
                                                                                                  the same purpose; and
                                                                      Time period.                     (2) has not received such a loan during the period beginning
                                                                                                  on February 15, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020.
                                                                                                  (g) OPT-IN FOR SBA QUALIFIED LENDERS.—Lenders qualified
                                                                                              to participate as a lender under 7(a) of the Small Business Act
                                                                                              (15 U.S.C. 636(a)) may elect to participate in the paycheck protec-
                                                                                              tion program under the criteria, terms, and conditions established
                                                                                              under this section. Such participation shall not preclude the lenders
                                                                                              from continuing participation as a lender under section 7(a) of
                                                                                              the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)).
                                                                                                  (h) PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION.—With guidance from the Sec-
                                                                                              retary, the Administrator shall administer the program established
                                                                                              under this section, including the making and purchasing of guaran-
                                                                                              tees on loans under the program, until the date on which the
                                                                                              national emergency declared by the President under the National
                                                                                              Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with respect to the
                                                                                              Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID–19) expires.
                                                                                                  (i) CRIMINAL PENALTIES.—A loan under this section shall be
                                                                                              deemed to be a loan under the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                              631 et seq.) for purposes of section 16 of such Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                              645).
                                                                      15 USC 9009.            SEC. 1110. EMERGENCY EIDL GRANTS.
                                                                                                     (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                          (1) the term ‘‘covered period’’ means the period beginning
                                                                                                     on January 31, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020; and
                                                                                                          (2) the term ‘‘eligible entity’’ means—
                                                                                                               (A) a business with not more than 500 employees;
                                                                                                               (B) any individual who operates under a sole
                                                                                                          proprietorship, with or without employees, or as an inde-
                                                                                                          pendent contractor;
                                                                                                               (C) a cooperative with not more than 500 employees;
                                                                                                               (D) an ESOP (as defined in section 3 of the Small




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632)) with not more than 500
                                                                                                          employees; or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00304   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 307

                                                                                    (E) a tribal small business concern, as described in
                                                                               section 31(b)(2)(C) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                               657a(b)(2)(C)), with not more than 500 employees.
                                                                          (b) ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.—During the covered period, in addition
                                                                      to small business concerns, private nonprofit organizations, and
                                                                      small agricultural cooperatives, an eligible entity shall be eligible
                                                                      for a loan made under section 7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act
                                                                      (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)).
                                                                          (c) TERMS; CREDIT ELSEWHERE.—With respect to a loan made                                          Waiver authority.
                                                                      under section 7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2))
                                                                      in response to COVID–19 during the covered period, the Adminis-
                                                                      trator shall waive—
                                                                               (1) any rules related the personal guarantee on advances
                                                                          and loans of not more than $200,000 during the covered period
                                                                          for all applicants;
                                                                               (2) the requirement that an applicant needs to be in busi-                                   Time period.
                                                                          ness for the 1-year period before the disaster, except that no
                                                                          waiver may be made for a business that was not in operation
                                                                          on January 31, 2020; and
                                                                               (3) the requirement in the flush matter following subpara-
                                                                          graph (E) of section 7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                          U.S.C. 636(b)(2)), as so redesignated by subsection (f) of this
                                                                          section, that an applicant be unable to obtain credit elsewhere.
                                                                          (d) APPROVAL AND ABILITY TO REPAY FOR SMALL DOLLAR
                                                                      LOANS.—With respect to a loan made under section 7(b)(2) of the
                                                                      Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)) in response to COVID–
                                                                      19 during the covered period, the Administrator may—
                                                                               (1) approve an applicant based solely on the credit score
                                                                          of the applicant and shall not require an applicant to submit
                                                                          a tax return or a tax return transcript for such approval;
                                                                          or
                                                                               (2) use alternative appropriate methods to determine an
                                                                          applicant’s ability to repay.
                                                                          (e) EMERGENCY GRANT.—
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, an entity                                         Deadline.
                                                                          included for eligibility in subsection (b), including small busi-
                                                                          ness concerns, private nonprofit organizations, and small agri-
                                                                          cultural cooperatives, that applies for a loan under section
                                                                          7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)) in
                                                                          response to COVID–19 may request that the Administrator
                                                                          provide an advance that is, subject to paragraph (3), in the
                                                                          amount requested by such applicant to such applicant within
                                                                          3 days after the Administrator receives an application from
                                                                          such applicant.
                                                                               (2) VERIFICATION.—Before disbursing amounts under this
                                                                          subsection, the Administrator shall verify that the applicant
                                                                          is an eligible entity by accepting a self-certification from the
                                                                          applicant under penalty of perjury pursuant to section 1746
                                                                          of title 28 United States Code.
                                                                               (3) AMOUNT.—The amount of an advance provided under
                                                                          this subsection shall be not more than $10,000.
                                                                               (4) USE OF FUNDS.—An advance provided under this sub-
                                                                          section may be used to address any allowable purpose for
                                                                          a loan made under section 7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act
                                                                          (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)), including—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                    (A) providing paid sick leave to employees unable to
                                                                               work due to the direct effect of the COVID–19;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00305   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 308                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                            (B) maintaining payroll to retain employees during
                                                                                                       business disruptions or substantial slowdowns;
                                                                                                            (C) meeting increased costs to obtain materials unavail-
                                                                                                       able from the applicant’s original source due to interrupted
                                                                                                       supply chains;
                                                                                                            (D) making rent or mortgage payments; and
                                                                                                            (E) repaying obligations that cannot be met due to
                                                                                                       revenue losses.
                                                                                                       (5) REPAYMENT.—An applicant shall not be required to
                                                                                                  repay any amounts of an advance provided under this sub-
                                                                                                  section, even if subsequently denied a loan under section 7(b)(2)
                                                                                                  of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)).
                                                                                                       (6) UNEMPLOYMENT GRANT.—If an applicant that receives
                                                                                                  an advance under this subsection transfers into, or is approved
                                                                                                  for, the loan program under section 7(a) of the Small Business
                                                                                                  Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)), the advance amount shall be reduced
                                                                                                  from the loan forgiveness amount for a loan for payroll costs
                                                                                                  made under such section 7(a).
                                                                                                       (7) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is author-
                                                                                                  ized to be appropriated to the Administration $10,000,000,000
                                                                                                  to carry out this subsection.
                                                                                                       (8) TERMINATION.—The authority to carry out grants under
                                                                                                  this subsection shall terminate on December 31, 2020.
                                                                                                  (f) EMERGENCIES INVOLVING FEDERAL PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY
                                                                                              QUALIFYING FOR SBA ASSISTANCE.—Section 7(b)(2) of the Small
                                                                                              Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end;
                                                                                                       (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end;
                                                                                                       (3) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end;
                                                                                                       (4) by redesignating subparagraph (D) as subparagraph
                                                                                                  (E);
                                                                                                       (5) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following:
                                                                                                            ‘‘(D) an emergency involving Federal primary responsi-
                                                                                                       bility determined to exist by the President under the section
                                                                                                       501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emer-
                                                                                                       gency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b)); or’’; and
                                                                                                       (6) in subparagraph (E), as so redesignated—
                                                                                                            (A) by striking ‘‘or (C)’’ and inserting ‘‘(C), or (D)’’;
                                                                                                            (B) by striking ‘‘disaster declaration’’ each place it
                                                                                                       appears and inserting ‘‘disaster or emergency declaration’’;
                                                                                                            (C) by striking ‘‘disaster has occurred’’ and inserting
                                                                                                       ‘‘disaster or emergency has occurred’’;
                                                                                                            (D) by striking ‘‘such disaster’’ and inserting ‘‘such
                                                                                                       disaster or emergency’’; and
                                                                                                            (E) by striking ‘‘disaster stricken’’ and inserting
                                                                                                       ‘‘disaster- or emergency-stricken’’; and
                                                                                                       (7) in the flush matter following subparagraph (E), as so
                                                                                                  redesignated, by striking the period at the end and inserting
                                                                                                  the following: ‘‘: Provided further, That for purposes of subpara-
                                                                                                  graph (D), the Administrator shall deem that such an emer-
                                                                                                  gency affects each State or subdivision thereof (including coun-
                                                                                                  ties), and that each State or subdivision has sufficient economic
                                                                                                  damage to small business concerns to qualify for assistance




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                  under this paragraph and the Administrator shall accept
                                                                                                  applications for such assistance immediately.’’.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00306   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 309
                                                                      SEC. 1111. RESOURCES AND SERVICES IN LANGUAGES OTHER THAN                                             15 USC 9010.
                                                                                  ENGLISH.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall provide the resources
                                                                      and services made available by the Administration to small business
                                                                      concerns in the 10 most commonly spoken languages, other than
                                                                      English, in the United States, which shall include Mandarin, Can-
                                                                      tonese, Japanese, and Korean.
                                                                           (b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized
                                                                      to be appropriated to the Administrator $25,000,000 to carry out
                                                                      this section.
                                                                      SEC. 1112. SUBSIDY FOR CERTAIN LOAN PAYMENTS.                                                         15 USC 9011.
                                                                           (a) DEFINITION OF COVERED LOAN.—In this section, the term
                                                                      ‘‘covered loan’’ means a loan that is—
                                                                                (1) guaranteed by the Administration under—
                                                                                     (A) section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                636(a))—
                                                                                          (i) including a loan made under the Community
                                                                                     Advantage Pilot Program of the Administration; and
                                                                                          (ii) excluding a loan made under paragraph (36)
                                                                                     of such section 7(a), as added by section 1102; or
                                                                                     (B) title V of the Small Business Investment Act of
                                                                                1958 (15 U.S.C. 695 et seq.); or
                                                                                (2) made by an intermediary to a small business concern
                                                                           using loans or grants received under section 7(m) of the Small
                                                                           Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(m)).
                                                                           (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of Congress that—
                                                                                (1) all borrowers are adversely affected by COVID–19;
                                                                                (2) relief payments by the Administration are appropriate
                                                                           for all borrowers; and
                                                                                (3) in addition to the relief provided under this Act, the
                                                                           Administration should encourage lenders to provide payment
                                                                           deferments, when appropriate, and to extend the maturity of
                                                                           covered loans, so as to avoid balloon payments or any require-
                                                                           ment for increases in debt payments resulting from deferments
                                                                           provided by lenders during the period of the national emergency
                                                                           declared by the President under the National Emergencies
                                                                           Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with respect to the Coronavirus
                                                                           Disease 2019 (COVID–19).
                                                                           (c) PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST PAYMENTS.—
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall pay the prin-                                       Time periods.
                                                                           cipal, interest, and any associated fees that are owed on a
                                                                           covered loan in a regular servicing status—
                                                                                     (A) with respect to a covered loan made before the
                                                                                date of enactment of this Act and not on deferment, for
                                                                                the 6-month period beginning with the next payment due
                                                                                on the covered loan;
                                                                                     (B) with respect to a covered loan made before the
                                                                                date of enactment of this Act and on deferment, for the
                                                                                6-month period beginning with the next payment due on
                                                                                the covered loan after the deferment period; and
                                                                                     (C) with respect to a covered loan made during the
                                                                                period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act
                                                                                and ending on the date that is 6 months after such date




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                of enactment, for the 6-month period beginning with the
                                                                                first payment due on the covered loan.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00307   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 310                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Deadline.                         (2) TIMING OF PAYMENT.—The Administrator shall begin
                                                                                                   making payments under paragraph (1) on a covered loan not
                                                                                                   later than 30 days after the date on which the first such
                                                                                                   payment is due.
                                                                                                        (3) APPLICATION OF PAYMENT.—Any payment made by the
                                                                                                   Administrator under paragraph (1) shall be applied to the
                                                                                                   covered loan such that the borrower is relieved of the obligation
                                                                                                   to pay that amount.
                                                                      Coordination.                (d) OTHER REQUIREMENTS.—The Administrator shall—
                                                                                                        (1) communicate and coordinate with the Federal Deposit
                                                                                                   Insurance Corporation, the Office of the Comptroller of the
                                                                                                   Currency, and State bank regulators to encourage those entities
                                                                                                   to not require lenders to increase their reserves on account
                                                                                                   of receiving payments made by the Administrator under sub-
                                                                                                   section (c);
                                                                      Waiver authority.                 (2) waive statutory limits on maximum loan maturities
                                                                      Time period.                 for any covered loan durations where the lender provides a
                                                                                                   deferral and extends the maturity of covered loans during the
                                                                                                   1-year period following the date of enactment of this Act; and
                                                                      Deadline.                         (3) when necessary to provide more time because of the
                                                                                                   potential of higher volumes, travel restrictions, and the inability
                                                                                                   to access some properties during the COVID–19 pandemic,
                                                                                                   extend lender site visit requirements to—
                                                                                                             (A) not more than 60 days (which may be extended
                                                                                                        at the discretion of the Administration) after the occurrence
                                                                                                        of an adverse event, other than a payment default, causing
                                                                                                        a loan to be classified as in liquidation; and
                                                                                                             (B) not more than 90 days after a payment default.
                                                                                                   (e) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this section may be
                                                                                              construed to limit the authority of the Administrator to make
                                                                                              payments pursuant to subsection (c) with respect to a covered
                                                                                              loan solely because the covered loan has been sold in the secondary
                                                                                              market.
                                                                                                   (f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized
                                                                                              to be appropriated to the Administrator $17,000,000,000 to carry
                                                                                              out this section.
                                                                                              SEC. 1113. BANKRUPTCY.
                                                                                                     (a) SMALL BUSINESS DEBTOR REORGANIZATION.—
                                                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 1182(1) of title 11, United States
                                                                                                     Code, is amended to read as follows:
                                                                      Definition.                         ‘‘(1) DEBTOR.—The term ‘debtor’—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(A) subject to subparagraph (B), means a person
                                                                                                          engaged in commercial or business activities (including
                                                                                                          any affiliate of such person that is also a debtor under
                                                                                                          this title and excluding a person whose primary activity
                                                                                                          is the business of owning single asset real estate) that
                                                                                                          has aggregate noncontingent liquidated secured and
                                                                                                          unsecured debts as of the date of the filing of the petition
                                                                                                          or the date of the order for relief in an amount not more
                                                                                                          than $7,500,000 (excluding debts owed to 1 or more affili-
                                                                                                          ates or insiders) not less than 50 percent of which arose
                                                                                                          from the commercial or business activities of the debtor;
                                                                                                          and
                                                                                                                ‘‘(B) does not include—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(i) any member of a group of affiliated debtors
                                                                                                                that has aggregate noncontingent liquidated secured




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00308   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 311

                                                                                        and unsecured debts in an amount greater than
                                                                                        $7,500,000 (excluding debt owed to 1 or more affiliates
                                                                                        or insiders);
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) any debtor that is a corporation subject to
                                                                                        the reporting requirements under section 13 or 15(d)
                                                                                        of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m,
                                                                                        78o(d)); or
                                                                                             ‘‘(iii) any debtor that is an affiliate of an issuer,
                                                                                        as defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange
                                                                                        Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c).’’.
                                                                                  (2) APPLICABILITY OF CHAPTERS.—Section 103(i) of title 11,
                                                                             United States Code, is amended by striking ‘‘small business
                                                                             debtor’’ and inserting ‘‘debtor (as defined in section 1182)’’.
                                                                                  (3) APPLICATION OF AMENDMENT.—The amendment made                                          11 USC 1182
                                                                             by paragraph (1) shall apply only with respect to cases com-                                   note.
                                                                             menced under title 11, United States Code, on or after the
                                                                             date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                                  (4) TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS.—
                                                                                        (A) DEFINITION OF SMALL BUSINESS DEBTOR.—Section
                                                                                  101(51D)(B)(iii) of title 11, United States Code, is amended
                                                                                  to read as follows:
                                                                                             ‘‘(iii) any debtor that is an affiliate of an issuer
                                                                                        (as defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange
                                                                                        Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c)).’’.
                                                                                        (B) UNCLAIMED PROPERTY.—Section 347(b) of title 11,
                                                                                  United States Code, is amended by striking ‘‘1194’’ and
                                                                                  inserting ‘‘1191’’.
                                                                                  (5) SUNSET.—On the date that is 1 year after the date                                     11 USC 1182
                                                                             of enactment of this Act, section 1182(1) of title 11, United                                  note.
                                                                             States Code, is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                  ‘‘(1) DEBTOR.—The term ‘debtor’ means a small business                                    Definition.
                                                                             debtor.’’.
                                                                             (b) BANKRUPTCY RELIEF.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                        (A) EXCLUSION FROM CURRENT MONTHLY INCOME.—Sec-
                                                                                  tion 101(10A)(B)(ii) of title 11, United States Code, is
                                                                                  amended—
                                                                                             (i) in subclause (III), by striking ‘‘; and’’ and
                                                                                        inserting a semicolon;
                                                                                             (ii) in subclause (IV), by striking the period at
                                                                                        the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                                                             (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(V) Payments made under Federal law
                                                                                             relating to the national emergency declared by
                                                                                             the President under the National Emergencies Act
                                                                                             (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with respect to the
                                                                                             coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–19).’’.
                                                                                        (B) CONFIRMATION OF PLAN.—Section 1325(b)(2) of title
                                                                                  11, United States Code, is amended by inserting ‘‘payments
                                                                                  made under Federal law relating to the national emergency
                                                                                  declared by the President under the National Emergencies
                                                                                  Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with respect to the coronavirus
                                                                                  disease 2019 (COVID–19),’’ after ‘‘other than’’.
                                                                                        (C) MODIFICATION OF PLAN AFTER CONFIRMATION.—Sec-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  tion 1329 of title 11, United States Code, is amended by
                                                                                  adding at end the following:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00309   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 312                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                    ‘‘(d)(1) Subject to paragraph (3), for a plan confirmed prior
                                                                                              to the date of enactment of this subsection, the plan may be modified
                                                                                              upon the request of the debtor if—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) the debtor is experiencing or has experienced a mate-
                                                                                                    rial financial hardship due, directly or indirectly, to the
                                                                                                    coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–19) pandemic; and
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) the modification is approved after notice and a hearing.
                                                                      Time period.                  ‘‘(2) A plan modified under paragraph (1) may not provide
                                                                                              for payments over a period that expires more than 7 years after
                                                                                              the time that the first payment under the original confirmed plan
                                                                                              was due.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(3) Sections 1322(a), 1322(b), 1323(c), and the requirements
                                                                                              of section 1325(a) shall apply to any modification under paragraph
                                                                                              (1).’’.
                                                                                                                (D) APPLICABILITY.—
                                                                      11 USC 101 note.                               (i) The amendments made by subparagraphs (A)
                                                                                                                and (B) shall apply to any case commenced before,
                                                                                                                on, or after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                      11 USC 1329                                    (ii) The amendment made by subparagraph (C)
                                                                      note.                                     shall apply to any case for which a plan has been
                                                                                                                confirmed under section 1325 of title 11, United States
                                                                                                                Code, before the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                                                          (2) SUNSET.—
                                                                                                                (A) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                                     (i) EXCLUSION FROM CURRENT MONTHLY INCOME.—
                                                                                                                Section 101(10A)(B)(ii) of title 11, United States Code,
                                                                                                                is amended—
                                                                                                                          (I) in subclause (III), by striking the semicolon
                                                                                                                     at the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’;
                                                                                                                          (II) in subclause (IV), by striking ‘‘; and’’ and
                                                                                                                     inserting a period; and
                                                                                                                          (III) by striking subclause (V).
                                                                                                                     (ii) CONFIRMATION OF PLAN.—Section 1325(b)(2) of
                                                                                                                title 11, United States Code, is amended by striking
                                                                                                                ‘‘payments made under Federal law relating to the
                                                                                                                national emergency declared by the President under
                                                                                                                the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.)
                                                                                                                with respect to the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–
                                                                                                                19),’’.
                                                                                                                     (iii) MODIFICATION OF PLAN AFTER CONFIRMA-
                                                                                                                TION.—Section 1329 of title 11, United States Code,
                                                                                                                is amended by striking subsection (d).
                                                                      11 USC 101 note.                          (B) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by
                                                                                                          subparagraph (A) shall take effect on the date that is
                                                                                                          1 year after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                      Deadline.               SEC. 1114. EMERGENCY RULEMAKING AUTHORITY.
                                                                      15 USC 9012.
                                                                                                   Not later than 15 days after the date of enactment of this
                                                                                              Act, the Administrator shall issue regulations to carry out this
                                                                                              title and the amendments made by this title without regard to
                                                                                              the notice requirements under section 553(b) of title 5, United
                                                                                              States Code.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES



                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00310   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 313

                                                                       TITLE II—ASSISTANCE FOR AMERICAN
                                                                       WORKERS, FAMILIES, AND BUSINESSES
                                                                             Subtitle A—Unemployment Insurance                                                              Relief for
                                                                                                                                                                            Workers Affected
                                                                                         Provisions                                                                         by Coronavirus
                                                                                                                                                                            Act.
                                                                      SEC. 2101. SHORT TITLE.                                                                               15 USC 9001
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                          This subtitle may be cited as the ‘‘Relief for Workers Affected
                                                                      by Coronavirus Act’’.
                                                                      SEC. 2102. PANDEMIC UNEMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE.                                                          15 USC 9021.
                                                                             (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                  (1) COVID–19.—The term ‘‘COVID–19’’ means the 2019
                                                                             Novel Coronavirus or 2019-nCoV.
                                                                                  (2) COVID–19 PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCY.—The term
                                                                             ‘‘COVID–19 public health emergency’’ means the public health
                                                                             emergency declared by the Secretary of Health and Human
                                                                             Services on January 27, 2020, with respect to the 2019 Novel
                                                                             Coronavirus.
                                                                                  (3) COVERED INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘‘covered individual’’—
                                                                                       (A) means an individual who—
                                                                                            (i) is not eligible for regular compensation or
                                                                                       extended benefits under State or Federal law or pan-
                                                                                       demic emergency unemployment compensation under
                                                                                       section 2107, including an individual who has
                                                                                       exhausted all rights to regular unemployment or
                                                                                       extended benefits under State or Federal law or pan-
                                                                                       demic emergency unemployment compensation under
                                                                                       section 2107; and
                                                                                            (ii) provides self-certification that the individual—
                                                                                                  (I) is otherwise able to work and available
                                                                                            for work within the meaning of applicable State
                                                                                            law, except the individual is unemployed, partially
                                                                                            unemployed, or unable or unavailable to work
                                                                                            because—
                                                                                                       (aa) the individual has been diagnosed
                                                                                                  with COVID–19 or is experiencing symptoms
                                                                                                  of COVID–19 and seeking a medical diagnosis;
                                                                                                       (bb) a member of the individual’s house-
                                                                                                  hold has been diagnosed with COVID–19;
                                                                                                       (cc) the individual is providing care for
                                                                                                  a family member or a member of the individ-
                                                                                                  ual’s household who has been diagnosed with
                                                                                                  COVID–19;
                                                                                                       (dd) a child or other person in the house-
                                                                                                  hold for which the individual has primary
                                                                                                  caregiving responsibility is unable to attend
                                                                                                  school or another facility that is closed as a
                                                                                                  direct result of the COVID–19 public health
                                                                                                  emergency and such school or facility care is
                                                                                                  required for the individual to work;
                                                                                                       (ee) the individual is unable to reach the
                                                                                                  place of employment because of a quarantine




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                  imposed as a direct result of the COVID–19
                                                                                                  public health emergency;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00311   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 314                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                            (ff) the individual is unable to reach the
                                                                                                                       place of employment because the individual
                                                                                                                       has been advised by a health care provider
                                                                                                                       to self-quarantine due to concerns related to
                                                                                                                       COVID–19;
                                                                                                                            (gg) the individual was scheduled to com-
                                                                                                                       mence employment and does not have a job
                                                                                                                       or is unable to reach the job as a direct result
                                                                                                                       of the COVID–19 public health emergency;
                                                                                                                            (hh) the individual has become the bread-
                                                                                                                       winner or major support for a household
                                                                                                                       because the head of the household has died
                                                                                                                       as a direct result of COVID–19;
                                                                                                                            (ii) the individual has to quit his or her
                                                                                                                       job as a direct result of COVID–19;
                                                                                                                            (jj) the individual’s place of employment
                                                                                                                       is closed as a direct result of the COVID–
                                                                                                                       19 public health emergency; or
                                                                                                                            (kk) the individual meets any additional
                                                                                                                       criteria established by the Secretary for
                                                                                                                       unemployment assistance under this section;
                                                                                                                       or
                                                                                                                       (II) is self-employed, is seeking part-time
                                                                                                                  employment, does not have sufficient work history,
                                                                                                                  or otherwise would not qualify for regular
                                                                                                                  unemployment or extended benefits under State
                                                                                                                  or Federal law or pandemic emergency unemploy-
                                                                                                                  ment compensation under section 2107 and meets
                                                                                                                  the requirements of subclause (I); and
                                                                                                             (B) does not include—
                                                                                                                  (i) an individual who has the ability to telework
                                                                                                             with pay; or
                                                                                                                  (ii) an individual who is receiving paid sick leave
                                                                                                             or other paid leave benefits, regardless of whether
                                                                                                             the individual meets a qualification described in items
                                                                                                             (aa) through (kk) of subparagraph (A)(i)(I).
                                                                                                        (4) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                                                   of Labor.
                                                                                                        (5) STATE.—The term ‘‘State’’ includes the District of
                                                                                                   Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin
                                                                                                   Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the
                                                                                                   Northern Mariana Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia,
                                                                                                   the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the Republic of Palau.
                                                                                                   (b) ASSISTANCE FOR UNEMPLOYMENT AS A RESULT OF COVID–
                                                                                              19.—Subject to subsection (c), the Secretary shall provide to any
                                                                                              covered individual unemployment benefit assistance while such
                                                                                              individual is unemployed, partially unemployed, or unable to work
                                                                                              for the weeks of such unemployment with respect to which the
                                                                                              individual is not entitled to any other unemployment compensation
                                                                                              (as that term is defined in section 85(b) of title 26, United States
                                                                                              Code) or waiting period credit.
                                                                                                   (c) APPLICABILITY.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                                                   assistance authorized under subsection (b) shall be available
                                                                                                   to a covered individual—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      Time period.                           (A) for weeks of unemployment, partial unemployment,
                                                                                                        or inability to work caused by COVID–19—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00312   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 315

                                                                                            (i) beginning on or after January 27, 2020; and
                                                                                            (ii) ending on or before December 31, 2020; and
                                                                                       (B) subject to subparagraph (A)(ii), as long as the cov-
                                                                                  ered individual’s unemployment, partial unemployment, or
                                                                                  inability to work caused by COVID–19 continues.
                                                                                  (2) LIMITATION ON DURATION OF ASSISTANCE.—The total
                                                                             number of weeks for which a covered individual may receive
                                                                             assistance under this section shall not exceed 39 weeks and
                                                                             such total shall include any week for which the covered indi-
                                                                             vidual received regular compensation or extended benefits
                                                                             under any Federal or State law, except that if after the date
                                                                             of enactment of this Act, the duration of extended benefits
                                                                             is extended, the 39-week period described in this paragraph
                                                                             shall be extended by the number of weeks that is equal to
                                                                             the number of weeks by which the extended benefits were
                                                                             extended.
                                                                                  (3) ASSISTANCE FOR UNEMPLOYMENT BEFORE DATE OF
                                                                             ENACTMENT.—The Secretary shall establish a process for                                         Time period.
                                                                             making assistance under this section available for weeks begin-
                                                                             ning on or after January 27, 2020, and before the date of
                                                                             enactment of this Act.
                                                                             (d) AMOUNT OF ASSISTANCE.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—The assistance authorized under sub-
                                                                             section (b) for a week of unemployment, partial unemployment,
                                                                             or inability to work shall be—
                                                                                       (A)(i) the weekly benefit amount authorized under the
                                                                                  unemployment compensation law of the State where the
                                                                                  covered individual was employed, except that the amount
                                                                                  may not be less than the minimum weekly benefit amount
                                                                                  described in section 625.6 of title 20, Code of Federal Regu-
                                                                                  lations, or any successor thereto; and
                                                                                       (ii) the amount of Federal Pandemic Unemployment
                                                                                  Compensation under section 2104; and
                                                                                       (B) in the case of an increase of the weekly benefit
                                                                                  amount after the date of enactment of this Act, increased
                                                                                  in an amount equal to such increase.
                                                                                  (2) CALCULATIONS OF AMOUNTS FOR CERTAIN COVERED
                                                                             INDIVIDUALS.—In the case of a covered individual who is self-
                                                                             employed, who lives in a territory described in subsection (c)
                                                                             or (d) of section 625.6 of title 20, Code of Federal Regulations,
                                                                             or who would not otherwise qualify for unemployment com-
                                                                             pensation under State law, the assistance authorized under
                                                                             subsection (b) for a week of unemployment shall be calculated
                                                                             in accordance with section 625.6 of title 20, Code of Federal
                                                                             Regulations, or any successor thereto, and shall be increased
                                                                             by the amount of Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensa-
                                                                             tion under section 2104.
                                                                                  (3) ALLOWABLE METHODS OF PAYMENT.—Any assistance pro-
                                                                             vided for in accordance with paragraph (1)(A)(ii) shall be pay-
                                                                             able either—
                                                                                       (A) as an amount which is paid at the same time
                                                                                  and in the same manner as the assistance provided for
                                                                                  in paragraph (1)(A)(i) is payable for the week involved;
                                                                                  or
                                                                                       (B) at the option of the State, by payments which




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  are made separately from, but on the same weekly basis
                                                                                  as, any assistance provided for in paragraph (1)(A)(i).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00313   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 316                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                   (e) WAIVER OF STATE REQUIREMENT.—Notwithstanding State
                                                                                              law, for purposes of assistance authorized under this section, com-
                                                                                              pensation under this Act shall be made to an individual otherwise
                                                                                              eligible for such compensation without any waiting period.
                                                                                                   (f) AGREEMENTS WITH STATES.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall provide the assistance
                                                                                                   authorized under subsection (b) through agreements with
                                                                                                   States which, in the judgment of the Secretary, have an ade-
                                                                                                   quate system for administering such assistance through
                                                                                                   existing State agencies.
                                                                                                        (2) PAYMENTS TO STATES.—There shall be paid to each
                                                                                                   State which has entered into an agreement under this sub-
                                                                                                   section an amount equal to 100 percent of—
                                                                                                             (A) the total amount of assistance provided by the
                                                                                                        State pursuant to such agreement; and
                                                                                                             (B) any additional administrative expenses incurred
                                                                                                        by the State by reason of such agreement (as determined
                                                                                                        by the Secretary), including any administrative expenses
                                                                                                        necessary to facilitate processing of applications for assist-
                                                                                                        ance under this section online or by telephone rather than
                                                                                                        in-person.
                                                                      Reimbursement.                    (3) TERMS OF PAYMENTS.—Sums payable to any State by
                                                                      Determination.               reason of such State’s having an agreement under this sub-
                                                                      Estimate.                    section shall be payable, either in advance or by way of
                                                                                                   reimbursement (as determined by the Secretary), in such
                                                                                                   amounts as the Secretary estimates the State will be entitled
                                                                                                   to receive under this subsection for each calendar month,
                                                                                                   reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount
                                                                                                   by which the Secretary finds that his estimates for any prior
                                                                                                   calendar month were greater or less than the amounts which
                                                                                                   should have been paid to the State. Such estimates may be
                                                                                                   made on the basis of such statistical, sampling, or other method
                                                                                                   as may be agreed upon by the Secretary and the State agency
                                                                                                   of the State involved.
                                                                                                   (g) FUNDING.—
                                                                                                        (1) ASSISTANCE.—
                                                                                                             (A) IN GENERAL.—Funds in the extended unemploy-
                                                                                                        ment compensation account (as established by section
                                                                                                        905(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1105(a)) of
                                                                                                        the Unemployment Trust Fund (as established by section
                                                                                                        904(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1104(a)) shall be used to
                                                                                                        make payments to States pursuant to subsection (f)(2)(A).
                                                                                                             (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                        provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                                                        transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                                                        not otherwise appropriated) to the extended unemployment
                                                                                                        compensation account such sums as the Secretary of Labor
                                                                                                        estimates to be necessary to make payments described
                                                                                                        in subparagraph (A). There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                                                        eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation,
                                                                                                        the sums referred to in the preceding sentence and such
                                                                                                        sums shall not be required to be repaid.
                                                                                                        (2) ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.—
                                                                                                             (A) IN GENERAL.—Funds in the employment security
                                                                                                        administration account (as established by section 901(a)




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                        of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1105(a)) of the
                                                                                                        Unemployment Trust Fund (as established by section




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00314   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 317

                                                                               904(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1104(a)) shall be used to
                                                                               make payments to States pursuant to subsection (f)(2)(B).
                                                                                    (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                               provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                               transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                               not otherwise appropriated) to the employment security
                                                                               administration account such sums as the Secretary of Labor
                                                                               estimates to be necessary to make payments described
                                                                               in subparagraph (A). There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                               eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation,
                                                                               the sums referred to in the preceding sentence and such
                                                                               sums shall not be required to be repaid.
                                                                               (3) CERTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary of Labor shall from
                                                                          time to time certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment
                                                                          to each State the sums payable to such State under paragraphs
                                                                          (1) and (2).
                                                                          (h) RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PANDEMIC UNEMPLOYMENT ASSIST-
                                                                      ANCE AND DISASTER UNEMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE.—Except as other-                                           Applicability.
                                                                      wise provided in this section or to the extent there is a conflict                                    Definitions.
                                                                      between this section and section 625 of title 20, Code of Federal
                                                                      Regulations, such section 625 shall apply to this section as if—
                                                                               (1) the term ‘‘COVID–19 public health emergency’’ were
                                                                          substituted for the term ‘‘major disaster’’ each place it appears
                                                                          in such section 625; and
                                                                               (2) the term ‘‘pandemic’’ were substituted for the term
                                                                          ‘‘disaster’’ each place it appears in such section 625.
                                                                      SEC. 2103. EMERGENCY UNEMPLOYMENT RELIEF FOR GOVERN-                                                  15 USC 9022.
                                                                                 MENTAL ENTITIES AND NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS.
                                                                          (a) FLEXIBILITY IN PAYING REIMBURSEMENT.—The Secretary of
                                                                      Labor may issue clarifying guidance to allow States to interpret
                                                                      their State unemployment compensation laws in a manner that
                                                                      would provide maximum flexibility to reimbursing employers as
                                                                      it relates to timely payment and assessment of penalties and
                                                                      interest pursuant to such State laws.
                                                                          (b) FEDERAL FUNDING.—Section 903 of the Social Security Act
                                                                      (42 U.S.C. 1103) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                          ‘‘Transfers for Federal Reimbursement of State Unemployment
                                                                                                      Funds
                                                                           ‘‘(i)(1)(A) In addition to any other amounts, the Secretary of
                                                                      Labor shall provide for the transfer of funds during the applicable
                                                                      period to the accounts of the States in the Unemployment Trust
                                                                      Fund, by transfer from amounts reserved for that purpose in the
                                                                      Federal unemployment account, in accordance with the succeeding
                                                                      provisions of this subsection.
                                                                           ‘‘(B) The amount of funds transferred to the account of a State
                                                                      under subparagraph (A) during the applicable period shall, as deter-
                                                                      mined by the Secretary of Labor, be equal to one-half of the amounts
                                                                      of compensation (as defined in section 3306(h) of the Internal Rev-
                                                                      enue Code of 1986) attributable under the State law to service
                                                                      to which section 3309(a)(1) of such Code applies that were paid
                                                                      by the State for weeks of unemployment beginning and ending
                                                                      during such period. Such transfers shall be made at such times
                                                                      as the Secretary of Labor considers appropriate.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           ‘‘(C) Notwithstanding any other law, funds transferred to the
                                                                      account of a State under subparagraph (A) shall be used exclusively




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00315   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 318                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              to reimburse governmental entities and other organizations
                                                                                              described in section 3309(a)(2) of such Code for amounts paid (in
                                                                                              lieu of contributions) into the State unemployment fund pursuant
                                                                                              to such section.
                                                                      Definition.                  ‘‘(D) For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘applicable period’
                                                                      Time period.            means the period beginning on March 13, 2020, and ending on
                                                                                              December 31, 2020.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(2)(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Sec-
                                                                                              retary of the Treasury shall transfer from the general fund of
                                                                                              the Treasury (from funds not otherwise appropriated) to the Federal
                                                                                              unemployment account such sums as the Secretary of Labor esti-
                                                                                              mates to be necessary for purposes of making the transfers
                                                                                              described in paragraph (1).
                                                                                                   ‘‘(B) There are appropriated from the general fund of the
                                                                                              Treasury, without fiscal year limitation, the sums referred to in
                                                                                              subparagraph (A) and such sums shall not be required to be
                                                                                              repaid.’’.
                                                                      15 USC 9023.            SEC. 2104. EMERGENCY INCREASE IN UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSA-
                                                                                                          TION BENEFITS.
                                                                                                   (a) FEDERAL-STATE AGREEMENTS.—Any State which desires to
                                                                                              do so may enter into and participate in an agreement under this
                                                                                              section with the Secretary of Labor (in this section referred to
                                                                      Time period.            as the ‘‘Secretary’’). Any State which is a party to an agreement
                                                                      Notification.           under this section may, upon providing 30 days’ written notice
                                                                                              to the Secretary, terminate such agreement.
                                                                                                   (b) PROVISIONS OF AGREEMENT.—
                                                                                                        (1) FEDERAL PANDEMIC UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION.—
                                                                                                   Any agreement under this section shall provide that the State
                                                                                                   agency of the State will make payments of regular compensa-
                                                                                                   tion to individuals in amounts and to the extent that they
                                                                                                   would be determined if the State law of the State were applied,
                                                                                                   with respect to any week for which the individual is (dis-
                                                                                                   regarding this section) otherwise entitled under the State law
                                                                                                   to receive regular compensation, as if such State law had been
                                                                                                   modified in a manner such that the amount of regular com-
                                                                                                   pensation (including dependents’ allowances) payable for any
                                                                                                   week shall be equal to—
                                                                                                             (A) the amount determined under the State law (before
                                                                                                        the application of this paragraph), plus
                                                                                                             (B) an additional amount of $600 (in this section
                                                                                                        referred to as ‘‘Federal Pandemic Unemployment Com-
                                                                                                        pensation’’).
                                                                                                        (2) ALLOWABLE METHODS OF PAYMENT.—Any Federal Pan-
                                                                                                   demic Unemployment Compensation provided for in accordance
                                                                                                   with paragraph (1) shall be payable either—
                                                                                                             (A) as an amount which is paid at the same time
                                                                                                        and in the same manner as any regular compensation
                                                                                                        otherwise payable for the week involved; or
                                                                                                             (B) at the option of the State, by payments which
                                                                                                        are made separately from, but on the same weekly basis
                                                                                                        as, any regular compensation otherwise payable.
                                                                                                   (c) NONREDUCTION RULE.—
                                                                      Determination.                    (1) IN GENERAL.—An agreement under this section shall
                                                                                                   not apply (or shall cease to apply) with respect to a State




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   upon a determination by the Secretary that the method gov-
                                                                                                   erning the computation of regular compensation under the State




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00316   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 319

                                                                           law of that State has been modified in a manner such that
                                                                           the number of weeks (the maximum benefit entitlement), or
                                                                           the average weekly benefit amount, of regular compensation
                                                                           which will be payable during the period of the agreement
                                                                           (determined disregarding any Federal Pandemic Unemploy-
                                                                           ment Compensation) will be less than the number of weeks,
                                                                           or the average weekly benefit amount, of the average weekly
                                                                           benefit amount of regular compensation which would otherwise
                                                                           have been payable during such period under the State law,
                                                                           as in effect on January 1, 2020.
                                                                                (2) MAXIMUM BENEFIT ENTITLEMENT.—In paragraph (1), the                                      Definition.
                                                                           term ‘‘maximum benefit entitlement’’ means the amount of
                                                                           regular unemployment compensation payable to an individual
                                                                           with respect to the individual’s benefit year.
                                                                           (d) PAYMENTS TO STATES.—
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                     (A) FULL REIMBURSEMENT.—There shall be paid to each
                                                                                State which has entered into an agreement under this
                                                                                section an amount equal to 100 percent of—
                                                                                          (i) the total amount of Federal Pandemic
                                                                                     Unemployment Compensation paid to individuals by
                                                                                     the State pursuant to such agreement; and
                                                                                          (ii) any additional administrative expenses                                       Determination.
                                                                                     incurred by the State by reason of such agreement
                                                                                     (as determined by the Secretary).
                                                                                     (B) TERMS OF PAYMENTS.—Sums payable to any State                                       Reimbursement.
                                                                                by reason of such State’s having an agreement under this                                    Determination.
                                                                                section shall be payable, either in advance or by way of                                    Estimate.
                                                                                reimbursement (as determined by the Secretary), in such
                                                                                amounts as the Secretary estimates the State will be enti-
                                                                                tled to receive under this section for each calendar month,
                                                                                reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount
                                                                                by which the Secretary finds that his estimates for any
                                                                                prior calendar month were greater or less than the amounts
                                                                                which should have been paid to the State. Such estimates
                                                                                may be made on the basis of such statistical, sampling,
                                                                                or other method as may be agreed upon by the Secretary
                                                                                and the State agency of the State involved.
                                                                                (2) CERTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary shall from time to time
                                                                           certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment to each
                                                                           State the sums payable to such State under this section.
                                                                                (3) APPROPRIATION.—There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                           eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation, such
                                                                           sums as may be necessary for purposes of this subsection.
                                                                           (e) APPLICABILITY.—An agreement entered into under this sec-                                     Time period.
                                                                      tion shall apply to weeks of unemployment—
                                                                                (1) beginning after the date on which such agreement is
                                                                           entered into; and
                                                                                (2) ending on or before July 31, 2020.
                                                                           (f) FRAUD AND OVERPAYMENTS.—
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—If an individual knowingly has made,
                                                                           or caused to be made by another, a false statement or represen-
                                                                           tation of a material fact, or knowingly has failed, or caused




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           another to fail, to disclose a material fact, and as a result




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00317   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 320                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                   of such false statement or representation or of such nondisclo-
                                                                                                   sure such individual has received an amount of Federal Pan-
                                                                                                   demic Unemployment Compensation to which such individual
                                                                                                   was not entitled, such individual—
                                                                                                             (A) shall be ineligible for further Federal Pandemic
                                                                                                        Unemployment Compensation in accordance with the provi-
                                                                                                        sions of the applicable State unemployment compensation
                                                                                                        law relating to fraud in connection with a claim for
                                                                                                        unemployment compensation; and
                                                                                                             (B) shall be subject to prosecution under section 1001
                                                                                                        of title 18, United States Code.
                                                                                                        (2) REPAYMENT.—In the case of individuals who have
                                                                                                   received amounts of Federal Pandemic Unemployment Com-
                                                                                                   pensation to which they were not entitled, the State shall
                                                                                                   require such individuals to repay the amounts of such Federal
                                                                                                   Pandemic Unemployment Compensation to the State agency,
                                                                                                   except that the State agency may waive such repayment if
                                                                                                   it determines that—
                                                                                                             (A) the payment of such Federal Pandemic Unemploy-
                                                                                                        ment Compensation was without fault on the part of any
                                                                                                        such individual; and
                                                                                                             (B) such repayment would be contrary to equity and
                                                                                                        good conscience.
                                                                                                        (3) RECOVERY BY STATE AGENCY.—
                                                                      Time period.                           (A) IN GENERAL.—The State agency shall recover the
                                                                                                        amount to be repaid, or any part thereof, by deductions
                                                                                                        from any Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation
                                                                                                        payable to such individual or from any unemployment com-
                                                                                                        pensation payable to such individual under any State or
                                                                                                        Federal unemployment compensation law administered by
                                                                                                        the State agency or under any other State or Federal
                                                                                                        law administered by the State agency which provides for
                                                                                                        the payment of any assistance or allowance with respect
                                                                                                        to any week of unemployment, during the 3-year period
                                                                                                        after the date such individuals received the payment of
                                                                                                        the Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation to
                                                                                                        which they were not entitled, in accordance with the same
                                                                                                        procedures as apply to the recovery of overpayments of
                                                                                                        regular unemployment benefits paid by the State.
                                                                      Determination.                         (B) OPPORTUNITY FOR HEARING.—No repayment shall
                                                                      Notification.                     be required, and no deduction shall be made, until a deter-
                                                                                                        mination has been made, notice thereof and an opportunity
                                                                                                        for a fair hearing has been given to the individual, and
                                                                                                        the determination has become final.
                                                                      Determination.                    (4) REVIEW.—Any determination by a State agency under
                                                                                                   this section shall be subject to review in the same manner
                                                                                                   and to the same extent as determinations under the State
                                                                                                   unemployment compensation law, and only in that manner
                                                                                                   and to that extent.
                                                                                                   (g) APPLICATION TO OTHER UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS.—Each
                                                                                              agreement under this section shall include provisions to provide
                                                                                              that the purposes of the preceding provisions of this section shall
                                                                                              be applied with respect to unemployment benefits described in
                                                                                              subsection (i)(2) to the same extent and in the same manner as
                                                                                              if those benefits were regular compensation.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   (h) DISREGARD OF ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION FOR PURPOSES
                                                                                              OF MEDICAID AND CHIP.—The monthly equivalent of any Federal




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00318   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 321

                                                                      pandemic unemployment compensation paid to an individual under
                                                                      this section shall be disregarded when determining income for any
                                                                      purpose under the programs established under titles XIX and title
                                                                      XXI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq., 1397aa
                                                                      et seq.) .
                                                                           (i) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                 (1) the terms ‘‘compensation’’, ‘‘regular compensation’’, ‘‘ben-
                                                                           efit year’’, ‘‘State’’, ‘‘State agency’’, ‘‘State law’’, and ‘‘week’’
                                                                           have the respective meanings given such terms under section
                                                                           205 of the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensa-
                                                                           tion Act of 1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note); and
                                                                                 (2) any reference to unemployment benefits described in
                                                                           this paragraph shall be considered to refer to—
                                                                                      (A) extended compensation (as defined by section 205
                                                                                 of the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensa-
                                                                                 tion Act of 1970);
                                                                                      (B) regular compensation (as defined by section 85(b)
                                                                                 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) provided under
                                                                                 any program administered by a State under an agreement
                                                                                 with the Secretary;
                                                                                      (C) pandemic unemployment assistance under section
                                                                                 2102; and
                                                                                      (D) pandemic emergency unemployment compensation
                                                                                 under section 2107.
                                                                      SEC. 2105. TEMPORARY FULL FEDERAL FUNDING OF THE FIRST WEEK                                           15 USC 9024.
                                                                                   OF COMPENSABLE REGULAR UNEMPLOYMENT FOR
                                                                                   STATES WITH NO WAITING WEEK.
                                                                           (a) FEDERAL-STATE AGREEMENTS.—Any State which desires to
                                                                      do so may enter into and participate in an agreement under this
                                                                      section with the Secretary of Labor (in this section referred to
                                                                      as the ‘‘Secretary’’). Any State which is a party to an agreement                                     Time period.
                                                                      under this section may, upon providing 30 days’ written notice                                        Notice.
                                                                      to the Secretary, terminate such agreement.
                                                                           (b) REQUIREMENT THAT STATE LAW DOES NOT APPLY A WAITING
                                                                      WEEK.—A State is eligible to enter into an agreement under this
                                                                      section if the State law (including a waiver of State law) provides
                                                                      that compensation is paid to individuals for their first week of
                                                                      regular unemployment without a waiting week. An agreement                                             Determination.
                                                                      under this section shall not apply (or shall cease to apply) with
                                                                      respect to a State upon a determination by the Secretary that
                                                                      the State law no longer meets the requirement under the preceding
                                                                      sentence.
                                                                           (c) PAYMENTS TO STATES.—                                                                         Determinations.
                                                                                (1) FULL REIMBURSEMENT.—There shall be paid to each
                                                                           State which has entered into an agreement under this section
                                                                           an amount equal to 100 percent of—
                                                                                     (A) the total amount of regular compensation paid
                                                                                to individuals by the State for their first week of regular
                                                                                unemployment; and
                                                                                     (B) any additional administrative expenses incurred
                                                                                by the State by reason of such agreement (as determined
                                                                                by the Secretary).
                                                                                (2) TERMS OF PAYMENTS.—Sums payable to any State by
                                                                           reason of such State’s having an agreement under this section




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           shall be payable, either in advance or by way of reimbursement
                                                                           (as determined by the Secretary), in such amounts as the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00319   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 322                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                   Secretary estimates the State will be entitled to receive under
                                                                                                   this section for each calendar month, reduced or increased,
                                                                                                   as the case may be, by any amount by which the Secretary
                                                                                                   finds that his estimates for any prior calendar month were
                                                                                                   greater or less than the amounts which should have been
                                                                                                   paid to the State. Such estimates may be made on the basis
                                                                                                   of such statistical, sampling, or other method as may be agreed
                                                                                                   upon by the Secretary and the State agency of the State
                                                                                                   involved.
                                                                                                   (d) FUNDING.—
                                                                                                        (1) COMPENSATION.—
                                                                                                             (A) IN GENERAL.—Funds in the Federal unemployment
                                                                                                        account (as established by section 905(g)) of the Unemploy-
                                                                                                        ment Trust Fund (as established by section 904(a)) shall
                                                                                                        be used to make payments under subsection (c)(1)(A).
                                                                                                             (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                        provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                                                        transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                                                        not otherwise appropriated) to the Federal unemployment
                                                                                                        account such sums as the Secretary of Labor estimates
                                                                                                        to be necessary to make payments described in subpara-
                                                                                                        graph (A). There are appropriated from the general fund
                                                                                                        of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation, the sums
                                                                                                        referred to in the preceding sentence and such sums shall
                                                                                                        not be required to be repaid.
                                                                                                        (2) ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.—
                                                                                                             (A) IN GENERAL.—Funds in the employment security
                                                                                                        administration account (as established by section 901(a)
                                                                                                        of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1105(a)) of the
                                                                                                        Unemployment Trust Fund (as established by section
                                                                                                        904(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1104(a)) shall be used to
                                                                                                        make payments to States pursuant to subsection (c)(1)(B).
                                                                                                             (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                        provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                                                        transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                                                        not otherwise appropriated) to the employment security
                                                                                                        administration account such sums as the Secretary of Labor
                                                                                                        estimates to be necessary to make payments described
                                                                                                        in subparagraph (A). There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                                                        eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation,
                                                                                                        the sums referred to in the preceding sentence and such
                                                                                                        sums shall not be required to be repaid.
                                                                                                        (3) CERTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary shall from time to time
                                                                                                   certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment to each
                                                                                                   State the sums payable to such State under this section.
                                                                      Time period.                 (e) APPLICABILITY.—An agreement entered into under this sec-
                                                                                              tion shall apply to weeks of unemployment—
                                                                                                        (1) beginning after the date on which such agreement is
                                                                                                   entered into; and
                                                                                                        (2) ending on or before December 31, 2020.
                                                                      Applicability.               (f) FRAUD AND OVERPAYMENTS.—The provisions of section
                                                                                              2107(e) shall apply with respect to compensation paid under an
                                                                                              agreement under this section to the same extent and in the same
                                                                                              manner as in the case of pandemic emergency unemployment com-
                                                                                              pensation under such section.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   (g) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section, the terms ‘‘reg-
                                                                                              ular compensation’’, ‘‘State’’, ‘‘State agency’’, ‘‘State law’’, and ‘‘week’’




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00320   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 323

                                                                      have the respective meanings given such terms under section 205
                                                                      of the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act
                                                                      of 1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note).
                                                                      SEC. 2106. EMERGENCY STATE STAFFING FLEXIBILITY.
                                                                          Section 4102(b) of the Emergency Unemployment Stabilization
                                                                      and Access Act of 2020 (contained in division D of the Families
                                                                      First Coronavirus Response Act) is amended—                                                           Ante, p. 194.
                                                                               (1) by striking ‘‘or employer experience rating’’ and
                                                                          inserting ‘‘employer experience rating, or, subject to the suc-
                                                                          ceeding sentence, personnel standards on a merit basis’’; and
                                                                               (2) by adding at the end the following new sentence: ‘‘The                                   Termination
                                                                          emergency flexibility for personnel standards on a merit basis                                    date.
                                                                          shall only apply through December 31, 2020, and is limited
                                                                          to engaging of temporary staff, rehiring of retirees or former
                                                                          employees on a non-competitive basis, and other temporary
                                                                          actions to quickly process applications and claims.’’.
                                                                      SEC. 2107. PANDEMIC EMERGENCY UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION.                                              15 USC 9025.
                                                                             (a) FEDERAL-STATE AGREEMENTS.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—Any State which desires to do so may
                                                                             enter into and participate in an agreement under this section
                                                                             with the Secretary of Labor (in this section referred to as
                                                                             the ‘‘Secretary’’). Any State which is a party to an agreement                                 Time period.
                                                                             under this section may, upon providing 30 days’ written notice                                 Notification.
                                                                             to the Secretary, terminate such agreement.
                                                                                  (2) PROVISIONS OF AGREEMENT.—Any agreement under
                                                                             paragraph (1) shall provide that the State agency of the State
                                                                             will make payments of pandemic emergency unemployment
                                                                             compensation to individuals who—
                                                                                       (A) have exhausted all rights to regular compensation
                                                                                  under the State law or under Federal law with respect
                                                                                  to a benefit year (excluding any benefit year that ended
                                                                                  before July1, 2019);
                                                                                       (B) have no rights to regular compensation with respect
                                                                                  to a week under such law or any other State unemployment
                                                                                  compensation law or to compensation under any other Fed-
                                                                                  eral law;
                                                                                       (C) are not receiving compensation with respect to
                                                                                  such week under the unemployment compensation law of
                                                                                  Canada; and
                                                                                       (D) are able to work, available to work, and actively
                                                                                  seeking work.
                                                                                  (3) EXHAUSTION OF BENEFITS.—For purposes of paragraph
                                                                             (2)(A), an individual shall be deemed to have exhausted such
                                                                             individual’s rights to regular compensation under a State law
                                                                             when—
                                                                                       (A) no payments of regular compensation can be made
                                                                                  under such law because such individual has received all
                                                                                  regular compensation available to such individual based
                                                                                  on employment or wages during such individual’s base
                                                                                  period; or
                                                                                       (B) such individual’s rights to such compensation have
                                                                                  been terminated by reason of the expiration of the benefit
                                                                                  year with respect to which such rights existed.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  (4) WEEKLY BENEFIT AMOUNT, ETC.—For purposes of any
                                                                             agreement under this section—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00321   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 324                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                              (A) the amount of pandemic emergency unemployment
                                                                                                         compensation which shall be payable to any individual
                                                                                                         for any week of total unemployment shall be equal to—
                                                                                                                   (i) the amount of the regular compensation
                                                                                                              (including dependents’ allowances) payable to such
                                                                                                              individual during such individual’s benefit year under
                                                                                                              the State law for a week of total unemployment; and
                                                                                                                   (ii) the amount of Federal Pandemic Unemploy-
                                                                                                              ment Compensation under section 2104;
                                                                                                              (B) the terms and conditions of the State law which
                                                                                                         apply to claims for regular compensation and to the pay-
                                                                                                         ment thereof (including terms and conditions relating to
                                                                                                         availability for work, active search for work, and refusal
                                                                                                         to accept work) shall apply to claims for pandemic emer-
                                                                                                         gency unemployment compensation and the payment
                                                                                                         thereof, except where otherwise inconsistent with the provi-
                                                                                                         sions of this section or with the regulations or operating
                                                                                                         instructions of the Secretary promulgated to carry out this
                                                                                                         section;
                                                                                                              (C) the maximum amount of pandemic emergency
                                                                                                         unemployment compensation payable to any individual for
                                                                                                         whom an pandemic emergency unemployment compensa-
                                                                                                         tion account is established under subsection (b) shall not
                                                                                                         exceed the amount established in such account for such
                                                                                                         individual; and
                                                                                                              (D) the allowable methods of payment under section
                                                                                                         2104(b)(2) shall apply to payments of amounts described
                                                                                                         in subparagraph (A)(ii).
                                                                      Applicability.                     (5) COORDINATION RULE.—An agreement under this section
                                                                      Determination.                 shall apply with respect to a State only upon a determination
                                                                                                     by the Secretary that, under the State law or other applicable
                                                                                                     rules of such State, the payment of extended compensation
                                                                                                     for which an individual is otherwise eligible must be deferred
                                                                                                     until after the payment of any pandemic emergency unemploy-
                                                                                                     ment compensation under subsection (b) for which the indi-
                                                                                                     vidual is concurrently eligible.
                                                                                                         (6) NONREDUCTION RULE.—
                                                                      Determination.                          (A) IN GENERAL.—An agreement under this section
                                                                                                         shall not apply (or shall cease to apply) with respect to
                                                                                                         a State upon a determination by the Secretary that the
                                                                                                         method governing the computation of regular compensation
                                                                                                         under the State law of that State has been modified in
                                                                                                         a manner such that the number of weeks (the maximum
                                                                                                         benefit entitlement), or the average weekly benefit amount,
                                                                                                         of regular compensation which will be payable during the
                                                                                                         period of the agreement will be less than the number
                                                                                                         of weeks, or the average weekly benefit amount, of the
                                                                                                         average weekly benefit amount of regular compensation
                                                                                                         which would otherwise have been payable during such
                                                                                                         period under the State law, as in effect on January 1,
                                                                                                         2020.
                                                                      Definition.                             (B) MAXIMUM BENEFIT ENTITLEMENT.—In subpara-
                                                                                                         graph (A), the term ‘‘maximum benefit entitlement’’ means
                                                                                                         the amount of regular unemployment compensation pay-
                                                                                                         able to an individual with respect to the individual’s benefit




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                         year.
                                                                                                         (7) ACTIVELY SEEKING WORK.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00322   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 325

                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subparagraph (C), for pur-                                    Definition.
                                                                              poses of paragraph (2)(D), the term ‘‘actively seeking work’’
                                                                              means, with respect to any individual, that such indi-
                                                                              vidual—
                                                                                        (i) is registered for employment services in such
                                                                                   a manner and to such extent as prescribed by the
                                                                                   State agency;
                                                                                        (ii) has engaged in an active search for employment
                                                                                   that is appropriate in light of the employment available
                                                                                   in the labor market, the individual’s skills and capabili-
                                                                                   ties, and includes a number of employer contacts that
                                                                                   is consistent with the standards communicated to the
                                                                                   individual by the State;
                                                                                        (iii) has maintained a record of such work search,
                                                                                   including employers contacted, method of contact, and
                                                                                   date contacted; and
                                                                                        (iv) when requested, has provided such work
                                                                                   search record to the State agency.
                                                                                   (B) FLEXIBILITY.—Notwithstanding the requirements
                                                                              under subparagraph (A) and paragraph (2)(D), a State shall
                                                                              provide flexibility in meeting such requirements in case
                                                                              of individuals unable to search for work because of COVID–
                                                                              19, including because of illness, quarantine, or movement
                                                                              restriction.
                                                                         (b) PANDEMIC EMERGENCY UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION
                                                                      ACCOUNT.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Any agreement under this section shall
                                                                         provide that the State will establish, for each eligible individual
                                                                         who files an application for pandemic emergency unemployment
                                                                         compensation, an pandemic emergency unemployment com-
                                                                         pensation account with respect to such individual’s benefit year.
                                                                              (2) AMOUNT IN ACCOUNT.—The amount established in an
                                                                         account under subsection (a) shall be equal to 13 times the
                                                                         individual’s average weekly benefit amount, which includes
                                                                         the amount of Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation
                                                                         under section 2104, for the benefit year.
                                                                              (3) WEEKLY BENEFIT AMOUNT.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                         section, an individual’s weekly benefit amount for any week
                                                                         is the amount of regular compensation (including dependents’
                                                                         allowances) under the State law payable to such individual
                                                                         for such week for total unemployment plus the amount of
                                                                         Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation under section
                                                                         2104.
                                                                         (c) PAYMENTS TO STATES HAVING AGREEMENTS FOR THE PAY-
                                                                      MENT OF PANDEMIC EMERGENCY UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—There shall be paid to each State that
                                                                         has entered into an agreement under this section an amount
                                                                         equal to 100 percent of the pandemic emergency unemployment
                                                                         compensation paid to individuals by the State pursuant to
                                                                         such agreement.
                                                                              (2) TREATMENT OF REIMBURSABLE COMPENSATION.—No pay-
                                                                         ment shall be made to any State under this section in respect
                                                                         of any compensation to the extent the State is entitled to
                                                                         reimbursement in respect of such compensation under the provi-
                                                                         sions of any Federal law other than this section or chapter




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                         85 of title 5, United States Code. A State shall not be entitled
                                                                         to any reimbursement under such chapter 85 in respect of




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00323   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 326                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                     any compensation to the extent the State is entitled to
                                                                                                     reimbursement under this section in respect of such compensa-
                                                                                                     tion.
                                                                      Reimbursement.                      (3) DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT.—Sums payable to any
                                                                      Estimate.                      State by reason of such State having an agreement under
                                                                                                     this section shall be payable, either in advance or by way
                                                                                                     of reimbursement (as may be determined by the Secretary),
                                                                                                     in such amounts as the Secretary estimates the State will
                                                                                                     be entitled to receive under this section for each calendar
                                                                                                     month, reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount
                                                                                                     by which the Secretary finds that the Secretary’s estimates
                                                                                                     for any prior calendar month were greater or less than the
                                                                                                     amounts which should have been paid to the State. Such esti-
                                                                                                     mates may be made on the basis of such statistical, sampling,
                                                                                                     or other method as may be agreed upon by the Secretary
                                                                                                     and the State agency of the State involved.
                                                                                                     (d) FINANCING PROVISIONS.—
                                                                                                          (1) COMPENSATION.—
                                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—Funds in the extended unemploy-
                                                                                                          ment compensation account (as established by section
                                                                                                          905(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1105(a)) of
                                                                                                          the Unemployment Trust Fund (as established by section
                                                                                                          904(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1104(a)) shall be used for
                                                                                                          the making of payments to States having agreements
                                                                                                          entered into under this section.
                                                                                                               (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                          provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                                                          transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                                                          not otherwise appropriated) to the extended unemployment
                                                                                                          compensation account such sums as the Secretary of Labor
                                                                                                          estimates to be necessary to make payments described
                                                                                                          in subparagraph (A). There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                                                          eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation,
                                                                                                          the sums referred to in the preceding sentence and such
                                                                                                          sums shall not be required to be repaid.
                                                                                                          (2) ADMINISTRATION.—
                                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—There are appropriated out of the
                                                                                                          employment security administration account (as estab-
                                                                                                          lished by section 901(a) of the Social Security Act (42
                                                                                                          U.S.C. 1101(a)) of the Unemployment Trust Fund, without
                                                                                                          fiscal year limitation, such funds as may be necessary
                                                                                                          for purposes of assisting States (as provided in title III
                                                                                                          of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 501 et seq.)) in meeting
                                                                                                          the costs of administration of agreements under this sec-
                                                                                                          tion.
                                                                                                               (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                          provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                                                          transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                                                          not otherwise appropriated) to the employment security
                                                                                                          administration account such sums as the Secretary of Labor
                                                                                                          estimates to be necessary to make payments described
                                                                                                          in subparagraph (A). There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                                                          eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation,
                                                                                                          the sums referred to in the preceding sentence and such
                                                                                                          sums shall not be required to be repaid.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          (3) CERTIFICATION.—The Secretary shall from time to time
                                                                                                     certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment to each




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00324   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 327

                                                                             State the sums payable to such State under this subsection.
                                                                             The Secretary of the Treasury, prior to audit or settlement
                                                                             by the Government Accountability Office, shall make payments
                                                                             to the State in accordance with such certification, by transfers
                                                                             from the extended unemployment compensation account (as
                                                                             so established) to the account of such State in the Unemploy-
                                                                             ment Trust Fund (as so established).
                                                                             (e) FRAUD AND OVERPAYMENTS.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—If an individual knowingly has made,
                                                                             or caused to be made by another, a false statement or represen-
                                                                             tation of a material fact, or knowingly has failed, or caused
                                                                             another to fail, to disclose a material fact, and as a result
                                                                             of such false statement or representation or of such nondisclo-
                                                                             sure such individual has received an amount of pandemic emer-
                                                                             gency unemployment compensation under this section to which
                                                                             such individual was not entitled, such individual—
                                                                                       (A) shall be ineligible for further pandemic emergency
                                                                                  unemployment compensation under this section in accord-
                                                                                  ance with the provisions of the applicable State unemploy-
                                                                                  ment compensation law relating to fraud in connection
                                                                                  with a claim for unemployment compensation; and
                                                                                       (B) shall be subject to prosecution under section 1001
                                                                                  of title 18, United States Code.
                                                                                  (2) REPAYMENT.—In the case of individuals who have                                        Waiver authority.
                                                                             received amounts of pandemic emergency unemployment com-                                       Determination.
                                                                             pensation under this section to which they were not entitled,
                                                                             the State shall require such individuals to repay the amounts
                                                                             of such pandemic emergency unemployment compensation to
                                                                             the State agency, except that the State agency may waive
                                                                             such repayment if it determines that—
                                                                                       (A) the payment of such pandemic emergency
                                                                                  unemployment compensation was without fault on the part
                                                                                  of any such individual; and
                                                                                       (B) such repayment would be contrary to equity and
                                                                                  good conscience.
                                                                                  (3) RECOVERY BY STATE AGENCY.—
                                                                                       (A) IN GENERAL.—The State agency shall recover the                                   Time period.
                                                                                  amount to be repaid, or any part thereof, by deductions
                                                                                  from any pandemic emergency unemployment compensa-
                                                                                  tion payable to such individual under this section or from
                                                                                  any unemployment compensation payable to such indi-
                                                                                  vidual under any State or Federal unemployment com-
                                                                                  pensation law administered by the State agency or under
                                                                                  any other State or Federal law administered by the State
                                                                                  agency which provides for the payment of any assistance
                                                                                  or allowance with respect to any week of unemployment,
                                                                                  during the 3-year period after the date such individuals
                                                                                  received the payment of the pandemic emergency
                                                                                  unemployment compensation to which they were not enti-
                                                                                  tled, in accordance with the same procedures as apply
                                                                                  to the recovery of overpayments of regular unemployment
                                                                                  benefits paid by the State.
                                                                                       (B) OPPORTUNITY FOR HEARING.—No repayment shall                                      Determination.
                                                                                  be required, and no deduction shall be made, until a deter-                               Notification.
                                                                                  mination has been made, notice thereof and an opportunity




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  for a fair hearing has been given to the individual, and
                                                                                  the determination has become final.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00325   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 328                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        (4) REVIEW.—Any determination by a State agency under
                                                                                                   this section shall be subject to review in the same manner
                                                                                                   and to the same extent as determinations under the State
                                                                                                   unemployment compensation law, and only in that manner
                                                                                                   and to that extent.
                                                                                                   (f) DEFINITIONS.—In this section, the terms ‘‘compensation’’,
                                                                                              ‘‘regular compensation’’, ‘‘extended compensation’’, ‘‘benefit year’’,
                                                                                              ‘‘base period’’, ‘‘State’’, ‘‘State agency’’, ‘‘State law’’, and ‘‘week’’ have
                                                                                              the respective meanings given such terms under section 205 of
                                                                                              the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of
                                                                                              1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note).
                                                                      Time period.                 (g) APPLICABILITY.—An agreement entered into under this sec-
                                                                                              tion shall apply to weeks of unemployment—
                                                                                                        (1) beginning after the date on which such agreement is
                                                                                                   entered into; and
                                                                                                        (2) ending on or before December 31, 2020.
                                                                      15 USC 9026.            SEC. 2108. TEMPORARY FINANCING OF SHORT-TIME COMPENSATION
                                                                                                          PAYMENTS IN STATES WITH PROGRAMS IN LAW.
                                                                                                  (a) PAYMENTS TO STATES.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (3), there shall be
                                                                                                  paid to a State an amount equal to 100 percent of the amount
                                                                                                  of short-time compensation paid under a short-time compensa-
                                                                                                  tion program (as defined in section 3306(v) of the Internal
                                                                                                  Revenue Code of 1986) under the provisions of the State law.
                                                                      Reimbursement.                   (2) TERMS OF PAYMENTS.—Payments made to a State under
                                                                      Estimate.                   paragraph (1) shall be payable by way of reimbursement in
                                                                                                  such amounts as the Secretary estimates the State will be
                                                                                                  entitled to receive under this section for each calendar month,
                                                                                                  reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount
                                                                                                  by which the Secretary finds that the Secretary’s estimates
                                                                                                  for any prior calendar month were greater or less than the
                                                                                                  amounts which should have been paid to the State. Such esti-
                                                                                                  mates may be made on the basis of such statistical, sampling,
                                                                                                  or other method as may be agreed upon by the Secretary
                                                                                                  and the State agency of the State involved.
                                                                                                       (3) LIMITATIONS ON PAYMENTS.—
                                                                                                            (A) GENERAL PAYMENT LIMITATIONS.—No payments
                                                                                                       shall be made to a State under this section for short-
                                                                                                       time compensation paid to an individual by the State
                                                                                                       during a benefit year in excess of 26 times the amount
                                                                                                       of regular compensation (including dependents’ allowances)
                                                                                                       under the State law payable to such individual for a week
                                                                                                       of total unemployment.
                                                                                                            (B) EMPLOYER LIMITATIONS.—No payments shall be
                                                                                                       made to a State under this section for benefits paid to
                                                                                                       an individual by the State under a short-time compensation
                                                                                                       program if such individual is employed by the participating
                                                                                                       employer on a seasonal, temporary, or intermittent basis.
                                                                      Time period.                (b) APPLICABILITY.—Payments to a State under subsection (a)
                                                                                              shall be available for weeks of unemployment—
                                                                                                       (1) beginning on or after the date of the enactment of
                                                                                                  this Act; and
                                                                                                       (2) ending on or before December 31, 2020.
                                                                                                  (c) NEW PROGRAMS.—Subject to subsection (b)(2), if at any




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              point after the date of the enactment of this Act the State enacts
                                                                                              a State law providing for the payment of short-time compensation




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00326   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 329

                                                                      under a short-time compensation program that meets the definition
                                                                      of such a program under section 3306(v) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                      Code of 1986, the State shall be eligible for payments under this
                                                                      section after the effective date of such enactment.
                                                                           (d) FUNDING AND CERTIFICATIONS.—
                                                                                (1) FUNDING.—There are appropriated, out of moneys in
                                                                           the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may
                                                                           be necessary for purposes of carrying out this section.
                                                                                (2) CERTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary shall from time to time
                                                                           certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment to each
                                                                           State the sums payable to such State under this section.
                                                                           (e) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                (1) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                           of Labor.
                                                                                (2) STATE; STATE AGENCY; STATE LAW.—The terms ‘‘State’’,
                                                                           ‘‘State agency’’, and ‘‘State law’’ have the meanings given those
                                                                           terms in section 205 of the Federal-State Extended Unemploy-
                                                                           ment Compensation Act of 1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note).
                                                                           (f) TECHNICAL CORRECTION TO DEFINITION.—Section 3306(v)(6)
                                                                      of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 3306) is amended
                                                                      by striking ‘‘Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
                                                                      ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
                                                                      SEC. 2109. TEMPORARY FINANCING OF SHORT-TIME COMPENSATION                                             15 USC 9027.
                                                                                  AGREEMENTS.
                                                                             (a) FEDERAL-STATE AGREEMENTS.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—Any State which desires to do so may
                                                                             enter into, and participate in, an agreement under this section
                                                                             with the Secretary provided that such State’s law does not
                                                                             provide for the payment of short-time compensation under a
                                                                             short-time compensation program (as defined in section 3306(v)
                                                                             of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986).
                                                                                  (2) ABILITY TO TERMINATE.—Any State which is a party                                      Deadline.
                                                                             to an agreement under this section may, upon providing 30                                      Notification.
                                                                             days’ written notice to the Secretary, terminate such agreement.
                                                                             (b) PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL-STATE AGREEMENT.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—Any agreement under this section shall
                                                                             provide that the State agency of the State will make payments
                                                                             of short-time compensation under a plan approved by the State.
                                                                             Such plan shall provide that payments are made in accordance
                                                                             with the requirements under section 3306(v) of the Internal
                                                                             Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                  (2) LIMITATIONS ON PLANS.—
                                                                                       (A) GENERAL PAYMENT LIMITATIONS.—A short-time
                                                                                  compensation plan approved by a State shall not permit
                                                                                  the payment of short-time compensation to an individual
                                                                                  by the State during a benefit year in excess of 26 times
                                                                                  the amount of regular compensation (including dependents’
                                                                                  allowances) under the State law payable to such individual
                                                                                  for a week of total unemployment.
                                                                                       (B) EMPLOYER LIMITATIONS.—A short-time compensa-
                                                                                  tion plan approved by a State shall not provide payments
                                                                                  to an individual if such individual is employed by the
                                                                                  participating employer on a seasonal, temporary, or inter-
                                                                                  mittent basis.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  (3) EMPLOYER PAYMENT OF COSTS.—Any short-time com-
                                                                             pensation plan entered into by an employer must provide that




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00327   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 330                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                   the employer will pay the State an amount equal to one-
                                                                                                   half of the amount of short-time compensation paid under such
                                                                                                   plan. Such amount shall be deposited in the State’s unemploy-
                                                                                                   ment fund and shall not be used for purposes of calculating
                                                                                                   an employer’s contribution rate under section 3303(a)(1) of the
                                                                                                   Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                                   (c) PAYMENTS TO STATES.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—There shall be paid to each State with
                                                                                                   an agreement under this section an amount equal to—
                                                                                                             (A) one-half of the amount of short-time compensation
                                                                                                        paid to individuals by the State pursuant to such agree-
                                                                                                        ment; and
                                                                                                             (B) any additional administrative expenses incurred
                                                                                                        by the State by reason of such agreement (as determined
                                                                                                        by the Secretary).
                                                                      Reimbursement.                    (2) TERMS OF PAYMENTS.—Payments made to a State under
                                                                      Estimate.                    paragraph (1) shall be payable by way of reimbursement in
                                                                                                   such amounts as the Secretary estimates the State will be
                                                                                                   entitled to receive under this section for each calendar month,
                                                                                                   reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount
                                                                                                   by which the Secretary finds that the Secretary’s estimates
                                                                                                   for any prior calendar month were greater or less than the
                                                                                                   amounts which should have been paid to the State. Such esti-
                                                                                                   mates may be made on the basis of such statistical, sampling,
                                                                                                   or other method as may be agreed upon by the Secretary
                                                                                                   and the State agency of the State involved.
                                                                                                        (3) FUNDING.—There are appropriated, out of moneys in
                                                                                                   the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may
                                                                                                   be necessary for purposes of carrying out this section.
                                                                                                        (4) CERTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary shall from time to time
                                                                                                   certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment to each
                                                                                                   State the sums payable to such State under this section.
                                                                      Time period.                 (d) APPLICABILITY.—An agreement entered into under this sec-
                                                                                              tion shall apply to weeks of unemployment—
                                                                                                        (1) beginning on or after the date on which such agreement
                                                                                                   is entered into; and
                                                                                                        (2) ending on or before December 31, 2020.
                                                                                                   (e) SPECIAL RULE.—If a State has entered into an agreement
                                                                                              under this section and subsequently enacts a State law providing
                                                                                              for the payment of short-time compensation under a short-time
                                                                                              compensation program that meets the definition of such a program
                                                                                              under section 3306(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the
                                                                                              State—
                                                                                                        (1) shall not be eligible for payments under this section
                                                                                                   for weeks of unemployment beginning after the effective date
                                                                                                   of such State law; and
                                                                                                        (2) subject to section 2108(b)(2), shall be eligible to receive
                                                                                                   payments under section 2108 after the effective date of such
                                                                                                   State law.
                                                                                                   (f) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                                        (1) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                                                   of Labor.
                                                                                                        (2) STATE; STATE AGENCY; STATE LAW.—The terms ‘‘State’’,
                                                                                                   ‘‘State agency’’, and ‘‘State law’’ have the meanings given those




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   terms in section 205 of the Federal-State Extended Unemploy-
                                                                                                   ment Compensation Act of 1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00328   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 331
                                                                      SEC. 2110. GRANTS FOR SHORT-TIME COMPENSATION PROGRAMS.                                               15 USC 9028.
                                                                             (a) GRANTS.—
                                                                                  (1) FOR IMPLEMENTATION OR IMPROVED ADMINISTRATION.—
                                                                             The Secretary shall award grants to States that enact short-
                                                                             time compensation programs (as defined in subsection (i)(2))
                                                                             for the purpose of implementation or improved administration
                                                                             of such programs.
                                                                                  (2) FOR PROMOTION AND ENROLLMENT.—The Secretary shall
                                                                             award grants to States that are eligible and submit plans
                                                                             for a grant under paragraph (1) for such States to promote
                                                                             and enroll employers in short-time compensation programs (as
                                                                             so defined).
                                                                                  (3) ELIGIBILITY.—
                                                                                       (A) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall determine eligi-                                 Determination.
                                                                                  bility criteria for the grants under paragraphs (1) and
                                                                                  (2).
                                                                                       (B) CLARIFICATION.—A State administering a short-
                                                                                  time compensation program that does not meet the defini-
                                                                                  tion of a short-time compensation program under section
                                                                                  3306(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and a State
                                                                                  with an agreement under section 2109, shall not be eligible
                                                                                  to receive a grant under this section until such time as
                                                                                  the State law of the State provides for payments under
                                                                                  a short-time compensation program that meets such defini-
                                                                                  tion and such law.
                                                                             (b) AMOUNT OF GRANTS.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—The maximum amount available for
                                                                             making grants to a State under paragraphs (1) and (2) shall
                                                                             be equal to the amount obtained by multiplying $100,000,000
                                                                             (less the amount used by the Secretary under subsection (e))
                                                                             by the same ratio as would apply under subsection (a)(2)(B)
                                                                             of section 903 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1103)
                                                                             for purposes of determining such State’s share of any excess
                                                                             amount (as described in subsection (a)(1) of such section) that
                                                                             would have been subject to transfer to State accounts, as of
                                                                             October 1, 2019, under the provisions of subsection (a) of such
                                                                             section.
                                                                                  (2) AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR DIFFERENT GRANTS.—Of the
                                                                             maximum incentive payment determined under paragraph (1)
                                                                             with respect to a State—
                                                                                       (A) one-third shall be available for a grant under sub-
                                                                                  section (a)(1); and
                                                                                       (B) two-thirds shall be available for a grant under
                                                                                  subsection (a)(2).
                                                                             (c) GRANT APPLICATION AND DISBURSAL.—
                                                                                  (1) APPLICATION.—Any State seeking a grant under para-
                                                                             graph (1) or (2) of subsection (a) shall submit an application
                                                                             to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and complete
                                                                             with such information as the Secretary may require. In no
                                                                             case may the Secretary award a grant under this section with
                                                                             respect to an application that is submitted after December
                                                                             31, 2023.
                                                                                  (2) NOTICE.—The Secretary shall, within 30 days after
                                                                             receiving a complete application, notify the State agency of
                                                                             the State of the Secretary’s findings with respect to the require-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             ments for a grant under paragraph (1) or (2) (or both) of
                                                                             subsection (a).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00329   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 332                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        (3) CERTIFICATION.—If the Secretary finds that the State
                                                                                                   law provisions meet the requirements for a grant under sub-
                                                                                                   section (a), the Secretary shall thereupon make a certification
                                                                                                   to that effect to the Secretary of the Treasury, together with
                                                                                                   a certification as to the amount of the grant payment to be
                                                                                                   transferred to the State account in the Unemployment Trust
                                                                                                   Fund (as established in section 904(a) of the Social Security
                                                                      Deadline.                    Act (42 U.S.C. 1104(a))) pursuant to that finding. The Secretary
                                                                                                   of the Treasury shall make the appropriate transfer to the
                                                                                                   State account within 7 days after receiving such certification.
                                                                                                        (4) REQUIREMENT.—No certification of compliance with the
                                                                                                   requirements for a grant under paragraph (1) or (2) of sub-
                                                                                                   section (a) may be made with respect to any State whose—
                                                                                                             (A) State law is not otherwise eligible for certification
                                                                                                        under section 303 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                        503) or approvable under section 3304 of the Internal Rev-
                                                                                                        enue Code of 1986; or
                                                                      Deadline.                              (B) short-time compensation program is subject to dis-
                                                                                                        continuation or is not scheduled to take effect within 12
                                                                                                        months of the certification.
                                                                                                   (d) USE OF FUNDS.—The amount of any grant awarded under
                                                                                              this section shall be used for the implementation of short-time
                                                                                              compensation programs and the overall administration of such pro-
                                                                                              grams and the promotion and enrollment efforts associated with
                                                                                              such programs, such as through—
                                                                                                        (1) the creation or support of rapid response teams to
                                                                                                   advise employers about alternatives to layoffs;
                                                                      Assessment.                       (2) the provision of education or assistance to employers
                                                                                                   to enable them to assess the feasibility of participating in
                                                                                                   short-time compensation programs; and
                                                                                                        (3) the development or enhancement of systems to auto-
                                                                                                   mate—
                                                                                                             (A) the submission and approval of plans; and
                                                                                                             (B) the filing and approval of new and ongoing short-
                                                                                                        time compensation claims.
                                                                                                   (e) ADMINISTRATION.—The Secretary is authorized to use 0.25
                                                                                              percent of the funds available under subsection (g) to provide for
                                                                                              outreach and to share best practices with respect to this section
                                                                                              and short-time compensation programs.
                                                                      Determination.               (f) RECOUPMENT.—The Secretary shall establish a process under
                                                                      Time period.            which the Secretary shall recoup the amount of any grant awarded
                                                                                              under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a) if the Secretary deter-
                                                                                              mines that, during the 5-year period beginning on the first date
                                                                                              that any such grant is awarded to the State, the State—
                                                                                                        (1) terminated the State’s short-time compensation pro-
                                                                                                   gram; or
                                                                                                        (2) failed to meet appropriate requirements with respect
                                                                                                   to such program (as established by the Secretary).
                                                                                                   (g) FUNDING.—There are appropriated, out of moneys in the
                                                                                              Treasury not otherwise appropriated, to the Secretary, $100,000,000
                                                                                              to carry out this section, to remain available without fiscal year
                                                                                              limitation.
                                                                                                   (h) REPORTING.—The Secretary may establish reporting require-
                                                                                              ments for States receiving a grant under this section in order




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              to provide oversight of grant funds.
                                                                                                   (i) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00330   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 333

                                                                                  (1) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                             of Labor.
                                                                                  (2) SHORT-TIME COMPENSATION PROGRAM.—The term ‘‘short-
                                                                             time compensation program’’ has the meaning given such term
                                                                             in section 3306(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                  (3) STATE; STATE AGENCY; STATE LAW.—The terms ‘‘State’’,
                                                                             ‘‘State agency’’, and ‘‘State law’’ have the meanings given those
                                                                             terms in section 205 of the Federal-State Extended Unemploy-
                                                                             ment Compensation Act of 1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note).
                                                                      SEC. 2111. ASSISTANCE AND GUIDANCE IN IMPLEMENTING PROGRAMS.                                          15 USC 9029.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—In order to assist States in establishing,
                                                                      qualifying, and implementing short-time compensation programs
                                                                      (as defined in section 3306(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                      1986), the Secretary of Labor (in this section referred to as the
                                                                      ‘‘Secretary’’) shall—
                                                                                (1) develop model legislative language, or disseminate
                                                                           existing model legislative language, which may be used by
                                                                           States in developing and enacting such programs, and periodi-
                                                                           cally review and revise such model legislative language;
                                                                                (2) provide technical assistance and guidance in developing,
                                                                           enacting, and implementing such programs; and
                                                                                (3) establish reporting requirements for States, including                                  Requirements.
                                                                           reporting on—
                                                                                     (A) the number of estimated averted layoffs;
                                                                                     (B) the number of participating employers and workers;
                                                                                and
                                                                                     (C) such other items as the Secretary of Labor deter-
                                                                                mines are appropriate.
                                                                           (b) MODEL LANGUAGE AND GUIDANCE.—The model language
                                                                      and guidance developed under subsection (a) shall allow sufficient
                                                                      flexibility by States and participating employers while ensuring
                                                                      accountability and program integrity.
                                                                           (c) CONSULTATION.—In developing the model legislative lan-
                                                                      guage and guidance under subsection (a), and in order to meet
                                                                      the requirements of subsection (b), the Secretary shall consult with
                                                                      employers, labor organizations, State workforce agencies, and other
                                                                      program experts. Existing model legislative language that has been
                                                                      developed through such a consultative process shall be deemed
                                                                      to meet the consultation requirement of this subsection.
                                                                           (d) REPEAL.—Section 4104 of the Emergency Unemployment
                                                                      Stabilization and Access Act of 2020 (contained in division D of
                                                                      the Families First Coronavirus Response Act) is repealed.                                             Ante, p. 194.
                                                                      SEC. 2112. WAIVER OF THE 7-DAY WAITING PERIOD FOR BENEFITS                                            15 USC 9030.
                                                                                  UNDER THE RAILROAD UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE
                                                                                  ACT.
                                                                           (a) NO WAITING WEEK.—With respect to any registration period
                                                                      beginning after the date of enactment of this Act and ending on
                                                                      or before December 31, 2020, subparagraphs (A)(ii) and (B)(ii) of
                                                                      section 2(a)(1) of the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act (45
                                                                      U.S.C. 352(a)(1)) shall not apply.
                                                                           (b) OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND REGULATIONS.—The Railroad
                                                                      Retirement Board may prescribe any operating instructions or regu-
                                                                      lations necessary to carry out this section.
                                                                           (c) FUNDING.—Out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      appropriated, there are appropriated $50,000,000 to cover the costs
                                                                      of additional benefits payable due to the application of subsection




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00331   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 334                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              (a). Upon the exhaustion of the funds appropriated under this
                                                                                              subsection, subsection (a) shall no longer apply with respect to
                                                                                              any registration period beginning after the date of exhaustion of
                                                                                              funds.
                                                                                                   (d) DEFINITION OF REGISTRATION PERIOD.—For purposes of this
                                                                                              section, the term ‘‘registration period’’ has the meaning given such
                                                                                              term under section 1 of the Railroad Unemployment Insurance
                                                                                              Act (45 U.S.C. 351).
                                                                                              SEC. 2113. ENHANCED BENEFITS UNDER THE RAILROAD UNEMPLOY-
                                                                                                          MENT INSURANCE ACT.
                                                                                                   Section 2(a) of the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act (45
                                                                                              U.S.C. § 352(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                      Time periods.                ‘‘(5)(A) Notwithstanding paragraph (3), subsection (c)(1)(B), and
                                                                                              any other limitation on total benefits in this Act, for registration
                                                                                              periods beginning on or after April 1, 2020, but on or before July
                                                                                              31, 2020, a recovery benefit in the amount of $1,200 shall be
                                                                                              payable to a qualified employee with respect to any registration
                                                                                              period in which the employee received unemployment benefits under
                                                                                              paragraph (1)(A), and in any registration period in which the
                                                                                              employee did not receive unemployment benefits due to the limita-
                                                                                              tion in subsection (c)(1)(B) or due to reaching the maximum number
                                                                                              of days of benefits in the benefit year beginning July 1, 2019,
                                                                                              under subsection (c)(1)(A). No recovery benefits shall be payable
                                                                                              under this section upon the exhaustion of the funds appropriated
                                                                                              under subparagraph (B) for payment of benefits under this subpara-
                                                                                              graph.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(B) Out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise appro-
                                                                                              priated, there are appropriated $425,000,000 to cover the cost of
                                                                                              recovery benefits provided under subparagraph (A), to remain avail-
                                                                                              able until expended.’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 2114. EXTENDED UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS UNDER THE RAIL-
                                                                                                          ROAD UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE ACT.
                                                                                                   (a) EXTENSION.—Section 2(c)(2)(D)(iii) of the Railroad
                                                                                              Unemployment Insurance Act (45 U.S.C. 352(c)(2)(D)(iii) is
                                                                                              amended—
                                                                                                        (1) by striking ‘‘July 1, 2008’’ and inserting ‘‘July 1, 2019’’;
                                                                                                        (2) by striking ‘‘June 30, 2013’’ and inserting ‘‘June 30,
                                                                                                   2020’’; and
                                                                                                        (3) by striking ‘‘December 31, 2013’’ and inserting
                                                                                                   ‘‘December 31, 2020’’.
                                                                      45 USC 352 note.             (b) CLARIFICATION ON AUTHORITY TO USE FUNDS.—Funds
                                                                                              appropriated under either the first or second sentence of clause
                                                                                              (iv) of section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Railroad Unemployment Insurance
                                                                                              Act shall be available to cover the cost of additional extended
                                                                                              unemployment benefits provided under such section 2(c)(2)(D) by
                                                                                              reason of the amendments made by subsection (a) as well as to
                                                                                              cover the cost of such benefits provided under such section 2(c)(2)(D)
                                                                                              as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                      15 USC 9031.            SEC. 2115. FUNDING FOR THE DOL OFFICE OF INSPECTOR GENERAL
                                                                                                          FOR OVERSIGHT OF UNEMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS.
                                                                                                  There are appropriated, out of moneys in the Treasury not
                                                                                              otherwise appropriated, to the Office of the Inspector General of




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              the Department of Labor, $25,000,000 to carry out audits, investiga-
                                                                                              tions, and other oversight activities authorized under the Inspector




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00332   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 335

                                                                      General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.) that are related to the provi-
                                                                      sions of, and amendments made by, this subtitle, to remain avail-
                                                                      able without fiscal year limitation.
                                                                      SEC. 2116. IMPLEMENTATION.                                                                            15 USC 9032.
                                                                          (a) NON-APPLICATION OF THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT.—
                                                                      Chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code (commonly referred
                                                                      to as the ‘‘Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995’’), shall not apply
                                                                      to the provisions of, and the amendments made by, this subtitle.
                                                                          (b) OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OR OTHER GUIDANCE.—Notwith-
                                                                      standing any other provision of law, the Secretary of Labor may
                                                                      issue any operating instructions or other guidance necessary to
                                                                      carry out the provisions of, or the amendments made by, this
                                                                      subtitle.

                                                                        Subtitle B—Rebates and Other Individual
                                                                                      Provisions
                                                                      SEC. 2201. 2020 RECOVERY REBATES FOR INDIVIDUALS.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Subchapter B of chapter 65 of subtitle F
                                                                      of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting
                                                                      after section 6427 the following new section:
                                                                      ‘‘SEC. 6428. 2020 RECOVERY REBATES FOR INDIVIDUALS.                                                   26 USC 6428.
                                                                           ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—In the case of an eligible individual, there
                                                                      shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by subtitle
                                                                      A for the first taxable year beginning in 2020 an amount equal
                                                                      to the sum of—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) $1,200 ($2,400 in the case of eligible individuals filing
                                                                           a joint return), plus
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) an amount equal to the product of $500 multiplied
                                                                           by the number of qualifying children (within the meaning of
                                                                           section 24(c)) of the taxpayer.
                                                                           ‘‘(b) TREATMENT OF CREDIT.—The credit allowed by subsection
                                                                      (a) shall be treated as allowed by subpart C of part IV of subchapter
                                                                      A of chapter 1.
                                                                           ‘‘(c) LIMITATION BASED ON ADJUSTED GROSS INCOME.—The
                                                                      amount of the credit allowed by subsection (a) (determined without
                                                                      regard to this subsection and subsection (e)) shall be reduced (but
                                                                      not below zero) by 5 percent of so much of the taxpayer’s adjusted
                                                                      gross income as exceeds—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) $150,000 in the case of a joint return,
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) $112,500 in the case of a head of household, and
                                                                                 ‘‘(3) $75,000 in the case of a taxpayer not described in
                                                                           paragraph (1) or (2).
                                                                           ‘‘(d) ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL.—For purposes of this section, the
                                                                      term ‘eligible individual’ means any individual other than—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) any nonresident alien individual,
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) any individual with respect to whom a deduction under
                                                                           section 151 is allowable to another taxpayer for a taxable
                                                                           year beginning in the calendar year in which the individual’s
                                                                           taxable year begins, and
                                                                                 ‘‘(3) an estate or trust.
                                                                           ‘‘(e) COORDINATION WITH ADVANCE REFUNDS OF CREDIT.—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The amount of credit which would (but
                                                                           for this paragraph) be allowable under this section shall be




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00333   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 336                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                     reduced (but not below zero) by the aggregate refunds and
                                                                                                     credits made or allowed to the taxpayer under subsection (f).
                                                                                                     Any failure to so reduce the credit shall be treated as arising
                                                                                                     out of a mathematical or clerical error and assessed according
                                                                                                     to section 6213(b)(1).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(2) JOINT RETURNS.—In the case of a refund or credit
                                                                                                     made or allowed under subsection (f) with respect to a joint
                                                                                                     return, half of such refund or credit shall be treated as having
                                                                                                     been made or allowed to each individual filing such return.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(f) ADVANCE REFUNDS AND CREDITS.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (5), each individual
                                                                                                     who was an eligible individual for such individual’s first taxable
                                                                                                     year beginning in 2019 shall be treated as having made a
                                                                                                     payment against the tax imposed by chapter 1 for such taxable
                                                                                                     year in an amount equal to the advance refund amount for
                                                                                                     such taxable year.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(2) ADVANCE REFUND AMOUNT.—For purposes of paragraph
                                                                                                     (1), the advance refund amount is the amount that would
                                                                                                     have been allowed as a credit under this section for such
                                                                                                     taxable year if this section (other than subsection (e) and this
                                                                                                     subsection) had applied to such taxable year.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(3) TIMING AND MANNER OF PAYMENTS.—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) TIMING.—The Secretary shall, subject to the provi-
                                                                                                           sions of this title, refund or credit any overpayment attrib-
                                                                                                           utable to this section as rapidly as possible. No refund
                                                                                                           or credit shall be made or allowed under this subsection
                                                                                                           after December 31, 2020.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) DELIVERY OF PAYMENTS.—Notwithstanding any
                                                                                                           other provision of law, the Secretary may certify and dis-
                                                                                                           burse refunds payable under this subsection electronically
                                                                                                           to any account to which the payee authorized, on or after
                                                                                                           January 1, 2018, the delivery of a refund of taxes under
                                                                                                           this title or of a Federal payment (as defined in section
                                                                                                           3332 of title 31, United States Code).
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(C) WAIVER OF CERTAIN RULES.—Notwithstanding sec-
                                                                                                           tion 3325 of title 31, United States Code, or any other
                                                                                                           provision of law, with respect to any payment of a refund
                                                                                                           under this subsection, a disbursing official in the executive
                                                                                                           branch of the United States Government may modify pay-
                                                                                                           ment information received from an officer or employee
                                                                                                           described in section 3325(a)(1)(B) of such title for the pur-
                                                                                                           pose of facilitating the accurate and efficient delivery of
                                                                                                           such payment. Except in cases of fraud or reckless neglect,
                                                                                                           no liability under sections 3325, 3527, 3528, or 3529 of
                                                                                                           title 31, United States Code, shall be imposed with respect
                                                                                                           to payments made under this subparagraph.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(4) NO INTEREST.—No interest shall be allowed on any
                                                                                                     overpayment attributable to this section.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(5) ALTERNATE TAXABLE YEAR.—In the case of an indi-
                                                                                                     vidual who, at the time of any determination made pursuant
                                                                                                     to paragraph (3), has not filed a tax return for the year
                                                                                                     described in paragraph (1), the Secretary may—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) apply such paragraph by substituting ‘2018’ for
                                                                                                           ‘2019’, and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) if the individual has not filed a tax return for
                                                                                                           such individual’s first taxable year beginning in 2018, use




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00334   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 337

                                                                                information with respect to such individual for calendar
                                                                                year 2019 provided in—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) Form SSA–1099, Social Security Benefit State-
                                                                                      ment, or
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) Form RRB–1099, Social Security Equivalent
                                                                                      Benefit Statement.
                                                                                ‘‘(6) NOTICE TO TAXPAYER.—Not later than 15 days after                                      Deadline.
                                                                          the date on which the Secretary distributed any payment to
                                                                          an eligible taxpayer pursuant to this subsection, notice shall
                                                                          be sent by mail to such taxpayer’s last known address. Such
                                                                          notice shall indicate the method by which such payment was
                                                                          made, the amount of such payment, and a phone number for
                                                                          the appropriate point of contact at the Internal Revenue Service
                                                                          to report any failure to receive such payment.
                                                                          ‘‘(g) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER REQUIREMENT.—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—No credit shall be allowed under sub-
                                                                          section (a) to an eligible individual who does not include on
                                                                          the return of tax for the taxable year—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) such individual’s valid identification number,
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) in the case of a joint return, the valid identification
                                                                                number of such individual’s spouse, and
                                                                                      ‘‘(C) in the case of any qualifying child taken into
                                                                                account under subsection (a)(2), the valid identification
                                                                                number of such qualifying child.
                                                                                ‘‘(2) VALID IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of paragraph (1), the
                                                                                term ‘valid identification number’ means a social security
                                                                                number (as such term is defined in section 24(h)(7)).
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) ADOPTION TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.—
                                                                                For purposes of paragraph (1)(C), in the case of a qualifying
                                                                                child who is adopted or placed for adoption, the term ‘valid
                                                                                identification number’ shall include the adoption taxpayer
                                                                                identification number of such child.
                                                                                ‘‘(3) SPECIAL RULE FOR MEMBERS OF THE ARMED FORCES.—
                                                                          Paragraph (1)(B) shall not apply in the case where at least
                                                                          1 spouse was a member of the Armed Forces of the United
                                                                          States at any time during the taxable year and at least 1
                                                                          spouse satisfies paragraph (1)(A).
                                                                                ‘‘(4) MATHEMATICAL OR CLERICAL ERROR AUTHORITY.—Any
                                                                          omission of a correct valid identification number required under
                                                                          this subsection shall be treated as a mathematical or clerical
                                                                          error for purposes of applying section 6213(g)(2) to such omis-
                                                                          sion.
                                                                          ‘‘(h) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such regula-
                                                                      tions or other guidance as may be necessary to carry out the
                                                                      purposes of this section, including any such measures as are deemed
                                                                      appropriate to avoid allowing multiple credits or rebates to a tax-
                                                                      payer.’’.
                                                                          (b) ADMINISTRATIVE AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                (1) DEFINITION OF DEFICIENCY.—Section 6211(b)(4)(A) of
                                                                          the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by striking                                          26 USC 6211.
                                                                          ‘‘and 36B, 168(k)(4)’’ and inserting ‘‘36B, and 6428’’.
                                                                                (2) MATHEMATICAL OR CLERICAL ERROR AUTHORITY.—Sec-
                                                                          tion 6213(g)(2)(L) of such Code is amended by striking ‘‘or
                                                                          32’’ and inserting ‘‘32, or 6428’’.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                          (c) TREATMENT OF POSSESSIONS.—                                                                    26 USC 6428
                                                                                (1) PAYMENTS TO POSSESSIONS.—                                                               note.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00335   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 338                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                             (A) MIRROR CODE POSSESSION.—The Secretary of the
                                                                                                        Treasury shall pay to each possession of the United States
                                                                                                        which has a mirror code tax system amounts equal to
                                                                                                        the loss (if any) to that possession by reason of the amend-
                                                                      Determination.                    ments made by this section. Such amounts shall be deter-
                                                                                                        mined by the Secretary of the Treasury based on informa-
                                                                                                        tion provided by the government of the respective posses-
                                                                                                        sion.
                                                                                                             (B) OTHER POSSESSIONS.—The Secretary of the
                                                                                                        Treasury shall pay to each possession of the United States
                                                                                                        which does not have a mirror code tax system amounts
                                                                                                        estimated by the Secretary of the Treasury as being equal
                                                                                                        to the aggregate benefits (if any) that would have been
                                                                                                        provided to residents of such possession by reason of the
                                                                                                        amendments made by this section if a mirror code tax
                                                                                                        system had been in effect in such possession. The preceding
                                                                                                        sentence shall not apply unless the respective possession
                                                                                                        has a plan, which has been approved by the Secretary
                                                                                                        of the Treasury, under which such possession will promptly
                                                                                                        distribute such payments to its residents.
                                                                                                        (2) COORDINATION WITH CREDIT ALLOWED AGAINST UNITED
                                                                                                   STATES INCOME TAXES.—No credit shall be allowed against
                                                                                                   United States income taxes under section 6428 of the Internal
                                                                                                   Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by this section) to any person—
                                                                                                             (A) to whom a credit is allowed against taxes imposed
                                                                                                        by the possession by reason of the amendments made by
                                                                                                        this section, or
                                                                                                             (B) who is eligible for a payment under a plan described
                                                                                                        in paragraph (1)(B).
                                                                                                        (3) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.—
                                                                                                             (A) POSSESSION OF THE UNITED STATES.—For purposes
                                                                                                        of this subsection, the term ‘‘possession of the United
                                                                                                        States’’ includes the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and
                                                                                                        the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
                                                                                                             (B) MIRROR CODE TAX SYSTEM.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                        subsection, the term ‘‘mirror code tax system’’ means, with
                                                                                                        respect to any possession of the United States, the income
                                                                                                        tax system of such possession if the income tax liability
                                                                                                        of the residents of such possession under such system is
                                                                                                        determined by reference to the income tax laws of the
                                                                                                        United States as if such possession were the United States.
                                                                                                             (C) TREATMENT OF PAYMENTS.—For purposes of section
                                                                                                        1324 of title 31, United States Code, the payments under
                                                                                                        this subsection shall be treated in the same manner as
                                                                                                        a refund due from a credit provision referred to in sub-
                                                                                                        section (b)(2) of such section.
                                                                      26 USC 6428                  (d) EXCEPTION FROM REDUCTION OR OFFSET.—Any credit or
                                                                      note.                   refund allowed or made to any individual by reason of section
                                                                                              6428 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by this
                                                                                              section) or by reason of subsection (c) of this section shall not
                                                                                              be—
                                                                                                        (1) subject to reduction or offset pursuant to section 3716
                                                                                                   or 3720A of title 31, United States Code,
                                                                                                        (2) subject to reduction or offset pursuant to subsection




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   (d), (e), or (f) of section 6402 of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                                                   of 1986, or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00336   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 339

                                                                                (3) reduced or offset by other assessed Federal taxes that
                                                                           would otherwise be subject to levy or collection.
                                                                           (e) PUBLIC AWARENESS CAMPAIGN.—The Secretary of the                                              Coordination.
                                                                      Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate) shall conduct a public aware-                                  26 USC 6428
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                      ness campaign, in coordination with the Commissioner of Social
                                                                      Security and the heads of other relevant Federal agencies, to provide
                                                                      information regarding the availability of the credit and rebate
                                                                      allowed under section 6428 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                                                      (as added by this section), including information with respect to
                                                                      individuals who may not have filed a tax return for taxable year
                                                                      2018 or 2019.
                                                                           (f) APPROPRIATIONS TO CARRY OUT REBATES.—
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Immediately upon the enactment of this
                                                                           Act, the following sums are appropriated, out of any money
                                                                           in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal year
                                                                           ending September 30, 2020:
                                                                                      (A) DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY.—
                                                                                            (i) For an additional amount for ‘‘Department of
                                                                                      the Treasury—Bureau of the Fiscal Service—Salaries
                                                                                      and Expenses’’, $78,650,000, to remain available until
                                                                                      September 30, 2021.
                                                                                            (ii) For an additional amount for ‘‘Department of
                                                                                      the Treasury—Internal Revenue Service—Taxpayer
                                                                                      Services’’, $293,500,000, to remain available until Sep-
                                                                                      tember 30, 2021.
                                                                                            (iii) For an additional amount for ‘‘Department
                                                                                      of the Treasury—Internal Revenue Service—Oper-
                                                                                      ations Support’’, $170,000,000, to remain available
                                                                                      until September 30, 2021.
                                                                                            (iv) For an additional amount for ‘‘Department
                                                                                      of Treasury—Internal Revenue Service—Enforcement’’,
                                                                                      $37,200,000, to remain available until September 30,
                                                                                      2021.
                                                                                Amounts made available in appropriations under clauses
                                                                                (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this subparagraph may be transferred
                                                                                between such appropriations upon the advance notification
                                                                                of the Committees on Appropriations of the House of Rep-
                                                                                resentatives and the Senate. Such transfer authority is
                                                                                in addition to any other transfer authority provided by
                                                                                law.
                                                                                      (B) SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION.—For an addi-
                                                                                tional amount for ‘‘Social Security Administration—Limita-
                                                                                tion on Administrative Expenses’’, $38,000,000, to remain
                                                                                available until September 30, 2021.
                                                                                (2) REPORTS.—No later than 15 days after enactment of                                       Plan.
                                                                           this Act, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a plan
                                                                           to the Committees on Appropriations of the House of Represent-
                                                                           atives and the Senate detailing the expected use of the funds
                                                                           provided by paragraph (1)(A). Beginning 90 days after enact-                                     Time period.
                                                                           ment of this Act, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit
                                                                           a quarterly report to the Committees on Appropriations of
                                                                           the House of Representatives and the Senate detailing the
                                                                           actual expenditure of funds provided by paragraph (1)(A) and
                                                                           the expected expenditure of such funds in the subsequent




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           quarter.
                                                                           (g) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00337   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 340                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                          (1) Paragraph (2) of section 1324(b) of title 31, United
                                                                                                     States Code, is amended by inserting ‘‘6428,’’ after ‘‘54B(h),’’.
                                                                                                          (2) The table of sections for subchapter B of chapter 65
                                                                      26 USC                         of subtitle F of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended
                                                                      prec. 6411.                    by inserting after the item relating to section 6427 the fol-
                                                                                                     lowing:
                                                                                              ‘‘Sec. 6428. 2020 Recovery Rebates for individuals.’’.
                                                                      26 USC 72 note.         SEC. 2202. SPECIAL RULES FOR USE OF RETIREMENT FUNDS.
                                                                                                     (a) TAX-FAVORED WITHDRAWALS FROM RETIREMENT PLANS.—
                                                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 72(t) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                     Code of 1986 shall not apply to any coronavirus-related distribu-
                                                                                                     tion.
                                                                                                          (2) AGGREGATE DOLLAR LIMITATION.—
                                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subsection, the
                                                                                                          aggregate amount of distributions received by an individual
                                                                                                          which may be treated as coronavirus-related distributions
                                                                                                          for any taxable year shall not exceed $100,000.
                                                                                                               (B) TREATMENT OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS.—If a distribu-
                                                                                                          tion to an individual would (without regard to subpara-
                                                                                                          graph (A)) be a coronavirus-related distribution, a plan
                                                                                                          shall not be treated as violating any requirement of the
                                                                                                          Internal Revenue Code of 1986 merely because the plan
                                                                                                          treats such distribution as a coronavirus-related distribu-
                                                                                                          tion, unless the aggregate amount of such distributions
                                                                                                          from all plans maintained by the employer (and any
                                                                                                          member of any controlled group which includes the
                                                                                                          employer) to such individual exceeds $100,000.
                                                                      Definition.                              (C) CONTROLLED GROUP.—For purposes of subpara-
                                                                                                          graph (B), the term ‘‘controlled group’’ means any group
                                                                                                          treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m),
                                                                                                          or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                                          (3) AMOUNT DISTRIBUTED MAY BE REPAID.—
                                                                      Time period.                             (A) IN GENERAL.—Any individual who receives a
                                                                                                          coronavirus-related distribution may, at any time during
                                                                                                          the 3-year period beginning on the day after the date
                                                                                                          on which such distribution was received, make 1 or more
                                                                                                          contributions in an aggregate amount not to exceed the
                                                                                                          amount of such distribution to an eligible retirement plan
                                                                                                          of which such individual is a beneficiary and to which
                                                                                                          a rollover contribution of such distribution could be made
                                                                                                          under section 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or
                                                                                                          457(e)(16), of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the
                                                                                                          case may be.
                                                                                                               (B) TREATMENT OF REPAYMENTS OF DISTRIBUTIONS
                                                                      Deadline.                           FROM ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLANS OTHER THAN IRAS.—For
                                                                                                          purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, if a con-
                                                                                                          tribution is made pursuant to subparagraph (A) with
                                                                                                          respect to a coronavirus-related distribution from an
                                                                                                          eligible retirement plan other than an individual retirement
                                                                                                          plan, then the taxpayer shall, to the extent of the amount
                                                                                                          of the contribution, be treated as having received the
                                                                                                          coronavirus-related distribution in an eligible rollover dis-
                                                                                                          tribution (as defined in section 402(c)(4) of such Code)
                                                                                                          and as having transferred the amount to the eligible retire-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          ment plan in a direct trustee to trustee transfer within
                                                                                                          60 days of the distribution.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00338   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 341

                                                                                      (C) TREATMENT OF REPAYMENTS OF DISTRIBUTIONS
                                                                                   FROM IRAS.—For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code                                     Deadline.
                                                                                   of 1986, if a contribution is made pursuant to subparagraph
                                                                                   (A) with respect to a coronavirus-related distribution from
                                                                                   an individual retirement plan (as defined by section
                                                                                   7701(a)(37) of such Code), then, to the extent of the amount
                                                                                   of the contribution, the coronavirus-related distribution
                                                                                   shall be treated as a distribution described in section
                                                                                   408(d)(3) of such Code and as having been transferred
                                                                                   to the eligible retirement plan in a direct trustee to trustee
                                                                                   transfer within 60 days of the distribution.
                                                                                   (4) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                        (A) CORONAVIRUS-RELATED DISTRIBUTION.—Except as
                                                                                   provided in paragraph (2), the term ‘‘coronavirus-related
                                                                                   distribution’’ means any distribution from an eligible retire-
                                                                                   ment plan made—
                                                                                             (i) on or after January 1, 2020, and before                                    Time period.
                                                                                        December 31, 2020,
                                                                                             (ii) to an individual—
                                                                                                   (I) who is diagnosed with the virus SARS–
                                                                                             CoV–2 or with coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–
                                                                                             19) by a test approved by the Centers for Disease
                                                                                             Control and Prevention,
                                                                                                   (II) whose spouse or dependent (as defined
                                                                                             in section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                                             1986) is diagnosed with such virus or disease by
                                                                                             such a test, or
                                                                                                   (III) who experiences adverse financial con-
                                                                                             sequences as a result of being quarantined, being
                                                                                             furloughed or laid off or having work hours reduced
                                                                                             due to such virus or disease, being unable to work
                                                                                             due to lack of child care due to such virus or
                                                                                             disease, closing or reducing hours of a business
                                                                                             owned or operated by the individual due to such
                                                                                             virus or disease, or other factors as determined
                                                                                             by the Secretary of the Treasury (or the Secretary’s
                                                                                             delegate).
                                                                                        (B) EMPLOYEE CERTIFICATION.—The administrator of
                                                                                   an eligible retirement plan may rely on an employee’s
                                                                                   certification that the employee satisfies the conditions of
                                                                                   subparagraph (A)(ii) in determining whether any distribu-
                                                                                   tion is a coronavirus-related distribution.
                                                                                        (C) ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN.—The term ‘‘eligible
                                                                                   retirement plan’’ has the meaning given such term by
                                                                                   section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                   (5) INCOME INCLUSION SPREAD OVER 3-YEAR PERIOD.—
                                                                                        (A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any coronavirus-                                     Time period.
                                                                                   related distribution, unless the taxpayer elects not to have
                                                                                   this paragraph apply for any taxable year, any amount
                                                                                   required to be included in gross income for such taxable
                                                                                   year shall be so included ratably over the 3-taxable-year
                                                                                   period beginning with such taxable year.
                                                                                        (B) SPECIAL RULE.—For purposes of subparagraph (A),
                                                                                   rules similar to the rules of subparagraph (E) of section
                                                                                   408A(d)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                   apply.
                                                                                   (6) SPECIAL RULES.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00339   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 342                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                             (A) EXEMPTION OF DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TRUSTEE TO
                                                                                                          TRUSTEE TRANSFER AND WITHHOLDING RULES.—For pur-
                                                                                                          poses of sections 401(a)(31), 402(f), and 3405 of the Internal
                                                                                                          Revenue Code of 1986, coronavirus-related distributions
                                                                                                          shall not be treated as eligible rollover distributions.
                                                                                                               (B) CORONAVIRUS-RELATED DISTRIBUTIONS TREATED AS
                                                                                                          MEETING PLAN DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.—For purposes
                                                                                                          of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a coronavirus-related
                                                                                                          distribution shall be treated as meeting the requirements
                                                                                                          of sections 401(k)(2)(B)(i), 403(b)(7)(A)(i), 403(b)(11), and
                                                                                                          457(d)(1)(A) of such Code and section 8433(h)(1) of title
                                                                                                          5, United States Code.
                                                                                                     (b) LOANS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS.—
                                                                      Time period.                        (1) INCREASE IN LIMIT ON LOANS NOT TREATED AS DISTRIBU-
                                                                                                     TIONS.—In the case of any loan from a qualified employer
                                                                                                     plan (as defined under section 72(p)(4) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                     Code of 1986) to a qualified individual made during the 180-
                                                                                                     day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this
                                                                                                     Act—
                                                                                                               (A) clause (i) of section 72(p)(2)(A) of such Code shall
                                                                                                          be applied by substituting ‘‘$100,000’’ for ‘‘$50,000’’, and
                                                                                                               (B) clause (ii) of such section shall be applied by sub-
                                                                                                          stituting ‘‘the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued
                                                                                                          benefit of the employee under the plan’’ for ‘‘one-half of
                                                                                                          the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit of
                                                                                                          the employee under the plan’’.
                                                                                                          (2) DELAY OF REPAYMENT.—In the case of a qualified indi-
                                                                                                     vidual with an outstanding loan (on or after the date of the
                                                                                                     enactment of this Act) from a qualified employer plan (as
                                                                                                     defined in section 72(p)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                                                     1986)—
                                                                      Time period.                             (A) if the due date pursuant to subparagraph (B) or
                                                                                                          (C) of section 72(p)(2) of such Code for any repayment
                                                                                                          with respect to such loan occurs during the period begin-
                                                                                                          ning on the date of the enactment of this Act and ending
                                                                                                          on December 31, 2020, such due date shall be delayed
                                                                                                          for 1 year,
                                                                                                               (B) any subsequent repayments with respect to any
                                                                                                          such loan shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the
                                                                                                          delay in the due date under subparagraph (A) and any
                                                                                                          interest accruing during such delay, and
                                                                                                               (C) in determining the 5-year period and the term
                                                                                                          of a loan under subparagraph (B) or (C) of section 72(p)(2)
                                                                                                          of such Code, the period described in subparagraph (A)
                                                                                                          of this paragraph shall be disregarded.
                                                                      Definition.                         (3) QUALIFIED INDIVIDUAL.—For purposes of this subsection,
                                                                                                     the term ‘‘qualified individual’’ means any individual who is
                                                                                                     described in subsection (a)(4)(A)(ii).
                                                                                                     (c) PROVISIONS RELATING TO PLAN AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                      Applicability.                      (1) IN GENERAL.—If this subsection applies to any amend-
                                                                                                     ment to any plan or annuity contract—
                                                                                                               (A) such plan or contract shall be treated as being
                                                                                                          operated in accordance with the terms of the plan during
                                                                                                          the period described in paragraph (2)(B)(i), and
                                                                                                               (B) except as provided by the Secretary of the Treasury




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          (or the Secretary’s delegate), such plan or contract shall
                                                                                                          not fail to meet the requirements of section 411(d)(6) of




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00340   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 343

                                                                                   the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and section 204(g) of
                                                                                   the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 by
                                                                                   reason of such amendment.
                                                                                   (2) AMENDMENTS TO WHICH SUBSECTION APPLIES.—
                                                                                        (A) IN GENERAL.—This subsection shall apply to any
                                                                                   amendment to any plan or annuity contract which is
                                                                                   made—
                                                                                             (i) pursuant to any provision of this section, or
                                                                                        pursuant to any regulation issued by the Secretary
                                                                                        of the Treasury or the Secretary of Labor (or the dele-
                                                                                        gate of either such Secretary) under any provision of
                                                                                        this section, and
                                                                                             (ii) on or before the last day of the first plan                               Time period.
                                                                                        year beginning on or after January 1, 2022, or such
                                                                                        later date as the Secretary of the Treasury (or the
                                                                                        Secretary’s delegate) may prescribe.
                                                                                   In the case of a governmental plan (as defined in section
                                                                                   414(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), clause (ii)
                                                                                   shall be applied by substituting the date which is 2 years
                                                                                   after the date otherwise applied under clause (ii).
                                                                                        (B) CONDITIONS.—This subsection shall not apply to
                                                                                   any amendment unless—
                                                                                             (i) during the period—                                                         Time period.
                                                                                                   (I) beginning on the date that this section
                                                                                             or the regulation described in subparagraph (A)(i)
                                                                                             takes effect (or in the case of a plan or contract
                                                                                             amendment not required by this section or such
                                                                                             regulation, the effective date specified by the plan),
                                                                                             and
                                                                                                   (II) ending on the date described in subpara-
                                                                                             graph (A)(ii) (or, if earlier, the date the plan or
                                                                                             contract amendment is adopted),
                                                                                        the plan or contract is operated as if such plan or
                                                                                        contract amendment were in effect, and
                                                                                             (ii) such plan or contract amendment applies retro-
                                                                                        actively for such period.
                                                                      SEC. 2203. TEMPORARY WAIVER OF REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBU-
                                                                                  TION RULES FOR CERTAIN RETIREMENT PLANS AND
                                                                                  ACCOUNTS.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                      Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following new                                        26 USC 401.
                                                                      subparagraph:
                                                                                  ‘‘(I) TEMPORARY WAIVER OF MINIMUM REQUIRED DIS-
                                                                              TRIBUTION.—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The requirements of this para-
                                                                                  graph shall not apply for calendar year 2020 to—
                                                                                              ‘‘(I) a defined contribution plan which is
                                                                                        described in this subsection or in section 403(a)
                                                                                        or 403(b),
                                                                                              ‘‘(II) a defined contribution plan which is an
                                                                                        eligible deferred compensation plan described in
                                                                                        section 457(b) but only if such plan is maintained
                                                                                        by an employer described in section 457(e)(1)(A),




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                        or
                                                                                              ‘‘(III) an individual retirement plan.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00341   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 344                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Applicability.                                 ‘‘(ii) SPECIAL RULE FOR REQUIRED BEGINNING DATES
                                                                                                                 IN 2020.—Clause (i) shall apply to any distribution
                                                                                                            which is required to be made in calendar year 2020
                                                                                                            by reason of—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) a required beginning date occurring in
                                                                                                                 such calendar year, and
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) such distribution not having been made
                                                                                                                 before January 1, 2020.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) SPECIAL RULES REGARDING WAIVER PERIOD.—
                                                                                                            For purposes of this paragraph—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) the required beginning date with respect
                                                                                                                 to any individual shall be determined without
                                                                                                                 regard to this subparagraph for purposes of
                                                                                                                 applying this paragraph for calendar years after
                                                                                                                 2020, and
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) if clause (ii) of subparagraph (B) applies,
                                                                                                                 the 5-year period described in such clause shall
                                                                                                                 be determined without regard to calendar year
                                                                                                                 2020.’’.
                                                                                                  (b) ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS.—Section 402(c)(4) of
                                                                      26 USC 402.             the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by striking ‘‘2009’’
                                                                                              each place it appears in the last sentence and inserting ‘‘2020’’.
                                                                      26 USC 401 note.            (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                                  shall apply for calendar years beginning after December 31,
                                                                                                  2019.
                                                                                                       (2) PROVISIONS RELATING TO PLAN OR CONTRACT AMEND-
                                                                                                  MENTS.—
                                                                      Applicability.                        (A) IN GENERAL.—If this paragraph applies to any plan
                                                                                                       or contract amendment—
                                                                                                                 (i) such plan or contract shall not fail to be treated
                                                                                                            as being operated in accordance with the terms of
                                                                                                            the plan during the period described in subparagraph
                                                                                                            (B)(ii) solely because the plan operates in accordance
                                                                                                            with this section, and
                                                                                                                 (ii) except as provided by the Secretary of the
                                                                                                            Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate), such plan or
                                                                                                            contract shall not fail to meet the requirements of
                                                                                                            section 411(d)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                                                                                            and section 204(g) of the Employee Retirement Income
                                                                                                            Security Act of 1974 by reason of such amendment.
                                                                                                            (B) AMENDMENTS TO WHICH PARAGRAPH APPLIES.—
                                                                                                                 (i) IN GENERAL.—This paragraph shall apply to
                                                                                                            any amendment to any plan or annuity contract
                                                                                                            which—
                                                                                                                        (I) is made pursuant to the amendments made
                                                                                                                 by this section, and
                                                                                                                        (II) is made on or before the last day of the
                                                                                                                 first plan year beginning on or after January 1,
                                                                                                                 2022.
                                                                                                            In the case of a governmental plan, subclause (II)
                                                                                                            shall be applied by substituting ‘‘2024’’ for ‘‘2022’’.
                                                                      Time period.                               (ii) CONDITIONS.—This paragraph shall not apply
                                                                                                            to any amendment unless during the period beginning
                                                                                                            on the effective date of the amendment and ending




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                            on December 31, 2020, the plan or contract is operated
                                                                                                            as if such plan or contract amendment were in effect.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00342   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 345
                                                                      SEC. 2204. ALLOWANCE OF PARTIAL ABOVE THE LINE DEDUCTION
                                                                                  FOR CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 62(a) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                      of 1986 is amended by inserting after paragraph (21) the following                                    26 USC 62.
                                                                      new paragraph:
                                                                                 ‘‘(22) CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS.—In the case of taxable
                                                                           years beginning in 2020, the amount (not to exceed $300)
                                                                           of qualified charitable contributions made by an eligible indi-
                                                                           vidual during the taxable year.’’.
                                                                           (b) DEFINITIONS.—Section 62 of such Code is amended by adding
                                                                      at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                           ‘‘(f) DEFINITIONS RELATING TO QUALIFIED CHARITABLE CON-
                                                                      TRIBUTIONS.—For purposes of subsection (a)(22)—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘eligible individual’
                                                                           means any individual who does not elect to itemize deductions.
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) QUALIFIED CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS.—The term
                                                                           ‘qualified charitable contribution’ means a charitable contribu-
                                                                           tion (as defined in section 170(c))—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) which is made in cash,
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) for which a deduction is allowable under section
                                                                                 170 (determined without regard to subsection (b) thereof),
                                                                                 and
                                                                                       ‘‘(C) which is—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) made to an organization described in section
                                                                                       170(b)(1)(A), and
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) not—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) to an organization described in section
                                                                                             509(a)(3), or
                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) for the establishment of a new, or mainte-
                                                                                             nance of an existing, donor advised fund (as
                                                                                             defined in section 4966(d)(2)).
                                                                                       Such term shall not include any amount which is
                                                                                       treated as a charitable contribution made in such tax-
                                                                                       able year by reason of subsection (b)(1)(G)(ii) or (d)(1)
                                                                                       of section 170.’’.
                                                                           (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 62 note.
                                                                      shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2019.
                                                                      SEC. 2205. MODIFICATION OF LIMITATIONS ON CHARITABLE CON-                                             26 USC 170 note.
                                                                                 TRIBUTIONS DURING 2020.
                                                                         (a) TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF LIMITATIONS ON CERTAIN CASH
                                                                      CONTRIBUTIONS.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in para-
                                                                         graph (2), qualified contributions shall be disregarded in
                                                                         applying subsections (b) and (d) of section 170 of the Internal
                                                                         Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                              (2) TREATMENT OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.—For purposes
                                                                         of section 170 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986—
                                                                                  (A) INDIVIDUALS.—In the case of an individual—
                                                                                       (i) LIMITATION.—Any qualified contribution shall
                                                                                  be allowed as a deduction only to the extent that
                                                                                  the aggregate of such contributions does not exceed
                                                                                  the excess of the taxpayer’s contribution base (as
                                                                                  defined in subparagraph (H) of section 170(b)(1) of
                                                                                  such Code) over the amount of all other charitable




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  contributions allowed under section 170(b)(1) of such
                                                                                  Code.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00343   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 346                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                 (ii) CARRYOVER.—If the aggregate amount of quali-
                                                                                                            fied contributions made in the contribution year
                                                                                                            (within the meaning of section 170(d)(1) of such Code)
                                                                                                            exceeds the limitation of clause (i), such excess shall
                                                                                                            be added to the excess described in section
                                                                                                            170(b)(1)(G)(ii).
                                                                                                            (B) CORPORATIONS.—In the case of a corporation—
                                                                                                                 (i) LIMITATION.—Any qualified contribution shall
                                                                                                            be allowed as a deduction only to the extent that
                                                                                                            the aggregate of such contributions does not exceed
                                                                                                            the excess of 25 percent of the taxpayer’s taxable
                                                                                                            income (as determined under paragraph (2) of section
                                                                                                            170(b) of such Code) over the amount of all other
                                                                                                            charitable contributions allowed under such paragraph.
                                                                                                                 (ii) CARRYOVER.—If the aggregate amount of quali-
                                                                                                            fied contributions made in the contribution year
                                                                                                            (within the meaning of section 170(d)(2) of such Code)
                                                                                                            exceeds the limitation of clause (i), such excess shall
                                                                                                            be appropriately taken into account under section
                                                                                                            170(d)(2) subject to the limitations thereof.
                                                                                                       (3) QUALIFIED CONTRIBUTIONS.—
                                                                      Definition.                           (A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subsection, the
                                                                                                       term ‘‘qualified contribution’’ means any charitable con-
                                                                                                       tribution (as defined in section 170(c) of the Internal Rev-
                                                                                                       enue Code of 1986) if—
                                                                                                                 (i) such contribution is paid in cash during cal-
                                                                                                            endar year 2020 to an organization described in section
                                                                                                            170(b)(1)(A) of such Code, and
                                                                                                                 (ii) the taxpayer has elected the application of
                                                                                                            this section with respect to such contribution.
                                                                                                            (B) EXCEPTION.—Such term shall not include a con-
                                                                                                       tribution by a donor if the contribution is—
                                                                                                                 (i) to an organization described in section 509(a)(3)
                                                                                                            of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or
                                                                                                                 (ii) for the establishment of a new, or maintenance
                                                                                                            of an existing, donor advised fund (as defined in section
                                                                                                            4966(d)(2) of such Code).
                                                                                                            (C) APPLICATION OF ELECTION TO PARTNERSHIPS AND
                                                                                                       S CORPORATIONS.—In the case of a partnership or S corpora-
                                                                                                       tion, the election under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be made
                                                                                                       separately by each partner or shareholder.
                                                                                                  (b) INCREASE IN LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS OF FOOD INVEN-
                                                                      Applicability.          TORY.—In the case of any charitable contribution of food during
                                                                                              2020 to which section 170(e)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                                              of 1986 applies, subclauses (I) and (II) of clause (ii) thereof shall
                                                                                              each be applied by substituting ‘‘25 percent’’ for ‘‘15 percent.’’
                                                                                                  (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—This section shall apply to taxable years
                                                                                              ending after December 31, 2019.
                                                                                              SEC. 2206. EXCLUSION FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYER PAYMENTS OF STU-
                                                                                                          DENT LOANS.
                                                                                                   (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) of section 127(c) of the Internal
                                                                                              Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end
                                                                                              of subparagraph (A), by redesignating subparagraph (B) as subpara-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              graph (C), and by inserting after subparagraph (A) the following
                                                                                              new subparagraph:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00344   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 347

                                                                                    ‘‘(B) in the case of payments made before January
                                                                                1, 2021, the payment by an employer, whether paid to
                                                                                the employee or to a lender, of principal or interest on
                                                                                any qualified education loan (as defined in section
                                                                                221(d)(1)) incurred by the employee for education of the
                                                                                employee, and’’.
                                                                           (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT; DENIAL OF DOUBLE BENEFIT.—
                                                                      The first sentence of paragraph (1) of section 221(e) of the Internal
                                                                      Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting before the period                                        26 USC 221.
                                                                      the following: ‘‘, or for which an exclusion is allowable under section
                                                                      127 to the taxpayer by reason of the payment by the taxpayer’s
                                                                      employer of any indebtedness on a qualified education loan of
                                                                      the taxpayer’’.
                                                                           (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 127 note.
                                                                      shall apply to payments made after the date of the enactment
                                                                      of this Act.

                                                                                       Subtitle C—Business Provisions
                                                                      SEC. 2301. EMPLOYEE RETENTION CREDIT FOR EMPLOYERS SUBJECT                                            26 USC 3111
                                                                                  TO CLOSURE DUE TO COVID–19.                                                               note.

                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—In the case of an eligible employer, there
                                                                      shall be allowed as a credit against applicable employment taxes
                                                                      for each calendar quarter an amount equal to 50 percent of the
                                                                      qualified wages with respect to each employee of such employer
                                                                      for such calendar quarter.
                                                                           (b) LIMITATIONS AND REFUNDABILITY.—
                                                                                (1) WAGES TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.—The amount of qualified
                                                                           wages with respect to any employee which may be taken into
                                                                           account under subsection (a) by the eligible employer for all
                                                                           calendar quarters shall not exceed $10,000.
                                                                                (2) CREDIT LIMITED TO EMPLOYMENT TAXES.—The credit
                                                                           allowed by subsection (a) with respect to any calendar quarter
                                                                           shall not exceed the applicable employment taxes (reduced by
                                                                           any credits allowed under subsections (e) and (f) of section
                                                                           3111 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and sections 7001
                                                                           and 7003 of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act) on
                                                                           the wages paid with respect to the employment of all the
                                                                           employees of the eligible employer for such calendar quarter.
                                                                                (3) REFUNDABILITY OF EXCESS CREDIT.—
                                                                                     (A) IN GENERAL.—If the amount of the credit under
                                                                                subsection (a) exceeds the limitation of paragraph (2) for
                                                                                any calendar quarter, such excess shall be treated as an
                                                                                overpayment that shall be refunded under sections 6402(a)
                                                                                and 6413(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                     (B) TREATMENT OF PAYMENTS.—For purposes of section
                                                                                1324 of title 31, United States Code, any amounts due
                                                                                to the employer under this paragraph shall be treated
                                                                                in the same manner as a refund due from a credit provision
                                                                                referred to in subsection (b)(2) of such section.
                                                                           (c) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                (1) APPLICABLE EMPLOYMENT TAXES.—The term ‘‘applicable
                                                                           employment taxes’’ means the following:




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                     (A) The taxes imposed under section 3111(a) of the
                                                                                Internal Revenue Code of 1986.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00345   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 348                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                               (B) So much of the taxes imposed under section 3221(a)
                                                                                                          of such Code as are attributable to the rate in effect under
                                                                                                          section 3111(a) of such Code.
                                                                                                          (2) ELIGIBLE EMPLOYER.—
                                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘eligible employer’’ means
                                                                                                          any employer—
                                                                                                                    (i) which was carrying on a trade or business
                                                                                                               during calendar year 2020, and
                                                                                                                    (ii) with respect to any calendar quarter, for
                                                                                                               which—
                                                                                                                          (I) the operation of the trade or business
                                                                                                                    described in clause (i) is fully or partially sus-
                                                                                                                    pended during the calendar quarter due to orders
                                                                                                                    from an appropriate governmental authority lim-
                                                                                                                    iting commerce, travel, or group meetings (for
                                                                                                                    commercial, social, religious, or other purposes)
                                                                                                                    due to the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–19),
                                                                                                                    or
                                                                                                                          (II) such calendar quarter is within the period
                                                                                                                    described in subparagraph (B).
                                                                      Time period.                             (B) SIGNIFICANT DECLINE IN GROSS RECEIPTS.—The
                                                                                                          period described in this subparagraph is the period—
                                                                                                                    (i) beginning with the first calendar quarter begin-
                                                                                                               ning after December 31, 2019, for which gross receipts
                                                                                                               (within the meaning of section 448(c) of the Internal
                                                                                                               Revenue Code of 1986) for the calendar quarter are
                                                                                                               less than 50 percent of gross receipts for the same
                                                                                                               calendar quarter in the prior year, and
                                                                                                                    (ii) ending with the calendar quarter following the
                                                                                                               first calendar quarter beginning after a calendar
                                                                                                               quarter described in clause (i) for which gross receipts
                                                                                                               of such employer are greater than 80 percent of gross
                                                                                                               receipts for the same calendar quarter in the prior
                                                                                                               year.
                                                                      Applicability.                           (C) TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS.—In the case of an
                                                                                                          organization which is described in section 501(c) of the
                                                                                                          Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt from tax under
                                                                                                          section 501(a) of such Code, clauses (i) and (ii)(I) of subpara-
                                                                                                          graph (A) shall apply to all operations of such organization.
                                                                                                          (3) QUALIFIED WAGES.—
                                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘qualified wages’’ means—
                                                                                                                    (i) in the case of an eligible employer for which
                                                                                                               the average number of full-time employees (within the
                                                                                                               meaning of section 4980H of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                               Code of 1986) employed by such eligible employer
                                                                                                               during 2019 was greater than 100, wages paid by
                                                                                                               such eligible employer with respect to which an
                                                                                                               employee is not providing services due to circumstances
                                                                                                               described in subclause (I) or (II) of paragraph (2)(A)(ii),
                                                                                                               or
                                                                                                                    (ii) in the case of an eligible employer for which
                                                                                                               the average number of full-time employees (within the
                                                                                                               meaning of section 4980H of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                               Code of 1986) employed by such eligible employer
                                                                                                               during 2019 was not greater than 100—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                          (I) with respect to an eligible employer
                                                                                                                    described in subclause (I) of paragraph (2)(A)(ii),




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00346   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 349

                                                                                          wages paid by such eligible employer with respect
                                                                                          to an employee during any period described in
                                                                                          such clause, or
                                                                                               (II) with respect to an eligible employer
                                                                                          described in subclause (II) of such paragraph,
                                                                                          wages paid by such eligible employer with respect
                                                                                          to an employee during such quarter.
                                                                                Such term shall not include any wages taken into account
                                                                                under section 7001 or section 7003 of the Families First
                                                                                Coronavirus Response Act.
                                                                                     (B) LIMITATION.—Qualified wages paid or incurred by
                                                                                an eligible employer described in subparagraph (A)(i) with
                                                                                respect to an employee for any period described in such
                                                                                subparagraph may not exceed the amount such employee
                                                                                would have been paid for working an equivalent duration
                                                                                during the 30 days immediately preceding such period.
                                                                                     (C) ALLOWANCE FOR CERTAIN HEALTH PLAN EXPENSES.—
                                                                                          (i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘qualified wages’’ shall
                                                                                     include so much of the eligible employer’s qualified
                                                                                     health plan expenses as are properly allocable to such
                                                                                     wages.
                                                                                          (ii) QUALIFIED HEALTH PLAN EXPENSES.—For pur-
                                                                                     poses of this paragraph, the term ‘‘qualified health
                                                                                     plan expenses’’ means amounts paid or incurred by
                                                                                     the eligible employer to provide and maintain a group
                                                                                     health plan (as defined in section 5000(b)(1) of the
                                                                                     Internal Revenue Code of 1986), but only to the extent
                                                                                     that such amounts are excluded from the gross income
                                                                                     of employees by reason of section 106(a) of such Code.
                                                                                          (iii) ALLOCATION RULES.—For purposes of this
                                                                                     paragraph, qualified health plan expenses shall be allo-
                                                                                     cated to qualified wages in such manner as the Sec-
                                                                                     retary may prescribe. Except as otherwise provided
                                                                                     by the Secretary, such allocation shall be treated as
                                                                                     properly made if made on the basis of being pro rata
                                                                                     among employees and pro rata on the basis of periods
                                                                                     of coverage (relative to the periods to which such wages
                                                                                     relate).
                                                                                (4) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                           of the Treasury or the Secretary’s delegate.
                                                                                (5) WAGES.—The term ‘‘wages’’ means wages (as defined
                                                                           in section 3121(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) and
                                                                           compensation (as defined in section 3231(e) of such Code).
                                                                                (6) OTHER TERMS.—Any term used in this section which
                                                                           is also used in chapter 21 or 22 of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                           of 1986 shall have the same meaning as when used in such
                                                                           chapter.
                                                                           (d) AGGREGATION RULE.—All persons treated as a single
                                                                      employer under subsection (a) or (b) of section 52 of the Internal
                                                                      Revenue Code of 1986, or subsection (m) or (o) of section 414
                                                                      of such Code, shall be treated as one employer for purposes of
                                                                      this section.
                                                                           (e) CERTAIN RULES TO APPLY.—For purposes of this section,
                                                                      rules similar to the rules of sections 51(i)(1) and 280C(a) of the
                                                                      Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall apply.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           (f) CERTAIN GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS.—This credit shall not
                                                                      apply to the Government of the United States, the government




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00347   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 350                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              of any State or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or
                                                                                              instrumentality of any of the foregoing.
                                                                                                   (g) ELECTION NOT TO HAVE SECTION APPLY.—This section shall
                                                                                              not apply with respect to any eligible employer for any calendar
                                                                                              quarter if such employer elects (at such time and in such manner
                                                                                              as the Secretary may prescribe) not to have this section apply.
                                                                                                   (h) SPECIAL RULES.—
                                                                                                        (1) EMPLOYEE NOT TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT MORE THAN
                                                                                                   ONCE.—An employee shall not be included for purposes of this
                                                                                                   section for any period with respect to any employer if such
                                                                                                   employer is allowed a credit under section 51 of the Internal
                                                                                                   Revenue Code of 1986 with respect to such employee for such
                                                                                                   period.
                                                                                                        (2) DENIAL OF DOUBLE BENEFIT.—Any wages taken into
                                                                                                   account in determining the credit allowed under this section
                                                                                                   shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining
                                                                                                   the credit allowed under section 45S of such Code.
                                                                                                        (3) THIRD PARTY PAYORS.—Any credit allowed under this
                                                                                                   section shall be treated as a credit described in section
                                                                                                   3511(d)(2) of such Code.
                                                                                                   (i) TRANSFERS TO FEDERAL OLD-AGE AND SURVIVORS INSURANCE
                                                                                              TRUST FUND.—There are hereby appropriated to the Federal Old-
                                                                                              Age and Survivors Insurance Trust Fund and the Federal Disability
                                                                                              Insurance Trust Fund established under section 201 of the Social
                                                                                              Security Act (42 U.S.C. 401) and the Social Security Equivalent
                                                                                              Benefit Account established under section 15A(a) of the Railroad
                                                                                              Retirement Act of 1974 (45 U.S.C. 14 231n–1(a)) amounts equal
                                                                                              to the reduction in revenues to the Treasury by reason of this
                                                                                              section (without regard to this subsection). Amounts appropriated
                                                                                              by the preceding sentence shall be transferred from the general
                                                                                              fund at such times and in such manner as to replicate to the
                                                                                              extent possible the transfers which would have occurred to such
                                                                                              Trust Fund or Account had this section not been enacted.
                                                                                                   (j) RULE FOR EMPLOYERS TAKING SMALL BUSINESS INTERRUP-
                                                                                              TION LOAN.—If an eligible employer receives a covered loan under
                                                                                              paragraph (36) of section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                              636(a)), as added by section 1102 of this Act, such employer shall
                                                                                              not be eligible for the credit under this section.
                                                                      Waiver authority.            (k) TREATMENT OF DEPOSITS.—The Secretary shall waive any
                                                                      Determination.          penalty under section 6656 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                                                                              for any failure to make a deposit of any applicable employment
                                                                                              taxes if the Secretary determines that such failure was due to
                                                                                              the reasonable anticipation of the credit allowed under this section.
                                                                                                   (l) REGULATIONS AND GUIDANCE.—The Secretary shall issue
                                                                                              such forms, instructions, regulations, and guidance as are nec-
                                                                                              essary—
                                                                                                        (1) to allow the advance payment of the credit under sub-
                                                                                                   section (a), subject to the limitations provided in this section,
                                                                                                   based on such information as the Secretary shall require,
                                                                                                        (2) to provide for the reconciliation of such advance pay-
                                                                                                   ment with the amount advanced at the time of filing the return
                                                                                                   of tax for the applicable calendar quarter or taxable year,
                                                                                                        (3) to provide for the recapture of the credit under this
                                                                                                   section if such credit is allowed to a taxpayer which receives
                                                                                                   a loan described in subsection (j) during a subsequent quarter,




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                        (4) with respect to the application of the credit under
                                                                                                   subsection (a) to third party payors (including professional




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00348   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 351

                                                                           employer organizations, certified professional employer
                                                                           organizations, or agents under section 3504 of the Internal
                                                                           Revenue Code of 1986), including regulations or guidance
                                                                           allowing such payors to submit documentation necessary to
                                                                           substantiate the eligible employer status of employers that
                                                                           use such payors, and
                                                                               (5) for application of subparagraphs (A)(ii)(II) and (B) of
                                                                           subsection (c)(2) in the case of any employer which was not
                                                                           carrying on a trade or business for all or part of the same
                                                                           calendar quarter in the prior year.
                                                                           (m) APPLICATION.—This section shall only apply to wages paid
                                                                      after March 12, 2020, and before January 1, 2021.
                                                                      SEC. 2302. DELAY OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER PAYROLL TAXES.                                                26 USC 3111
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                             (a) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                  (1) TAXES.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
                                                                             the payment for applicable employment taxes for the payroll
                                                                             tax deferral period shall not be due before the applicable date.
                                                                                  (2) DEPOSITS.—Notwithstanding section 6302 of the
                                                                             Internal Revenue Code of 1986, an employer shall be treated
                                                                             as having timely made all deposits of applicable employment
                                                                             taxes that are required to be made (without regard to this
                                                                             section) for such taxes during the payroll tax deferral period
                                                                             if all such deposits are made not later than the applicable
                                                                             date.
                                                                                  (3) EXCEPTION.—This subsection shall not apply to any
                                                                             taxpayer if such taxpayer has had indebtedness forgiven under
                                                                             section 1106 of this Act with respect to a loan under paragraph
                                                                             (36) of section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)),
                                                                             as added by section 1102 of this Act, or indebtedness forgiven
                                                                             under section 1109 of this Act.
                                                                             (b) SECA.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                             law, the payment for 50 percent of the taxes imposed under
                                                                             section 1401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for the
                                                                             payroll tax deferral period shall not be due before the applicable
                                                                             date.
                                                                                  (2) ESTIMATED TAXES.—For purposes of applying section
                                                                             6654 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to any taxable
                                                                             year which includes any part of the payroll tax deferral period,
                                                                             50 percent of the taxes imposed under section 1401(a) of such
                                                                             Code for the payroll tax deferral period shall not be treated
                                                                             as taxes to which such section 6654 applies.
                                                                             (c) LIABILITY OF THIRD PARTIES.—
                                                                                  (1) ACTS TO BE PERFORMED BY AGENTS.—For purposes of
                                                                             section 3504 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, in the
                                                                             case of any person designated pursuant to such section (and
                                                                             any regulations or other guidance issued by the Secretary with
                                                                             respect to such section) to perform acts otherwise required
                                                                             to be performed by an employer under such Code, if such
                                                                             employer directs such person to defer payment of any applicable
                                                                             employment taxes during the payroll tax deferral period under
                                                                             this section, such employer shall be solely liable for the payment
                                                                             of such applicable employment taxes before the applicable date




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             for any wages paid by such person on behalf of such employer
                                                                             during such period.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00349   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 352                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        (2) CERTIFIED PROFESSIONAL EMPLOYER ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                   For purposes of section 3511, in the case of a certified profes-
                                                                                                   sional employer organization (as defined in subsection (a) of
                                                                                                   section 7705 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) that has
                                                                                                   entered into a service contract described in subsection (e)(2)
                                                                                                   of such section with a customer, if such customer directs such
                                                                                                   organization to defer payment of any applicable employment
                                                                                                   taxes during the payroll tax deferral period under this section,
                                                                                                   such customer shall, notwithstanding subsections (a) and (c)
                                                                                                   of section 3511, be solely liable for the payment of such
                                                                                                   applicable employment taxes before the applicable date for
                                                                                                   any wages paid by such organization to any work site employee
                                                                                                   performing services for such customer during such period.
                                                                                                   (d) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                                        (1) APPLICABLE EMPLOYMENT TAXES.—The term ‘‘applicable
                                                                                                   employment taxes’’ means the following:
                                                                                                             (A) The taxes imposed under section 3111(a) of the
                                                                                                        Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                                             (B) So much of the taxes imposed under section 3211(a)
                                                                                                        of such Code as are attributable to the rate in effect under
                                                                                                        section 3111(a) of such Code.
                                                                                                             (C) So much of the taxes imposed under section 3221(a)
                                                                                                        of such Code as are attributable to the rate in effect under
                                                                                                        section 3111(a) of such Code.
                                                                                                        (2) PAYROLL TAX DEFERRAL PERIOD.—The term ‘‘payroll tax
                                                                                                   deferral period’’ means the period beginning on the date of
                                                                                                   the enactment of this Act and ending before January 1, 2021.
                                                                                                        (3) APPLICABLE DATE.—The term ‘‘applicable date’’ means—
                                                                                                             (A) December 31, 2021, with respect to 50 percent
                                                                                                        of the amounts to which subsection (a) or (b), as the case
                                                                                                        may be, apply, and
                                                                                                             (B) December 31, 2022, with respect to the remaining
                                                                                                        such amounts.
                                                                                                        (4) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                                                   of the Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate).
                                                                                                   (e) TRUST FUNDS HELD HARMLESS.—There are hereby appro-
                                                                                              priated (out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appro-
                                                                                              priated) for each fiscal year to the Federal Old-Age and Survivors
                                                                                              Insurance Trust Fund and the Federal Disability Insurance Trust
                                                                                              Fund established under section 201 of the Social Security Act (42
                                                                                              U.S.C. 401) and the Social Security Equivalent Benefit Account
                                                                                              established under section 15A(a) of the Railroad Retirement Act
                                                                                              of 1974 (45 U.S.C. 231n–1(a)) an amount equal to the reduction
                                                                                              in the transfers to such fund for such fiscal year by reason of
                                                                                              this section. Amounts appropriated by the preceding sentence shall
                                                                                              be transferred from the general fund at such times and in such
                                                                                              manner as to replicate to the extent possible the transfers which
                                                                                              would have occurred to such Trust Fund had such amendments
                                                                                              not been enacted.
                                                                                                   (f) REGULATORY AUTHORITY.—The Secretary shall issue such
                                                                                              regulations or other guidance as necessary to carry out the purposes
                                                                                              of this section, including rules for the administration and enforce-
                                                                                              ment of subsection (c).




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              SEC. 2303. MODIFICATIONS FOR NET OPERATING LOSSES.
                                                                                                     (a) TEMPORARY REPEAL OF TAXABLE INCOME LIMITATION.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00350   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 353

                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—The first sentence of section 172(a) of
                                                                             the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by striking                                       26 USC 172.
                                                                             ‘‘an amount equal to’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘an
                                                                             amount equal to—
                                                                                  ‘‘(1) in the case of a taxable year beginning before January
                                                                             1, 2021, the aggregate of the net operating loss carryovers
                                                                             to such year, plus the net operating loss carrybacks to such
                                                                             year, and
                                                                                  ‘‘(2) in the case of a taxable year beginning after December
                                                                             31, 2020, the sum of—
                                                                                        ‘‘(A) the aggregate amount of net operating losses
                                                                                  arising in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2018,
                                                                                  carried to such taxable year, plus
                                                                                        ‘‘(B) the lesser of—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) the aggregate amount of net operating losses
                                                                                        arising in taxable years beginning after December 31,
                                                                                        2017, carried to such taxable year, or
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) 80 percent of the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) taxable income computed without regard
                                                                                              to the deductions under this section and sections
                                                                                              199A and 250, over
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) the amount determined under subpara-
                                                                                              graph (A).’’.
                                                                                  (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                        (A) Section 172(b)(2)(C) of such Code is amended to
                                                                                  read as follows:
                                                                                        ‘‘(C) for taxable years beginning after December 31,
                                                                                  2020, be reduced by 20 percent of the excess (if any)
                                                                                  described in subsection (a)(2)(B)(ii) for such taxable year.’’.
                                                                                        (B) Section 172(d)(6)(C) of such Code is amended by
                                                                                  striking ‘‘subsection (a)(2)’’ and inserting ‘‘subsection
                                                                                  (a)(2)(B)(ii)(I)’’.
                                                                                        (C) Section 860E(a)(3)(B) of such Code is amended
                                                                                  by striking all that follows ‘‘for purposes of’’ and inserting
                                                                                  ‘‘subsection (a)(2)(B)(ii)(I) and the second sentence of sub-
                                                                                  section (b)(2) of section 172.’’.
                                                                             (b) MODIFICATIONS OF RULES RELATING TO CARRYBACKS.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 172(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                             Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following
                                                                             new subparagraph:
                                                                                        ‘‘(D) SPECIAL RULE FOR LOSSES ARISING IN 2018, 2019,
                                                                                  AND 2020.—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any net operating
                                                                                        loss arising in a taxable year beginning after December
                                                                                        31, 2017, and before January 1, 2021—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) such loss shall be a net operating loss
                                                                                              carryback to each of the 5 taxable years preceding
                                                                                              the taxable year of such loss, and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) subparagraphs (B) and (C)(i) shall not
                                                                                              apply.
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) SPECIAL RULES FOR REITS.—For purposes of
                                                                                        this subparagraph—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—A net operating loss for a
                                                                                              REIT year shall not be a net operating loss




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              carryback to any taxable year preceding the tax-
                                                                                              able year of such loss.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00351   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 354                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                         ‘‘(II) SPECIAL RULE.—In the case of any net
                                                                                                                  operating loss for a taxable year which is not a
                                                                                                                  REIT year, such loss shall not be carried to any
                                                                                                                  preceding taxable year which is a REIT year.
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(III) REIT YEAR.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                                  subparagraph, the term ‘REIT year’ means any
                                                                                                                  taxable year for which the provisions of part II
                                                                                                                  of subchapter M (relating to real estate investment
                                                                                                                  trusts) apply to the taxpayer.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) SPECIAL RULE FOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPA-
                                                                                                             NIES.— In the case of a life insurance company, if
                                                                                                             a net operating loss is carried pursuant to clause (i)(I)
                                                                                                             to a life insurance company taxable year beginning
                                                                                                             before January 1, 2018, such net operating loss
                                                                                                             carryback shall be treated in the same manner as
                                                                                                             an operations loss carryback (within the meaning of
                                                                                                             section 810 as in effect before its repeal) of such com-
                                                                                                             pany to such taxable year.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iv) RULE RELATING TO CARRYBACKS TO YEARS TO
                                                                                                             WHICH SECTION 965 APPLIES.—If a net operating loss
                                                                                                             of a taxpayer is carried pursuant to clause (i)(I) to
                                                                                                             any taxable year in which an amount is includible
                                                                                                             in gross income by reason of section 965(a), the tax-
                                                                                                             payer shall be treated as having made the election
                                                                                                             under section 965(n) with respect to each such taxable
                                                                                                             year.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(v) SPECIAL RULES FOR ELECTIONS UNDER PARA-
                                                                                                             GRAPH (3).—
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(I) SPECIAL ELECTION TO EXCLUDE SECTION
                                                                      Time period.                                965 YEARS.— If the 5-year carryback period under
                                                                                                                  clause (i)(I) with respect to any net operating loss
                                                                                                                  of a taxpayer includes 1 or more taxable years
                                                                                                                  in which an amount is includible in gross income
                                                                                                                  by reason of section 965(a), the taxpayer may,
                                                                                                                  in lieu of the election otherwise available under
                                                                                                                  paragraph (3), elect under such paragraph to
                                                                                                                  exclude all such taxable years from such carryback
                                                                                                                  period.
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(II) TIME OF ELECTIONS.—An election under
                                                                                                                  paragraph (3) (including an election described in
                                                                                                                  subclause (I)) with respect to a net operating loss
                                                                                                                  arising in a taxable year beginning in 2018 or
                                                                                                                  2019 shall be made by the due date (including
                                                                                                                  extensions of time) for filing the taxpayer’s return
                                                                                                                  for the first taxable year ending after the date
                                                                                                                  of the enactment of this subparagraph.’’.
                                                                                                       (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 172(b)(1)(A) of such
                                                                                                 Code, as amended by subsection (c)(2), is amended by striking
                                                                                                 ‘‘and (C)(i)’’ and inserting ‘‘, (C)(i), and (D)’’.
                                                                                                 (c) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT RELATING TO SECTION 13302 OF
                                                                                              PUBLIC LAW 115–97.—
                                                                      26 USC 172 note.                 (1) Section 13302(e) of Public Law 115–97 is amended
                                                                                                 to read as follows:
                                                                      Applicability.             ‘‘(e) EFFECTIVE DATES.—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) NET OPERATING LOSS LIMITATION.—The amendments
                                                                                                 made by subsections (a) and (d)(2) shall apply to—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00352   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 355

                                                                                          ‘‘(A) taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017,
                                                                                   and
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) taxable years beginning on or before such date
                                                                                  to which net operating losses arising in taxable years begin-
                                                                                  ning after such date are carried.
                                                                                  ‘‘(2) CARRYOVERS AND CARRYBACKS.—The amendments
                                                                             made by subsections (b), (c), and (d)(1) shall apply to net
                                                                             operating losses arising in taxable years beginning after
                                                                             December 31, 2017.’’.
                                                                                  (2) Section 172(b)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                             1986 is amended to read as follows:                                                            26 USC 172.
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) GENERAL RULE.—A net operating loss for any tax-
                                                                                  able year—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) shall be a net operating loss carryback to the
                                                                                       extent provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C)(i), and
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) except as provided in subparagraph (C)(ii),
                                                                                       shall be a net operating loss carryover—
                                                                                                   ‘‘(I) in the case of a net operating loss arising
                                                                                             in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2018,
                                                                                             to each of the 20 taxable years following the tax-
                                                                                             able year of the loss, and
                                                                                                   ‘‘(II) in the case of a net operating loss arising
                                                                                             in a taxable year beginning after December 31,
                                                                                             2017, to each taxable year following the taxable
                                                                                             year of the loss.’’.
                                                                             (d) EFFECTIVE DATES.—                                                                          Applicability.
                                                                                  (1) NET OPERATING LOSS LIMITATION.—The amendments                                         26 USC 172 note.
                                                                             made by subsection (a) shall apply—
                                                                                       (A) to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017,
                                                                                  and
                                                                                       (B) to taxable years beginning on or before December
                                                                                  31, 2017, to which net operating losses arising in taxable
                                                                                  years beginning after December 31, 2017, are carried.
                                                                                  (2) CARRYOVERS AND CARRYBACKS.—The amendment made
                                                                             by subsection (b) shall apply to—
                                                                                       (A) net operating losses arising in taxable years begin-
                                                                                  ning after December 31, 2017, and
                                                                                       (B) taxable years beginning before, on, or after such
                                                                                  date to which such net operating losses are carried.
                                                                                  (3) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—The amendments made by
                                                                             subsection (c) shall take effect as if included in the provisions
                                                                             of Public Law 115–97 to which they relate.
                                                                                  (4) SPECIAL RULE.—In the case of a net operating loss                                     Time period.
                                                                             arising in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2018,                                    Deadline.
                                                                             and ending after December 31, 2017—
                                                                                       (A) an application under section 6411(a) of the Internal
                                                                                  Revenue Code of 1986 with respect to the carryback of
                                                                                  such net operating loss shall not fail to be treated as
                                                                                  timely filed if filed not later than the date which is 120
                                                                                  days after the date of the enactment of this Act, and
                                                                                       (B) an election to—
                                                                                             (i) forgo any carryback of such net operating loss,
                                                                                             (ii) reduce any period to which such net operating
                                                                                       loss may be carried back, or




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                             (iii) revoke any election made under section 172(b)
                                                                                       to forgo any carryback of such net operating loss,




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00353   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 356                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                          shall not fail to be treated as timely made if made not
                                                                                                          later than the date which is 120 days after the date of
                                                                                                          the enactment of this Act.
                                                                                              SEC. 2304. MODIFICATION OF LIMITATION ON LOSSES FOR TAXPAYERS
                                                                                                          OTHER THAN CORPORATIONS.
                                                                                                 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 461(l)(1) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                      26 USC 461.             Code of 1986 is amended to read as follows:
                                                                      Time periods.                    ‘‘(1) LIMITATION.—In the case of a taxpayer other than
                                                                                                 a corporation—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) for any taxable year beginning after December
                                                                                                       31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026, subsection (j)
                                                                                                       (relating to limitation on excess farm losses of certain tax-
                                                                                                       payers) shall not apply, and
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) for any taxable year beginning after December
                                                                                                       31, 2020, and before January 1, 2026, any excess business
                                                                                                       loss of the taxpayer for the taxable year shall not be
                                                                                                       allowed.’’.
                                                                                                 (b) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS RELATING TO SECTION 11012 OF
                                                                                              PUBLIC LAW 115–97.—
                                                                                                       (1) Section 461(l)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                                                                                 is amended by striking ‘‘a net operating loss carryover to the
                                                                                                 following taxable year under section 172’’ and inserting ‘‘a
                                                                                                 net operating loss for the taxable year for purposes of deter-
                                                                                                 mining any net operating loss carryover under section 172(b)
                                                                                                 for subsequent taxable years’’.
                                                                                                       (2) Section 461(l)(3)(A) of such Code is amended—
                                                                                                             (A) in clause (i), by inserting ‘‘and without regard
                                                                                                       to any deduction allowable under section 172 or 199A’’
                                                                                                       after ‘‘under paragraph (1)’’, and
                                                                                                             (B) by adding at the end the following flush sentence:
                                                                                                 ‘‘Such excess shall be determined without regard to any deduc-
                                                                                                 tions, gross income, or gains attributable to any trade or busi-
                                                                                                 ness of performing services as an employee.’’.
                                                                                                       (3) Section 461(l)(3) of such Code is amended by redesig-
                                                                                                 nating subparagraph (B) as subparagraph (C) and by inserting
                                                                                                 after subparagraph (A) the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) TREATMENT OF CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES.—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) LOSSES.—Deductions for losses from sales or
                                                                                                             exchanges of capital assets shall not be taken into
                                                                                                             account under subparagraph (A)(i).
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) GAINS.—The amount of gains from sales or
                                                                                                             exchanges of capital assets taken into account under
                                                                                                             subparagraph (A)(ii) shall not exceed the lesser of—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) the capital gain net income determined
                                                                                                                   by taking into account only gains and losses attrib-
                                                                                                                   utable to a trade or business, or
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) the capital gain net income.’’.
                                                                      26 USC 461 note.           (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by subsection
                                                                                                 (a) shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31,
                                                                                                 2017.
                                                                                                       (2) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—The amendments made by




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                 subsection (b) shall take effect as if included in the provisions
                                                                                                 of Public Law 115–97 to which they relate.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00354   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 357
                                                                      SEC. 2305. MODIFICATION OF CREDIT FOR PRIOR YEAR MINIMUM TAX
                                                                                  LIABILITY OF CORPORATIONS.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 53(e) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                      of 1986 is amended—                                                                                   26 USC 53.
                                                                                (1) by striking ‘‘2018, 2019, 2020, or 2021’’ in paragraph
                                                                           (1) and inserting ‘‘2018 or 2019’’, and
                                                                                (2) by striking ‘‘2021’’ in paragraph (2) and inserting ‘‘2019’’.
                                                                           (b) ELECTION TO TAKE ENTIRE REFUNDABLE CREDIT AMOUNT
                                                                      IN 2018.—
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 53(e) of such Code is amended
                                                                           by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                ‘‘(5) SPECIAL RULE.—In the case of a corporation making
                                                                           an election under this paragraph—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) paragraph (1) shall not apply, and
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) subsection (c) shall not apply to the first taxable
                                                                                year of such corporation beginning in 2018.’’.
                                                                           (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 53 note.
                                                                      shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                           (d) SPECIAL RULE.—                                                                               26 USC 53 note.
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of the Internal Revenue
                                                                           Code of 1986, a credit or refund for which an application
                                                                           described in paragraph (2)(A) is filed shall be treated as made
                                                                           under section 6411 of such Code.
                                                                                (2) TENTATIVE REFUND.—
                                                                                      (A) APPLICATION.—A taxpayer may file an application
                                                                                for a tentative refund of any amount for which a refund
                                                                                is due by reason of an election under section 53(e)(5) of
                                                                                the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Such application shall
                                                                                be in such manner and form as the Secretary of the
                                                                                Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate) may prescribe and
                                                                                shall—
                                                                                            (i) be verified in the same manner as an application
                                                                                      under section 6411(a) of such Code,
                                                                                            (ii) be filed prior to December 31, 2020, and                                   Deadline.
                                                                                            (iii) set forth—
                                                                                                  (I) the amount of the refundable credit claimed
                                                                                            under section 53(e) of such Code for such taxable
                                                                                            year,
                                                                                                  (II) the amount of the refundable credit
                                                                                            claimed under such section for any previously filed
                                                                                            return for such taxable year, and
                                                                                                  (III) the amount of the refund claimed.
                                                                                      (B) ALLOWANCE OF ADJUSTMENTS.—Within a period of                                      Time period.
                                                                                90 days from the date on which an application is filed
                                                                                under subparagraph (A), the Secretary of the Treasury
                                                                                (or the Secretary’s delegate) shall—
                                                                                            (i) review the application,                                                     Review.
                                                                                            (ii) determine the amount of the overpayment, and                               Determination.
                                                                                            (iii) apply, credit, or refund such overpayment,
                                                                                in a manner similar to the manner provided in section
                                                                                6411(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                      (C) CONSOLIDATED RETURNS.—The provisions of section                                   Applicability.
                                                                                6411(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 Code shall
                                                                                apply to an adjustment under this paragraph to the same




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                extent and manner as the Secretary of the Treasury (or
                                                                                the Secretary’s delegate) may provide.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00355   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 358                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                                              SEC. 2306. MODIFICATIONS OF LIMITATION ON BUSINESS INTEREST.
                                                                                                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 163(j) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                      26 USC 163.             of 1986 is amended by redesignating paragraph (10) as paragraph
                                                                                              (11) and by inserting after paragraph (9) the following new para-
                                                                                              graph:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(10) SPECIAL RULE FOR TAXABLE YEARS BEGINNING IN 2019
                                                                                                  AND 2020.—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                      Applicability.                              ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in clause
                                                                                                            (ii) or (iii), in the case of any taxable year beginning
                                                                                                            in 2019 or 2020, paragraph (1)(B) shall be applied
                                                                                                            by substituting ‘50 percent’ for ‘30 percent’.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) SPECIAL RULE FOR PARTNERSHIPS.—In the case
                                                                                                            of a partnership—
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(I) clause (i) shall not apply to any taxable
                                                                                                                  year beginning in 2019, but
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(II) unless a partner elects not to have this
                                                                                                                  subclause apply, in the case of any excess business
                                                                                                                  interest of the partnership for any taxable year
                                                                                                                  beginning in 2019 which is allocated to the partner
                                                                                                                  under paragraph (4)(B)(i)(II)—
                                                                                                                               ‘‘(aa) 50 percent of such excess business
                                                                                                                         interest shall be treated as business interest
                                                                                                                         which, notwithstanding paragraph (4)(B)(ii), is
                                                                                                                         paid or accrued by the partner in the partner’s
                                                                                                                         first taxable year beginning in 2020 and which
                                                                                                                         is not subject to the limits of paragraph (1),
                                                                                                                         and
                                                                                                                               ‘‘(bb) 50 percent of such excess business
                                                                                                                         interest shall be subject to the limitations of
                                                                                                                         paragraph (4)(B)(ii) in the same manner as
                                                                                                                         any other excess business interest so allocated.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) ELECTION OUT.—A taxpayer may elect, at
                                                                                                            such time and in such manner as the Secretary may
                                                                                                            prescribe, not to have clause (i) apply to any taxable
                                                                                                            year. Such an election, once made, may be revoked
                                                                                                            only with the consent of the Secretary. In the case
                                                                                                            of a partnership, any such election shall be made by
                                                                                                            the partnership and may be made only for taxable
                                                                                                            years beginning in 2020.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) ELECTION TO USE 2019 ADJUSTED TAXABLE INCOME
                                                                                                       FOR TAXABLE YEARS BEGINNING IN 2020.—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Subject to clause (ii), in the case
                                                                                                            of any taxable year beginning in 2020, the taxpayer
                                                                                                            may elect to apply this subsection by substituting the
                                                                                                            adjusted taxable income of the taxpayer for the last
                                                                                                            taxable year beginning in 2019 for the adjusted taxable
                                                                                                            income for such taxable year. In the case of a partner-
                                                                                                            ship, any such election shall be made by the partner-
                                                                                                            ship.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) SPECIAL RULE FOR SHORT TAXABLE YEARS.—
                                                                                                            If an election is made under clause (i) for a taxable
                                                                                                            year which is a short taxable year, the adjusted taxable
                                                                                                            income for the taxpayer’s last taxable year beginning
                                                                                                            in 2019 which is substituted under clause (i) shall




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                            be equal to the amount which bears the same ratio
                                                                                                            to such adjusted taxable income determined without




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00356   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                                      134 STAT. 359

                                                                                  regard to this clause as the number of months in
                                                                                  the short taxable year bears to 12’’.
                                                                          (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                                                      26 USC 163.
                                                                      shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2018.
                                                                      SEC.       2307.       TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS                                          REGARDING                    QUALIFIED
                                                                                            IMPROVEMENT PROPERTY.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                      of 1986 is amended—                                                                                                              26 USC 168.
                                                                                (1) in subsection (e)—
                                                                                     (A) in paragraph (3)(E), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end
                                                                                of clause (v), by striking the period at the end of clause
                                                                                (vi) and inserting ‘‘, and’’, and by adding at the end the
                                                                                following new clause:
                                                                                          ‘‘(vii) any qualified improvement property.’’, and
                                                                                     (B) in paragraph (6)(A), by inserting ‘‘made by the
                                                                                taxpayer’’ after ‘‘any improvement’’, and
                                                                                (2) in the table contained in subsection (g)(3)(B)—
                                                                                     (A) by striking the item relating to subparagraph
                                                                                (D)(v), and
                                                                                     (B) by inserting after the item relating to subparagraph
                                                                                (E)(vi) the following new item:
                                                                           ‘‘(E)(vii) ......................................................................................................   20’’.
                                                                          (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                                                      26 USC 168 note.
                                                                      shall take effect as if included in section 13204 of Public Law
                                                                      115–97.
                                                                      SEC. 2308. TEMPORARY EXCEPTION FROM EXCISE TAX FOR ALCOHOL
                                                                                  USED TO PRODUCE HAND SANITIZER.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5214(a) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                      of 1986 is amended—
                                                                                (1) in paragraph (13), by striking the period at the end
                                                                           and inserting ‘‘; or’’, and
                                                                                (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:                                                                  Time period.
                                                                                ‘‘(14) with respect to distilled spirits removed after
                                                                           December 31, 2019, and before January 1, 2021, free of tax
                                                                           for use in or contained in hand sanitizer produced and distrib-
                                                                           uted in a manner consistent with any guidance issued by the
                                                                           Food and Drug Administration that is related to the outbreak
                                                                           of virus SARS–CoV–2 or coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–
                                                                           19).’’.
                                                                           (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                                                     26 USC 5214
                                                                      shall apply to distilled spirits removed after December 31, 2019.                                                                note.
                                                                           (c) APPLICATION OF OTHER LAWS.—Any distilled spirits or                                                                     26 USC 5214
                                                                      product described in paragraph (14) of section 5214(a) of the                                                                    note.
                                                                      Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by this section) shall
                                                                      not be subject to any requirements related to labeling or bulk
                                                                      sales under—
                                                                                (1) section 105 or 106 of the Federal Alcohol Administration
                                                                           Act (27 U.S.C. 205, 206); or
                                                                                (2) section 204 of the Alcoholic Beverage Labeling Act of
                                                                           1988 (27 U.S.C. 215).




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES



                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024    Jkt 099194       PO 00000        Frm 00357        Fmt 6580       Sfmt 6581      G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001       99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 360                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              TITLE   III—SUPPORTING  AMERICA’S
                                                                                                HEALTH CARE SYSTEM IN THE FIGHT
                                                                                                AGAINST THE CORONAVIRUS
                                                                      Coronavirus Aid,                         Subtitle A—Health Provisions
                                                                      Relief, and
                                                                      Economic
                                                                      Security Act.           SEC. 3001. SHORT TITLE.
                                                                      42 USC 201 note.
                                                                                                  This subtitle may be cited as the ‘‘Coronavirus Aid, Relief,
                                                                                              and Economic Security Act’’.

                                                                                                    PART I—ADDRESSING SUPPLY SHORTAGES
                                                                                                           Subpart A—Medical Product Supplies
                                                                                              SEC. 3101. NATIONAL ACADEMIES REPORT ON AMERICA’S MEDICAL
                                                                                                          PRODUCT SUPPLY CHAIN SECURITY.
                                                                      Contracts.                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 60 days after the date of
                                                                                              enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services
                                                                                              shall enter into an agreement with the National Academies of
                                                                                              Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine (referred to in this section
                                                                                              as the ‘‘National Academies’’) to examine, and, in a manner that
                                                                                              does not compromise national security, report on, the security of
                                                                                              the United States medical product supply chain.
                                                                                                  (b) PURPOSES.—The report developed under this section shall—
                                                                      Assessment.                      (1) assess and evaluate the dependence of the United
                                                                      Evaluation.                 States, including the private commercial sector, States, and
                                                                                                  the Federal Government, on critical drugs and devices that
                                                                                                  are sourced or manufactured outside of the United States,
                                                                                                  which may include an analysis of—
                                                                                                           (A) the supply chain of critical drugs and devices of
                                                                                                       greatest priority to providing health care;
                                                                                                           (B) any potential public health security or national
                                                                                                       security risks associated with reliance on critical drugs
                                                                                                       and devices sourced or manufactured outside of the United
                                                                                                       States, which may include responses to previous or existing
                                                                                                       shortages or public health emergencies, such as infectious
                                                                                                       disease outbreaks, bioterror attacks, and other public
                                                                                                       health threats;
                                                                                                           (C) any existing supply chain information gaps, as
                                                                                                       applicable; and
                                                                                                           (D) potential economic impact of increased domestic
                                                                                                       manufacturing; and
                                                                      Recommenda-                      (2) provide recommendations, which may include a plan
                                                                      tions.                      to improve the resiliency of the supply chain for critical drugs
                                                                                                  and devices as described in paragraph (1), and to address
                                                                                                  any supply vulnerabilities or potential disruptions of such prod-
                                                                                                  ucts that would significantly affect or pose a threat to public
                                                                                                  health security or national security, as appropriate, which may
                                                                                                  include strategies to—
                                                                                                           (A) promote supply chain redundancy and contingency
                                                                                                       planning;
                                                                                                           (B) encourage domestic manufacturing, including




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                       consideration of economic impacts, if any;
                                                                                                           (C) improve supply chain information gaps;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00358   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 361

                                                                                    (D) improve planning considerations for medical
                                                                               product supply chain capacity during public health emer-
                                                                               gencies; and
                                                                                    (E) promote the accessibility of such drugs and devices.
                                                                          (c) INPUT.—In conducting the study and developing the report
                                                                      under subsection (b), the National Academies shall—
                                                                               (1) consider input from the Department of Health and
                                                                          Human Services, the Department of Homeland Security, the
                                                                          Department of Defense, the Department of Commerce, the
                                                                          Department of State, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the
                                                                          Department of Justice, and any other Federal agencies as
                                                                          appropriate; and
                                                                               (2) consult with relevant stakeholders, which may include                                    Consultation.
                                                                          conducting public meetings and other forms of engagement,
                                                                          as appropriate, with health care providers, medical professional
                                                                          societies, State-based societies, public health experts, State and
                                                                          local public health departments, State medical boards, patient
                                                                          groups, medical product manufacturers, health care distribu-
                                                                          tors, wholesalers and group purchasing organizations, phar-
                                                                          macists, and other entities with experience in health care and
                                                                          public health, as appropriate.
                                                                          (d) DEFINITIONS.—In this section, the terms ‘‘device’’ and ‘‘drug’’
                                                                      have the meanings given such terms in section 201 of the Federal
                                                                      Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321).
                                                                      SEC. 3102. REQUIRING THE STRATEGIC NATIONAL STOCKPILE TO
                                                                                  INCLUDE CERTAIN TYPES OF MEDICAL SUPPLIES.
                                                                          Section 319F–2(a)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                      247d–6b(a)(1)) is amended by inserting ‘‘(including personal protec-
                                                                      tive equipment, ancillary medical supplies, and other applicable
                                                                      supplies required for the administration of drugs, vaccines and
                                                                      other biological products, medical devices, and diagnostic tests in
                                                                      the stockpile)’’ after ‘‘other supplies’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3103. TREATMENT OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE DEVICES AS
                                                                                  COVERED COUNTERMEASURES.
                                                                          Section 319F–3(i)(1)(D) of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                      U.S.C. 247d–6d(i)(1)(D)) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                  ‘‘(D) a respiratory protective device that is approved                                    Determination.
                                                                              by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and
                                                                              Health under part 84 of title 42, Code of Federal Regula-
                                                                              tions (or any successor regulations), and that the Secretary
                                                                              determines to be a priority for use during a public health
                                                                              emergency declared under section 319.’’.

                                                                      Subpart B—Mitigating Emergency Drug Shortages
                                                                      SEC. 3111. PRIORITIZE REVIEWS OF DRUG APPLICATIONS; INCEN-
                                                                                  TIVES.
                                                                          Section 506C(g) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act
                                                                      (21 U.S.C. 356c(g)) is amended—
                                                                               (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘the Secretary may’’ and
                                                                          inserting ‘‘the Secretary shall, as appropriate’’;
                                                                               (2) in paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘prioritize and’’ before
                                                                          ‘‘expedite the review’’; and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                               (3) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘prioritize and’’ before
                                                                          ‘‘expedite an inspection’’.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00359   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 362                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                                              SEC. 3112. ADDITIONAL MANUFACTURER REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                           IN RESPONSE TO DRUG SHORTAGES.
                                                                                                 (a) EXPANSION TO INCLUDE ACTIVE PHARMACEUTICAL INGREDI-
                                                                                              ENTS.—Subsection (a) of section 506C of the Federal Food, Drug,
                                                                                              and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 356c) is amended—
                                                                                                         (1) in paragraph (1)(C), by inserting ‘‘or any such drug
                                                                                                   that is critical to the public health during a public health
                                                                                                   emergency declared by the Secretary under section 319 of the
                                                                                                   Public Health Service Act’’ after ‘‘during surgery’’; and
                                                                                                         (2) in the flush text at the end—
                                                                                                              (A) by inserting ‘‘, or a permanent discontinuance in
                                                                                                         the manufacture of an active pharmaceutical ingredient
                                                                                                         or an interruption in the manufacture of the active pharma-
                                                                                                         ceutical ingredient of such drug that is likely to lead to
                                                                                                         a meaningful disruption in the supply of the active pharma-
                                                                                                         ceutical ingredient of such drug,’’ before ‘‘and the reasons’’;
                                                                                                         and
                                                                                                              (B) by adding at the end the following: ‘‘Notification
                                                                                                         under this subsection shall include disclosure of reasons
                                                                                                         for the discontinuation or interruption, and if applicable,
                                                                                                         an active pharmaceutical ingredient is a reason for, or
                                                                                                         risk factor in, such discontinuation or interruption, the
                                                                                                         source of the active pharmaceutical ingredient and any
                                                                                                         alternative sources for the active pharmaceutical ingredient
                                                                                                         known by the manufacturer; whether any associated device
                                                                                                         used for preparation or administration included in the drug
                                                                                                         is a reason for, or a risk factor in, such discontinuation
                                                                                                         or interruption; the expected duration of the interruption;
                                                                                                         and such other information as the Secretary may require.’’.
                                                                                                   (b) RISK MANAGEMENT.—Section 506C of the Federal Food,
                                                                                              Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 356c) is amended by adding
                                                                                              at the end the following:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(j) RISK MANAGEMENT PLANS.—Each manufacturer of a drug
                                                                                              described in subsection (a) or of any active pharmaceutical ingre-
                                                                                              dient or any associated medical device used for preparation or
                                                                                              administration included in the drug, shall develop, maintain, and
                                                                                              implement, as appropriate, a redundancy risk management plan
                                                                                              that identifies and evaluates risks to the supply of the drug, as
                                                                                              applicable, for each establishment in which such drug or active
                                                                      Inspection.             pharmaceutical ingredient of such drug is manufactured. A risk
                                                                                              management plan under this section shall be subject to inspection
                                                                                              and copying by the Secretary pursuant to an inspection or a request
                                                                                              under section 704(a)(4).’’.
                                                                                                   (c) ANNUAL NOTIFICATION.—Section 506E of the Federal Food,
                                                                                              Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 356e) is amended by adding
                                                                                              at the end the following:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(d) INTERAGENCY NOTIFICATION.—Not later than 180 days after
                                                                                              the date of enactment of this subsection, and every 90 days there-
                                                                                              after, the Secretary shall transmit a report regarding the drugs
                                                                                              of the current drug shortage list under this section to the Adminis-
                                                                                              trator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.’’.
                                                                                                   (d) REPORTING AFTER INSPECTIONS.—Section 704(b) of the Fed-
                                                                                              eral Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 374(b)) is amended—
                                                                                                         (1) by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) and subpara-
                                                                                                   graphs (A) and (B);




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                         (2) by striking ‘‘(b) Upon completion’’ and inserting ‘‘(b)(1)
                                                                                                   Upon completion’’; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00360   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 363

                                                                                 (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                           ‘‘(2) In carrying out this subsection with respect to any                                        Records.
                                                                      establishment manufacturing a drug approved under subsection
                                                                      (c) or (j) of section 505 for which a notification has been submitted
                                                                      in accordance with section 506C is, or has been in the last 5
                                                                      years, listed on the drug shortage list under section 506E, or that
                                                                      is described in section 505(j)(11)(A), a copy of the report shall
                                                                      be sent promptly to the appropriate offices of the Food and Drug
                                                                      Administration with expertise regarding drug shortages.’’.
                                                                           (e) REPORTING REQUIREMENT.—Section 510(j) of the Federal
                                                                      Food, Drug, Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360(j)) is amended—
                                                                                 (1) by redesignating paragraphs (3) and (4) as paragraphs
                                                                           (4) and (5), respectively; and
                                                                                 (2) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
                                                                                 ‘‘(3)(A) Each person who registers with the Secretary under
                                                                           this section with regard to a drug shall report annually to
                                                                           the Secretary on the amount of each drug listed under para-
                                                                           graph (1) that was manufactured, prepared, propagated, com-
                                                                           pounded, or processed by such person for commercial distribu-
                                                                           tion. Such information may be required to be submitted in
                                                                           an electronic format as determined by the Secretary. The Sec-
                                                                           retary may require that information required to be reported
                                                                           under this paragraph be submitted at the time a public health
                                                                           emergency is declared by the Secretary under section 319 of
                                                                           the Public Health Service Act.
                                                                                 ‘‘(B) By order of the Secretary, certain biological products                               Determination.
                                                                           or categories of biological products regulated under section 351
                                                                           of the Public Health Service Act may be exempt from some
                                                                           or all of the reporting requirements under subparagraph (A),
                                                                           if the Secretary determines that applying such reporting
                                                                           requirements to such biological products or categories of
                                                                           biological products is not necessary to protect the public
                                                                           health.’’.
                                                                           (f) CONFIDENTIALITY.—Nothing in the amendments made by                                           21 USC 356c
                                                                      this section shall be construed as authorizing the Secretary to                                       note.
                                                                      disclose any information that is a trade secret or confidential
                                                                      information subject to section 552(b)(4) of title 5, United States
                                                                      Code, or section 1905 of title 18, United States Code.
                                                                           (g) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          21 USC 356c
                                                                      and section 3111 shall take effect on the date that is 180 days                                       note.
                                                                      after the date of enactment of this Act.

                                                                       Subpart C—Preventing Medical Device Shortages
                                                                      SEC. 3121. DISCONTINUANCE OR INTERRUPTION IN THE PRODUCTION
                                                                                   OF MEDICAL DEVICES.
                                                                           Chapter V of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21
                                                                      U.S.C. 351 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 506I
                                                                      the following:
                                                                      ‘‘SEC. 506J. DISCONTINUANCE OR INTERRUPTION IN THE PRODUCTION                                         21 USC 356j.
                                                                                    OF MEDICAL DEVICES.
                                                                             ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—A manufacturer of a device that—
                                                                                   ‘‘(1) is critical to public health during a public health emer-
                                                                             gency, including devices that are life-supporting, life-sustaining,




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             or intended for use in emergency medical care or during sur-
                                                                             gery; or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00361   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 364                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Determination.                     ‘‘(2) for which the Secretary determines that information
                                                                      Notification.                on potential meaningful supply disruptions of such device is
                                                                                                   needed during, or in advance of, a public health emergency;
                                                                                              shall, during, or in advance of, a public health emergency declared
                                                                                              by the Secretary under section 319 of the Public Health Service
                                                                                              Act, notify the Secretary, in accordance with subsection (b), of
                                                                                              a permanent discontinuance in the manufacture of the device
                                                                                              (except for discontinuances as a result of an approved modification
                                                                                              of the device) or an interruption of the manufacture of the device
                                                                                              that is likely to lead to a meaningful disruption in the supply
                                                                                              of that device in the United States, and the reasons for such
                                                                                              discontinuance or interruption.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(b) TIMING.—A notice required under subsection (a) shall be
                                                                                              submitted to the Secretary—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) at least 6 months prior to the date of the discontinuance
                                                                                                   or interruption; or
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) if compliance with paragraph (1) is not possible, as
                                                                                                   soon as practicable.
                                                                      Determination.               ‘‘(c) DISTRIBUTION.—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—To the maximum extent prac-
                                                                                                   ticable, subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary shall distribute,
                                                                                                   through such means as the Secretary determines appropriate,
                                                                                                   information on the discontinuance or interruption of the manu-
                                                                                                   facture of devices reported under subsection (a) to appropriate
                                                                                                   organizations, including physician, health provider, patient
                                                                                                   organizations, and supply chain partners, as appropriate and
                                                                                                   applicable, as described in subsection (g).
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) PUBLIC HEALTH EXCEPTION.—The Secretary may choose
                                                                                                   not to make information collected under this section publicly
                                                                                                   available pursuant to this section if the Secretary determines
                                                                                                   that disclosure of such information would adversely affect the
                                                                                                   public health, such as by increasing the possibility of unneces-
                                                                                                   sary over purchase of product, component parts, or other disrup-
                                                                                                   tion of the availability of medical products to patients.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(d) CONFIDENTIALITY.—Nothing in this section shall be con-
                                                                                              strued as authorizing the Secretary to disclose any information
                                                                                              that is a trade secret or confidential information subject to section
                                                                                              552(b)(4) of title 5, United States Code, or section 1905 of title
                                                                                              18, United States Code.
                                                                      Deadlines.                   ‘‘(e) FAILURE TO MEET REQUIREMENTS.—If a person fails to
                                                                                              submit information required under subsection (a) in accordance
                                                                                              with subsection (b)—
                                                                      Notification.                      ‘‘(1) the Secretary shall issue a letter to such person
                                                                                                   informing such person of such failure;
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) not later than 30 calendar days after the issuance
                                                                                                   of a letter under paragraph (1), the person who receives such
                                                                                                   letter shall submit to the Secretary a written response to such
                                                                                                   letter setting forth the basis for noncompliance and providing
                                                                                                   information required under subsection (a); and
                                                                      Public                             ‘‘(3) not later than 45 calendar days after the issuance
                                                                      information.                 of a letter under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall make such
                                                                      Web posting.                 letter and any response to such letter under paragraph (2)
                                                                      Determination.
                                                                                                   available to the public on the internet website of the Food
                                                                                                   and Drug Administration, with appropriate redactions made
                                                                                                   to protect information described in subsection (d), except that,




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   if the Secretary determines that the letter under paragraph
                                                                                                   (1) was issued in error or, after review of such response, the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00362   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 365

                                                                           person had a reasonable basis for not notifying as required
                                                                           under subsection (a), the requirements of this paragraph shall
                                                                           not apply.
                                                                           ‘‘(f) EXPEDITED INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS.—If, based on
                                                                      notifications described in subsection (a) or any other relevant
                                                                      information, the Secretary concludes that there is, or is likely
                                                                      to be, a shortage of an device, the Secretary shall, as appropriate—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) prioritize and expedite the review of a submission
                                                                           under section 513(f)(2), 515, review of a notification under
                                                                           section 510(k), or 520(m) for a device that could help mitigate
                                                                           or prevent such shortage; or
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) prioritize and expedite an inspection or reinspection
                                                                           of an establishment that could help mitigate or prevent such
                                                                           shortage.
                                                                           ‘‘(g) DEVICE SHORTAGE LIST.—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Secretary shall establish and                                     Determination.
                                                                           maintain an up-to-date list of devices that are determined
                                                                           by the Secretary to be in shortage in the United States.
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) CONTENTS.—For each device included on the list under
                                                                           paragraph (1), the Secretary shall include the following
                                                                           information:
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) The category or name of the device in shortage.
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) The name of each manufacturer of such device.
                                                                                       ‘‘(C) The reason for the shortage, as determined by
                                                                                 the Secretary, selecting from the following categories:
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) Requirements related to complying with good
                                                                                       manufacturing practices.
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) Regulatory delay.
                                                                                            ‘‘(iii) Shortage or discontinuance of a component
                                                                                       or part.
                                                                                            ‘‘(iv) Discontinuance of the manufacture of the
                                                                                       device.
                                                                                            ‘‘(v) Delay in shipping of the device.
                                                                                            ‘‘(vi) Delay in sterilization of the device.
                                                                                            ‘‘(vii) Demand increase for the device.
                                                                                            ‘‘(viii) Facility closure.
                                                                                       ‘‘(D) The estimated duration of the shortage as deter-                               Estimate.
                                                                                 mined by the Secretary.                                                                    Determination.
                                                                                 ‘‘(3) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subparagraphs (B) and
                                                                                 (C), the Secretary shall make the information in the list
                                                                                 under paragraph (1) publicly available.
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) TRADE SECRETS AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMA-
                                                                                 TION.—Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to
                                                                                 alter or amend section 1905 of title 18, United States
                                                                                 Code, or section 552(b)(4) of title 5 of such Code.
                                                                                       ‘‘(C) PUBLIC HEALTH EXCEPTION.—The Secretary may                                     Determination.
                                                                                 elect not to make information collected under this sub-
                                                                                 section publicly available if the Secretary determines that
                                                                                 disclosure of such information would adversely affect the
                                                                                 public health (such as by increasing the possibility of
                                                                                 hoarding or other disruption of the availability of the device
                                                                                 to patients).
                                                                           ‘‘(h) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this section shall
                                                                      be construed to affect the authority of the Secretary on the date




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      of enactment of this section to expedite the review of devices under
                                                                      section 515 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, section




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00363   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 366                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              515B of such Act relating to the priority review program for devices,
                                                                                              and section 564 of such Act relating to the emergency use authoriza-
                                                                                              tion authorities.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) MEANINGFUL DISRUPTION.—The term ‘meaningful
                                                                                                   disruption’—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) means a change in production that is reasonably
                                                                                                         likely to lead to a reduction in the supply of a device
                                                                                                         by a manufacturer that is more than negligible and affects
                                                                                                         the ability of the manufacturer to fill orders or meet
                                                                                                         expected demand for its product;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) does not include interruptions in manufacturing
                                                                                                         due to matters such as routine maintenance or insignificant
                                                                                                         changes in manufacturing so long as the manufacturer
                                                                                                         expects to resume operations in a short period of time,
                                                                                                         not to exceed 6 months;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(C) does not include interruptions in manufacturing
                                                                                                         of components or raw materials so long as such interrup-
                                                                                                         tions do not result in a shortage of the device and the
                                                                                                         manufacturer expects to resume operations in a reasonable
                                                                                                         period of time; and
                                                                                                               ‘‘(D) does not include interruptions in manufacturing
                                                                                                         that do not lead to a reduction in procedures or diagnostic
                                                                                                         tests associated with a medical device designed to perform
                                                                                                         more than one procedure or diagnostic test.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) SHORTAGE.—The term ‘shortage’, with respect to a
                                                                                                   device, means a period of time when the demand or projected
                                                                                                   demand for the device within the United States exceeds the
                                                                                                   supply of the device.’’.

                                                                                                      PART II—ACCESS TO HEALTH CARE FOR
                                                                                                               COVID–19 PATIENTS
                                                                                                    Subpart A—Coverage of Testing and Preventive
                                                                                                                     Services
                                                                                              SEC. 3201. COVERAGE OF DIAGNOSTIC TESTING FOR COVID–19.
                                                                                                   Paragraph (1) of section 6001(a) of division F of the Families
                                                                      Ante, p. 201.           First Coronavirus Response Act (Public Law 116–127) is amended
                                                                                              to read as follows:
                                                                                                        ‘‘(1) An in vitro diagnostic test defined in section 809.3
                                                                                                   of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regula-
                                                                                                   tions) for the detection of SARS–CoV–2 or the diagnosis of
                                                                                                   the virus that causes COVID–19, and the administration of
                                                                                                   such a test, that—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(A) is approved, cleared, or authorized under section
                                                                                                        510(k), 513, 515, or 564 of the Federal Food, Drug, and
                                                                                                        Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360(k), 360c, 360e, 360bbb–3);
                                                                                                              ‘‘(B) the developer has requested, or intends to request,
                                                                                                        emergency use authorization under section 564 of the Fed-
                                                                                                        eral Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360bbb–
                                                                                                        3), unless and until the emergency use authorization
                                                                                                        request under such section 564 has been denied or the




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                        developer of such test does not submit a request under
                                                                                                        such section within a reasonable timeframe;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00364   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 367

                                                                                       ‘‘(C) is developed in and authorized by a State that
                                                                                   has notified the Secretary of Health and Human Services
                                                                                   of its intention to review tests intended to diagnose
                                                                                   COVID–19; or
                                                                                       ‘‘(D) other test that the Secretary determines appro-
                                                                                   priate in guidance.’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3202. PRICING OF DIAGNOSTIC TESTING.                                                             42 USC 256b
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                          (a) REIMBURSEMENT RATES.—A group health plan or a health
                                                                      insurance issuer providing coverage of items and services described
                                                                      in section 6001(a) of division F of the Families First Coronavirus
                                                                      Response Act (Public Law 116–127) with respect to an enrollee
                                                                      shall reimburse the provider of the diagnostic testing as follows:
                                                                               (1) If the health plan or issuer has a negotiated rate with                                  Applicability.
                                                                          such provider in effect before the public health emergency
                                                                          declared under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                          (42 U.S.C. 247d), such negotiated rate shall apply throughout
                                                                          the period of such declaration.
                                                                               (2) If the health plan or issuer does not have a negotiated                                  Reimbursement.
                                                                          rate with such provider, such plan or issuer shall reimburse                                      Public
                                                                          the provider in an amount that equals the cash price for such                                     information.
                                                                                                                                                                            Web posting.
                                                                          service as listed by the provider on a public internet website,
                                                                          or such plan or issuer may negotiate a rate with such provider
                                                                          for less than such cash price.
                                                                          (b) REQUIREMENT TO PUBLICIZE CASH PRICE FOR DIAGNOSTIC
                                                                      TESTING FOR COVID–19.—
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—During the emergency period declared                                         Web posting.
                                                                          under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                          247d), each provider of a diagnostic test for COVID–19 shall
                                                                          make public the cash price for such test on a public internet
                                                                          website of such provider.
                                                                               (2) CIVIL MONETARY PENALTIES.—The Secretary of Health                                        Compliance.
                                                                          and Human Services may impose a civil monetary penalty
                                                                          on any provider of a diagnostic test for COVID–19 that is
                                                                          not in compliance with paragraph (1) and has not completed
                                                                          a corrective action plan to comply with the requirements of
                                                                          such paragraph, in an amount not to exceed $300 per day
                                                                          that the violation is ongoing.
                                                                      SEC. 3203. RAPID COVERAGE OF PREVENTIVE SERVICES AND VAC-                                             42 USC
                                                                                  CINES FOR CORONAVIRUS.                                                                    300gg–13 note.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding 2713(b) of the Public Health                                      Regulations.
                                                                      Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–13), the Secretary of Health and
                                                                      Human Services, the Secretary of Labor, and the Secretary of
                                                                      the Treasury shall require group health plans and health insurance
                                                                      issuers offering group or individual health insurance to cover (with-
                                                                      out cost-sharing) any qualifying coronavirus preventive service,
                                                                      pursuant to section 2713(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                      U.S.C. 300gg–13(a)) (including the regulations under sections
                                                                      2590.715–2713 of title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, section
                                                                      54.9815–2713 of title 26, Code of Federal Regulations, and section
                                                                      147.130 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor
                                                                      regulations)). The requirement described in this subsection shall                                     Effective date.
                                                                      take effect with respect to a qualifying coronavirus preventive
                                                                      service on the specified date described in subsection (b)(2).
                                                                          (b) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section:




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                               (1) QUALIFYING CORONAVIRUS PREVENTIVE SERVICE.—The
                                                                          term ‘‘qualifying coronavirus preventive service’’ means an item,




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00365   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 368                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                     service, or immunization that is intended to prevent or mitigate
                                                                                                     coronavirus disease 2019 and that is—
                                                                                                              (A) an evidence-based item or service that has in effect
                                                                                                         a rating of ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ in the current recommendations
                                                                                                         of the United States Preventive Services Task Force; or
                                                                                                              (B) an immunization that has in effect a recommenda-
                                                                                                         tion from the Advisory Committee on Immunization Prac-
                                                                                                         tices of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
                                                                                                         with respect to the individual involved.
                                                                      Time period.                       (2) SPECIFIED DATE.—The term ‘‘specified date’’ means the
                                                                      Recommenda-                    date that is 15 business days after the date on which a rec-
                                                                      tion.                          ommendation is made relating to the qualifying coronavirus
                                                                                                     preventive service as described in such paragraph.
                                                                                                         (3) ADDITIONAL TERMS.—In this section, the terms ‘‘group
                                                                                                     health plan’’, ‘‘health insurance issuer’’, ‘‘group health insurance
                                                                                                     coverage’’, and ‘‘individual health insurance coverage’’ have the
                                                                                                     meanings given such terms in section 2791 of the Public Health
                                                                                                     Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–91), section 733 of the Employee
                                                                                                     Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1191b),
                                                                                                     and section 9832 of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable.

                                                                                                    Subpart B—Support for Health Care Providers
                                                                                              SEC. 3211. SUPPLEMENTAL AWARDS FOR HEALTH CENTERS.
                                                                                                  (a) SUPPLEMENTAL AWARDS.—Section 330(r) of the Public
                                                                                              Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254b(r)) is amended by adding at
                                                                                              the end the following:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(6) ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS FOR SUPPLEMENTAL AWARDS.—
                                                                                                  In addition to any amounts made available pursuant to this
                                                                                                  subsection, section 402A of this Act, or section 10503 of the
                                                                                                  Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, there is authorized
                                                                                                  to be appropriated, and there is appropriated, out of any monies
                                                                                                  in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, $1,320,000,000
                                                                                                  for fiscal year 2020 for supplemental awards under subsection
                                                                                                  (d) for the detection of SARS–CoV–2 or the prevention, diag-
                                                                                                  nosis, and treatment of COVID–19.’’.
                                                                                                  (b) APPLICATION OF PROVISIONS.—Amounts appropriated pursu-
                                                                                              ant to the amendment made by subsection (a) for fiscal year 2020
                                                                                              shall be subject to the requirements contained in Public Law 116–
                                                                                              94 for funds for programs authorized under sections 330 through
                                                                                              340 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254 through 256).
                                                                                              SEC. 3212. TELEHEALTH NETWORK AND TELEHEALTH RESOURCE CEN-
                                                                                                           TERS GRANT PROGRAMS.
                                                                                                   Section 330I of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254c–
                                                                                              14) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) in subsection (d)—
                                                                                                            (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                                                 (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                                            striking ‘‘projects to demonstrate how telehealth tech-
                                                                                                            nologies can be used through telehealth networks’’ and
                                                                                                            inserting ‘‘evidence-based projects that utilize tele-
                                                                                                            health technologies through telehealth networks’’;
                                                                                                                 (ii) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                                       (I) by striking ‘‘the quality of’’ and inserting




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                 ‘‘access to, and the quality of,’’; and
                                                                                                                       (II) by inserting ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00366   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 369

                                                                                            (iii) by striking subparagraph (B);
                                                                                            (iv) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subpara-
                                                                                       graph (B); and
                                                                                            (v) in subparagraph (B), as so redesignated, by
                                                                                       striking ‘‘and patients and their families, for decision-
                                                                                       making’’ and inserting ‘‘, patients, and their families’’;
                                                                                       and
                                                                                       (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                            (i) by striking ‘‘demonstrate how telehealth tech-
                                                                                       nologies can be used’’ and inserting ‘‘support initiatives
                                                                                       that utilize telehealth technologies’’; and
                                                                                            (ii) by striking ‘‘, to establish telehealth resource
                                                                                       centers’’;
                                                                                  (2) in subsection (e), by striking ‘‘4 years’’ and inserting
                                                                             ‘‘5 years’’;
                                                                                  (3) in subsection (f)—
                                                                                       (A) by striking paragraph (2);
                                                                                       (B) in paragraph (1)(B)—
                                                                                            (i) by redesignating clauses (i) through (iii) as para-
                                                                                       graphs (1) through (3), respectively, and adjusting the
                                                                                       margins accordingly;
                                                                                            (ii) in paragraph (3), as so redesignated by clause
                                                                                       (i), by redesignating subclauses (I) through (XII) as
                                                                                       subparagraphs (A) through (L), respectively, and
                                                                                       adjusting the margins accordingly; and
                                                                                            (iii) by striking ‘‘(1) TELEHEALTH NETWORK
                                                                                       GRANTS—’’ and all that follows through ‘‘(B) TELE-
                                                                                       HEALTH NETWORKS—’’; and
                                                                                       (C) in paragraph (3)(I), as so redesignated, by inserting
                                                                                  ‘‘and substance use disorder’’ after ‘‘mental health’’ each
                                                                                  place such term appears;
                                                                                  (4) in subsection (g)(2), by striking ‘‘or improve’’ and
                                                                             inserting ‘‘and improve’’;
                                                                                  (5) by striking subsection (h);
                                                                                  (6) by redesignating subsections (i) through (p) as sub-
                                                                             section (h) through (o), respectively;
                                                                                  (7) in subsection (h), as so redesignated—
                                                                                       (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                            (i) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘mental health,
                                                                                       public health, long-term care, home care, preventive’’
                                                                                       and inserting ‘‘mental health care, public health serv-
                                                                                       ices, long-term care, home care, preventive care’’;
                                                                                            (ii) in subparagraph (E), by inserting ‘‘and
                                                                                       regional’’ after ‘‘local’’; and
                                                                                            (iii) by striking subparagraph (F); and
                                                                                       (B) in paragraph (2)(A), by striking ‘‘medically under-
                                                                                  served areas or’’ and inserting ‘‘rural areas, medically
                                                                                  underserved areas, or’’;
                                                                                  (8) in paragraph (2) of subsection (i), as so redesignated,
                                                                             by striking ‘‘ensure that—’’ and all that follows through the
                                                                             end of subparagraph (B) and inserting ‘‘ensure that not less
                                                                             than 50 percent of the funds awarded shall be awarded for
                                                                             projects in rural areas.’’;
                                                                                  (9) in subsection (j), as so redesignated—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                       (A) in paragraph (1)(B), by striking ‘‘computer hard-
                                                                                  ware and software, audio and video equipment, computer




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00367   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 370                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                         network equipment, interactive equipment, data terminal
                                                                                                         equipment, and other’’; and
                                                                                                              (B) in paragraph (2)(F), by striking ‘‘health care pro-
                                                                                                         viders and’’;
                                                                                                         (10) in subsection (k), as so redesignated—
                                                                                                              (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘40 percent’’ and
                                                                                                         inserting ‘‘20 percent’’; and
                                                                                                              (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘(such as laying cable
                                                                                                         or telephone lines, or purchasing or installing microwave
                                                                                                         towers, satellite dishes, amplifiers, or digital switching
                                                                                                         equipment)’’;
                                                                                                         (11) by striking subsections (q) and (r) and inserting the
                                                                                                   following:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(p) REPORT.—Not later than 4 years after the date of enact-
                                                                                              ment of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act,
                                                                                              and every 5 years thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit
                                                                                              to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of
                                                                                              the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the
                                                                                              House of Representatives a report on the activities and outcomes
                                                                                              of the grant programs under subsection (b).’’;
                                                                                                         (12) by redesignating subsection (s) as subsection (q); and
                                                                                                         (13) in subsection (q), as so redesignated, by striking ‘‘this
                                                                                                   section—’’ and all that follows through the end of paragraph
                                                                                                   (2) and inserting ‘‘this section $29,000,000 for each of fiscal
                                                                                                   years 2021 through 2025.’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3213. RURAL HEALTH CARE SERVICES OUTREACH, RURAL
                                                                                                         HEALTH NETWORK DEVELOPMENT, AND SMALL HEALTH
                                                                                                         CARE PROVIDER QUALITY IMPROVEMENT GRANT PRO-
                                                                                                         GRAMS.
                                                                                                  Section 330A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254c)
                                                                                              is amended—
                                                                                                      (1) in subsection (d)(2)—
                                                                                                           (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘essential’’ and
                                                                                                      inserting ‘‘basic’’; and
                                                                                                           (B) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                                                                                  (i) in the matter preceding clause (i), by inserting
                                                                                                           ‘‘to’’ after ‘‘grants’’; and
                                                                                                                  (ii) in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), by striking ‘‘to’’
                                                                                                           each place such term appears;
                                                                                                      (2) in subsection (e)—
                                                                                                           (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                                                  (i) by inserting ‘‘improving and’’ after ‘‘outreach
                                                                                                           by’’;
                                                                                                                  (ii) by inserting ‘‘, through community engagement
                                                                                                           and evidence-based or innovative, evidence-informed
                                                                                                           models’’ before the period of the first sentence; and
                                                                                                                  (iii) by striking ‘‘3 years’’ and inserting ‘‘5 years’’;
                                                                                                           (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                                  (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                                           inserting ‘‘shall’’ after ‘‘entity’’;
                                                                                                                  (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘shall be a
                                                                                                           rural public or rural nonprofit private entity’’ and
                                                                                                           inserting ‘‘be an entity with demonstrated experience




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                           serving, or the capacity to serve, rural underserved
                                                                                                           populations’’;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00368   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 371

                                                                                              (iii) in subparagraphs (B) and (C), by striking
                                                                                        ‘‘shall’’ each place such term appears; and
                                                                                              (iv) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                                                                     (I) in the matter preceding clause (i), by
                                                                                              inserting ‘‘that’’ after ‘‘members’’; and
                                                                                                     (II) in clauses (i) and (ii), by striking ‘‘that’’
                                                                                              each place such term appears; and
                                                                                        (C) in paragraph (3)(C), by striking ‘‘the local commu-
                                                                                   nity or region’’ and inserting ‘‘the rural underserved popu-
                                                                                   lations in the local community or region’’;
                                                                                   (3) in subsection (f)—
                                                                                        (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                              (i) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                     (I) in the matter preceding clause (i), by
                                                                                              striking        ‘‘promote,   through       planning   and
                                                                                              implementation, the development of integrated
                                                                                              health care networks that have combined the func-
                                                                                              tions of the entities participating in the networks’’
                                                                                              and inserting ‘‘plan, develop, and implement
                                                                                              integrated health care networks that collaborate’’;
                                                                                              and
                                                                                                     (II) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘essential health
                                                                                              care services’’ and inserting ‘‘basic health care
                                                                                              services and associated health outcomes’’; and
                                                                                              (ii) by amending subparagraph (B) to read as fol-
                                                                                        lows:
                                                                                        ‘‘(B) GRANT PERIODS.—The Director may award grants
                                                                                   under this subsection for periods of not more than 5 years.’’;
                                                                                        (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                              (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                        inserting ‘‘shall’’ after ‘‘entity’’;
                                                                                              (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘shall be a
                                                                                        rural public or rural nonprofit private entity’’ and
                                                                                        inserting ‘‘be an entity with demonstrated experience
                                                                                        serving, or the capacity to serve, rural underserved
                                                                                        populations’’;
                                                                                              (iii) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                                                                     (I) in the matter preceding clause (i)—
                                                                                                           (aa) by striking ‘‘shall’’; and
                                                                                                           (bb) by inserting ‘‘that’’ after ‘‘partici-
                                                                                                     pants’’; and
                                                                                                     (II) in clauses (i) and (ii), by striking ‘‘that’’
                                                                                              each place such term appears; and
                                                                                              (iv) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘shall’’; and
                                                                                        (C) in paragraph (3)—
                                                                                              (i) by amending clause (iii) of subparagraph (C)
                                                                                        to read as follows:
                                                                                              ‘‘(iii) how the rural underserved populations in
                                                                                        the local community or region to be served will benefit
                                                                                        from and be involved in the development and ongoing
                                                                                        operations of the network;’’; and
                                                                                              (ii) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘the local
                                                                                        community or region’’ and inserting ‘‘the rural under-
                                                                                        served populations in the local community or region’’;




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                   (4) in subsection (g)—
                                                                                        (A) in paragraph (1)—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00369   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 372                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                   (i) by inserting ‘‘, including activities related to
                                                                                                              increasing care coordination, enhancing chronic disease
                                                                                                              management, and improving patient health outcomes’’
                                                                                                              before the period of the first sentence; and
                                                                                                                   (ii) by striking ‘‘3 years’’ and inserting ‘‘5 years’’;
                                                                                                              (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                                   (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                                              inserting ‘‘shall’’ after ‘‘entity’’;
                                                                                                                   (ii) in subparagraphs (A) and (B), by striking
                                                                                                              ‘‘shall’’ each place such term appears; and
                                                                                                                   (iii) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by inserting ‘‘or
                                                                                                              regional’’ after ‘‘local’’; and
                                                                                                              (C) in paragraph (3)(D), by striking ‘‘the local commu-
                                                                                                         nity or region’’ and inserting ‘‘the rural underserved popu-
                                                                                                         lations in the local community or region’’;
                                                                                                         (5) in subsection (h)(3), in the matter preceding subpara-
                                                                                                   graph (A), by inserting ‘‘, as appropriate,’’ after ‘‘the Secretary’’;
                                                                                                         (6) by amending subsection (i) to read as follows:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) REPORT.—Not later than 4 years after the date of enactment
                                                                                              of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, and
                                                                                              every 5 years thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit
                                                                                              to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of
                                                                                              the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the
                                                                                              House of Representatives a report on the activities and outcomes
                                                                                              of the grant programs under subsections (e), (f), and (g), including
                                                                                              the impact of projects funded under such programs on the health
                                                                                              status of rural residents with chronic conditions.’’; and
                                                                                                         (7) in subsection (j), by striking ‘‘$45,000,000 for each of
                                                                                                   fiscal years 2008 through 2012’’ and inserting ‘‘$79,500,000
                                                                                                   for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3214. UNITED STATES PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE MODERNIZATION.
                                                                                                  (a) COMMISSIONED CORPS AND READY RESERVE CORPS.—Section
                                                                                              203 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 204) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ‘‘a Ready Reserve Corps
                                                                                                  for service in time of national emergency’’ and inserting ‘‘,
                                                                                                  for service in time of a public health or national emergency,
                                                                                                  a Ready Reserve Corps’’; and
                                                                                                       (2) in subsection (c)—
                                                                                                             (A) in the heading, by striking ‘‘RESEARCH’’ and
                                                                                                       inserting ‘‘RESERVE CORPS’’;
                                                                                                             (B) in paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘during public health
                                                                                                       or national emergencies’’ before the period;
                                                                                                             (C) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                                  (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                                             inserting ‘‘, consistent with paragraph (1)’’ after ‘‘shall’’;
                                                                                                                  (ii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting ‘‘during such
                                                                                                             emergencies’’ after ‘‘members’’; and
                                                                                                                  (iii) in subparagraph (D), by inserting ‘‘, consistent
                                                                                                             with subparagraph (C)’’ before the period; and
                                                                                                             (D) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(3) STATUTORY REFERENCES TO RESERVE.—A reference in
                                                                                                  any Federal statute, except in the case of subsection (b), to
                                                                                                  the ‘Reserve Corps’ of the Public Health Service or to the




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                  ‘reserve’ of the Public Health Service shall be deemed to be
                                                                                                  a reference to the Ready Reserve Corps.’’.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00370   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 373

                                                                           (b) DEPLOYMENT READINESS.—Section 203A(a)(1)(B) of the
                                                                      Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 204a(a)(1)(B)) is amended
                                                                      by striking ‘‘Active Reserves’’ and inserting ‘‘Ready Reserve Corps’’.
                                                                           (c) RETIREMENT OF COMMISSIONED OFFICERS.—Section 211 of
                                                                      the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 212) is amended—
                                                                                 (1) by striking ‘‘the Service’’ each place it appears and
                                                                           inserting ‘‘the Regular Corps’’;
                                                                                 (2) in subsection (a)(4), by striking ‘‘(in the case of an
                                                                           officer in the Reserve Corps)’’;
                                                                                 (3) in subsection (c)—
                                                                                      (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                           (i) by striking ‘‘or an officer of the Reserve Corps’’;
                                                                                      and
                                                                                           (ii) by inserting ‘‘or under section 221(a)(19)’’ after
                                                                                      ‘‘subsection (a)’’; and
                                                                                      (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘Regular or Reserve
                                                                                 Corps’’ and inserting ‘‘Regular Corps or Ready Reserve
                                                                                 Corps’’; and
                                                                                 (4) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘the Regular or Reserve
                                                                           Corps of’’.
                                                                           (d) RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, ETC. OF OFFICERS AND SURVIVING
                                                                      BENEFICIARIES.—Section 221 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                      U.S.C. 213a) is amended—
                                                                                 (1) in subsection (a), by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                 ‘‘(19) Chapter 1223, Retired Pay for Non-Regular Service.
                                                                                 ‘‘(20) Section 12601, Compensation: Reserve on active duty
                                                                           accepting from any person.
                                                                                 ‘‘(21) Section 12684, Reserves: separation for absence with-
                                                                           out authority or sentence to imprisonment.’’; and
                                                                                 (2) in subsection (b)—
                                                                                      (A) by striking ‘‘Secretary of Health, Education, and
                                                                                 Welfare or his designee’’ and inserting ‘‘Secretary of Health
                                                                                 and Human Services or the designee of such secretary’’;
                                                                                      (B) by striking ‘‘(b) The authority vested’’ and inserting
                                                                                 the following:
                                                                           ‘‘(b)(1) The authority vested’’;
                                                                                      (C) by striking ‘‘For purposes of’’ and inserting the
                                                                                 following:
                                                                           ‘‘(2) For purposes of’’; and
                                                                                      (D) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                           ‘‘(3) For purposes of paragraph (19) of subsection (a), the terms                                Definitions.
                                                                      ‘Military department’, ‘Secretary concerned’, and ‘Armed forces’ in
                                                                      such title 10 shall be deemed to include, respectively, the Depart-
                                                                      ment of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of Health and
                                                                      Human Services, and the Commissioned Corps.’’.
                                                                           (e) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—Title II of the Public Health
                                                                      Service Act (42 U.S.C. 202 et seq.) is amended—
                                                                                 (1) in sections 204 and 207(c), by striking ‘‘Regular or                                   42 USC 205, 209.
                                                                           Reserve Corps’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Regular
                                                                           Corps or Ready Reserve Corps’’;
                                                                                 (2) in section 208(a), by striking ‘‘Regular and Reserve                                   42 USC 210.
                                                                           Corps’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Regular Corps
                                                                           and Ready Reserve Corps’’; and
                                                                                 (3) in section 205(c), 206(c), 210, and 219, and in sub-                                   42 USC 206, 207,
                                                                           sections (a), (b), and (d) of section 207, by striking ‘‘Reserve                                 211, 210–1, 209.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           Corps’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Ready Reserve
                                                                           Corps’’.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00371   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 374                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                      42 USC 234 note.        SEC. 3215. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY FOR VOLUNTEER HEALTH CARE
                                                                                                           PROFESSIONALS    DURING    COVID–19  EMERGENCY
                                                                                                           RESPONSE.
                                                                                                   (a) LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.—Except as provided in subsection
                                                                                              (b), a health care professional shall not be liable under Federal
                                                                                              or State law for any harm caused by an act or omission of the
                                                                                              professional in the provision of health care services during the
                                                                                              public health emergency with respect to COVID–19 declared by
                                                                                              the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this
                                                                                              section as the ‘‘Secretary’’) under section 319 of the Public Health
                                                                                              Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d) on January 31, 2020, if—
                                                                                                        (1) the professional is providing health care services in
                                                                                                   response to such public health emergency, as a volunteer; and
                                                                                                        (2) the act or omission occurs—
                                                                                                             (A) in the course of providing health care services;
                                                                                                             (B) in the health care professional’s capacity as a volun-
                                                                                                        teer;
                                                                                                             (C) in the course of providing health care services
                                                                                                        that—
                                                                                                                  (i) are within the scope of the license, registration,
                                                                                                             or certification of the volunteer, as defined by the
                                                                                                             State of licensure, registration, or certification; and
                                                                                                                  (ii) do not exceed the scope of license, registration,
                                                                                                             or certification of a substantially similar health profes-
                                                                                                             sional in the State in which such act or omission occurs;
                                                                                                             and
                                                                                                             (D) in a good faith belief that the individual being
                                                                                                        treated is in need of health care services.
                                                                                                   (b) EXCEPTIONS.—Subsection (a) does not apply if—
                                                                                                        (1) the harm was caused by an act or omission constituting
                                                                                                   willful or criminal misconduct, gross negligence, reckless mis-
                                                                                                   conduct, or a conscious flagrant indifference to the rights or
                                                                                                   safety of the individual harmed by the health care professional;
                                                                                                   or
                                                                                                        (2) the health care professional rendered the health care
                                                                                                   services under the influence (as determined pursuant to
                                                                                                   applicable State law) of alcohol or an intoxicating drug.
                                                                                                   (c) PREEMPTION.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—This section preempts the laws of a State
                                                                                                   or any political subdivision of a State to the extent that such
                                                                                                   laws are inconsistent with this section, unless such laws provide
                                                                                                   greater protection from liability.
                                                                                                        (2) VOLUNTEER PROTECTION ACT.—Protections afforded by
                                                                                                   this section are in addition to those provided by the Volunteer
                                                                                                   Protection Act of 1997 (Public Law 105–19).
                                                                                                   (d) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                        (1) the term ‘‘harm’’ includes physical, nonphysical, eco-
                                                                                                   nomic, and noneconomic losses;
                                                                                                        (2) the term ‘‘health care professional’’ means an individual
                                                                                                   who is licensed, registered, or certified under Federal or State
                                                                                                   law to provide health care services;
                                                                                                        (3) the term ‘‘health care services’’ means any services
                                                                                                   provided by a health care professional, or by any individual
                                                                                                   working under the supervision of a health care professional
                                                                                                   that relate to—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                             (A) the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of COVID–
                                                                                                        19; or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00372   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 375

                                                                                     (B) the assessment or care of the health of a human
                                                                                being related to an actual or suspected case of COVID–
                                                                                19; and
                                                                                (4) the term ‘‘volunteer’’ means a health care professional
                                                                           who, with respect to the health care services rendered, does
                                                                           not receive compensation or any other thing of value in lieu
                                                                           of compensation, which compensation—
                                                                                     (A) includes a payment under any insurance policy
                                                                                or health plan, or under any Federal or State health bene-
                                                                                fits program; and
                                                                                     (B) excludes—
                                                                                          (i) receipt of items to be used exclusively for ren-
                                                                                     dering health care services in the health care profes-
                                                                                     sional’s capacity as a volunteer described in subsection
                                                                                     (a)(1); and
                                                                                          (ii) any reimbursement for travel to the site where
                                                                                     the volunteer services are rendered and any payments
                                                                                     in cash or kind to cover room and board, if services
                                                                                     are being rendered more than 75 miles from the volun-
                                                                                     teer’s principal place of residence.
                                                                           (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—This section shall take effect upon the                                      Applicability.
                                                                      date of enactment of this Act, and applies to a claim for harm
                                                                      only if the act or omission that caused such harm occurred on
                                                                      or after the date of enactment.
                                                                           (f) SUNSET.—This section shall be in effect only for the length
                                                                      of the public health emergency declared by the Secretary of Health
                                                                      and Human Services (referred to in this section as the ‘‘Secretary’’)
                                                                      under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                      247d) on January 31, 2020 with respect to COVID–19.
                                                                      SEC. 3216. FLEXIBILITY FOR MEMBERS OF NATIONAL HEALTH SERVICE                                         42 USC 254f
                                                                                   CORPS DURING EMERGENCY PERIOD.                                                           note.
                                                                          During the public health emergency declared by the Secretary
                                                                      of Health and Human Services under section 319 of the Public
                                                                      Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d) on January 31, 2020, with
                                                                      respect to COVID–19, the Secretary may, notwithstanding section
                                                                      333 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254f), assign mem-
                                                                      bers of the National Health Service Corps, with the voluntary
                                                                      agreement of such corps members, to provide such health services
                                                                      at such places, and for such number of hours, as the Secretary
                                                                      determines necessary to respond to such emergency, provided that
                                                                      such places are within a reasonable distance of the site to which
                                                                      such members were originally assigned, and the total number of
                                                                      hours required are the same as were required of such members
                                                                      prior to the date of enactment of this Act.

                                                                                       Subpart C—Miscellaneous Provisions
                                                                      SEC.      3221.     CONFIDENTIALITY AND DISCLOSURE OF                                  RECORDS        42 USC 290dd–2
                                                                                         RELATING TO SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER.                                                note.
                                                                         (a) CONFORMING CHANGES RELATING TO SUBSTANCE USE DIS-
                                                                      ORDER.—Subsections (a) and (h) of section 543 of the Public Health
                                                                      Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2) are each amended by striking
                                                                      ‘‘substance abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorder’’.
                                                                           (b) DISCLOSURES TO COVERED ENTITIES CONSISTENT WITH




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      HIPAA.—Paragraph (1) of section 543(b) of the Public Health
                                                                      Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(b)) is amended to read as follows:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00373   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 376                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Applicability.                     ‘‘(1) CONSENT.—The following shall apply with respect to
                                                                                                   the contents of any record referred to in subsection (a):
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) Such contents may be used or disclosed in accord-
                                                                                                         ance with the prior written consent of the patient with
                                                                                                         respect to whom such record is maintained.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) Once prior written consent of the patient has
                                                                                                         been obtained, such contents may be used or disclosed
                                                                                                         by a covered entity, business associate, or a program subject
                                                                                                         to this section for purposes of treatment, payment, and
                                                                                                         health care operations as permitted by the HIPAA regula-
                                                                                                         tions. Any information so disclosed may then be redisclosed
                                                                                                         in accordance with the HIPAA regulations. Section 13405(c)
                                                                                                         of the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health
                                                                                                         Act (42 U.S.C. 17935(c)) shall apply to all disclosures pursu-
                                                                                                         ant to subsection (b)(1) of this section.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(C) It shall be permissible for a patient’s prior written
                                                                                                         consent to be given once for all such future uses or disclo-
                                                                                                         sures for purposes of treatment, payment, and health care
                                                                                                         operations, until such time as the patient revokes such
                                                                                                         consent in writing.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(D) Section 13405(a) of the Health Information Tech-
                                                                                                         nology and Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. 17935(a)) shall
                                                                                                         apply to all disclosures pursuant to subsection (b)(1) of
                                                                                                         this section.’’.
                                                                                                   (c) DISCLOSURES OF DE-IDENTIFIED HEALTH INFORMATION TO
                                                                                              PUBLIC HEALTH AUTHORITIES.—Paragraph (2) of section 543(b) of
                                                                                              the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(b)), is amended
                                                                                              by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                               ‘‘(D) To a public health authority, so long as such
                                                                                                         content meets the standards established in section
                                                                                                         164.514(b) of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or suc-
                                                                                                         cessor regulations) for creating de-identified information.’’.
                                                                                                   (d) DEFINITIONS.—Section 543 of the Public Health Service
                                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2) is amended by adding at the end the
                                                                                              following:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(k) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) BREACH.—The term ‘breach’ has the meaning given
                                                                                                   such term for purposes of the HIPAA regulations.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) BUSINESS ASSOCIATE.—The term ‘business associate’
                                                                                                   has the meaning given such term for purposes of the HIPAA
                                                                                                   regulations.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(3) COVERED ENTITY.—The term ‘covered entity’ has the
                                                                                                   meaning given such term for purposes of the HIPAA regula-
                                                                                                   tions.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(4) HEALTH CARE OPERATIONS.—The term ‘health care
                                                                                                   operations’ has the meaning given such term for purposes of
                                                                                                   the HIPAA regulations.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(5) HIPAA REGULATIONS.—The term ‘HIPAA regulations’
                                                                                                   has the meaning given such term for purposes of parts 160
                                                                                                   and 164 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(6) PAYMENT.—The term ‘payment’ has the meaning given
                                                                                                   such term for purposes of the HIPAA regulations.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(7) PUBLIC HEALTH AUTHORITY.—The term ‘public health
                                                                                                   authority’ has the meaning given such term for purposes of
                                                                                                   the HIPAA regulations.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                         ‘‘(8) TREATMENT.—The term ‘treatment’ has the meaning
                                                                                                   given such term for purposes of the HIPAA regulations.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00374   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 377

                                                                                 ‘‘(9) UNSECURED PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION.—The
                                                                           term ‘unprotected health information’ has the meaning given
                                                                           such term for purposes of the HIPAA regulations.’’.
                                                                           (e) USE OF RECORDS IN CRIMINAL, CIVIL, OR ADMINISTRATIVE
                                                                      INVESTIGATIONS, ACTIONS, OR PROCEEDINGS.—Subsection (c) of sec-
                                                                      tion 543 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(c))
                                                                      is amended to read as follows:
                                                                           ‘‘(c) USE OF RECORDS IN CRIMINAL, CIVIL, OR ADMINISTRATIVE
                                                                      CONTEXTS.—Except as otherwise authorized by a court order under
                                                                      subsection (b)(2)(C) or by the consent of the patient, a record
                                                                      referred to in subsection (a), or testimony relaying the information
                                                                      contained therein, may not be disclosed or used in any civil,
                                                                      criminal, administrative, or legislative proceedings conducted by
                                                                      any Federal, State, or local authority, against a patient, including
                                                                      with respect to the following activities:
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) Such record or testimony shall not be entered into
                                                                           evidence in any criminal prosecution or civil action before a
                                                                           Federal or State court.
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) Such record or testimony shall not form part of the
                                                                           record for decision or otherwise be taken into account in any
                                                                           proceeding before a Federal, State, or local agency.
                                                                                 ‘‘(3) Such record or testimony shall not be used by any
                                                                           Federal, State, or local agency for a law enforcement purpose
                                                                           or to conduct any law enforcement investigation.
                                                                                 ‘‘(4) Such record or testimony shall not be used in any
                                                                           application for a warrant.’’.
                                                                           (f) PENALTIES.—Subsection (f) of section 543 of the Public
                                                                      Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2) is amended to read as
                                                                      follows:
                                                                           ‘‘(f) PENALTIES.—The provisions of sections 1176 and 1177 of                                     Applicability.
                                                                      the Social Security Act shall apply to a violation of this section
                                                                      to the extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply
                                                                      to a violation of part C of title XI of such Act. In applying the
                                                                      previous sentence—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) the reference to ‘this subsection’ in subsection (a)(2)
                                                                           of such section 1176 shall be treated as a reference to ‘this
                                                                           subsection (including as applied pursuant to section 543(f) of
                                                                           the Public Health Service Act)’; and
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) in subsection (b) of such section 1176—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) each reference to ‘a penalty imposed under sub-
                                                                                 section (a)’ shall be treated as a reference to ‘a penalty
                                                                                 imposed under subsection (a) (including as applied pursu-
                                                                                 ant to section 543(f) of the Public Health Service Act)’;
                                                                                 and
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) each reference to ‘no damages obtained under
                                                                                 subsection (d)’ shall be treated as a reference to ‘no dam-
                                                                                 ages obtained under subsection (d) (including as applied
                                                                                 pursuant to section 543(f) of the Public Health Service
                                                                                 Act)’.’’.
                                                                           (g) ANTIDISCRIMINATION.—Section 543 of the Public Health
                                                                      Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2) is amended by inserting after
                                                                      subsection (h) the following:
                                                                           ‘‘(i) ANTIDISCRIMINATION.—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—No entity shall discriminate against an




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           individual on the basis of information received by such entity
                                                                           pursuant to an inadvertent or intentional disclosure of records,




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00375   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 378                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                    or information contained in records, described in subsection
                                                                                                    (a) in—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(A) admission, access to, or treatment for health care;
                                                                                                                ‘‘(B) hiring, firing, or terms of employment, or receipt
                                                                                                          of worker’s compensation;
                                                                                                                ‘‘(C) the sale, rental, or continued rental of housing;
                                                                                                                ‘‘(D) access to Federal, State, or local courts; or
                                                                                                                ‘‘(E) access to, approval of, or maintenance of social
                                                                                                          services and benefits provided or funded by Federal, State,
                                                                                                          or local governments.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(2) RECIPIENTS OF FEDERAL FUNDS.—No recipient of Fed-
                                                                                                    eral funds shall discriminate against an individual on the basis
                                                                                                    of information received by such recipient pursuant to an inten-
                                                                                                    tional or inadvertent disclosure of such records or information
                                                                                                    contained in records described in subsection (a) in affording
                                                                                                    access to the services provided with such funds.’’.
                                                                                                    (h) NOTIFICATION IN CASE OF BREACH.—Section 543 of the
                                                                                              Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2), as amended by
                                                                                              subsection (g), is further amended by inserting after subsection
                                                                                              (i) the following:
                                                                      Applicability.                ‘‘(j) NOTIFICATION IN CASE OF BREACH.—The provisions of sec-
                                                                                              tion 13402 of the HITECH Act (42 U.S.C. 17932) shall apply to
                                                                                              a program or activity described in subsection (a), in case of a
                                                                                              breach of records described in subsection (a), to the same extent
                                                                                              and in the same manner as such provisions apply to a covered
                                                                                              entity in the case of a breach of unsecured protected health informa-
                                                                                              tion.’’.
                                                                      Consultation.                 (i) REGULATIONS.—
                                                                      42 USC 290dd–2                      (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Health and Human
                                                                      note.
                                                                      Applicability.                Services, in consultation with appropriate Federal agencies,
                                                                      Time period.                  shall make such revisions to regulations as may be necessary
                                                                                                    for implementing and enforcing the amendments made by this
                                                                                                    section, such that such amendments shall apply with respect
                                                                                                    to uses and disclosures of information occurring on or after
                                                                                                    the date that is 12 months after the date of enactment of
                                                                                                    this Act.
                                                                      Deadline.                           (2) EASILY UNDERSTANDABLE NOTICE OF PRIVACY PRAC-
                                                                      Update.                       TICES.—Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment
                                                                                                    of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, in
                                                                                                    consultation with appropriate legal, clinical, privacy, and civil
                                                                                                    rights experts, shall update section 164.520 of title 45, Code
                                                                                                    of Federal Regulations, so that covered entities and entities
                                                                                                    creating or maintaining the records described in subsection
                                                                                                    (a) provide notice, written in plain language, of privacy practices
                                                                                                    regarding patient records referred to in section 543(a) of the
                                                                                                    Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(a)), including—
                                                                                                                (A) a statement of the patient’s rights, including self-
                                                                                                          pay patients, with respect to protected health information
                                                                                                          and a brief description of how the individual may exercise
                                                                                                          these rights (as required by subsection (b)(1)(iv) of such
                                                                                                          section 164.520); and
                                                                                                                (B) a description of each purpose for which the covered
                                                                                                          entity is permitted or required to use or disclose protected
                                                                                                          health information without the patient’s written authoriza-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          tion (as required by subsection (b)(2) of such section
                                                                                                          164.520).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00376   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 379

                                                                         (j) RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this Act or the amend-                                       42 USC 290dd–2
                                                                      ments made by this Act shall be construed to limit—                                                   note.
                                                                              (1) a patient’s right, as described in section 164.522 of
                                                                         title 45, Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor regula-
                                                                         tion, to request a restriction on the use or disclosure of a
                                                                         record referred to in section 543(a) of the Public Health Service
                                                                         Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(a)) for purposes of treatment, payment,
                                                                         or health care operations; or
                                                                              (2) a covered entity’s choice, as described in section 164.506
                                                                         of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor regula-
                                                                         tion, to obtain the consent of the individual to use or disclose
                                                                         a record referred to in such section 543(a) to carry out treat-
                                                                         ment, payment, or health care operation.
                                                                         (k) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Congress that—
                                                                              (1) any person treating a patient through a program or
                                                                         activity with respect to which the confidentiality requirements
                                                                         of section 543 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                         290dd–2) apply is encouraged to access the applicable State-
                                                                         based prescription drug monitoring program when clinically
                                                                         appropriate;
                                                                              (2) patients have the right to request a restriction on the
                                                                         use or disclosure of a record referred to in section 543(a) of
                                                                         the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(a)) for treat-
                                                                         ment, payment, or health care operations;
                                                                              (3) covered entities should make every reasonable effort
                                                                         to the extent feasible to comply with a patient’s request for
                                                                         a restriction regarding such use or disclosure;
                                                                              (4) for purposes of applying section 164.501 of title 45,
                                                                         Code of Federal Regulations, the definition of health care oper-
                                                                         ations shall have the meaning given such term in such section,
                                                                         except that clause (v) of paragraph (6) shall not apply; and
                                                                              (5) programs creating records referred to in section 543(a)
                                                                         of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(a)) should
                                                                         receive positive incentives for discussing with their patients
                                                                         the benefits to consenting to share such records.
                                                                      SEC. 3222. NUTRITION SERVICES.                                                                        42 USC 3030e
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                           (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section, the terms ‘‘Assistant Sec-
                                                                      retary’’, ‘‘Secretary’’, ‘‘State agency’’, and ‘‘area agency on aging’’
                                                                      have the meanings given the terms in section 102 of the Older
                                                                      Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3002).
                                                                           (b) NUTRITION SERVICES TRANSFER CRITERIA.—During any por-
                                                                      tion of the COVID–19 public health emergency declared under
                                                                      section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d),
                                                                      the Secretary shall allow a State agency or an area agency on
                                                                      aging, without prior approval, to transfer not more than 100 percent
                                                                      of the funds received by the State agency or area agency on aging,
                                                                      respectively, and attributable to funds appropriated under para-
                                                                      graph (1) or (2) of section 303(b) of the Older Americans Act of
                                                                      1965 (42 U.S.C. 3023(b)), between subpart 1 and subpart 2 of
                                                                      part C (42 U.S.C. 3030d–2 et seq.) for such use as the State
                                                                      agency or area agency on aging, respectively, considers appropriate
                                                                      to meet the needs of the State or area served.
                                                                           (c) HOME-DELIVERED NUTRITION SERVICES WAIVER.—For pur-
                                                                      poses of State agencies’ determining the delivery of nutrition serv-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      ices under section 337 of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42
                                                                      U.S.C. 3030g), during the period of the COVID–19 public health




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00377   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 380                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              emergency declared under section 319 of the Public Health Service
                                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 247d), the same meaning shall be given to an
                                                                                              individual who is unable to obtain nutrition because the individual
                                                                                              is practicing social distancing due to the emergency as is given
                                                                                              to an individual who is homebound by reason of illness.
                                                                                                   (d) DIETARY GUIDELINES WAIVER.—To facilitate implementation
                                                                                              of subparts 1 and 2 of part C of title III of the Older Americans
                                                                                              Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3030d–2 et seq.) during any portion of
                                                                                              the COVID–19 public health emergency declared under section
                                                                                              319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d), the Assistant
                                                                                              Secretary may waive the requirements for meals provided under
                                                                                              those subparts to comply with the requirements of clauses (i) and
                                                                                              (ii) of section 339(2)(A) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3030g–21(2)(A)).
                                                                      Determinations.         SEC. 3223. CONTINUITY OF SERVICE AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR
                                                                      42 USC 3056                        PARTICIPANTS IN COMMUNITY SERVICE ACTIVITIES
                                                                      note.                              UNDER TITLE V OF THE OLDER AMERICANS ACT OF 1965.
                                                                                                  To ensure continuity of service and opportunities for partici-
                                                                                              pants in community service activities under title V of the Older
                                                                                              Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056 et seq.), the Secretary
                                                                                              of Labor—
                                                                                                       (1)(A) may allow individuals participating in projects under
                                                                                                  such title as of March 1, 2020, to extend their participation
                                                                                                  for a period that exceeds the period described in section
                                                                                                  518(a)(3)(B)(i) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3056p(a)(3)(B)(i)) if the
                                                                                                  Secretary determines such extension is appropriate due to the
                                                                                                  effects of the COVID–19 public health emergency declared
                                                                                                  under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                  247d); and
                                                                                                       (B) may increase the average participation cap for eligible
                                                                                                  individuals applicable to grantees as described in section
                                                                                                  502(b)(1)(C) of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                  3056(b)(1)(C)) to a cap the Secretary determines is appropriate
                                                                                                  due to the effects of the COVID–19 public health emergency
                                                                                                  declared under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                                                  (42 U.S.C. 247d); and
                                                                                                       (2) may increase the amount available to pay the authorized
                                                                                                  administrative costs for a project, described in section 502(c)(3)
                                                                                                  of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056(c)(3)) to
                                                                                                  an amount not to exceed 20 percent of the grant amount if
                                                                                                  the Secretary determines that such increase is necessary to
                                                                                                  adequately respond to the additional administrative needs to
                                                                                                  respond to the COVID–19 public health emergency declared
                                                                                                  under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                  247d).
                                                                      42 USC 1320d–2          SEC. 3224. GUIDANCE ON PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION.
                                                                      note.
                                                                      Deadline.                    Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this
                                                                                              Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall issue guid-
                                                                                              ance on the sharing of patients’ protected health information pursu-
                                                                                              ant to section 160.103 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations
                                                                                              (or any successor regulations) during the public health emergency
                                                                                              declared by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under
                                                                                              section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d)
                                                                                              with respect to COVID–19, during the emergency involving Federal
                                                                                              primary responsibility determined to exist by the President under




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              section 501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emer-
                                                                                              gency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b)) with respect to COVID–




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00378   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 381

                                                                      19, and during the national emergency declared by the President
                                                                      under the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with
                                                                      respect to COVID–19. Such guidance shall include information on
                                                                      compliance with the regulations promulgated pursuant to section
                                                                      264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
                                                                      of 1996 (42 U.S.C. 1320d–2 note) and applicable policies, including
                                                                      such policies that may come into effect during such emergencies.
                                                                      SEC. 3225. REAUTHORIZATION OF HEALTHY START PROGRAM.
                                                                           Section 330H of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254c–
                                                                      8) is amended—
                                                                               (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘, during fiscal year
                                                                               2001 and subsequent years,’’; and
                                                                                    (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘or increasing above
                                                                               the national average’’ after ‘‘areas with high’’;
                                                                               (2) in subsection (b)—
                                                                                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘consumers of project
                                                                               services, public health departments, hospitals, health cen-
                                                                               ters under section 330’’ and inserting ‘‘participants and
                                                                               former participants of project services, public health depart-
                                                                               ments, hospitals, health centers under section 330, State
                                                                               substance abuse agencies’’; and
                                                                                    (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                          (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘such as low
                                                                                    birthweight’’ and inserting ‘‘including poor birth out-
                                                                                    comes (such as low birthweight and preterm birth)
                                                                                    and social determinants of health’’;
                                                                                          (ii) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as subpara-
                                                                                    graph (C);
                                                                                          (iii) by inserting after subparagraph (A), the fol-
                                                                                    lowing:
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) Communities with—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) high rates of infant mortality or poor perinatal
                                                                                    outcomes; or
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) high rates of infant mortality or poor perinatal
                                                                                    outcomes in specific subpopulations within the commu-
                                                                                    nity.’’; and
                                                                                          (iv) in subparagraph (C) (as so redesignated)—
                                                                                                 (I) by redesignating clauses (i) and (ii) as
                                                                                          clauses (ii) and (iii), respectively;
                                                                                                 (II) by inserting before clause (ii) (as so
                                                                                          redesignated) the following:
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) collaboration with the local community in the
                                                                                    development of the project;’’;
                                                                                                 (III) in clause (ii) (as so redesignated), by
                                                                                          striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                                 (IV) in clause (iii) (as so redesignated), by
                                                                                          striking the period and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                                                                 (V) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                          ‘‘(iv) the use and collection of data demonstrating                               Data.
                                                                                    the effectiveness of such program in decreasing infant
                                                                                    mortality rates and improving perinatal outcomes, as
                                                                                    applicable, or the process by which new applicants




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                    plan to collect this data.’’;
                                                                               (3) in subsection (c)—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00379   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 382                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                 (A) by striking ‘‘Recipients of grants’’ and inserting
                                                                                                           the following:
                                                                                                           ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Recipients of grants’’; and
                                                                                                                 (B) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                      Coordination.                        ‘‘(2) OTHER PROGRAMS.—The Secretary shall ensure
                                                                                                     coordination of the program carried out pursuant to this section
                                                                                                     with other programs and activities related to the reduction
                                                                                                     of the rate of infant mortality and improved perinatal and
                                                                                                     infant health outcomes supported by the Department.’’;
                                                                                                           (4) in subsection (e)—
                                                                                                                 (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘appropriated—’’ and
                                                                                                           all that follows through the end and inserting ‘‘appropriated
                                                                                                           $125,500,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.’’;
                                                                                                           and
                                                                      Evaluations.                               (B) in paragraph (2)(B), by adding at the end the
                                                                                                           following: ‘‘Evaluations may also include, to the extent
                                                                                                           practicable, information related to—
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(i) progress toward achieving any grant metrics
                                                                                                                 or outcomes related to reducing infant mortality rates,
                                                                                                                 improving perinatal outcomes, or reducing the dis-
                                                                                                                 parity in health status;
                                                                      Recommenda-                                     ‘‘(ii) recommendations on potential improvements
                                                                      tions.                                     that may assist with addressing gaps, as applicable
                                                                                                                 and appropriate; and
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(iii) the extent to which the grantee coordinated
                                                                                                                 with the community in which the grantee is located
                                                                                                                 in the development of the project and delivery of serv-
                                                                                                                 ices, including with respect to technical assistance and
                                                                                                                 mentorship programs.’’; and
                                                                                                           (5) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(f) GAO REPORT.—
                                                                      Evaluation.                          ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 4 years after the date
                                                                                                     of the enactment of this subsection, the Comptroller General
                                                                                                     of the United States shall conduct an independent evaluation,
                                                                                                     and submit to the appropriate Committees of Congress a report,
                                                                                                     concerning the Healthy Start program under this section.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(2) EVALUATION.—In conducting the evaluation under
                                                                                                     paragraph (1), the Comptroller General shall consider, as
                                                                                                     applicable and appropriate, information from the evaluations
                                                                                                     under subsection (e)(2)(B).
                                                                      Review.                              ‘‘(3) REPORT.—The report described in paragraph (1) shall
                                                                      Assessments.                   review, assess, and provide recommendations, as appropriate,
                                                                      Recommenda-
                                                                      tions.                         on the following:
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) The allocation of Healthy Start program grants
                                                                                                           by the Health Resources and Services Administration,
                                                                                                           including considerations made by such Administration
                                                                                                           regarding disparities in infant mortality or perinatal out-
                                                                                                           comes among urban and rural areas in making such
                                                                                                           awards.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) Trends in the progress made toward meeting the
                                                                                                           evaluation criteria pursuant to subsection (e)(2)(B),
                                                                                                           including programs which decrease infant mortality rates
                                                                                                           and improve perinatal outcomes, programs that have not
                                                                                                           decreased infant mortality rates or improved perinatal out-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                           comes, and programs that have made an impact on dispari-
                                                                                                           ties in infant mortality or perinatal outcomes.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00380   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 383

                                                                                       ‘‘(C) The ability of grantees to improve health outcomes
                                                                                   for project participants, promote the awareness of the
                                                                                   Healthy Start program services, incorporate and promote
                                                                                   family participation, facilitate coordination with the
                                                                                   community in which the grantee is located, and increase
                                                                                   grantee accountability through quality improvement,
                                                                                   performance monitoring, evaluation, and the effect such
                                                                                   metrics may have toward decreasing the rate of infant
                                                                                   mortality and improving perinatal outcomes.
                                                                                       ‘‘(D) The extent to which such Federal programs are
                                                                                   coordinated across agencies and the identification of
                                                                                   opportunities for improved coordination in such Federal
                                                                                   programs and activities.’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3226. IMPORTANCE OF THE BLOOD SUPPLY.                                                            42 USC 247d
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Health and Human Services
                                                                      (referred to in this section as the ‘‘Secretary’’) shall carry out a
                                                                      national campaign to improve awareness of, and support outreach
                                                                      to the public and health care providers about the importance and
                                                                      safety of blood donation and the need for donations for the blood
                                                                      supply during the public health emergency declared by the Sec-
                                                                      retary under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                      U.S.C. 247d) with respect to COVID–19.
                                                                           (b) AWARENESS CAMPAIGN.—In carrying out subsection (a), the                                      Contracts.
                                                                      Secretary may enter into contracts with one or more public or
                                                                      private nonprofit entities, to establish a national blood donation
                                                                      awareness campaign that may include television, radio, internet,
                                                                      and newspaper public service announcements, and other activities
                                                                      to provide for public and professional awareness and education.
                                                                           (c) CONSULTATION.—In carrying out subsection (a), the Sec-
                                                                      retary shall consult with the Commissioner of Food and Drugs,
                                                                      the Assistant Secretary for Health, the Director of the Centers
                                                                      for Disease Control and Prevention, the Director of the National
                                                                      Institutes of Health, and the heads of other relevant Federal agen-
                                                                      cies, and relevant accrediting bodies and representative organiza-
                                                                      tions.
                                                                           (d) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 2 years after the
                                                                      date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the
                                                                      Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate
                                                                      and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of
                                                                      Representatives, a report that shall include—
                                                                                (1) a description of the activities carried out under sub-
                                                                           section (a);
                                                                                (2) a description of trends in blood supply donations; and
                                                                                (3) an evaluation of the impact of the public awareness                                     Evaluation.
                                                                           campaign, including any geographic or population variations.

                                                                                                    PART III—INNOVATION
                                                                      SEC. 3301. REMOVING THE CAP ON OTA DURING PUBLIC HEALTH
                                                                                  EMERGENCIES.
                                                                          Section 319L(c)(5)(A) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                      247d–7e(c)(5)(A)) is amended—
                                                                              (1) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause (iv); and
                                                                              (2) by inserting after clause (ii) the following:




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) AUTHORITY DURING A PUBLIC HEALTH EMER-
                                                                                   GENCY.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00381   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 384                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Procedures.                                           ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding clause (ii),
                                                                                                                       the Secretary, shall, to the maximum extent prac-
                                                                                                                       ticable, use competitive procedures when entering
                                                                                                                       into transactions to carry out projects under this
                                                                                                                       subsection for purposes of a public health emer-
                                                                                                                       gency declared by the Secretary under section 319.
                                                                                                                       Any such transactions entered into during such
                                                                                                                       public health emergency shall not be terminated
                                                                                                                       solely due to the expiration of such public health
                                                                                                                       emergency, if such public health emergency ends
                                                                                                                       before the completion of the terms of such agree-
                                                                                                                       ment.
                                                                                                                            ‘‘(II) REPORT.—After the expiration of the
                                                                                                                       public health emergency declared by the Secretary
                                                                                                                       under section 319, the Secretary shall provide a
                                                                                                                       report to the Committee on Health, Education,
                                                                                                                       Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Com-
                                                                                                                       mittee on Energy and Commerce of the House
                                                                                                                       of Representatives regarding the use of any funds
                                                                                                                       pursuant to the authority under subclause (I),
                                                                                                                       including any outcomes, benefits, and risks associ-
                                                                                                                       ated with the use of such funds, and a description
                                                                                                                       of the reasons for the use of such authority for
                                                                                                                       the project or projects.’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3302. PRIORITY ZOONOTIC ANIMAL DRUGS.
                                                                                                   Chapter V of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21
                                                                                              U.S.C. 351 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 512 the
                                                                                              following:
                                                                      21 USC 360b–1.          ‘‘SEC. 512A. PRIORITY ZOONOTIC ANIMAL DRUGS.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall, at the request of the
                                                                                              sponsor intending to submit an application for approval of a new
                                                                                              animal drug under section 512(b)(1) or an application for conditional
                                                                                              approval of a new animal drug under section 571, expedite the
                                                                                              development and review of such new animal drug if preliminary
                                                                                              clinical evidence indicates that the new animal drug, alone or
                                                                                              in combination with 1 or more other animal drugs, has the potential
                                                                                              to prevent or treat a zoonotic disease in animals, including a vector
                                                                                              borne-disease, that has the potential to cause serious adverse health
                                                                                              consequences for, or serious or life-threatening diseases in, humans.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(b) REQUEST FOR DESIGNATION.—The sponsor of a new animal
                                                                                              drug may request the Secretary to designate a new animal drug
                                                                                              described in subsection (a) as a priority zoonotic animal drug.
                                                                                              A request for the designation may be made concurrently with,
                                                                                              or at any time after, the opening of an investigational new animal
                                                                                              drug file under section 512(j) or the filing of an application under
                                                                                              section 512(b)(1) or 571.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(c) DESIGNATION.—
                                                                      Deadline.                          ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 60 calendar days after
                                                                      Determination.               the receipt of a request under subsection (b), the Secretary
                                                                                                   shall determine whether the new animal drug that is the sub-
                                                                                                   ject of the request meets the criteria described in subsection
                                                                                                   (a). If the Secretary determines that the new animal drug
                                                                                                   meets the criteria, the Secretary shall designate the new animal




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   drug as a priority zoonotic animal drug and shall take such
                                                                                                   actions as are appropriate to expedite the development and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00382   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 385

                                                                             review of the application for approval or conditional approval
                                                                             of such new animal drug.
                                                                                  ‘‘(2) ACTIONS.—The actions to expedite the development
                                                                             and review of an application under paragraph (1) may include,
                                                                             as appropriate—
                                                                                        ‘‘(A) taking steps to ensure that the design of clinical
                                                                                  trials is as efficient as practicable, when scientifically
                                                                                  appropriate, such as by utilizing novel trial designs or
                                                                                  drug development tools (including biomarkers) that may
                                                                                  reduce the number of animals needed for studies;
                                                                                        ‘‘(B) providing timely advice to, and interactive commu-
                                                                                  nication with, the sponsor (which may include meetings
                                                                                  with the sponsor and review team) regarding the develop-
                                                                                  ment of the new animal drug to ensure that the develop-
                                                                                  ment program to gather the nonclinical and clinical data
                                                                                  necessary for approval is as efficient as practicable;
                                                                                        ‘‘(C) involving senior managers and review staff with
                                                                                  experience in zoonotic or vector-borne disease to facilitate
                                                                                  collaborative, cross-disciplinary review, including, as appro-
                                                                                  priate, across agency centers; and
                                                                                        ‘‘(D) implementing additional administrative or process
                                                                                  enhancements, as necessary, to facilitate an efficient review
                                                                                  and development program.’’.
                                                                                PART IV—HEALTH CARE WORKFORCE
                                                                      SEC. 3401. REAUTHORIZATION OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS WORKFORCE
                                                                                   PROGRAMS.
                                                                            Title VII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 292
                                                                      et seq.) is amended—
                                                                                  (1) in section 736 (42 U.S.C. 293), by striking subsection
                                                                            (i) and inserting the following:
                                                                            ‘‘(i) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this sec-
                                                                      tion, there is authorized to be appropriated $23,711,000 for each
                                                                      of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.’’;
                                                                                  (2) in section 740 (42 U.S.C. 293d)—
                                                                                       (A) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘$51,000,000 for fiscal
                                                                                  year 2010, and such sums as may be necessary for each
                                                                                  of the fiscal years 2011 through 2014’’ and inserting
                                                                                  ‘‘$51,470,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                       (B) in subsection (b), by striking ‘‘$5,000,000 for each
                                                                                  of the fiscal years 2010 through 2014’’ and inserting
                                                                                  ‘‘$1,190,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                       (C) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘$60,000,000 for fiscal
                                                                                  year 2010 and such sums as may be necessary for each
                                                                                  of the fiscal years 2011 through 2014’’ and inserting
                                                                                  ‘‘$15,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                  and
                                                                                       (D) in subsection (d), by striking ‘‘Not Later than 6
                                                                                  months after the date of enactment of this part, the Sec-
                                                                                  retary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate commit-
                                                                                  tees of Congress’’ and inserting: ‘‘Not later than September
                                                                                  30, 2025, and every five years thereafter, the Secretary
                                                                                  shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Health,
                                                                                  Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Rep-
                                                                                  resentatives,’’;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00383   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 386                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                          (3) in section 747 (42 U.S.C. 293k)—
                                                                                                                (A) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                                                     (i) in paragraph (1)(G), by striking ‘‘to plan,
                                                                                                                develop, and operate a demonstration program that
                                                                                                                provides training’’ and inserting: ‘‘to plan, develop, and
                                                                                                                operate a program that identifies or develops innova-
                                                                                                                tive models of providing care, and trains primary care
                                                                                                                physicians on such models and’’; and
                                                                                                                     (ii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                          ‘‘(3) PRIORITIES IN MAKING AWARDS.—In awarding grants
                                                                                                     or contracts under paragraph (1), the Secretary may give pri-
                                                                                                     ority to qualified applicants that train residents in rural areas,
                                                                                                     including for Tribes or Tribal Organizations in such areas.’’;
                                                                                                                (B) in subsection (b)(3)(E), by striking ‘‘substance-
                                                                                                          related disorders’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorders’’;
                                                                                                          and
                                                                                                                (C) in subsection (c)(1), by striking ‘‘$125,000,000 for
                                                                                                          fiscal year 2010, and such sums as may be necessary for
                                                                                                          each of fiscal years 2011 through 2014’’ and inserting
                                                                                                          ‘‘$48,924,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                                          (4) in section 748 (42 U.S.C. 293k–2)—
                                                                                                                (A) in subsection (c)(5), by striking ‘‘substance-related
                                                                                                          disorders’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorders’’; and
                                                                                                                (B) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘$30,000,000 for fiscal
                                                                                                          year 2010 and such sums as may be necessary for each
                                                                                                          of fiscal years 2011 through 2015’’ and inserting
                                                                                                          ‘‘$28,531,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                                          (5) in section 749(d)(2) (42 U.S.C. 293l(d)(2)), by striking
                                                                                                     ‘‘Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate,
                                                                                                     and the Committee on Commerce of the House of Representa-
                                                                                                     tives’’ and inserting ‘‘Committee on Health, Education, Labor,
                                                                                                     and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy
                                                                                                     and Commerce of the House of Representatives’’;
                                                                                                          (6) in section 751(j)(1) (42 U.S.C. 294a(j)(1)), by striking
                                                                                                     ‘‘$125,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2010 through 2014’’
                                                                                                     and inserting ‘‘$41,250,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through
                                                                                                     2025’’;
                                                                                                          (7) in section 754(b)(1)(A) (42 U.S.C. 294d(b)(1)(A)), by
                                                                                                     striking ‘‘new and innovative’’ and inserting ‘‘innovative or evi-
                                                                                                     dence-based’’;
                                                                                                          (8) in section 755(b)(1)(A) (42 U.S.C. 294e(b)(1)(A)), by
                                                                                                     striking ‘‘the elderly’’ and inserting ‘‘geriatric populations or
                                                                                                     for maternal and child health’’;
                                                                                                          (9) in section 761(e) (42 U.S.C. 294n(e))—
                                                                                                                (A) in paragraph (1)(A), by striking ‘‘$7,500,000 for
                                                                                                          each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014’’ and inserting
                                                                                                          ‘‘$5,663,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                                          and
                                                                                                                (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘subsection (a)’’ and
                                                                                                          inserting ‘‘paragraph (1)’’;
                                                                                                          (10) in section 762 (42 U.S.C. 294o)—
                                                                                                                (A) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ‘‘Committee on
                                                                                                          Labor and Human Resources’’ and inserting ‘‘Committee




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions’’;
                                                                                                                (B) in subsection (b)—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00384   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 387

                                                                                           (i) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘Health Care
                                                                                      Financing Administration’’ and inserting ‘‘Centers for
                                                                                      Medicare & Medicaid Services’’;
                                                                                           (ii) by redesignating paragraphs (4) through (6)
                                                                                      as paragraphs (5) through (7), respectively; and
                                                                                           (iii) by inserting after paragraph (3), the following:
                                                                                ‘‘(4) the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services
                                                                          Administration;’’;
                                                                                      (C) by striking subsections (i), (j), and (k) and inserting
                                                                                the following:
                                                                          ‘‘(i) REPORTS.—Not later than September 30, 2023, and not
                                                                      less than every 5 years thereafter, the Council shall submit to
                                                                      the Secretary, and to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor,
                                                                      and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and
                                                                      Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report on the rec-
                                                                      ommendations described in subsection (a).’’; and
                                                                                      (D) by redesignating subsection (l) as subsection (j);
                                                                                (11) in section 766(b)(1) (42 U.S.C. 295a(b)(1)), by striking
                                                                          ‘‘that plans’’ and all that follows through the period and
                                                                          inserting ‘‘that plans, develops, operates, and evaluates projects
                                                                          to improve preventive medicine, health promotion and disease
                                                                          prevention, or access to and quality of health care services
                                                                          in rural or medically underserved communities.’’;
                                                                                (12) in section 770(a) (42 U.S.C. 295e(a)), by striking
                                                                          ‘‘$43,000,000 for fiscal year 2011, and such sums as may be
                                                                          necessary for each of the fiscal years 2012 through 2015’’ and
                                                                          inserting ‘‘$17,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through
                                                                          2025’’; and
                                                                                (13) in section 775(e) (42 U.S.C. 295f(e)), by striking
                                                                          ‘‘$30,000,000’’ and all that follows through the period and
                                                                          inserting ‘‘such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal
                                                                          years 2021 through 2025.’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3402. HEALTH WORKFORCE COORDINATION.                                                             42 USC note
                                                                                                                                                                            prec. 292.
                                                                             (a) STRATEGIC PLAN.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 1 year after the date                                      Deadline.
                                                                             of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human                                    Consultation.
                                                                             Services (referred to in this Act as the ‘‘Secretary’’), in consulta-
                                                                             tion with the Advisory Committee on Training in Primary
                                                                             Care Medicine and Dentistry and the Advisory Council on
                                                                             Graduate Medical Education, shall develop a comprehensive
                                                                             and coordinated plan with respect to the health care workforce
                                                                             development programs of the Department of Health and Human
                                                                             Services, including education and training programs.
                                                                                  (2) REQUIREMENTS.—The plan under paragraph (1) shall—
                                                                                       (A) include performance measures to determine the
                                                                                  extent to which the programs described in paragraph (1)
                                                                                  are strengthening the Nation’s health care system;
                                                                                       (B) identify any gaps that exist between the outcomes
                                                                                  of programs described in paragraph (1) and projected health
                                                                                  care workforce needs identified in workforce projection
                                                                                  reports conducted by the Health Resources and Services
                                                                                  Administration;
                                                                                       (C) identify actions to address the gaps described in
                                                                                  subparagraph (B); and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                       (D) identify barriers, if any, to implementing the
                                                                                  actions identified under subparagraph (C).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00385   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 388                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                   (b) COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES.—The Secretary shall
                                                                                              coordinate with the heads of other Federal agencies and depart-
                                                                                              ments that fund or administer health care workforce development
                                                                                              programs, including education and training programs, to—
                                                                      Evaluation.                       (1) evaluate the performance of such programs, including
                                                                                                   the extent to which such programs are efficient and effective
                                                                                                   and are meeting the nation’s health workforce needs; and
                                                                                                        (2) identify opportunities to improve the quality and
                                                                                                   consistency of the information collected to evaluate within and
                                                                                                   across such programs, and to implement such improvements.
                                                                                                   (c) REPORT.—Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment
                                                                                              of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health,
                                                                                              Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee
                                                                                              on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report
                                                                                              describing the plan developed under subsection (a) and actions
                                                                                              taken to implement such plan.
                                                                                              SEC. 3403. EDUCATION AND TRAINING RELATING TO GERIATRICS.
                                                                                                  Section 753 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 294c)
                                                                                              is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                              ‘‘SEC. 753. EDUCATION AND TRAINING RELATING TO GERIATRICS.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(a) GERIATRICS WORKFORCE ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM.—
                                                                      Grants.                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants, con-
                                                                      Contracts.                     tracts, or cooperative agreements under this subsection to enti-
                                                                                                     ties described in paragraph (1), (3), or (4) of section 799B,
                                                                                                     section 801(2), or section 865(d), or other health professions
                                                                                                     schools or programs approved by the Secretary, for the
                                                                                                     establishment or operation of Geriatrics Workforce Enhance-
                                                                                                     ment Programs that meet the requirements of paragraph (2).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(2) REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—A Geriatrics Workforce Enhance-
                                                                                                           ment Program receiving an award under this section shall
                                                                                                           support the training of health professionals in geriatrics,
                                                                                                           including traineeships or fellowships. Such programs shall
                                                                                                           emphasize, as appropriate, patient and family engagement,
                                                                                                           integration of geriatrics with primary care and other appro-
                                                                                                           priate specialties, and collaboration with community part-
                                                                                                           ners to address gaps in health care for older adults.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) ACTIVITIES.—Activities conducted by a program
                                                                                                           under this section may include the following:
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(i) Clinical training on providing integrated geri-
                                                                                                                 atrics and primary care delivery services.
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) Interprofessional training to practitioners from
                                                                                                                 multiple disciplines and specialties, including training
                                                                                                                 on the provision of care to older adults.
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(iii) Establishing or maintaining training-related
                                                                                                                 community-based programs for older adults and care-
                                                                                                                 givers to improve health outcomes for older adults.
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(iv) Providing education on Alzheimer’s disease
                                                                                                                 and related dementias to families and caregivers of
                                                                                                                 older adults, direct care workers, and health profes-
                                                                                                                 sions students, faculty, and providers.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(3) DURATION.—Each grant, contract, or cooperative agree-
                                                                                                     ment or contract awarded under paragraph (1) shall be for
                                                                                                     a period not to exceed 5 years.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                           ‘‘(4) APPLICATIONS.—To be eligible to receive a grant, con-
                                                                                                     tract, or cooperative agreement under paragraph (1), an entity




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00386   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 389

                                                                             described in such paragraph shall submit to the Secretary
                                                                             an application at such time, in such manner, and containing
                                                                             such information as the Secretary may require.
                                                                                  ‘‘(5) PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                        ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In awarding grants, contracts, and
                                                                                  cooperative agreements under paragraph (1), the Sec-
                                                                                  retary—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) shall give priority to programs that dem-
                                                                                        onstrate coordination with another Federal or State
                                                                                        program or another public or private entity;
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) shall give priority to applicants with programs
                                                                                        or activities that are expected to substantially benefit
                                                                                        rural or medically underserved populations of older
                                                                                        adults, or serve older adults in Indian Tribes or Tribal
                                                                                        organizations; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(iii) may give priority to any program that—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) integrates geriatrics into primary care
                                                                                             practice;
                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) provides training to integrate geriatric
                                                                                             care into other specialties across care settings,
                                                                                             including practicing clinical specialists, health care
                                                                                             administrators, faculty without backgrounds in
                                                                                             geriatrics, and students from all health profes-
                                                                                             sions;
                                                                                                    ‘‘(III) emphasizes integration of geriatric care
                                                                                             into existing service delivery locations and care
                                                                                             across settings, including primary care clinics,
                                                                                             medical homes, Federally qualified health centers,
                                                                                             ambulatory care clinics, critical access hospitals,
                                                                                             emergency care, assisted living and nursing facili-
                                                                                             ties, and home- and community-based services,
                                                                                             which may include adult daycare;
                                                                                                    ‘‘(IV) supports the training and retraining of
                                                                                             faculty, primary care providers, other direct care
                                                                                             providers, and other appropriate professionals on
                                                                                             geriatrics;
                                                                                                    ‘‘(V) emphasizes education and engagement of
                                                                                             family caregivers on disease management and
                                                                                             strategies to meet the needs of caregivers of older
                                                                                             adults; or
                                                                                                    ‘‘(VI) proposes to conduct outreach to commu-
                                                                                             nities that have a shortage of geriatric workforce
                                                                                             professionals.
                                                                                        ‘‘(B) SPECIAL CONSIDERATION.—In awarding grants,
                                                                                  contracts, and cooperative agreements under this section,
                                                                                  the Secretary shall give special consideration to entities
                                                                                  that provide services in areas with a shortage of geriatric
                                                                                  workforce professionals.
                                                                                  ‘‘(6) PRIORITY.—The Secretary may provide awardees with
                                                                             additional support for activities in areas of demonstrated need,
                                                                             which may include education and training for home health
                                                                             workers, family caregivers, and direct care workers on care
                                                                             for older adults.
                                                                                  ‘‘(7) REPORTING.—
                                                                                        ‘‘(A) REPORTS FROM ENTITIES.—Each entity awarded




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this sec-
                                                                                  tion shall submit an annual report to the Secretary on




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00387   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 390                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                           the activities conducted under such grant, contract, or
                                                                                                           cooperative agreement, which may include information on
                                                                                                           the number of trainees, the number of professions and
                                                                                                           disciplines, the number of partnerships with health care
                                                                                                           delivery sites, the number of faculty and practicing profes-
                                                                                                           sionals who participated in such programs, and other
                                                                                                           information, as the Secretary may require.
                                                                      Summary.                                   ‘‘(B) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 4 years
                                                                                                           after the date of enactment of the Title VII Health Care
                                                                                                           Workforce Reauthorization Act of 2019 and every 5 years
                                                                                                           thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee
                                                                                                           on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate
                                                                                                           and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House
                                                                                                           of Representatives a report that provides a summary of
                                                                                                           the activities and outcomes associated with grants, con-
                                                                                                           tracts, and cooperative agreements made under this sec-
                                                                                                           tion. Such reports shall include—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(i) information on the number of trainees, faculty,
                                                                                                                 and professionals who participated in programs under
                                                                                                                 this section;
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) information on the impact of the program
                                                                                                                 conducted under this section on the health status of
                                                                                                                 older adults, including in areas with a shortage of
                                                                                                                 health professionals; and
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) information on outreach and education pro-
                                                                                                                 vided under this section to families and caregivers
                                                                                                                 of older adults.
                                                                      Web posting.                               ‘‘(C) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—The Secretary shall make
                                                                                                           reports submitted under paragraph (B) publically available
                                                                                                           on the internet website of the Department of Health and
                                                                                                           Human Services.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(b) GERIATRIC ACADEMIC CAREER AWARDS.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(1) ESTABLISHMENT OF PROGRAM.—The Secretary shall,
                                                                                                     as appropriate, establish or maintain a program to provide
                                                                                                     geriatric academic career awards to eligible entities applying
                                                                                                     on behalf of eligible individuals to promote the career develop-
                                                                                                     ment of such individuals as academic geriatricians or other
                                                                                                     academic geriatrics health professionals.
                                                                      Definitions.                         ‘‘(2) ELIGIBILITY.—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) ELIGIBLE ENTITY.—For purposes of this subsection,
                                                                                                           the term ‘eligible entity’ means—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(i) an entity described in paragraph (1), (3), or
                                                                                                                 (4) of section 799B or section 801(2); or
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) another accredited health professions school
                                                                                                                 or graduate program approved by the Secretary.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                                                           section, the term ‘eligible individual’ means an individual
                                                                                                           who—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(i)(I) is board certified or board eligible in internal
                                                                                                                 medicine, family practice, psychiatry, or licensed den-
                                                                                                                 tistry, or has completed required training in a dis-
                                                                                                                 cipline and is employed in an accredited health profes-
                                                                                                                 sions school or graduate program that is approved
                                                                                                                 by the Secretary; or
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(II) has completed an approved fellowship pro-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                 gram in geriatrics, or has completed specialty training
                                                                                                                 in geriatrics as required by the discipline and any




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00388   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 391

                                                                                      additional geriatrics training as required by the Sec-
                                                                                      retary; and
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) has a junior, nontenured, faculty appointment
                                                                                      at an accredited health professions school or graduate
                                                                                      program in geriatrics or a geriatrics health profession.
                                                                                      ‘‘(C) CLARIFICATION.—If an eligible individual is pro-
                                                                                moted during the period of an award under this subsection
                                                                                and thereby no longer meets the criteria of subparagraph
                                                                                (B)(ii), the individual shall continue to be treated as an
                                                                                eligible individual through the term of the award.
                                                                                ‘‘(3) APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS.—In order to receive an
                                                                          award under paragraph (1), an eligible entity, on behalf of
                                                                          an eligible individual, shall—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) submit to the Secretary an application, at such
                                                                                time, in such manner, and containing such information
                                                                                as the Secretary may require;
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) provide, in such form and manner as the Secretary
                                                                                may require, assurances that the eligible individual will
                                                                                meet the service requirement described in paragraph (6);
                                                                                and
                                                                                      ‘‘(C) provide, in such form and manner as the Secretary
                                                                                may require, assurances that the individual has a full-
                                                                                time faculty appointment in a health professions institution
                                                                                and documented commitment from such eligible entity that
                                                                                the individual will spend 75 percent of the individual’s
                                                                                time that is supported by the award on teaching and devel-
                                                                                oping skills in interdisciplinary education in geriatrics.
                                                                                ‘‘(4) EQUITABLE DISTRIBUTION.—In making awards under
                                                                          this subsection, the Secretary shall seek to ensure geographical
                                                                          distribution among award recipients, including among rural
                                                                          or medically underserved areas of the United States.
                                                                                ‘‘(5) AMOUNT AND DURATION.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) AMOUNT.—The amount of an award under this
                                                                                subsection shall be at least $75,000 for fiscal year 2021,
                                                                                adjusted for subsequent years in accordance with the con-
                                                                                sumer price index. The Secretary shall determine the                                        Determination.
                                                                                amount of an award under this subsection for individuals
                                                                                who are not physicians.
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) DURATION.—The Secretary shall make awards
                                                                                under paragraph (1) for a period not to exceed 5 years.
                                                                                ‘‘(6) SERVICE REQUIREMENT.—An individual who receives
                                                                          an award under this subsection shall provide training in clinical
                                                                          geriatrics, including the training of interprofessional teams of
                                                                          health care professionals. The provision of such training shall
                                                                          constitute at least 75 percent of the obligations of such indi-
                                                                          vidual under the award.
                                                                          ‘‘(c) NONAPPLICABILITY OF PROVISION.—Notwithstanding any
                                                                      other provision of this title, section 791(a) shall not apply to awards
                                                                      made under this section.
                                                                          ‘‘(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized
                                                                      to be appropriated $40,737,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through
                                                                      2025 for purposes of carrying out this section.’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3404. NURSING WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Title VIII of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                      (42 U.S.C. 296 et seq.) is amended—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00389   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 392                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        (1) in section 801 (42 U.S.C. 296), by adding at the end
                                                                                                  the following:
                                                                      Definition.                       ‘‘(18) NURSE MANAGED HEALTH CLINIC.—The term ‘nurse
                                                                                                  managed health clinic’ means a nurse-practice arrangement,
                                                                                                  managed by advanced practice nurses, that provides primary
                                                                                                  care or wellness services to underserved or vulnerable popu-
                                                                                                  lations and that is associated with a school, college, university
                                                                                                  or department of nursing, federally qualified health center,
                                                                                                  or independent nonprofit health or social services agency.’’;
                                                                                                        (2) in section 802(c) (42 U.S.C. 296a(c)), by inserting ‘‘,
                                                                                                  and how such project aligns with the goals in section 806(a)’’
                                                                                                  before the period in the second sentence;
                                                                                                        (3) in section 803(b) (42 U.S.C. 296b(b)), by adding at
                                                                                                  the end the following: ‘‘Such Federal funds are intended to
                                                                                                  supplement, not supplant, existing non-Federal expenditures
                                                                                                  for such activities.’’;
                                                                                                        (4) in section 806 (42 U.S.C. 296e)—
                                                                                                              (A) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘as needed to’’ and
                                                                                                        all that follows and inserting the following: ‘‘as needed
                                                                                                        to address national nursing needs, including—
                                                                                                        ‘‘(1) addressing challenges, including through supporting
                                                                                                  training and education of nursing students, related to the dis-
                                                                                                  tribution of the nursing workforce and existing or projected
                                                                                                  nursing workforce shortages in geographic areas that have
                                                                                                  been identified as having, or that are projected to have, a
                                                                                                  nursing shortage;
                                                                                                        ‘‘(2) increasing access to and the quality of health care
                                                                                                  services, including by supporting the training of professional
                                                                                                  registered nurses, advanced practice registered nurses, and
                                                                                                  advanced education nurses within community based settings
                                                                                                  and in a variety of health delivery system settings; or
                                                                                                        ‘‘(3) addressing the strategic goals and priorities identified
                                                                                                  by the Secretary and that are in accordance with this title.
                                                                      Contracts.              Contracts may be entered into under this title with public or private
                                                                      Determination.          entities as determined necessary by the Secretary.’’;
                                                                                                              (B) in subsection (b)(2), by striking ‘‘a demonstration’’
                                                                                                        and all that follows and inserting the following: ‘‘the
                                                                                                        reporting of data and information demonstrating that satis-
                                                                                                        factory progress has been made by the program or project
                                                                                                        in meeting the performance outcome standards (as
                                                                                                        described in section 802) of such program or project.’’;
                                                                                                              (C) in subsection (e)(2), by inserting ‘‘, and have rel-
                                                                                                        evant expertise and experience’’ before the period at the
                                                                                                        end of the first sentence; and
                                                                                                              (D) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) BIENNIAL REPORT ON NURSING WORKFORCE PROGRAM
                                                                      Assessment.             IMPROVEMENTS.—Not later than September 30, 2020, and biennially
                                                                                              thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health,
                                                                                              Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee
                                                                                              on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report
                                                                                              that contains an assessment of the programs and activities of the
                                                                                              Department of Health and Human Services related to enhancing
                                                                                              the nursing workforce, including the extent to which programs
                                                                                              and activities under this title meet the identified goals and perform-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              ance measures developed for the respective programs and activities,
                                                                                              and the extent to which the Department coordinates with other




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00390   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 393

                                                                      Federal departments regarding programs designed to improve the
                                                                      nursing workforce.’’;
                                                                                 (5) in section 811 (42 U.S.C. 296j)—
                                                                                       (A) in subsection (b)—
                                                                                            (i) by striking ‘‘Master’s’’ and inserting ‘‘graduate’’;
                                                                                       and
                                                                                            (ii) by inserting ‘‘clinical nurse leaders,’’ after
                                                                                       ‘‘nurse administrators,’’;
                                                                                       (B) by redesignating subsections (f) and (g) as sub-
                                                                                 sections (g) and (h), respectively; and
                                                                                       (C) by inserting after subsection (e), the following:
                                                                           ‘‘(f) AUTHORIZED CLINICAL NURSE SPECIALIST PROGRAMS.—Clin-
                                                                      ical nurse specialist programs eligible for support under this section
                                                                      are education programs that—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) provide registered nurses with full-time clinical nurse
                                                                           specialist education; and
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) have as their objective the education of clinical nurse
                                                                           specialists who will, upon completion of such a program, be
                                                                           qualified to effectively provide care through the wellness and
                                                                           illness continuum to inpatients and outpatients experiencing
                                                                           acute and chronic illness.’’; and
                                                                                 (6) in section 831 (42 U.S.C. 296p)—
                                                                                       (A) in the section heading, by striking ‘‘AND QUALITY
                                                                                 GRANTS’’ and inserting ‘‘QUALITY, AND RETENTION
                                                                                 GRANTS’’;
                                                                                       (B) in subsection (b)(2), by striking ‘‘other high-risk
                                                                                 groups such as the elderly, individuals with HIV/AIDS,
                                                                                 substance abusers, the homeless, and victims’’ and
                                                                                 inserting ‘‘high risk groups, such as the elderly, individuals
                                                                                 with HIV/AIDS, individuals with mental health or sub-
                                                                                 stance use disorders, individuals who are homeless, and
                                                                                 survivors’’;
                                                                                       (C) in subsection (c)(1)—
                                                                                            (i) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                   (I) by striking ‘‘advancement for nursing per-
                                                                                            sonnel’’ and inserting the following: ‘‘advancement
                                                                                            for—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) nursing’’;
                                                                                                   (II) by striking ‘‘professional nurses, advanced
                                                                                            education nurses, licensed practical nurses, cer-
                                                                                            tified nurse assistants, and home health aides’’
                                                                                            and inserting ‘‘professional registered nurses,
                                                                                            advanced practice registered nurses, and nurses
                                                                                            with graduate nursing education’’; and
                                                                                                   (III) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) individuals including licensed practical nurses,
                                                                                       licensed vocational nurses, certified nurse assistants,
                                                                                       home health aides, diploma degree or associate degree
                                                                                       nurses, and other health professionals, such as health
                                                                                       aides or community health practitioners certified under
                                                                                       the Community Health Aide Program of the Indian
                                                                                       Health Service, to become registered nurses with bacca-
                                                                                       laureate degrees or nurses with graduate nursing edu-
                                                                                       cation;’’;
                                                                                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                       and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                                                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00391   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 394                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                 ‘‘(C) developing and implementing internships, accred-
                                                                                                           ited fellowships, and accredited residency programs in
                                                                                                           collaboration with one or more accredited schools of
                                                                                                           nursing, to encourage the mentoring and development of
                                                                                                           specialties.’’;
                                                                                                                 (D) by striking subsections (e) and (h);
                                                                                                                 (E) by redesignating subsections (f) and (g), as sub-
                                                                                                           sections (e) and (f), respectively;
                                                                                                                 (F) in subsection (e) (as so redesignated), by striking
                                                                                                           ‘‘The Secretary shall submit to the Congress before the
                                                                                                           end of each fiscal year’’ and inserting ‘‘As part of the
                                                                                                           report on nursing workforce programs described in section
                                                                                                           806(i), the Secretary shall include’’; and
                                                                                                                 (G) in subsection (f) (as so redesignated), by striking
                                                                                                           ‘‘a school of nursing, as defined in section 801(2),,’’ and
                                                                                                           inserting ‘‘an accredited school of nursing, as defined in
                                                                                                           section 801(2), a health care facility, including federally
                                                                                                           qualified health centers or nurse-managed health clinics,
                                                                                                           or a partnership of such a school and facility’’;
                                                                                                           (7) by striking section 831A (42 U.S.C. 296p–1);
                                                                                                           (8) in section 846 (42 U.S.C. 297n)—
                                                                                                                 (A) by striking the last sentence of subsection (a);
                                                                                                                 (B) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ‘‘he began such
                                                                                                           practice’’ and inserting ‘‘the individual began such practice’’;
                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                                 (C) in subsection (i), by striking ‘‘FUNDING’’ in the
                                                                                                           subsection heading and all that follows through ‘‘paragraph
                                                                                                           (1)’’ in paragraph (2), and inserting the following: ‘‘ALLOCA-
                                                                                                           TIONS.—Of the amounts appropriated under section
                                                                                                           871(b),’’;
                                                                                                           (9) in section 846A (42 U.S.C. 247n–1), by striking sub-
                                                                                                     section (f);
                                                                                                           (10) in section 847 (42 U.S.C. 297o), by striking subsection
                                                                                                     (g);
                                                                                                           (11) in section 851 (42 U.S.C. 297t)—
                                                                                                                 (A) in subsection (b)(1)(A)(iv), by striking ‘‘and nurse
                                                                                                           anesthetists’’ and inserting ‘‘nurse anesthetists, and clinical
                                                                                                           nurse specialists’’;
                                                                                                                 (B) in subsection (d)(3)—
                                                                                                                       (i) by striking ‘‘3 years after the date of enactment
                                                                                                                 of this section’’ and inserting ‘‘2 years after the date
                                                                                                                 of enactment of the Title VIII Nursing Reauthorization
                                                                                                                 Act’’;
                                                                                                                       (ii) by striking ‘‘Labor and Human Resources’’ and
                                                                                                                 inserting ‘‘Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions’’;
                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                                       (iii) by inserting ‘‘Energy and’’ before ‘‘Commerce’’;
                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                                 (C) in subsection (g), by striking ‘‘under this title’’
                                                                                                           and inserting ‘‘for carrying out parts B, C, and D’’;
                                                                                                           (12) by striking sections 861 and 862 (42 U.S.C. 297w
                                                                                                     and 297x); and
                                                                                                           (13) in section 871 (42 U.S.C. 298d)—
                                                                                                                 (A) by striking ‘‘For the purpose of’’ and inserting the




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                           following:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—For the purpose of’’;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00392   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 395

                                                                                      (B) by striking ‘‘$338,000,000 for fiscal year 2010, and
                                                                                 such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal
                                                                                 years 2011 through 2016’’ and inserting ‘‘$137,837,000 for
                                                                                 each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’; and
                                                                                      (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                           ‘‘(b) PART E.—For the purpose of carrying out part E, there
                                                                      are authorized to be appropriated $117,135,000 for each of the
                                                                      fiscal years 2021 through 2025.’’.
                                                                           (b) EVALUATION AND REPORT ON NURSE LOAN REPAYMENT PRO-
                                                                      GRAMS.—
                                                                                 (1) EVALUATION.—The Comptroller General shall conduct
                                                                           an evaluation of the nurse loan repayment programs adminis-
                                                                           tered by the Health Resources and Services Administration.
                                                                           Such evaluation shall include—
                                                                                      (A) the manner in which payments are made under
                                                                                 such programs;
                                                                                      (B) the existing oversight functions necessary to ensure
                                                                                 the proper use of such programs, including payments made
                                                                                 as part of such programs;
                                                                                      (C) the identification of gaps, if any, in oversight func-
                                                                                 tions; and
                                                                                      (D) information on the number of nurses assigned to
                                                                                 facilities pursuant to such programs, including the type
                                                                                 of facility to which nurses are assigned and the impact
                                                                                 of modifying the eligibility requirements for programs
                                                                                 under section 846 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                                 U.S.C. 297n), such as the impact on entities to which
                                                                                 nurses had previously been assigned prior to fiscal year
                                                                                 2019 (such as federally qualified health centers and facili-
                                                                                 ties affiliated with the Indian Health Service).
                                                                                 (2) REPORT.—Not later than 18 months after the enactment                                   Recommenda-
                                                                           of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to the Com-                                    tions.
                                                                           mittee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate
                                                                           and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House
                                                                           of Representatives, a report on the evaluation under paragraph
                                                                           (1), which may include recommendations to improve relevant
                                                                           nursing workforce loan repayment programs.

                                                                                  Subtitle B—Education Provisions                                                           COVID–19
                                                                                                                                                                            Pandemic
                                                                                                                                                                            Education Relief
                                                                      SEC. 3501. SHORT TITLE.                                                                               Act of 2020.
                                                                                                                                                                            20 USC 1001
                                                                           This subtitle may be cited as the ‘‘COVID–19 Pandemic Edu-                                       note.
                                                                      cation Relief Act of 2020’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3502. DEFINITIONS.                                                                               20 USC 1001
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                             (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this subtitle:
                                                                                  (1) CORONAVIRUS.—The term ‘‘coronavirus’’ has the
                                                                             meaning given the term in section 506 of the Coronavirus
                                                                             Preparedness and Response Supplemental Appropriations Act,
                                                                             2020 (Public Law 116–123).
                                                                                  (2) FOREIGN INSTITUTION.—The term ‘‘foreign institution’’
                                                                             means an institution of higher education located outside the
                                                                             United States that is described in paragraphs (1)(C) and (2)




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             of section 102(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
                                                                             U.S.C. 1002(a)).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00393   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 396                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                          (3) INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION.—The term ‘‘institu-
                                                                                                     tion of higher education’’ has the meaning of the term under
                                                                                                     section 102 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                                     1002).
                                                                                                          (4) QUALIFYING EMERGENCY.—The term ‘‘qualifying emer-
                                                                                                     gency’’ means—
                                                                                                               (A) a public health emergency related to the
                                                                                                          coronavirus declared by the Secretary of Health and
                                                                                                          Human Services pursuant to section 319 of the Public
                                                                                                          Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d);
                                                                                                               (B) an event related to the coronavirus for which the
                                                                                                          President declared a major disaster or an emergency under
                                                                                                          section 401 or 501, respectively, of the Robert T. Stafford
                                                                                                          Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                          5170 and 5191); or
                                                                                                               (C) a national emergency related to the coronavirus
                                                                                                          declared by the President under section 201 of the National
                                                                                                          Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.).
                                                                                                          (5) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                                                     of Education.
                                                                      20 USC 1001             SEC. 3503. CAMPUS-BASED AID WAIVERS.
                                                                      note.
                                                                                                   (a) WAIVER OF NON-FEDERAL SHARE REQUIREMENT.—Notwith-
                                                                                              standing sections 413C(a)(2) and 443(b)(5) of the Higher Education
                                                                                              Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b–2(a)(2) and 1087–53(b)(5)), with
                                                                                              respect to funds made available for award years 2019–2020 and
                                                                                              2020–2021, the Secretary shall waive the requirement that a partici-
                                                                                              pating institution of higher education provide a non-Federal share
                                                                                              to match Federal funds provided to the institution for the programs
                                                                                              authorized pursuant to subpart 3 of part A and part C of title
                                                                                              IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b et seq.
                                                                                              and 1087–51 et seq.) for all awards made under such programs
                                                                                              during such award years, except nothing in this subsection shall
                                                                                              affect the non-Federal share requirement under section 443(c)(3)
                                                                                              that applies to private for-profit organizations.
                                                                                                   (b) AUTHORITY TO REALLOCATE.—Notwithstanding sections
                                                                                              413D, 442, and 488 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                              1070b–3, 1087–52, and 1095), during a period of a qualifying emer-
                                                                                              gency, an institution may transfer up to 100 percent of the institu-
                                                                                              tion’s unexpended allotment under section 442 of such Act to the
                                                                                              institution’s allotment under section 413D of such Act, but may
                                                                                              not transfer any funds from the institution’s unexpended allotment
                                                                                              under section 413D of such Act to the institution’s allotment under
                                                                                              section 442 of such Act.
                                                                      20 USC 1001             SEC. 3504. USE OF SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY
                                                                      note.                              GRANTS FOR EMERGENCY AID.
                                                                                                   (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding section 413B of the Higher
                                                                                              Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b–1), an institution of higher
                                                                                              education may reserve any amount of an institution’s allocation
                                                                                              under subpart 3 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education
                                                                                              Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b et seq.) for a fiscal year to award,
                                                                                              in such fiscal year, emergency financial aid grants to assist under-
                                                                                              graduate or graduate students for unexpected expenses and unmet
                                                                                              financial need as the result of a qualifying emergency.
                                                                                                   (b) DETERMINATIONS.—In determining eligibility for and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              awarding emergency financial aid grants under this section, an
                                                                                              institution of higher education may—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00394   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 397

                                                                               (1) waive the amount of need calculation under section
                                                                          471 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087kk);
                                                                               (2) allow for a student affected by a qualifying emergency
                                                                          to receive funds in an amount that is not more than the
                                                                          maximum Federal Pell Grant for the applicable award year;
                                                                          and
                                                                               (3) utilize a contract with a scholarship-granting organiza-
                                                                          tion designated for the sole purpose of accepting applications
                                                                          from or disbursing funds to students enrolled in the institution
                                                                          of higher education, if such scholarship-granting organization
                                                                          disburses the full allocated amount provided to the institution
                                                                          of higher education to the recipients.
                                                                          (c) SPECIAL RULE.—Any emergency financial aid grants to stu-
                                                                      dents under this section shall not be treated as other financial
                                                                      assistance for the purposes of section 471 of the Higher Education
                                                                      Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087kk).
                                                                      SEC. 3505. FEDERAL WORK-STUDY DURING A QUALIFYING EMER-                                               20 USC 1001
                                                                                 GENCY.                                                                                     note.

                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—In the event of a qualifying emergency, an                                       Time period.
                                                                      institution of higher education participating in the program under
                                                                      part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                      1087–51 et seq.) may make payments under such part to affected
                                                                      work-study students, for the period of time (not to exceed one
                                                                      academic year) in which affected students were unable to fulfill
                                                                      the students’ work-study obligation for all or part of such academic
                                                                      year due to such qualifying emergency, as follows:
                                                                                (1) Payments may be made under such part to affected
                                                                           work-study students in an amount equal to or less than the
                                                                           amount of wages such students would have been paid under
                                                                           such part had the students been able to complete the work
                                                                           obligation necessary to receive work study funds, as a one
                                                                           time grant or as multiple payments.
                                                                                (2) Payments shall not be made to any student who was
                                                                           not eligible for work study or was not completing the work
                                                                           obligation necessary to receive work study funds under such
                                                                           part prior to the occurrence of the qualifying emergency.
                                                                                (3) Any payments made to affected work-study students
                                                                           under this subsection shall meet the matching requirements
                                                                           of section 443 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                           1087–53), unless such matching requirements are waived by
                                                                           the Secretary.
                                                                           (b) DEFINITION OF AFFECTED WORK-STUDY STUDENT.—In this
                                                                      section, the term ‘‘affected work-study student’’ means a student
                                                                      enrolled at an eligible institution participating in the program under
                                                                      part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                      1087–51 et seq.) who—
                                                                                (1) received a work-study award under section 443 of the
                                                                           Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087–53) for the
                                                                           academic year during which a qualifying emergency occurred;
                                                                                (2) earned Federal work-study wages from such eligible
                                                                           institution for such academic year; and
                                                                                (3) was prevented from fulfilling the student’s work-study




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           obligation for all or part of such academic year due to such
                                                                           qualifying emergency.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00395   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 398                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                      20 USC 1001             SEC. 3506. ADJUSTMENT OF SUBSIDIZED LOAN USAGE LIMITS.
                                                                      note.
                                                                                                   Notwithstanding section 455(q)(3) of the Higher Education Act
                                                                                              of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(q)(3)), the Secretary shall exclude from
                                                                                              a student’s period of enrollment for purposes of loans made under
                                                                                              part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                              1087a et seq.) any semester (or the equivalent) that the student
                                                                                              does not complete due to a qualifying emergency, if the Secretary
                                                                                              is able to administer such policy in a manner that limits complexity
                                                                                              and the burden on the student.
                                                                      20 USC 1001             SEC. 3507. EXCLUSION FROM FEDERAL PELL GRANT DURATION LIMIT.
                                                                      note.
                                                                                                   The Secretary shall exclude from a student’s Federal Pell Grant
                                                                                              duration limit under section 401(c)(5) of the Higher Education Act
                                                                                              of 1965 (2 U.S.C. 1070a(c)(5)) any semester (or the equivalent)
                                                                                              that the student does not complete due to a qualifying emergency
                                                                                              if the Secretary is able to administer such policy in a manner
                                                                                              that limits complexity and the burden on the student.
                                                                      20 USC 1001             SEC. 3508. INSTITUTIONAL REFUNDS AND FEDERAL STUDENT LOAN
                                                                      note.                               FLEXIBILITY.
                                                                                                   (a) INSTITUTIONAL WAIVER.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall waive the institu-
                                                                                                   tional requirement under section 484B of the Higher Education
                                                                                                   Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091b) with respect to the amount
                                                                                                   of grant or loan assistance (other than assistance received
                                                                                                   under part C of title IV of such Act) to be returned under
                                                                                                   such section if a recipient of assistance under title IV of the
                                                                                                   Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) with-
                                                                                                   draws from the institution of higher education during the pay-
                                                                                                   ment period or period of enrollment as a result of a qualifying
                                                                                                   emergency.
                                                                      Requirements.                     (2) WAIVERS.—The Secretary shall require each institution
                                                                                                   using a waiver relating to the withdrawal of recipients under
                                                                                                   this subsection to report the number of such recipients, the
                                                                                                   amount of grant or loan assistance (other than assistance
                                                                                                   received under part C of title IV of such Act) associated with
                                                                                                   each such recipient, and the total amount of grant or loan
                                                                                                   assistance (other than assistance received under part C of
                                                                                                   title IV of such Act) for which each institution has not returned
                                                                                                   assistance under title IV to the Secretary.
                                                                                                   (b) STUDENT WAIVER.—The Secretary shall waive the amounts
                                                                                              that students are required to return under section 484B of the
                                                                                              Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091b) with respect to
                                                                                              Federal Pell Grants or other grant assistance if the withdrawals
                                                                                              on which the returns are based, are withdrawals by students who
                                                                                              withdrew from the institution of higher education as a result of
                                                                                              a qualifying emergency.
                                                                                                   (c) CANCELING LOAN OBLIGATION.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                              provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001
                                                                                              et seq.), the Secretary shall cancel the borrower’s obligation to
                                                                                              repay the entire portion of a loan made under part D of title
                                                                                              IV of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) associated with a payment
                                                                                              period for a recipient of such loan who withdraws from the institu-
                                                                                              tion of higher education during the payment period as a result
                                                                                              of a qualifying emergency.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   (d) APPROVED LEAVE OF ABSENCE.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                              provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00396   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 399

                                                                      et seq.), for purposes of receiving assistance under title IV of the
                                                                      Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), an institution
                                                                      of higher education may, as a result of a qualifying emergency,
                                                                      provide a student with an approved leave of absence that does
                                                                      not require the student to return at the same point in the academic
                                                                      program that the student began the leave of absence if the student
                                                                      returns within the same semester (or the equivalent).
                                                                      SEC. 3509. SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS.                                                            20 USC 1001
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                           Notwithstanding section 484 of the Higher Education Act of
                                                                      1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091), in determining whether a student is
                                                                      maintaining satisfactory academic progress for purposes of title
                                                                      IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.),
                                                                      an institution of higher education may, as a result of a qualifying
                                                                      emergency, exclude from the quantitative component of the calcula-
                                                                      tion any attempted credits that were not completed by such student
                                                                      without requiring an appeal by such student.
                                                                      SEC. 3510. CONTINUING EDUCATION AT AFFECTED FOREIGN INSTITU-                                          20 USC 1001
                                                                                  TIONS.                                                                                    note.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding section 481(b) of the Higher
                                                                      Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088(b)), with respect to a foreign
                                                                      institution, in the case of a public health emergency, major disaster
                                                                      or emergency, or national emergency declared by the applicable
                                                                      government authorities in the country in which the foreign institu-
                                                                      tion is located, the Secretary may permit any part of an otherwise
                                                                      eligible program to be offered via distance education for the duration
                                                                      of such emergency or disaster and the following payment period
                                                                      for purposes of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
                                                                      U.S.C. 1070 et seq.).
                                                                           (b) ELIGIBILITY.—An otherwise eligible program that is offered                                   Time periods.
                                                                      in whole or in part through distance education by a foreign institu-
                                                                      tion between March 1, 2020, and the date of enactment of this
                                                                      Act shall be deemed eligible for the purposes of part D of title
                                                                      IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.)
                                                                      for the duration of the qualifying emergency and the following
                                                                      payment period for purposes of title IV of the Higher Education
                                                                      Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.). An institution of higher                                        Reports.
                                                                      education that uses the authority provided in the previous sentence                                   Deadlines.
                                                                      shall report such use to the Secretary—
                                                                                (1) for the 2019–2020 award year, not later than June
                                                                           30, 2020; and
                                                                                (2) for an award year subsequent to the 2019–2020 award
                                                                           year, not later than 30 days after such use.
                                                                           (c) REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enact-
                                                                      ment of this Act, and every 180 days thereafter for the duration
                                                                      of the qualifying emergency and the following payment period,
                                                                      the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees (as defined
                                                                      in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                      1003)) a report that identifies each foreign institution that carried
                                                                      out a distance education program authorized under this section.
                                                                           (d) WRITTEN ARRANGEMENTS.—
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding section 102 of the
                                                                           Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1002), for the duration
                                                                           of a qualifying emergency and the following payment period,
                                                                           the Secretary may allow a foreign institution to enter into




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           a written arrangement with an institution of higher education
                                                                           located in the United States that participates in the Federal




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00397   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 400                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                     Direct Loan Program under part D of title IV of the Higher
                                                                                                     Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) for the purpose
                                                                                                     of allowing a student of the foreign institution who is a borrower
                                                                                                     of a loan made under such part to take courses from the
                                                                                                     institution of higher education located in the United States.
                                                                                                          (2) FORM OF ARRANGEMENTS.—
                                                                                                               (A) PUBLIC OR OTHER NONPROFIT INSTITUTIONS.—A for-
                                                                                                          eign institution that is a public or other nonprofit institu-
                                                                                                          tion may enter into a written arrangement under sub-
                                                                                                          section (a) only with an institution of higher education
                                                                                                          described in section 101 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1001).
                                                                                                               (B) OTHER INSTITUTIONS.—A foreign institution that
                                                                                                          is a graduate medical school, nursing school, or a veterinary
                                                                                                          school and that is not a public or other nonprofit institution
                                                                                                          may enter into a written arrangement under subsection
                                                                                                          (a) with an institution of higher education described in
                                                                                                          section 101 or section 102 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1001
                                                                                                          and 1002).
                                                                      Deadlines.                          (3) REPORT ON USE.—An institution of higher education
                                                                                                     that uses the authority described in paragraph (2) shall report
                                                                                                     such use to the Secretary—
                                                                                                               (A) for the 2019–2020 award year, not later than June
                                                                                                          30, 2020; and
                                                                                                               (B) for an award year subsequent to the 2019–2020
                                                                                                          award year, not later than 30 days after such use.
                                                                                                          (4) REPORT FROM THE SECRETARY.—Not later than 180 days
                                                                                                     after the date of enactment of this Act, and every 180 days
                                                                                                     thereafter for the duration of the qualifying emergency and
                                                                                                     the following payment period, the Secretary shall submit to
                                                                                                     the authorizing committees (as defined in section 103 of the
                                                                                                     Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a report that
                                                                                                     identifies each foreign institution that entered into a written
                                                                                                     arrangement authorized under subsection (a).
                                                                      Determinations.         SEC. 3511. NATIONAL EMERGENCY EDUCATIONAL WAIVERS.
                                                                      20 USC 7861
                                                                      note.                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
                                                                                              the Secretary may, upon the request of a State educational agency
                                                                                              or Indian tribe, waive any statutory or regulatory provision
                                                                                              described under paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b), and upon
                                                                                              the request of a local educational agency, waive any statutory
                                                                                              or regulatory provision described under paragraph (2) of subsection
                                                                                              (b), if the Secretary determines that such a waiver is necessary
                                                                                              and appropriate due to the emergency involving Federal primary
                                                                                              responsibility determined to exist by the President under the section
                                                                                              501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency
                                                                                              Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b)) with respect to the Coronavirus
                                                                                              Disease 2019 (COVID–19).
                                                                                                   (b) APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF LAW.—
                                                                                                        (1) STREAMLINED WAIVERS.—The Secretary shall create an
                                                                                                   expedited application process to request a waiver and the Sec-
                                                                                                   retary may waive any statutory or regulatory requirements
                                                                                                   for a State educational agency (related to assessments, account-
                                                                                                   ability, and reporting requirements related to assessments and
                                                                                                   accountability), if the Secretary determines that such a waiver




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   is necessary and appropriate as described in subsection (a),
                                                                                                   under the following provisions of law:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00398   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 401

                                                                                       (A) The following provisions under section 1111 of the
                                                                                  Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20
                                                                                  U.S.C. 6311):
                                                                                            (i) Paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (b).
                                                                                            (ii) Subsection (c)(4).
                                                                                            (iii) Subparagraphs (C) and (D) of subsection (d)(2).
                                                                                            (iv) The following provisions under subsection (h)
                                                                                       of such section 1111:
                                                                                                  (I) Clauses (i), (ii), (iii)(I), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii),
                                                                                            and (xi) of paragraph (1)(C).
                                                                                                  (II) Paragraph (2)(C) with respect to the
                                                                                            waived requirements under subclause (I).
                                                                                                  (III) Clauses (i) and (ii) of paragraph (2)(C).
                                                                                       (B) Section 421(b) of the General Education Provisions
                                                                                  Act (20 U.S.C. 1225(b)).
                                                                                  (2) STATE AND LOCALLY-REQUESTED WAIVERS.—For a State
                                                                             educational agency, local educational agency, or Indian tribe
                                                                             that receives funds under a program authorized under the
                                                                             Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                             6301 et seq.) that requests a waiver under subsection (c), the
                                                                             Secretary may waive statutory and regulatory requirements
                                                                             under any of the following provisions of such Act:
                                                                                       (A) Section 1114(a)(1).
                                                                                       (B) Section 1118(a) and section 8521.
                                                                                       (C) Section 1127.
                                                                                       (D) Section 4106(d).
                                                                                       (E) Subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) of section
                                                                                  4106(e)(2).
                                                                                       (F) Section 4109(b).
                                                                                       (G) The definition under section 8101(42) for purposes
                                                                                  of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965
                                                                                  (20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.).
                                                                                  (3) APPLICABILITY TO CHARTER SCHOOLS.—Any waivers
                                                                             issued by the Secretary under this section shall be imple-
                                                                             mented, as applicable—
                                                                                       (A) for all public schools, including public charter
                                                                                  schools within the boundaries of the recipient of the waiver;
                                                                                       (B) in accordance with State charter school law; and
                                                                                       (C) pursuant to section 1111(c)(5) of the Elementary
                                                                                  and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)(5)).
                                                                                  (4) LIMITATION.—Nothing in this section shall be construed
                                                                             to allow the Secretary to waive any statutory or regulatory
                                                                             requirements under applicable civil rights laws.
                                                                                  (5) ACCOUNTABILITY AND IMPROVEMENT.—Any school
                                                                             located in a State that receives a waiver under paragraph
                                                                             (1) and that is identified for comprehensive support and
                                                                             improvement, targeted support and improvement, or additional
                                                                             targeted support in the 2019–2020 school year under section
                                                                             1111(c)(4)(D) or section 1111(d)(2) of the Elementary and Sec-
                                                                             ondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)(4)(D) or (d)(2))
                                                                             shall maintain that identification status in the 2020–2021
                                                                             school year and continue to receive supports and interventions
                                                                             consistent with the school’s support and improvement plan
                                                                             in the 2020–2021 school year.
                                                                             (c) STATE AND LOCAL REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS.—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—A State educational agency, local edu-
                                                                             cational agency, or Indian tribe that desires a waiver from




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00399   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 402                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                     any statutory or regulatory provision described under sub-
                                                                                                     section (b)(2), may submit a waiver request to the Secretary
                                                                                                     in accordance with this subsection.
                                                                                                          (2) REQUESTS SUBMITTED.—A request for a waiver under
                                                                                                     this subsection shall—
                                                                                                               (A) identify the Federal programs affected by the
                                                                                                          requested waiver;
                                                                                                               (B) describe which Federal statutory or regulatory
                                                                                                          requirements are to be waived;
                                                                                                               (C) describe how the emergency involving Federal pri-
                                                                                                          mary responsibility determined to exist by the President
                                                                                                          under the section 501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster
                                                                                                          Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b))
                                                                                                          with respect to the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID–
                                                                                                          19) prevents or otherwise restricts the ability of the State,
                                                                                                          State educational agency, local educational agency, Indian
                                                                                                          tribe, or school to comply with such statutory or regulatory
                                                                                                          requirements; and
                                                                                                               (D) provide an assurance that the State educational
                                                                                                          agency, local educational agency, or Indian tribe will work
                                                                                                          to mitigate any negative effects, if any, that may occur
                                                                                                          as a result of the requested waiver.
                                                                                                          (3) SECRETARY APPROVAL.—
                                                                      Deadline.                                (A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided under subpara-
                                                                                                          graph (B), the Secretary shall approve or disapprove a
                                                                                                          waiver request submitted under paragraph (1) not more
                                                                                                          than 30 days after the date on which such request is
                                                                                                          submitted.
                                                                                                               (B) EXCEPTIONS.—The Secretary may disapprove a
                                                                                                          waiver request submitted under paragraph (1), only if the
                                                                                                          Secretary determines that—
                                                                                                                    (i) the waiver request does not meet the require-
                                                                                                               ments of this section;
                                                                                                                    (ii) the waiver is not permitted pursuant to sub-
                                                                                                               section (b)(2); or
                                                                                                                    (iii) the description required under paragraph
                                                                                                               (2)(C) provides insufficient information to demonstrate
                                                                                                               that the waiving of such requirements is necessary
                                                                                                               or appropriate consistent with subsection (a).
                                                                                                          (4) DURATION.—A waiver approved by the Secretary under
                                                                                                     this section may be for a period not to exceed the 2019–2020
                                                                                                     academic year, except to carry out full implementation of any
                                                                                                     maintenance of effort waivers granted during the 2019–2020
                                                                                                     academic year.
                                                                                                     (d) REPORTING AND PUBLICATION.—
                                                                      State and local                     (1) PUBLIC NOTICE.—A State educational agency, Indian
                                                                      government.                    Tribe, or local educational agency requesting a waiver under
                                                                      Web posting.                   subsection (b)(2) shall provide the public and all local edu-
                                                                                                     cational agencies in the State with notice of, and the oppor-
                                                                                                     tunity to comment on, the request by posting information
                                                                                                     regarding the waiver request and the process for commenting
                                                                                                     on the State website.
                                                                      Deadline.                           (2) NOTIFYING CONGRESS.—Not later than 7 days after
                                                                                                     granting a waiver under this section, the Secretary shall notify




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of
                                                                                                     the Senate, the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate,




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00400   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 403

                                                                           the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Rep-
                                                                           resentatives, and the Committee on Appropriations of the House
                                                                           of Representatives of such waiver.
                                                                                (3) PUBLICATION.—Not later than 30 days after granting                                      Deadline.
                                                                           a waiver under this section, the Secretary shall publish a                                       Federal Register,
                                                                                                                                                                            publication.
                                                                           notice of the Secretary’s decision (including which waiver was                                   Notice.
                                                                           granted and the reason for granting the waiver) in the Federal                                   Web posting.
                                                                           Register and on the website of the Department of Education.
                                                                                (4) REPORT.—Not later than 30 days after the date of                                        Recommenda-
                                                                           enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall prepare and submit                                    tions.
                                                                           a report to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and
                                                                           Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate,
                                                                           and the Committee on Education and Labor and the Committee
                                                                           on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, with rec-
                                                                           ommendations on any additional waivers under the Individuals
                                                                           with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.), the
                                                                           Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.), the
                                                                           Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                           6301 et seq.), and the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical
                                                                           Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.) the Secretary
                                                                           believes are necessary to be enacted into law to provide limited
                                                                           flexibility to States and local educational agencies to meet
                                                                           the needs of students during the emergency involving Federal
                                                                           primary responsibility determined to exist by the President
                                                                           under section 501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief
                                                                           and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b)) with respect
                                                                           to the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID–19).
                                                                           (e) TERMS.—In this section, the term ‘‘State educational agency’’                                Definition.
                                                                      includes the Bureau of Indian Education, and the term ‘‘local edu-
                                                                      cational agency’’ includes Bureau of Indian Education funded
                                                                      schools operated pursuant to a grant under the Tribally Controlled
                                                                      Schools Act of 1988 (25 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.), or a contract under
                                                                      the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25
                                                                      U.S.C. 5301 et seq.).
                                                                      SEC. 3512. HBCU CAPITAL FINANCING.                                                                    20 USC 1001
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                             (a) DEFERMENT PERIOD.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any provision of title
                                                                             III of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1051 et
                                                                             seq.), or any regulation promulgated under such title, the Sec-
                                                                             retary may grant a deferment, for the duration of a qualifying
                                                                             emergency, to an institution that has received a loan under
                                                                             part D of title III of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1066 et seq.).
                                                                                  (2) TERMS.—During the deferment period granted under
                                                                             this subsection—
                                                                                       (A) the institution shall not be required to pay any
                                                                                  periodic installment of principal or interest required under
                                                                                  the loan agreement for such loan; and
                                                                                       (B) the Secretary shall make principal and interest
                                                                                  payments otherwise due under the loan agreement.
                                                                                  (3) CLOSING.—At the closing of a loan deferred under this
                                                                             subsection, terms shall be set under which the institution shall
                                                                             be required to repay the Secretary for the payments of principal
                                                                             and interest made by the Secretary during the deferment, on




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             a schedule that begins upon repayment to the lender in full
                                                                             on the loan agreement, except in no case shall repayment




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00401   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 404                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                   be required to begin before the date that is 1 full fiscal year
                                                                                                   after the date that is the end of the qualifying emergency.
                                                                                                   (b) TERMINATION DATE.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—The authority provided under this section
                                                                                                   to grant a loan deferment under subsection (a) shall terminate
                                                                                                   on the date on which the qualifying emergency is no longer
                                                                                                   in effect.
                                                                                                        (2) DURATION.—Any provision of a loan agreement or insur-
                                                                                                   ance agreement modified by the authority under this section
                                                                                                   shall remain so modified for the duration of the period covered
                                                                                                   by the loan agreement or insurance agreement.
                                                                      Time period.                 (c) REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enact-
                                                                                              ment of this Act, and every 180 days thereafter during the period
                                                                                              beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency and ending
                                                                                              on September 30 of the fiscal year following the end of the qualifying
                                                                                              emergency, the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing commit-
                                                                                              tees (as defined in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of
                                                                                              1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a report that identifies each institution
                                                                                              that received assistance under this section.
                                                                                                   (d) FUNDING.—There is hereby appropriated, out of any money
                                                                                              in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, $62,000,000 to carry
                                                                                              out this section.
                                                                      20 USC 1001             SEC. 3513. TEMPORARY RELIEF FOR FEDERAL STUDENT LOAN BOR-
                                                                      note.                               ROWERS.
                                                                                                   (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall suspend all payments
                                                                                              due for loans made under part D and part B (that are held by
                                                                                              the Department of Education) of title IV of the Higher Education
                                                                                              Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.; 1071 et seq.) through Sep-
                                                                                              tember 30, 2020.
                                                                                                   (b) NO ACCRUAL OF INTEREST.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                              provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001
                                                                                              et seq.), interest shall not accrue on a loan described under sub-
                                                                                              section (a) for which payment was suspended for the period of
                                                                                              the suspension.
                                                                                                   (c) CONSIDERATION OF PAYMENTS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                              provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001
                                                                                              et seq.), the Secretary shall deem each month for which a loan
                                                                                              payment was suspended under this section as if the borrower of
                                                                                              the loan had made a payment for the purpose of any loan forgive-
                                                                                              ness program or loan rehabilitation program authorized under part
                                                                                              D or B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                              1087a et seq.; 1071 et seq.) for which the borrower would have
                                                                                              otherwise qualified.
                                                                                                   (d) REPORTING TO CONSUMER REPORTING AGENCIES.—During
                                                                                              the period in which the Secretary suspends payments on a loan
                                                                                              under subsection (a), the Secretary shall ensure that, for the pur-
                                                                                              pose of reporting information about the loan to a consumer reporting
                                                                                              agency, any payment that has been suspended is treated as if
                                                                                              it were a regularly scheduled payment made by a borrower.
                                                                                                   (e) SUSPENDING INVOLUNTARY COLLECTION.—During the period
                                                                                              in which the Secretary suspends payments on a loan under sub-
                                                                                              section (a), the Secretary shall suspend all involuntary collection
                                                                                              related to the loan, including—
                                                                                                        (1) a wage garnishment authorized under section 488A




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1095a) or
                                                                                                   section 3720D of title 31, United States Code;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00402   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 405

                                                                               (2) a reduction of tax refund by amount of debt authorized
                                                                          under section 3720A of title 31, United States Code, or section
                                                                          6402(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
                                                                               (3) a reduction of any other Federal benefit payment by
                                                                          administrative offset authorized under section 3716 of title
                                                                          31, United States Code (including a benefit payment due to
                                                                          an individual under the Social Security Act or any other provi-
                                                                          sion described in subsection (c)(3)(A)(i) of such section); and
                                                                               (4) any other involuntary collection activity by the Sec-
                                                                          retary.
                                                                          (f) WAIVERS.—In carrying out this section, the Secretary may
                                                                      waive the application of—
                                                                               (1) subchapter I of chapter 35 of title 44, United States
                                                                          Code (commonly known as the ‘‘Paperwork Reduction Act’’);
                                                                               (2) the master calendar requirements under section 482
                                                                          of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1089);
                                                                               (3) negotiated rulemaking under section 492 of the Higher
                                                                          Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1098a); and
                                                                               (4) the requirement to publish the notices related to the                                    Notices.
                                                                          system of records of the agency before implementation required                                    Deadline.
                                                                          under paragraphs (4) and (11) of section 552a(e) of title 5,
                                                                          United States Code (commonly known as the ‘‘Privacy Act of
                                                                          1974’’), except that the notices shall be published not later
                                                                          than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                          (g) NOTICE TO BORROWERS AND TRANSITION PERIOD.—To inform
                                                                      borrowers of the actions taken in accordance with this section
                                                                      and ensure an effective transition, the Secretary shall—
                                                                               (1) not later than 15 days after the date of enactment                                       Deadline.
                                                                          of this Act, notify borrowers—
                                                                                    (A) of the actions taken in accordance with subsections
                                                                               (a) and (b) for whom payments have been suspended and
                                                                               interest waived;
                                                                                    (B) of the actions taken in accordance with subsection
                                                                               (e) for whom collections have been suspended;
                                                                                    (C) of the option to continue making payments toward
                                                                               principal; and
                                                                                    (D) that the program under this section is a temporary
                                                                               program.
                                                                               (2) beginning on August 1, 2020, carry out a program                                         Effective date.
                                                                          to provide not less than 6 notices by postal mail, telephone,
                                                                          or electronic communication to borrowers indicating—
                                                                                    (A) when the borrower’s normal payment obligations
                                                                               will resume; and
                                                                                    (B) that the borrower has the option to enroll in
                                                                               income-driven repayment, including a brief description of
                                                                               such options.
                                                                      SEC.      3514.    PROVISIONS RELATED TO THE CORPORATION                                      FOR     42 USC 12501
                                                                                         NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE.                                                    note.
                                                                             (a) ACCRUAL OF SERVICE HOURS.—
                                                                                  (1) ACCRUAL THROUGH OTHER SERVICE HOURS.—
                                                                                       (A) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision
                                                                                  of the Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973 (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                  4950 et seq.) or the National and Community Service Act
                                                                                  of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12501 et seq.), the Corporation for




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  National and Community Service shall allow an individual
                                                                                  described in subparagraph (B) to accrue other service hours




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00403   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 406                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        that will count toward the number of hours needed for
                                                                                                        the individual’s education award.
                                                                      Applicability.                         (B) AFFECTED INDIVIDUALS.—Subparagraph (A) shall
                                                                                                        apply to any individual serving in a position eligible for
                                                                                                        an educational award under subtitle D of title I of the
                                                                                                        National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                        12601 et seq.)—
                                                                                                                 (i) who is performing limited service due to
                                                                                                             COVID–19; or
                                                                                                                 (ii) whose position has been suspended or placed
                                                                                                             on hold due to COVID–19.
                                                                                                        (2) PROVISIONS IN CASE OF EARLY EXIT.—In any case where
                                                                                                   an individual serving in a position eligible for an educational
                                                                                                   award under subtitle D of title I of the National and Community
                                                                                                   Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12601 et seq.) was required
                                                                                                   to exit the position early at the direction of the Corporation
                                                                                                   for National and Community Service, the Chief Executive
                                                                                                   Officer of the Corporation for National and Community Service
                                                                                                   may—
                                                                                                             (A) deem such individual as having met the require-
                                                                                                        ments of the position; and
                                                                                                             (B) award the individual the full value of the edu-
                                                                                                        cational award under such subtitle for which the individual
                                                                                                        would otherwise have been eligible.
                                                                                                   (b) AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other provi-
                                                                                              sion of law, all funds made available to the Corporation for National
                                                                                              and Community Service under any Act, including the amounts
                                                                                              appropriated to the Corporation under the headings ‘‘OPERATING
                                                                                              EXPENSES’’, ‘‘SALARIES AND EXPENSES’’, and ‘‘OFFICE OF THE
                                                                                              INSPECTOR GENERAL’’ under the heading ‘‘CORPORATION FOR
                                                                                              NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE’’ under title IV of Division
                                                                                              A of the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020 (Public
                                                                                              Law 116–94), shall remain available for the fiscal year ending
                                                                                              September 30, 2021.
                                                                                                   (c) NO REQUIRED RETURN OF GRANT FUNDS.—Notwithstanding
                                                                                              section 129(l)(3)(A)(i) of the National and Community Service Act
                                                                                              of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12581(l)(3)(A)(i)), the Chief Executive Officer
                                                                                              of the Corporation for National and Community Service may permit
                                                                                              fixed-amount grant recipients under such section 129(l) to maintain
                                                                                              a pro rata amount of grant funds, at the discretion of the Corpora-
                                                                                              tion for National and Community Service, for participants who
                                                                                              exited, were suspended, or are serving in a limited capacity due
                                                                                              to COVID–19, to enable the grant recipients to maintain operations
                                                                                              and to accept participants.
                                                                      Time period.                 (d) EXTENSION OF TERMS AND AGE LIMITS.—Notwithstanding
                                                                                              any other provision of law, the Corporation for National and
                                                                                              Community Service may extend the term of service (for a period
                                                                                              not to exceed the 1-year period immediately following the end
                                                                                              of the national emergency) or waive any upper age limit (except
                                                                                              in no case shall the maximum age exceed 26 years of age) for
                                                                                              national service programs carried out by the National Civilian
                                                                                              Community Corps under subtitle E of title I of the National and
                                                                                              Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12611 et seq.), and
                                                                                              the participants in such programs, for the purposes of—
                                                                                                        (1) addressing disruptions due to COVID–19; and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                        (2) minimizing the difficulty in returning to full operation
                                                                                                   due to COVID–19 on such programs and participants.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00404   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 407
                                                                      SEC. 3515. WORKFORCE RESPONSE ACTIVITIES.                                                             29 USC 3163
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                           (a) ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.—Notwithstanding section 128(b)(4)
                                                                      of the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3163(b)(4)),
                                                                      of the total amount allocated to a local area (including the total
                                                                      amount allotted to a single State local area) under subtitle B
                                                                      of title I of such Act (29 U.S.C. 3151 et seq.) for program year
                                                                      2019, not more than 20 percent of the total amount may be used
                                                                      for the administrative costs of carrying out local workforce invest-
                                                                      ment activities under chapter 2 or chapter 3 of subtitle B of title
                                                                      I of such Act, if the portion of the total amount that exceeds
                                                                      10 percent of the total amount is used to respond to a qualifying
                                                                      emergency.
                                                                           (b) RAPID RESPONSE ACTIVITIES.—
                                                                                (1) STATEWIDE RAPID RESPONSE.—Of the funds reserved
                                                                           by a Governor for program year 2019 for statewide activities
                                                                           under section 128(a) of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
                                                                           tunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3163(a)) that remain unobligated, such
                                                                           funds may be used for statewide rapid response activities as
                                                                           described in section 134(a)(2)(A) of such Act (29 U.S.C.
                                                                           3174(a)(2)(A)) for responding to a qualifying emergency.
                                                                                (2) LOCAL BOARDS.—Of the funds reserved by a Governor                                       Deadline.
                                                                           for program year 2019 under section 133(a)(2) of such Act
                                                                           (29 U.S.C. 3173(a)(2)) that remain unobligated, such funds may
                                                                           be released within 30 days after the date of enactment of
                                                                           this Act to the local boards most impacted by the coronavirus
                                                                           at the determination of the Governor for rapid response activi-
                                                                           ties related to responding to a qualifying emergency.
                                                                           (c) DEFINITIONS.—Except as otherwise provided, the terms in
                                                                      this section have the meanings given the terms in section 3 of
                                                                      the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
                                                                      SEC. 3516. TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                               (1) Section 6103(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                          1986, as amended by the FUTURE Act (Public Law 116–91),                                           26 USC 6103.
                                                                          is further amended by striking ‘‘(13), (16)’’ and inserting
                                                                          ‘‘(13)(A), (13)(B), (13)(C), (13)(D)(i), (16)’’.
                                                                               (2) Section 6103(p)(3)(A) of such Code, as so amended,
                                                                          is further amended by striking ‘‘(12),’’ and inserting ‘‘(12),
                                                                          (13)(A), (13)(B), (13)(C), (13)(D)(i)’’.
                                                                               (3) Section 6103(p)(4) of such Code, as so amended, is
                                                                          further amended by striking ‘‘(13) or (16)’’ each place it appears
                                                                          and inserting ‘‘(13), or (16)’’.
                                                                               (4) Section 6103(p)(4) of such Code, as so amended and
                                                                          as amended by paragraph (3), is further amended by striking
                                                                          ‘‘(13)’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘(13)(A), (13)(B),
                                                                          (13)(C), (13)(D)(i)’’.
                                                                               (5) Section 6103(l)(13)(C)(ii) of such Code, as added by
                                                                          the FUTURE Act (Public Law 116–91), is amended by striking
                                                                          ‘‘section 236A(e)(4)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 263A(e)(4)’’.
                                                                          (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 6103
                                                                      shall apply as if included in the enactment of the FUTURE Act                                         note.
                                                                      (Public Law 116–91).




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES



                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00405   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 408                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                      20 USC 1001             SEC. 3517. WAIVER AUTHORITY AND REPORTING REQUIREMENT FOR
                                                                      note.                               INSTITUTIONAL AID.
                                                                      Time period.                 (a) WAIVER AUTHORITY.—Notwithstanding any other provision
                                                                                              of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), unless
                                                                                              enacted with specific reference to this section, for any institution
                                                                                              of higher education that was receiving assistance under title III,
                                                                                              title V, or subpart 4 of part A of title VII of such Act (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                              1051 et seq.; 1101 et seq.; 1136a et seq.) at the time of a qualifying
                                                                                              emergency, the Secretary may, for the period beginning on the
                                                                                              first day of the qualifying emergency and ending on September
                                                                                              30 of the fiscal year following the end of the qualifying emergency—
                                                                                                        (1) waive—
                                                                                                             (A) the eligibility data requirements set forth in section
                                                                                                        391(d) and 521(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965
                                                                                                        (20 U.S.C. 1068(d); 1103(e));
                                                                                                             (B) the wait-out period set forth in section 313(d) of
                                                                                                        the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059(d));
                                                                                                             (C) the allotment requirements under paragraphs (2)
                                                                                                        and (3) of subsection 318(e) of the Higher Education Act
                                                                                                        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(e)), and the reference to ‘‘the
                                                                                                        academic year preceding the beginning of that fiscal year’’
                                                                                                        under such section 318(e)(1);
                                                                                                             (D) the allotment requirements under subsections (b),
                                                                                                        (c), and (g) of section 324 of the Higher Education Act
                                                                                                        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063), the reference to ‘‘the end of
                                                                                                        the school year preceding the beginning of that fiscal year’’
                                                                                                        under such section 324(a), and the reference to ‘‘the aca-
                                                                                                        demic year preceding such fiscal year’’ under such section
                                                                                                        324(h);
                                                                                                             (E) subparagraphs (A), (C), (D), and (E) of section
                                                                                                        326(f)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                                        1063b(f)(3)), and references to ‘‘previous year’’ under such
                                                                                                        section 326(f)(3)(B);
                                                                                                             (F) subparagraphs (A), (C), (D), and (E) of section
                                                                                                        723(f)(3) and subparagraphs (A), (C), (D), and (E) of section
                                                                                                        724(f)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                                        1136a(f)(3); 1136b(f)(3)), and references to ‘‘previous aca-
                                                                                                        demic year’’ under subparagraph (B) of such sections
                                                                                                        723(f)(3) and 724(f)(3); and
                                                                                                             (G) the allotment restriction set forth in section
                                                                                                        318(d)(4) and section 323(c)(2) of the Higher Education
                                                                                                        Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(d)(4); 1062(c)(2)); and
                                                                      Time period.                      (2) waive or modify any statutory or regulatory provision
                                                                                                   to ensure that institutions that were receiving assistance under
                                                                                                   title III, title V, or subpart 4 of part A of title VII of such
                                                                                                   Act (20 U.S.C. 1051 et seq.; 1101 et seq.; 1136a et seq.) at
                                                                                                   the time of a qualifying emergency are not adversely affected
                                                                                                   by any formula calculation for fiscal year 2020 and for the
                                                                                                   period beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency
                                                                                                   and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following the
                                                                                                   end of the qualifying emergency, as necessary.
                                                                      Time periods.                (b) USE OF UNEXPENDED FUNDS.—Any funds paid to an institu-
                                                                                              tion under title III, title V, or subpart 4 of part A of title VII
                                                                                              of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1051 et seq.; 1101
                                                                                              et seq.; 1136a et seq.) and not expended or used for the purposes




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              for which the funds were paid to the institution during the 5-
                                                                                              year period following the date on which the funds were first paid




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00406   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 409

                                                                      to the institution, may be carried over and expended during the
                                                                      succeeding 5-year period.
                                                                          (c) REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enact-                                      Time period.
                                                                      ment of this Act, and every 180 days thereafter for the period
                                                                      beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency and ending
                                                                      on September 30 of the fiscal year following the end of the qualifying
                                                                      emergency, the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing commit-
                                                                      tees (as defined in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of
                                                                      1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a report that identifies each institution
                                                                      that received a waiver or modification under this section.
                                                                      SEC. 3518. AUTHORIZED USES AND OTHER MODIFICATIONS FOR                                                Time period.
                                                                                 GRANTS.                                                                                    20 USC 1001
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary is authorized to modify the
                                                                      required and allowable uses of funds for grants awarded under
                                                                      part A or B of title III, chapter I or II of subpart 2 of part
                                                                      A of title IV, title V, or subpart 4 of part A of title VII of the
                                                                      Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057 et seq.; 1060 et
                                                                      seq.; 1070a–11 et seq.; 1070a–21 et seq.; 1101 et seq.; 1136a et
                                                                      seq.) to an institution of higher education or other grant recipient
                                                                      (not including individual recipients of Federal student financial
                                                                      assistance), at the request of an institution of higher education
                                                                      or other recipient of a grant (not including individual recipients
                                                                      of Federal student financial assistance) as a result of a qualifying
                                                                      emergency, for the period beginning on the first day of the qualifying
                                                                      emergency and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following
                                                                      the end of the qualifying emergency.
                                                                           (b)   MATCHING      REQUIREMENT      MODIFICATIONS.—Notwith-
                                                                      standing any other provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965
                                                                      (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), the Secretary is authorized to modify
                                                                      any Federal share or other financial matching requirement for
                                                                      a grant awarded on a competitive basis or a grant awarded under
                                                                      part A or B of title III or subpart 4 of part A of title VII of
                                                                      the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057 et seq.; 1060
                                                                      et seq.; 1136a et seq.) at the request of an institution of higher
                                                                      education or other grant recipient as a result of a qualifying emer-
                                                                      gency, for the period beginning on the first day of the qualifying
                                                                      emergency and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following
                                                                      the end of the qualifying emergency.
                                                                           (c) REPORTS.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enact-
                                                                      ment of this Act, and every 180 days thereafter for the duration
                                                                      of the period beginning on the first day of the qualifying emergency
                                                                      and ending on September 30 of the fiscal year following the end
                                                                      of the qualifying emergency, the Secretary shall submit to the
                                                                      authorizing committees (as defined in section 103 of the Higher
                                                                      Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a report that identifies
                                                                      each institution of higher education or other grant recipient that
                                                                      received a modification under this section.
                                                                      SEC. 3519. SERVICE OBLIGATIONS FOR TEACHERS.                                                          20 USC 1001
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                          (a) TEACH GRANTS.—For the purpose of section 420N of the
                                                                      Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g–2), during a quali-
                                                                      fying emergency, the Secretary—
                                                                              (1) may modify the categories of extenuating circumstances
                                                                          under which a recipient of a grant under subpart 9 of part




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                          A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                          1070g et seq.) who is unable to fulfill all or part of the recipient’s




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00407   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 410                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                   service obligation may be excused from fulfilling that portion
                                                                                                   of the service obligation; and
                                                                                                        (2) shall consider teaching service that, as a result of a
                                                                                                   qualifying emergency, is part-time or temporarily interrupted,
                                                                                                   to be full-time service and to fulfill the service obligations
                                                                                                   under such section 420N.
                                                                      Waiver authority.            (b) TEACHER LOAN FORGIVENESS.—Notwithstanding section
                                                                                              428J or 460 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078–
                                                                                              10; 1087j), the Secretary shall waive the requirements under such
                                                                                              sections that years of teaching service shall be consecutive if—
                                                                                                        (1) the teaching service of a borrower is temporarily inter-
                                                                                                   rupted due to a qualifying emergency; and
                                                                                                        (2) after the temporary interruption due to a qualifying
                                                                                                   emergency, the borrower resumes teaching service and com-
                                                                                                   pletes a total of 5 years of qualifying teaching service under
                                                                                                   such sections, including qualifying teaching service performed
                                                                                                   before, during, and after such qualifying emergency.

                                                                                                               Subtitle C—Labor Provisions
                                                                                              SEC. 3601. LIMITATION ON PAID LEAVE.
                                                                                                  Section 110(b)(2)(B) of the Family and Medical Leave Act of
                                                                                              1993 (as added by the Emergency Family and Medical Leave Expan-
                                                                      Ante, p. 191.           sion Act) is amended by striking clause (ii) and inserting the fol-
                                                                                              lowing:
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) LIMITATION.—An employer shall not be
                                                                                                           required to pay more than $200 per day and $10,000
                                                                                                           in the aggregate for each employee for paid leave under
                                                                                                           this section.’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3602. EMERGENCY PAID SICK LEAVE ACT LIMITATION.
                                                                                                  Section 5102 of the Emergency Paid Sick Leave Act (division
                                                                      Ante, p. 195.           E of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act) is amended
                                                                                              by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                  ‘‘(f) LIMITATIONS.—An employer shall not be required to pay
                                                                                              more than either—
                                                                                                        ‘‘(1) $511 per day and $5,110 in the aggregate for each
                                                                                                  employee, when the employee is taking leave for a reason
                                                                                                  described in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of section 5102(a); or
                                                                                                        ‘‘(2) $200 per day and $2,000 in the aggregate for each
                                                                                                  employee, when the employee is taking leave for a reason
                                                                                                  described in paragraph (4), (5), or (6) of section 5102(a).’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3603. UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE.
                                                                                                  Section 903(h)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                              1103(h)(2)(B)), as added by section 4102 of the Emergency
                                                                      Ante, p. 193.           Unemployment Insurance Stabilization and Access Act of 2020,
                                                                                              is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) The State ensures that applications for unemploy-
                                                                                                      ment compensation, and assistance with the application
                                                                                                      process, are accessible, to the extent practicable in at least
                                                                                                      two of the following: in person, by phone, or online.’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3604. OMB WAIVER OF PAID FAMILY AND PAID SICK LEAVE.
                                                                                                   (a) FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT OF 1993.—Section 110(a)




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              of title I of the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (29 U.S.C.
                                                                                              2611 et seq.) (as added by division C of the Families First




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00408   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 411

                                                                      Coronavirus Response Act) is amended by adding at the end the                                         Ante, p. 189.
                                                                      following new paragraph:
                                                                               ‘‘(4) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget
                                                                           shall have the authority to exclude for good cause from the
                                                                           requirements under subsection (b) certain employers of the
                                                                           United States Government with respect to certain categories
                                                                           of Executive Branch employees.’’.
                                                                           (b) EMERGENCY PAID SICK LEAVE ACT.—The Emergency Paid
                                                                      Sick Leave Act (division E of the Families First Coronavirus
                                                                      Response Act) is amended by adding at the end the following
                                                                      new section:
                                                                      ‘‘SEC. 5112. AUTHORITY TO EXCLUDE CERTAIN EMPLOYEES.                                                  29 USC 2601
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                           ‘‘The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall
                                                                      have the authority to exclude for good cause from the definition
                                                                      of employee under section 5110(1) certain employees described in
                                                                      subparagraphs (E) and (F) of such section, including by exempting
                                                                      certain United States Government employers covered by section
                                                                      5110(2)(A)(i)(V) from the requirements of this title with respect
                                                                      to certain categories of Executive Branch employees.’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3605. PAID LEAVE FOR REHIRED EMPLOYEES.
                                                                          Section 110(a)(1)(A) of the Family and Medical Leave Act of
                                                                      1993, as added by section 3102 of the Emergency Family and
                                                                      Medical Leave Expansion Act, is amended to read as follows:                                           Ante, p. 189.
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE.—                                                                 Definitions.
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In lieu of the definition in sec-                                 Time periods.
                                                                                  tions 101(2)(A) and 101(2)(B)(ii), the term ‘eligible
                                                                                  employee’ means an employee who has been employed
                                                                                  for at least 30 calendar days by the employer with
                                                                                  respect to whom leave is requested under section
                                                                                  102(a)(1)(F).
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) RULE REGARDING REHIRED EMPLOYEES.—For
                                                                                  purposes of clause (i), the term ‘employed for at least
                                                                                  30 calendar days’, used with respect to an employee
                                                                                  and an employer described in clause (i), includes an
                                                                                  employee who was laid off by that employer not earlier
                                                                                  than March 1, 2020, had worked for the employer
                                                                                  for not less than 30 of the last 60 calendar days prior
                                                                                  to the employee’s layoff, and was rehired by the
                                                                                  employer.’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3606. ADVANCE REFUNDING OF CREDITS.
                                                                           (a) PAYROLL CREDIT FOR REQUIRED PAID SICK LEAVE.—Section
                                                                      7001 of division G of the Families First Coronavirus Response
                                                                      Act is amended—                                                                                       Ante, p. 210.
                                                                                (1) in subsection (b)(4)(A)—
                                                                                     (A) by striking ‘‘(A) In general.—If the amount’’ and
                                                                                inserting ‘‘(A)(i) Credit is refundable.—If the amount’’; and
                                                                                     (B) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) ADVANCING CREDIT.—In anticipation of the
                                                                                     credit, including the refundable portion under clause
                                                                                     (i), the credit may be advanced, according to forms
                                                                                     and instructions provided by the Secretary, up to an
                                                                                     amount calculated under subsection (a), subject to the
                                                                                     limits under subsection (b), both calculated through




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                     the end of the most recent payroll period in the
                                                                                     quarter.’’;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00409   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 412                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                         (2) in subsection (f)—
                                                                                                               (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘, and’’ and inserting
                                                                                                         a comma;
                                                                                                               (B) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the
                                                                                                         end and inserting ‘‘, and’’; and
                                                                                                               (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(6) regulations or other guidance to permit the advance-
                                                                                                   ment of the credit determined under subsection (a).’’; and
                                                                                                         (3) by inserting after subsection (h) the following new sub-
                                                                                                   section:
                                                                      Waiver authority.            ‘‘(i) TREATMENT OF DEPOSITS.—The Secretary of the Treasury
                                                                                              (or the Secretary’s delegate) shall waive any penalty under section
                                                                                              6656 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for any failure to
                                                                                              make a deposit of the tax imposed by section 3111(a) or 3221(a)
                                                                                              of such Code if the Secretary determines that such failure was
                                                                                              due to the anticipation of the credit allowed under this section.’’.
                                                                                                   (b) PAYROLL CREDIT FOR REQUIRED PAID FAMILY LEAVE.—Sec-
                                                                                              tion 7003 of division G of the Families First Coronavirus Response
                                                                      Ante, p. 214.           Act is amended—
                                                                                                         (1) in subsection (b)(3)—
                                                                                                               (A) by striking ‘‘If the amount’’ and inserting ‘‘(A)
                                                                                                         Credit is refundable.—If the amount’’; and
                                                                                                               (B) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) ADVANCING CREDIT.—In anticipation of the credit,
                                                                                                         including the refundable portion under subparagraph (A),
                                                                                                         the credit may be advanced, according to forms and instruc-
                                                                                                         tions provided by the Secretary, up to an amount calculated
                                                                                                         under subsection (a), subject to the limits under subsection
                                                                                                         (b), both calculated through the end of the most recent
                                                                                                         payroll period in the quarter.’’;
                                                                                                         (2) in subsection (f)—
                                                                                                               (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘, and’’ and inserting
                                                                                                         a comma;
                                                                                                               (B) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the
                                                                                                         end and inserting ‘‘, and’’; and
                                                                                                               (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(6) regulations or other guidance to permit the advance-
                                                                                                   ment of the credit determined under subsection (a).’’; and
                                                                                                   (c) by inserting after subsection (h) the following new sub-
                                                                                              section:
                                                                      Waiver authority.            ‘‘(i) TREATMENT OF DEPOSITS.—The Secretary of the Treasury
                                                                      Determination.          (or the Secretary’s delegate) shall waive any penalty under section
                                                                                              6656 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for any failure to
                                                                                              make a deposit of the tax imposed by section 3111(a) or 3221(a)
                                                                                              of such Code if the Secretary determines that such failure was
                                                                                              due to the anticipation of the credit allowed under this section.’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3607. EXPANSION OF DOL AUTHORITY TO POSTPONE CERTAIN
                                                                                                          DEADLINES.
                                                                                                  Section 518 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
                                                                                              of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1148) is amended by striking ‘‘or a terroristic
                                                                                              or military action (as defined in section 692(c)(2) of such Code),
                                                                                              the Secretary may’’ and inserting ‘‘a terroristic or military action
                                                                                              (as defined in section 692(c)(2) of such Code), or a public health
                                                                                              emergency declared by the Secretary of Health and Human Services




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              pursuant to section 319 of the Public Health Service Act, the Sec-
                                                                                              retary may’’.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00410   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 413
                                                                      SEC. 3608. SINGLE-EMPLOYER PLAN FUNDING RULES.                                                        26 USC 430 note.
                                                                          (a) DELAY IN PAYMENT OF MINIMUM REQUIRED CONTRIBU-
                                                                      TIONS.—In the case of any minimum required contribution (as deter-
                                                                      mined under section 430(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                                                      and section 303(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security
                                                                      Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1083(a))) which (but for this section) would
                                                                      otherwise be due under section 430(j) of such Code (including quar-
                                                                      terly contributions under paragraph (3) thereof) and section 303(j)
                                                                      of such Act (29 U.S.C. 1083(j)) (including quarterly contributions
                                                                      under paragraph (3) thereof) during calendar year 2020—
                                                                                (1) the due date for such contributions shall be January
                                                                           1, 2021, and
                                                                                (2) the amount of each such minimum required contribution
                                                                           shall be increased by interest accruing for the period between
                                                                           the original due date (without regard to this section) for the
                                                                           contribution and the payment date, at the effective rate of
                                                                           interest for the plan for the plan year which includes such
                                                                           payment date.
                                                                           (b) BENEFIT RESTRICTION STATUS.—For purposes of section 436
                                                                      of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and section 206(g) of the
                                                                      Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C.
                                                                      1056(g)), a plan sponsor may elect to treat the plan’s adjusted
                                                                      funding target attainment percentage for the last plan year ending
                                                                      before January 1, 2020, as the adjusted funding target attainment
                                                                      percentage for plan years which include calendar year 2020.
                                                                      SEC. 3609. APPLICATION OF COOPERATIVE AND SMALL EMPLOYER
                                                                                  CHARITY PENSION PLAN RULES TO CERTAIN CHARI-
                                                                                  TABLE EMPLOYERS WHOSE PRIMARY EXEMPT PURPOSE
                                                                                  IS PROVIDING SERVICES WITH RESPECT TO MOTHERS
                                                                                  AND CHILDREN.
                                                                           (a) EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974.—
                                                                      Section 210(f)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
                                                                      of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1060(f)(1)) is amended—
                                                                               (1) by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subparagraph (B);
                                                                               (2) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (C)(iv)
                                                                           and inserting ‘‘; or’’; and
                                                                               (3) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following new
                                                                           subparagraph:
                                                                                    ‘‘(D) that, as of January 1, 2000, was maintained by
                                                                               an employer—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal
                                                                                    Revenue Code of 1986,
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) who has been in existence since at least 1938,
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) who conducts medical research directly or
                                                                                    indirectly through grant making, and
                                                                                         ‘‘(iv) whose primary exempt purpose is to provide
                                                                                    services with respect to mothers and children.’’.
                                                                           (b) INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986.—Section 414(y)(1) of
                                                                      the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended—                                                         26 USC 414.
                                                                               (1) by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subparagraph (B);
                                                                               (2) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (C)(iv)
                                                                           and inserting ‘‘; or’’; and
                                                                               (3) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following new
                                                                           subparagraph:




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                    ‘‘(D) that, as of January 1, 2000, was maintained by
                                                                               an employer—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00411   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 414                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) described in section 501(c)(3),
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) who has been in existence since at least 1938,
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iii) who conducts medical research directly or
                                                                                                           indirectly through grant making, and
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iv) whose primary exempt purpose is to provide
                                                                                                           services with respect to mothers and children.’’.
                                                                      26 USC 414 note.            (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                              shall apply to plan years beginning after December 31, 2018.
                                                                      41 USC note             SEC. 3610. FEDERAL CONTRACTOR AUTHORITY.
                                                                      prec. 6301.
                                                                                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and subject to
                                                                                              the availability of appropriations, funds made available to an agency
                                                                                              by this Act or any other Act may be used by such agency to
                                                                                              modify the terms and conditions of a contract, or other agreement,
                                                                                              without consideration, to reimburse at the minimum applicable
                                                                                              contract billing rates not to exceed an average of 40 hours per
                                                                                              week any paid leave, including sick leave, a contractor provides
                                                                                              to keep its employees or subcontractors in a ready state, including
                                                                                              to protect the life and safety of Government and contractor per-
                                                                      Applicability.          sonnel, but in no event beyond September 30, 2020. Such authority
                                                                                              shall apply only to a contractor whose employees or subcontractors
                                                                                              cannot perform work on a site that has been approved by the
                                                                                              Federal Government, including a federally-owned or leased facility
                                                                                              or site, due to facility closures or other restrictions, and who cannot
                                                                                              telework because their job duties cannot be performed remotely
                                                                                              during the public health emergency declared on January 31, 2020
                                                                      Reimbursement.          for COVID–19: Provided, That the maximum reimbursement
                                                                                              authorized by this section shall be reduced by the amount of credit
                                                                                              a contractor is allowed pursuant to division G of Public Law 116–
                                                                                              127 and any applicable credits a contractor is allowed under this
                                                                                              Act.
                                                                                              SEC. 3611. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS.
                                                                                                          (1) Section 110(a)(3) of the Family and Medical Leave Act
                                                                                                     of 1993 (as added by the Emergency and Medical Leave Expan-
                                                                      Ante, p. 190.                  sion Act) is amended by striking ‘‘553(d)(A)’’ and inserting
                                                                                                     ‘‘553(d)(3)’’.
                                                                                                          (2) Section 5111 of the Emergency Paid Sick Leave Act
                                                                      Ante, p. 201.                  (division E of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act)
                                                                                                     is amended by striking ‘‘553(d)(A)’’ and inserting ‘‘553(d)(3)’’.
                                                                                                          (3) Section 110(c) of the Family and Medical Leave Act
                                                                                                     of 1993 (as added by the Emergency and Medical Leave Expan-
                                                                                                     sion Act) is amended by striking ‘‘subsection (a)(2)(A)(iii)’’ and
                                                                                                     inserting ‘‘subsection (a)(2)(A)’’.
                                                                                                          (4) Section 3104 of the Emergency Family and Medical
                                                                                                     Leave Expansion Act (division C of the Families First
                                                                      Ante, p. 192.                  Coronavirus Response Act) is amended—
                                                                                                               (A) by striking ‘‘110(a)(B)’’ and inserting ‘‘section
                                                                                                          110(a)(1)(B) of the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993’’;
                                                                                                          and
                                                                                                               (B) by striking ‘‘section 107(a) for a violation of section
                                                                                                          102(a)(1)(F) if the employer does not meet the definition
                                                                                                          of employer set forth in Section 101(4)(A)(i)’’ and inserting
                                                                                                          ‘‘section 107(a) of such Act for a violation of section
                                                                                                          102(a)(1)(F) of such Act if the employer does not meet




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          the definition of employer set forth in section 101(4)(A)(i)
                                                                                                          of such Act’’.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00412   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 415

                                                                                  (5) Section 5110(1) of the Emergency Paid Sick Leave Act
                                                                           (division E of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act)                                      Ante, p. 198.
                                                                           is amended—
                                                                                       (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                  striking ‘‘terms’’ and inserting ‘‘term’’; and
                                                                                       (B) in subparagraph (A)(i), by striking ‘‘paragraph
                                                                                  (5)(A)’’ and inserting ‘‘paragraph (2)(A)’’.
                                                                                  (6) Section 5110(2)(B)(ii) of the Emergency Paid Sick Leave
                                                                           Act (division E of the Families First Coronavirus Response
                                                                           Act) is amended by striking ‘‘clause (i)(IV)’’ and inserting ‘‘clause
                                                                           (i)(III)’’.
                                                                                  (7) Section 110(a)(3) of the Family and Medical Leave Act
                                                                           of 1993 (as added by the Emergency and Medical Leave Expan-
                                                                           sion Act) is amended—                                                                            Ante, p. 190.
                                                                                       (A) by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon at the end
                                                                                  of subparagraph (A);
                                                                                       (B) by striking the period at end of subparagraph (B)
                                                                                  and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                                                       (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                       ‘‘(C) as necessary to carry out the purposes of this
                                                                                  Act, including to ensure consistency between this Act and
                                                                                  Division E and Division G of the Families First Coronavirus
                                                                                  Response Act.’’.
                                                                                  (8) Section 5104(1) of the Emergency Paid Sick Leave Act
                                                                           (division E of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act)                                      Ante, p. 197.
                                                                           is amended by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon and inserting
                                                                           ‘‘or’’.
                                                                                  (9) Section 5105 of the Emergency Paid Sick Leave Act
                                                                           (division E of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act)                                      Ante, p. 197.
                                                                           is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                           ‘‘(c) INVESTIGATIONS AND COLLECTION OF DATA.—The Secretary
                                                                      of Labor or his designee may investigate and gather data to ensure
                                                                      compliance with this Act in the same manner as authorized by
                                                                      sections 9 and 11 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29
                                                                      U.S.C. 209; 211).’’.

                                                                                       Subtitle D—Finance Committee
                                                                      SEC. 3701. EXEMPTION FOR TELEHEALTH SERVICES.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of section 223(c) of the Internal
                                                                      Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following                                    26 USC 223.
                                                                      new subparagraph:
                                                                                    ‘‘(E) SAFE HARBOR FOR ABSENCE OF DEDUCTIBLE FOR
                                                                               TELEHEALTH.—In the case of plan years beginning on or
                                                                               before December 31, 2021, a plan shall not fail to be treated
                                                                               as a high deductible health plan by reason of failing to
                                                                               have a deductible for telehealth and other remote care
                                                                               services.’’.
                                                                          (b) CERTAIN COVERAGE DISREGARDED.—Clause (ii) of section
                                                                      223(c)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended
                                                                      by striking ‘‘or long-term care’’ and inserting ‘‘long-term care, or
                                                                      (in the case of plan years beginning on or before December 31,
                                                                      2021) telehealth and other remote care’’.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                          (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 223 note.
                                                                      shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00413   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 416                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                                              SEC. 3702. INCLUSION OF CERTAIN OVER-THE-COUNTER MEDICAL
                                                                                                          PRODUCTS AS QUALIFIED MEDICAL EXPENSES.
                                                                                                   (a) HSAS.—Section 223(d)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                      26 USC 223.             1986 is amended—
                                                                                                         (1) by striking the last sentence of subparagraph (A) and
                                                                                                   inserting the following: ‘‘For purposes of this subparagraph,
                                                                                                   amounts paid for menstrual care products shall be treated
                                                                                                   as paid for medical care.’’; and
                                                                                                         (2) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                                      Definition.                             ‘‘(D) MENSTRUAL CARE PRODUCT.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                         paragraph, the term ‘menstrual care product’ means a
                                                                                                         tampon, pad, liner, cup, sponge, or similar product used
                                                                                                         by individuals with respect to menstruation or other gen-
                                                                                                         ital-tract secretions.’’.
                                                                                                   (b) ARCHER MSAS.—Section 220(d)(2)(A) of such Code is
                                                                                              amended by striking the last sentence and inserting the following:
                                                                                              ‘‘For purposes of this subparagraph, amounts paid for menstrual
                                                                                              care products (as defined in section 223(d)(2)(D)) shall be treated
                                                                                              as paid for medical care.’’.
                                                                                                   (c) HEALTH FLEXIBLE SPENDING ARRANGEMENTS AND HEALTH
                                                                                              REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENTS.—Section 106 of such Code is
                                                                                              amended by striking subsection (f) and inserting the following new
                                                                                              subsection:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(f) REIMBURSEMENTS FOR MENSTRUAL CARE PRODUCTS.—For
                                                                                              purposes of this section and section 105, expenses incurred for
                                                                                              menstrual care products (as defined in section 223(d)(2)(D)) shall
                                                                                              be treated as incurred for medical care.’’.
                                                                      Applicability.               (d) EFFECTIVE DATES.—
                                                                      26 USC 220 note.                   (1) DISTRIBUTIONS FROM SAVINGS ACCOUNTS.—The amend-
                                                                                                   ment made by subsections (a) and (b) shall apply to amounts
                                                                                                   paid after December 31, 2019.
                                                                      26 USC 106 note.                   (2) REIMBURSEMENTS.—The amendment made by sub-
                                                                                                   section (c) shall apply to expenses incurred after December
                                                                                                   31, 2019.
                                                                                              SEC.     3703.    INCREASING MEDICARE TELEHEALTH                            FLEXIBILITIES
                                                                                                                DURING EMERGENCY PERIOD.
                                                                                                   Section 1135 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–
                                                                                              5) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) in subsection (b)(8), by striking ‘‘to an individual by
                                                                                                   a qualified provider (as defined in subsection (g)(3))’’ and all
                                                                                                   that follows through the period and inserting ‘‘, the require-
                                                                                                   ments of section 1834(m).’’; and
                                                                                                       (2) in subsection (g), by striking paragraph (3).
                                                                                              SEC. 3704. ENHANCING MEDICARE TELEHEALTH SERVICES FOR FED-
                                                                                                          ERALLY QUALIFIED HEALTH CENTERS AND RURAL
                                                                                                          HEALTH CLINICS DURING EMERGENCY PERIOD.
                                                                                                  Section 1834(m) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m(m))
                                                                                              is amended—
                                                                                                      (1) in the first sentence of paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘The
                                                                                                  Secretary’’ and inserting ‘‘Subject to paragraph (8), the Sec-
                                                                                                  retary’’;
                                                                                                      (2) in paragraph (2)(A), by striking ‘‘The Secretary’’ and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                  inserting ‘‘Subject to paragraph (8), the Secretary’’;
                                                                                                      (3) in paragraph (4)—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00414   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 417

                                                                                        (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘The term’’ and
                                                                                   inserting ‘‘Subject to paragraph (8), the term’’; and
                                                                                        (B) in subparagraph (F)(i), by striking ‘‘The term’’ and
                                                                                   inserting ‘‘Subject to paragraph (8), the term’’; and
                                                                                   (4) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                   ‘‘(8) ENHANCING TELEHEALTH SERVICES FOR FEDERALLY
                                                                             QUALIFIED HEALTH CENTERS AND RURAL HEALTH CLINICS DURING
                                                                             EMERGENCY PERIOD.—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—During the emergency period
                                                                                   described in section 1135(g)(1)(B)—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) the Secretary shall pay for telehealth services
                                                                                       that are furnished via a telecommunications system
                                                                                       by a Federally qualified health center or a rural health
                                                                                       clinic to an eligible telehealth individual enrolled under
                                                                                       this part notwithstanding that the Federally qualified
                                                                                       health center or rural clinic providing the telehealth
                                                                                       service is not at the same location as the beneficiary;
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) the amount of payment to a Federally qualified
                                                                                       health center or rural health clinic that serves as a
                                                                                       distant site for such a telehealth service shall be deter-
                                                                                       mined under subparagraph (B); and
                                                                                             ‘‘(iii) for purposes of this subsection—                                       Definitions.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) the term ‘distant site’ includes a Federally
                                                                                             qualified health center or rural health clinic that
                                                                                             furnishes a telehealth service to an eligible tele-
                                                                                             health individual; and
                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) the term ‘telehealth services’ includes a
                                                                                             rural health clinic service or Federally qualified
                                                                                             health center service that is furnished using tele-
                                                                                             health to the extent that payment codes cor-
                                                                                             responding to services identified by the Secretary
                                                                                             under clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (4)(F) are
                                                                                             listed on the corresponding claim for such rural
                                                                                             health clinic service or Federally qualified health
                                                                                             center service.
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) SPECIAL PAYMENT RULE.—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall develop and
                                                                                       implement payment methods that apply under this
                                                                                       subsection to a Federally qualified health center or
                                                                                       rural health clinic that serves as a distant site that
                                                                                       furnishes a telehealth service to an eligible telehealth
                                                                                       individual during such emergency period. Such pay-
                                                                                       ment methods shall be based on payment rates that
                                                                                       are similar to the national average payment rates for
                                                                                       comparable telehealth services under the physician fee
                                                                                       schedule under section 1848. Notwithstanding any
                                                                                       other provision of law, the Secretary may implement
                                                                                       such payment methods through program instruction
                                                                                       or otherwise.
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) EXCLUSION FROM FQHC PPS CALCULATION AND
                                                                                       RHC AIR CALCULATION.—Costs associated with tele-
                                                                                       health services shall not be used to determine the
                                                                                       amount of payment for Federally qualified health
                                                                                       center services under the prospective payment system
                                                                                       under section 1834(o) or for rural health clinic services




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                       under the methodology for all-inclusive rates (estab-
                                                                                       lished by the Secretary) under section 1833(a)(3).’’.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00415   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 418                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                                              SEC. 3705. TEMPORARY WAIVER OF REQUIREMENT FOR FACE-TO-FACE
                                                                                                           VISITS BETWEEN HOME DIALYSIS PATIENTS AND PHYSI-
                                                                                                           CIANS.
                                                                                                  Section 1881(b)(3)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                              1395rr(b)(3)(B)) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘clause (ii)’’ and inserting
                                                                                                  ‘‘clauses (ii) and (iii)’’;
                                                                                                       (2) in clause (ii), in the matter preceding subclause (I),
                                                                                                  by striking ‘‘Clause (i)’’ and inserting ‘‘Except as provided in
                                                                                                  clause (iii), clause (i)’’; and
                                                                                                       (3) by adding at the end the following new clause:
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) The Secretary may waive the provisions of
                                                                                                            clause (ii) during the emergency period described in
                                                                                                            section 1135(g)(1)(B).’’.
                                                                                              SEC.     3706.    USE OF TELEHEALTH TO CONDUCT FACE-TO-FACE
                                                                                                                ENCOUNTER PRIOR TO RECERTIFICATION OF ELIGI-
                                                                                                                BILITY FOR HOSPICE CARE DURING EMERGENCY PERIOD.
                                                                                                  Section 1814(a)(7)(D)(i) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                              1395f(a)(7(D)(i)) is amended—
                                                                                                        (1) by striking ‘‘a hospice’’ and inserting ‘‘(I) subject to
                                                                                                  subclause (II), a hospice’’; and
                                                                                                        (2) by inserting after subclause (I), as added by paragraph
                                                                                                  (1), the following new subclause:
                                                                      Determination.                             ‘‘(II) during the emergency period described in sec-
                                                                                                             tion 1135(g)(1)(B), a hospice physician or nurse practi-
                                                                                                             tioner may conduct a face-to-face encounter required
                                                                                                             under this clause via telehealth, as determined appro-
                                                                                                             priate by the Secretary; and’’.
                                                                      42 USC 1395m            SEC. 3707. ENCOURAGING USE OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
                                                                      note.                               FOR HOME HEALTH SERVICES FURNISHED DURING
                                                                                                          EMERGENCY PERIOD.
                                                                                                  With respect to home health services (as defined in section
                                                                                              1861(m) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(m)) that are
                                                                                              furnished during the emergency period described in section
                                                                                              1135(g)(1)(B) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–5(g)(1)(B)), the Secretary
                                                                                              of Health and Human Services shall consider ways to encourage
                                                                                              the use of telecommunications systems, including for remote patient
                                                                                              monitoring as described in section 409.46(e) of title 42, Code of
                                                                                              Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations) and other
                                                                                              communications or monitoring services, consistent with the plan
                                                                                              of care for the individual, including by clarifying guidance and
                                                                                              conducting outreach, as appropriate.
                                                                                              SEC. 3708. IMPROVING CARE PLANNING FOR MEDICARE HOME HEALTH
                                                                                                           SERVICES.
                                                                                                   (a) PART A PROVISIONS.—Section 1814(a) of the Social Security
                                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 1395f(a)) is amended—
                                                                                                        (1) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                             (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                                        inserting ‘‘, a nurse practitioner or clinical nurse specialist
                                                                                                        (as such terms are defined in section 1861(aa)(5)) who
                                                                                                        is working in accordance with State law, or a physician
                                                                                                        assistant (as defined in section 1861(aa)(5)) who is working
                                                                                                        in accordance with State law, who is’’ after ‘‘in the case




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                        of services described in subparagraph (C), a physician’’;
                                                                                                        and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00416   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 419

                                                                                      (B) in subparagraph (C)—
                                                                                            (i) by inserting ‘‘, a nurse practitioner, a clinical
                                                                                      nurse specialist, or a physician assistant (as the case
                                                                                      may be)’’ after ‘‘physician’’ the first 2 times it appears;
                                                                                      and
                                                                                            (ii) by striking ‘‘, and, in the case of a certification                        Deadline.
                                                                                      made by a physician’’ and all that follows through
                                                                                      ‘‘face-to-face encounter’’ and inserting ‘‘, and, in the
                                                                                      case of a certification made by a physician after
                                                                                      January 1, 2010, or by a nurse practitioner, clinical
                                                                                      nurse specialist, or physician assistant (as the case
                                                                                      may be) after a date specified by the Secretary (but
                                                                                      in no case later than the date that is 6 months after
                                                                                      the date of the enactment of the CARES Act), prior
                                                                                      to making such certification a physician, nurse practi-
                                                                                      tioner, clinical nurse specialist, or physician assistant
                                                                                      must document that a physician, nurse practitioner,
                                                                                      clinical nurse specialist, certified nurse-midwife (as
                                                                                      defined in section 1861(gg)) as authorized by State
                                                                                      law, or physician assistant has had a face-to-face
                                                                                      encounter’’;
                                                                                (2) in the third sentence—
                                                                                      (A) by striking ‘‘physician certification’’ and inserting
                                                                                ‘‘certification’’;
                                                                                      (B) by inserting ‘‘(or in the case of regulations to imple-                           Regulations.
                                                                                ment the amendments made by section 3708 of the CARES                                       Effective date.
                                                                                Act, the Secretary shall prescribe regulations, which shall
                                                                                become effective no later than 6 months after the date
                                                                                of the enactment of such Act)’’ after ‘‘1981’’; and
                                                                                      (C) by striking ‘‘a physician who’’ and inserting ‘‘a
                                                                                physician, nurse practitioner, clinical nurse specialist, or
                                                                                physician assistant who’’;
                                                                                (3) in the fourth sentence, by inserting ‘‘, nurse practitioner,
                                                                           clinical nurse specialist, or physician assistant’’ after ‘‘physi-
                                                                           cian’’; and
                                                                                (4) in the fifth sentence—
                                                                                      (A) by inserting ‘‘or no later than 6 months after the
                                                                                date of the enactment of the CARES Act for purposes
                                                                                of documentation for certification and recertification made
                                                                                under paragraph (2) by a nurse practitioner, clinical nurse
                                                                                specialist, or physician assistant,’’ after ‘‘January 1, 2019’’;
                                                                                and
                                                                                      (B) by inserting ‘‘, nurse practitioner, clinical nurse
                                                                                specialist, or physician assistant’’ after ‘‘of the physician’’.
                                                                           (b) PART B PROVISIONS.—Section 1835(a) of the Social Security
                                                                      Act (42 U.S.C. 1395n(a)) is amended—
                                                                                (1) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                      (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                inserting ‘‘, a nurse practitioner or clinical nurse specialist
                                                                                (as those terms are defined in section 1861(aa)(5)) who
                                                                                is working in accordance with State law, or a physician
                                                                                assistant (as defined in section 1861(aa)(5)) who is working
                                                                                in accordance with State law, who is’’ after ‘‘in the case
                                                                                of services described in subparagraph (A), a physician’’;




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                and
                                                                                      (B) in subparagraph (A)—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00417   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 420                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                      (i) in each of clauses (ii) and (iii) of subparagraph
                                                                                                                (A) by inserting ‘‘, a nurse practitioner, a clinical nurse
                                                                                                                specialist, or a physician assistant (as the case may
                                                                                                                be)’’ after ‘‘physician’’; and
                                                                      Deadline.                                       (ii) in clause (iv), by striking ‘‘after January 1,
                                                                                                                2010’’ and all that follows through ‘‘face-to-face
                                                                                                                encounter’’ and inserting ‘‘made by a physician after
                                                                                                                January 1, 2010, or by a nurse practitioner, clinical
                                                                                                                nurse specialist, or physician assistant (as the case
                                                                                                                may be) after a date specified by the Secretary (but
                                                                                                                in no case later than the date that is 6 months after
                                                                                                                the date of the enactment of the CARES Act), prior
                                                                                                                to making such certification a physician, nurse practi-
                                                                                                                tioner, clinical nurse specialist, or physician assistant
                                                                                                                must document that a physician, nurse practitioner,
                                                                                                                clinical nurse specialist, certified nurse-midwife (as
                                                                                                                defined in section 1861(gg)) as authorized by State
                                                                                                                law, or physician assistant has had a face-to-face
                                                                                                                encounter’’;
                                                                                                          (2) in the third sentence, by inserting ‘‘, nurse practitioner,
                                                                                                     clinical nurse specialist, or physician assistant (as the case
                                                                                                     may be)’’ after physician;
                                                                                                          (3) in the fourth sentence—
                                                                                                                (A) by striking ‘‘physician certification’’ and inserting
                                                                                                          ‘‘certification’’;
                                                                      Regulations.                              (B) by inserting ‘‘(or in the case of regulations to imple-
                                                                      Effective date.                     ment the amendments made by section 3708 of the CARES
                                                                                                          Act the Secretary shall prescribe regulations which shall
                                                                                                          become effective no later than 6 months after the enact-
                                                                                                          ment of such Act)’’ after ‘‘1981’’; and
                                                                                                                (C) by striking ‘‘a physician who’’ and inserting ‘‘a
                                                                                                          physician, nurse practitioner, clinical nurse specialist, or
                                                                                                          physician assistant who’’;
                                                                                                          (4) in the fifth sentence, by inserting ‘‘, nurse practitioner,
                                                                                                     clinical nurse specialist, or physician assistant’’ after ‘‘physi-
                                                                                                     cian’’; and
                                                                                                          (5) in the sixth sentence—
                                                                                                                (A) by inserting ‘‘or no later than 6 months after the
                                                                                                          date of the enactment of the CARES Act for purposes
                                                                                                          of documentation for certification and recertification made
                                                                                                          under paragraph (2) by a nurse practitioner, clinical nurse
                                                                                                          specialist, or physician assistant,’’ after ‘‘January 1, 2019’’;
                                                                                                          and
                                                                                                                (B) by inserting ‘‘, nurse practitioner, clinical nurse
                                                                                                          specialist, or physician assistant’’ after ‘‘of the physician’’.
                                                                                                     (c) DEFINITION PROVISIONS.—
                                                                                                          (1) HOME HEALTH SERVICES.—Section 1861(m) of the Social
                                                                                                     Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(m)) is amended—
                                                                                                                (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1)—
                                                                                                                      (i) by inserting ‘‘, a nurse practitioner or a clinical
                                                                                                                nurse specialist (as those terms are defined in sub-
                                                                                                                section (aa)(5)), or a physician assistant (as defined
                                                                                                                in subsection (aa)(5))’’ after ‘‘physician’’ the first place
                                                                                                                it appears; and
                                                                                                                      (ii) by inserting ‘‘, a nurse practitioner, a clinical




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                nurse specialist, or a physician assistant’’ after ‘‘physi-
                                                                                                                cian’’ the second place it appears; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00418   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 421

                                                                                     (B) in paragraph (3), by inserting ‘‘, a nurse practi-
                                                                                tioner, a clinical nurse specialist, or a physician assistant’’
                                                                                after ‘‘physician’’.
                                                                                (2) HOME HEALTH AGENCY.—Section 1861(o)(2) of the Social
                                                                           Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(o)(2)) is amended—
                                                                                     (A) by inserting ‘‘, nurse practitioners or clinical nurse
                                                                                specialists (as those terms are defined in subsection (aa)(5)),
                                                                                certified nurse-midwives (as defined in subsection (gg)),
                                                                                or physician assistants (as defined in subsection (aa)(5))’’
                                                                                after ‘‘physicians’’; and
                                                                                     (B) by inserting ‘‘, nurse practitioner, clinical nurse
                                                                                specialist, certified nurse-midwife, physician assistant,’’
                                                                                after ‘‘physician’’.
                                                                                (3) COVERED OSTEOPOROSIS DRUG.—Section 1861(kk)(1) of
                                                                           the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(kk)(1)) is amended
                                                                           by inserting ‘‘, nurse practitioner or clinical nurse specialist
                                                                           (as those terms are defined in subsection (aa)(5)), certified
                                                                           nurse-midwife (as defined in subsection (gg)), or physician
                                                                           assistant (as defined in subsection (aa)(5))’’ after ‘‘attending
                                                                           physician’’.
                                                                           (d) HOME HEALTH PROSPECTIVE PAYMENT SYSTEM PROVI-
                                                                      SIONS.—Section 1895 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395fff)
                                                                      is amended—
                                                                                (1) in subsection (c)(1)—
                                                                                     (A) by striking ‘‘(provided under section 1842(r))’’; and
                                                                                     (B) by inserting ‘‘the nurse practitioner or clinical nurse
                                                                                specialist (as those terms are defined in section
                                                                                1861(aa)(5)), or the physician assistant (as defined in sec-
                                                                                tion 1861(aa)(5))’’ after ‘‘physician’’; and
                                                                                (2) in subsection (e)—
                                                                                     (A) in paragraph (1)(A), by inserting ‘‘a nurse practi-
                                                                                tioner or clinical nurse specialist, or a physician assistant’’
                                                                                after ‘‘physician’’; and
                                                                                     (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                          (i) in the heading, by striking ‘‘PHYSICIAN CERTIFI-
                                                                                     CATION’’ and inserting ‘‘RULE OF CONSTRUCTION
                                                                                     REGARDING REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATION’’; and
                                                                                          (ii) by striking ‘‘physician’’.
                                                                           (e) APPLICATION TO MEDICAID.—The amendments made under                                           42 USC 1395f
                                                                      this section shall apply under title XIX of the Social Security                                       note.
                                                                      Act in the same manner and to the same extent as such require-
                                                                      ments apply under title XVIII of such Act or regulations promul-
                                                                      gated thereunder.
                                                                           (f) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The Secretary of Health and Human                                            Regulations.
                                                                      Services shall prescribe regulations to apply the amendments made                                     42 USC 1395f
                                                                      by this section to items and services furnished, which shall become                                   note.
                                                                      effective no later than 6 months after the date of the enactment
                                                                      of this legislation. The Secretary shall promulgate an interim final
                                                                      rule if necessary, to comply with the required effective date.
                                                                      SEC. 3709. ADJUSTMENT OF SEQUESTRATION.                                                               2 USC 901a note.
                                                                           (a) TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF MEDICARE SEQUESTRATION.—                                             Time period.
                                                                      During the period beginning on May 1, 2020 and ending on
                                                                      December 31, 2020, the Medicare programs under title XVIII of
                                                                      the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) shall be exempt




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      from reduction under any sequestration order issued before, on,
                                                                      or after the date of enactment of this Act.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00419   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 422                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                  (b) EXTENSION OF DIRECT SPENDING REDUCTIONS THROUGH
                                                                                              FISCAL YEAR 2030.—Section 251A(6) of the Balanced Budget and
                                                                                              Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985 (2 U.S.C. 901a(6)) is
                                                                                              amended—
                                                                                                       (1) in subparagraph (B), in the matter preceding clause
                                                                                                  (i), by striking ‘‘through 2029’’ and inserting ‘‘through 2030’’;
                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                       (2) in subparagraph (C), in the matter preceding clause
                                                                                                  (i), by striking ‘‘fiscal year 2029’’ and inserting ‘‘fiscal year
                                                                                                  2030’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3710. MEDICARE HOSPITAL INPATIENT PROSPECTIVE PAYMENT
                                                                                                          SYSTEM ADD-ON PAYMENT FOR COVID–19 PATIENTS
                                                                                                          DURING EMERGENCY PERIOD.
                                                                                                   (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 1886(d)(4)(C) of the Social Security
                                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(4)(C)) is amended by adding at the end
                                                                                              the following new clause:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(iv)(I) For discharges occurring during the emergency period
                                                                                              described in section 1135(g)(1)(B), in the case of a discharge of
                                                                                              an individual diagnosed with COVID–19, the Secretary shall
                                                                                              increase the weighting factor that would otherwise apply to the
                                                                                              diagnosis-related group to which the discharge is assigned by 20
                                                                                              percent. The Secretary shall identify a discharge of such an indi-
                                                                                              vidual through the use of diagnosis codes, condition codes, or other
                                                                                              such means as may be necessary.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(II) Any adjustment under subclause (I) shall not be taken
                                                                                              into account in applying budget neutrality under clause (iii)
                                                                                                   ‘‘(III) In the case of a State for which the Secretary has waived
                                                                                              all or part of this section under the authority of section 1115A,
                                                                                              nothing in this section shall preclude such State from implementing
                                                                                              an adjustment similar to the adjustment under subclause (I).’’.
                                                                      42 USC 1395ww                (b) IMPLEMENTATION.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                      note.                   law, the Secretary may implement the amendment made by sub-
                                                                                              section (a) by program instruction or otherwise.
                                                                      42 USC 1395ww           SEC. 3711. INCREASING ACCESS TO POST-ACUTE CARE DURING EMER-
                                                                      note.                                GENCY PERIOD.
                                                                                                   (a) WAIVER OF IRF 3-HOUR RULE.—With respect to inpatient
                                                                                              rehabilitation services furnished by a rehabilitation facility
                                                                                              described in section 1886(j)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                              1395ww(j)(1)) during the emergency period described in section
                                                                                              1135(g)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–5(g)(1)(B)),
                                                                                              the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall waive section
                                                                                              412.622(a)(3)(ii) of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations (or any
                                                                                              successor regulations), relating to the requirement that patients
                                                                                              of an inpatient rehabilitation facility receive at least 15 hours
                                                                                              of therapy per week.
                                                                                                   (b) WAIVER OF SITE-NEUTRAL PAYMENT RATE PROVISIONS FOR
                                                                                              LONG-TERM CARE HOSPITALS.—With respect to inpatient hospital
                                                                                              services furnished by a long-term care hospital described in section
                                                                                              1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                              1395ww(d)(1)(B)(iv)) during the emergency period described in sec-
                                                                                              tion 1135(g)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–
                                                                                              5(g)(1)(B)), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall waive
                                                                                              the following provisions of section 1886(m)(6) of such Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                              1395ww(m)(6)):




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                        (1) LTCH 50-PERCENT RULE.—Subparagraph (C)(ii) of such
                                                                                                   section, relating to the payment adjustment for long-term care




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00420   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 423

                                                                             hospitals that do not have a discharge payment percentage
                                                                             for the period that is at least 50 percent.
                                                                                  (2) SITE-NEUTRAL IPPS PAYMENT RATE.—Subparagraph (A)(i)
                                                                             of such section, relating to the application of the site-neutral
                                                                             payment rate (and payment shall be made to a long-term
                                                                             care hospital without regard to such section) for a discharge
                                                                             if the admission occurs during such emergency period and
                                                                             is in response to the public health emergency described in
                                                                             such section 1135(g)(1)(B).
                                                                      SEC. 3712. REVISING PAYMENT RATES FOR DURABLE MEDICAL EQUIP-                                          42 USC 1395m
                                                                                   MENT UNDER THE MEDICARE PROGRAM THROUGH DURA-                                            note.
                                                                                   TION OF EMERGENCY PERIOD.
                                                                           (a) RURAL AND NONCONTIGUOUS AREAS.—The Secretary of
                                                                      Health     and     Human      Services   shall   implement     section
                                                                      414.210(g)(9)(iii) of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations (or any
                                                                      successor regulation), to apply the transition rule described in such
                                                                      section to all applicable items and services furnished in rural areas
                                                                      and noncontiguous areas (as such terms are defined for purposes
                                                                      of such section) as planned through December 31, 2020, and through
                                                                      the duration of the emergency period described in section
                                                                      1135(g)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–5(g)(1)(B)),
                                                                      if longer.
                                                                           (b) AREAS OTHER THAN RURAL AND NONCONTIGUOUS AREAS.—
                                                                      With respect to items and services furnished on or after the date                                     Effective date.
                                                                      that is 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the                                      Applicability.
                                                                      Secretary of Health and Human Services shall apply section
                                                                      414.210(g)(9)(iv) of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations (or any
                                                                      successor regulation), as if the reference to ‘‘dates of service from
                                                                      June 1, 2018 through December 31, 2020, based on the fee schedule
                                                                      amount for the area is equal to 100 percent of the adjusted payment
                                                                      amount established under this section’’ were instead a reference
                                                                      to ‘‘dates of service from March 6, 2020, through the remainder
                                                                      of the duration of the emergency period described in section
                                                                      1135(g)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–5(g)(1)(B)),
                                                                      based on the fee schedule amount for the area is equal to 75
                                                                      percent of the adjusted payment amount established under this
                                                                      section and 25 percent of the unadjusted fee schedule amount’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3713. COVERAGE OF THE COVID–19 VACCINE UNDER PART B OF
                                                                                  THE MEDICARE PROGRAM WITHOUT ANY COST-SHARING.
                                                                           (a) MEDICAL AND OTHER HEALTH SERVICES.—Section
                                                                      1861(s)(10)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(s)(10)(A))
                                                                      is amended by inserting ‘‘, and COVID–19 vaccine and its adminis-
                                                                      tration’’ after ‘‘influenza vaccine and its administration’’.
                                                                           (b) PART B DEDUCTIBLE.—The first sentence of section 1833(b)
                                                                      of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(b)) is amended—
                                                                                (1) in paragraph (10), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end; and
                                                                                (2) in paragraph (11), by striking the period at the end
                                                                           and inserting ‘‘, and (12) such deductible shall not apply with
                                                                           respect a COVID–19 vaccine and its administration described
                                                                           in section 1861(s)(10)(A).’’.
                                                                           (c) MEDICARE ADVANTAGE.—Section 1852(a)(1)(B) of the Social
                                                                      Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–22(a)(1)(B)) is amended—
                                                                                (1) in clause (iv)—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                     (A) by redesignating subclause (VI) as subclause (VII);
                                                                                and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00421   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 424                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                           (B) by inserting after subclause (V) the following new
                                                                                                       subclause:
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(VI) A COVID–19 vaccine and its administra-
                                                                                                                tion described in section 1861(s)(10)(A).’’; and
                                                                                                       (2) in clause (v), by striking ‘‘subclauses (IV) and (V)’’
                                                                                                  inserting ‘‘subclauses (IV), (V), and (VI)’’.
                                                                      Applicability.              (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                      42 USC 1395l            shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act and shall
                                                                      note.
                                                                                              apply with respect to a COVID–19 vaccine beginning on the date
                                                                                              that such vaccine is licensed under section 351 of the Public Health
                                                                                              Service Act (42 U.S.C. 262).
                                                                      42 USC 1395l                (e) IMPLEMENTATION.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                      note.                   law, the Secretary may implement the provisions of, and the amend-
                                                                                              ments made by, this section by program instruction or otherwise.
                                                                                              SEC. 3714. REQUIRING MEDICARE PRESCRIPTION DRUG PLANS AND
                                                                                                          MA–PD PLANS TO ALLOW DURING THE COVID–19 EMER-
                                                                                                          GENCY PERIOD FOR FILLS AND REFILLS OF COVERED
                                                                                                          PART D DRUGS FOR UP TO A 3-MONTH SUPPLY.
                                                                                                   (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 1860D–4(b) of the Social Security
                                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–104(b)) is amended by adding at the end
                                                                                              the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                        ‘‘(4) ENSURING ACCESS DURING COVID–19 PUBLIC HEALTH
                                                                                                   EMERGENCY PERIOD.—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—During the emergency period
                                                                                                        described in section 1135(g)(1)(B), subject to subparagraph
                                                                                                        (B), a prescription drug plan or MA–PD plan shall, notwith-
                                                                                                        standing any cost and utilization management, medication
                                                                                                        therapy management, or other such programs under this
                                                                                                        part, permit a part D eligible individual enrolled in such
                                                                                                        plan to obtain in a single fill or refill, at the option of
                                                                                                        such individual, the total day supply (not to exceed a 90-
                                                                                                        day supply) prescribed for such individual for a covered
                                                                                                        part D drug.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(B) SAFETY EDIT EXCEPTION.—A prescription drug plan
                                                                                                        or MA–PD plan may not permit a part D eligible individual
                                                                                                        to obtain a single fill or refill inconsistent with an
                                                                                                        applicable safety edit.’’.
                                                                      42 USC                       (b) IMPLEMENTATION.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                      1395w–104 note.         law, the Secretary of Health and Human Services may implement
                                                                                              the amendment made by this section by program instruction or
                                                                                              otherwise.
                                                                                              SEC. 3715. PROVIDING HOME AND COMMUNITY-BASED SERVICES IN
                                                                                                          ACUTE CARE HOSPITALS.
                                                                                                  Section 1902(h) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(h))
                                                                                              is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) by inserting ‘‘(1)’’ after ‘‘(h)’’;
                                                                                                       (2) by inserting ‘‘, home and community-based services
                                                                                                  provided under subsection (c), (d), or (i) of section 1915 or
                                                                                                  under a waiver or demonstration project under section 1115,
                                                                                                  self-directed personal assistance services provided pursuant to
                                                                                                  a written plan of care under section 1915(j), and home and
                                                                                                  community-based attendant services and supports under section




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                  1915(k)’’ before the period; and
                                                                                                       (3) by adding at the end the following:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00422   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 425

                                                                          ‘‘(2) Nothing in this title, title XVIII, or title XI shall be con-
                                                                      strued as prohibiting receipt of any care or services specified in
                                                                      paragraph (1) in an acute care hospital that are—
                                                                                ‘‘(A) identified in an individual’s person-centered service
                                                                          plan (or comparable plan of care);
                                                                                ‘‘(B) provided to meet needs of the individual that are
                                                                          not met through the provision of hospital services;
                                                                                ‘‘(C) not a substitute for services that the hospital is obli-
                                                                          gated to provide through its conditions of participation or under
                                                                          Federal or State law, or under another applicable requirement;
                                                                          and
                                                                                ‘‘(D) designed to ensure smooth transitions between acute
                                                                          care settings and home and community-based settings, and
                                                                          to preserve the individual’s functional abilities.’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3716. CLARIFICATION REGARDING UNINSURED INDIVIDUALS.
                                                                          Subsection (ss) of section 1902 of the Social Security Act (42
                                                                      U.S.C. 1396a), as added by section 6004(a)(3)(C) of the Families
                                                                      First Coronavirus Response Act, is amended—
                                                                               (1) in paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘(excluding subclause
                                                                          (VIII) of such subsection if the individual is a resident of
                                                                          a State which does not furnish medical assistance to individuals
                                                                          described in such subclause)’’ before the semicolon; and
                                                                               (2) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘, except that individuals
                                                                          who are eligible for medical assistance under subsection
                                                                          (a)(10)(A)(ii)(XII), subsection (a)(10)(A)(ii)(XVIII), subsection
                                                                          (a)(10)(A)(ii)(XXI), or subsection (a)(10)(C) (but only to the
                                                                          extent such an individual is considered to not have minimum
                                                                          essential coverage under section 5000A(f)(1) of the Internal
                                                                          Revenue Code of 1986), or who are described in subsection
                                                                          (l)(1)(A) and are eligible for medical assistance only because
                                                                          of subsection (a)(10)(A)(i)(IV) or (a)(10)(A)(ii)(IX) and whose
                                                                          eligibility for such assistance is limited by the State under
                                                                          clause (VII) in the matter following subsection (a)(10)(G), shall
                                                                          not be treated as enrolled in a Federal health care program
                                                                          for purposes of this paragraph’’ before the period at the end.
                                                                      SEC. 3717. CLARIFICATION REGARDING COVERAGE OF COVID–19
                                                                                 TESTING PRODUCTS.
                                                                          Subparagraph (B) of section 1905(a)(3) of the Social Security
                                                                      Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(a)(3)), as added by section 6004(a)(1)(C) of
                                                                      the Families First Coronavirus Response Act (Public Law 116–
                                                                      127), is amended by striking ‘‘that are approved, cleared, or author-                                 Ante, p. 204.
                                                                      ized under section 510(k), 513, 515 or 564 of the Federal Food,
                                                                      Drug, and Cosmetic Act’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3718. AMENDMENTS RELATING TO REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                  WITH RESPECT TO CLINICAL DIAGNOSTIC LABORATORY
                                                                                  TESTS.
                                                                          (a) REVISED REPORTING PERIOD FOR REPORTING OF PRIVATE
                                                                      SECTOR PAYMENT RATES FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF MEDICARE PAY-
                                                                      MENT RATES.—Section 1834A(a)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act
                                                                      (42 U.S.C. 1395m–1(a)(1)(B)) is amended—
                                                                              (1) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘December 31, 2020’’ and
                                                                          inserting ‘‘December 31, 2021’’; and
                                                                              (2) in clause (ii)—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                   (A) by striking ‘‘January 1, 2021’’ and inserting
                                                                              ‘‘January 1, 2022’’; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00423   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 426                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                            (B) by striking ‘‘March 31, 2021’’ and inserting ‘‘March
                                                                                                       31, 2022’’.
                                                                                                   (b) REVISED PHASE-IN OF REDUCTIONS FROM PRIVATE PAYOR
                                                                                              RATE IMPLEMENTATION.—Section 1834A(b)(3) of the Social Security
                                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m–1(b)(3)) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘through 2023’’ and
                                                                                                   inserting ‘‘through 2024’’; and
                                                                                                       (2) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                                                                            (A) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                                            (B) by redesignating clause (ii) as clause (iii);
                                                                                                            (C) by inserting after clause (i) the following new
                                                                                                       clause:
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) for 2021, 0 percent; and’’; and
                                                                                                            (D) in clause (iii), as redesignated by subparagraph
                                                                                                       (B), by striking ‘‘2021 through 2023’’ and inserting ‘‘2022
                                                                                                       through 2024’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3719. EXPANSION OF THE MEDICARE HOSPITAL ACCELERATED
                                                                                                          PAYMENT PROGRAM DURING THE COVID–19 PUBLIC
                                                                                                          HEALTH EMERGENCY.
                                                                                                   Section 1815 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395g) is
                                                                                              amended—
                                                                                                         (1) in subsection (e)(3), by striking ‘‘In the case’’ and
                                                                                                   inserting ‘‘Subject to subsection (f), in the case’’; and
                                                                                                         (2) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(f)(1) During the emergency period described in section
                                                                                              1135(g)(1)(B), the Secretary shall expand the program under sub-
                                                                                              section (e)(3) pursuant to paragraph (2).
                                                                      Applicability.               ‘‘(2) In expanding the program under subsection (e)(3), the
                                                                                              following shall apply:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(A)(i) In addition to the hospitals described in subsection
                                                                                                   (e)(3), the following hospitals shall be eligible to participate
                                                                                                   in the program:
                                                                                                                ‘‘(I) Hospitals described in clause (iii) of section
                                                                                                         1886(d)(1)(B).
                                                                                                                ‘‘(II) Hospitals described in clause (v) of such section.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(III) Critical access hospitals (as defined in section
                                                                                                         1861(mm)(1)).
                                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) Subject to appropriate safeguards against fraud, waste,
                                                                                                   and abuse, upon a request of a hospital described in clause
                                                                                                   (i), the Secretary shall provide accelerated payments under
                                                                                                   the program to such hospital.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) Upon the request of the hospital, the Secretary may
                                                                                                   do any of the following:
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) Make accelerated payments on a periodic or lump
                                                                                                         sum basis.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) Increase the amount of payment that would other-
                                                                                                         wise be made to hospitals under the program up to 100
                                                                                                         percent (or, in the case of critical access hospitals, up
                                                                                                         to 125 percent).
                                                                      Time period.                              ‘‘(iii) Extend the period that accelerated payments cover
                                                                                                         so that it covers up to a 6-month period.
                                                                      Time periods.                      ‘‘(C) Upon the request of the hospital, the Secretary shall
                                                                                                   do the following:




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) Provide up to 120 days before claims are offset
                                                                                                         to recoup the accelerated payment.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00424   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 427

                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) Allow not less than 12 months from the date
                                                                                  of the first accelerated payment before requiring that the
                                                                                  outstanding balance be paid in full.
                                                                            ‘‘(3) Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Secretary
                                                                      from carrying out the provisions described in clauses (i), (ii), and
                                                                      (iii) of paragraph (2)(B) and clauses (i) and (ii) of paragraph (2)(C)
                                                                      under the program under subsection (e)(3) after the period for
                                                                      which this subsection applies.
                                                                            ‘‘(4) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary
                                                                      may implement the provisions of this subsection by program instruc-
                                                                      tion or otherwise.’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3720. DELAYING REQUIREMENTS FOR ENHANCED FMAP TO
                                                                                 ENABLE STATE LEGISLATION NECESSARY FOR COMPLI-
                                                                                 ANCE.
                                                                          Section 6008 of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act                                       Ante, p. 208.
                                                                      is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                          ‘‘(d) DELAY IN APPLICATION OF PREMIUM REQUIREMENT.—
                                                                      During the 30 day period beginning on the date of enactment                                           Time period.
                                                                      of this Act, a State shall not be ineligible for the increase to                                      Effective date.
                                                                      the Federal medical assistance percentage of the State described
                                                                      in subsection (a) on the basis that the State imposes a premium
                                                                      that violates the requirement of subsection (b)(2) if such premium
                                                                      was in effect on the date of enactment of this Act.’’.

                                                                          Subtitle E—Health and Human Services
                                                                                       Extenders
                                                                                       PART I—MEDICARE PROVISIONS
                                                                      SEC. 3801. EXTENSION OF THE WORK GEOGRAPHIC INDEX FLOOR
                                                                                  UNDER THE MEDICARE PROGRAM.
                                                                          Section 1848(e)(1)(E) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                      1395w–4(e)(1)(E)) is amended by striking ‘‘May 23, 2020’’ and
                                                                      inserting ‘‘December 1, 2020’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3802. EXTENSION OF FUNDING FOR QUALITY MEASURE ENDORSE-                                          Time period.
                                                                                   MENT, INPUT, AND SELECTION.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 1890(d)(2) of the Social Security Act
                                                                      (42 U.S.C. 1395aaa(d)(2)) is amended—
                                                                                (1) in the first sentence, by striking ‘‘and $4,830,000 for
                                                                           the period beginning on October 1, 2019, and ending on May
                                                                           22, 2020’’ and inserting ‘‘$20,000,000 for fiscal year 2020, and
                                                                           for the period beginning on October 1, 2020, and ending on
                                                                           November 30, 2020, the amount equal to the pro rata portion
                                                                           of the amount appropriated for such period for fiscal year
                                                                           2020’’; and
                                                                                (2) in the third sentence, by striking ‘‘and 2019 and for
                                                                           the period beginning on October 1, 2019, and ending on May
                                                                           22, 2020’’ and inserting ‘‘, 2019, and 2020, and for the period
                                                                           beginning on October 1, 2020, and ending on November 30,
                                                                           2020,’’.
                                                                           (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by subsection                                            42 USC 1395aaa




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      (a) shall take effect as if included in the enactment of the Further                                  note.
                                                                      Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020 (Public Law 116–94).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00425   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 428                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                      Time period.            SEC. 3803. EXTENSION OF FUNDING OUTREACH AND ASSISTANCE FOR
                                                                                                           LOW-INCOME PROGRAMS.
                                                                                                     (a) FUNDING EXTENSIONS.—
                                                                                                           (1) ADDITIONAL FUNDING FOR STATE HEALTH INSURANCE
                                                                                                     PROGRAMS.—Subsection (a)(1)(B) of section 119 of the Medicare
                                                                                                     Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                     1395b–3 note), as amended by section 3306 of the Patient
                                                                                                     Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111–148), sec-
                                                                                                     tion 610 of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (Public
                                                                                                     Law 112–240), section 1110 of the Pathway for SGR Reform
                                                                                                     Act of 2013 (Public Law 113–67), section 110 of the Protecting
                                                                                                     Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (Public Law 113–93), section
                                                                                                     208 of the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act
                                                                                                     of 2015 (Public Law 114–10), section 50207 of division E of
                                                                                                     the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 (Public Law 115–123), sec-
                                                                                                     tion 1402 of division B of the Continuing Appropriations Act,
                                                                                                     2020, and Health Extenders Act of 2019 (Public Law 116–
                                                                                                     59), section 1402 of division B of the Further Continuing Appro-
                                                                                                     priations Act, 2020, and Further Health Extenders Act of 2019
                                                                                                     (Public Law 116–69), and section 103 of division N of the
                                                                                                     Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020 (Public Law
                                                                                                     116–94) is amended by striking clauses (x) through (xii) and
                                                                                                     inserting the following new clauses:
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(x) for fiscal year 2020, of $13,000,000; and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(xi) for the period beginning on October 1, 2020,
                                                                                                                and ending on November 30, 2020, the amount equal
                                                                                                                to the pro rata portion of the amount appropriated
                                                                                                                for such period for fiscal year 2020.’’.
                                                                                                           (2) ADDITIONAL FUNDING FOR AREA AGENCIES ON AGING.—
                                                                                                     Subsection (b)(1)(B) of such section 119, as so amended, is
                                                                                                     amended by striking clauses (x) through (xii) and inserting
                                                                                                     the following new clauses:
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(x) for fiscal year 2020, of $7,500,000; and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(xi) for the period beginning on October 1, 2020,
                                                                                                                and ending on November 30, 2020, the amount equal
                                                                                                                to the pro rata portion of the amount appropriated
                                                                                                                for such period for fiscal year 2020.’’.
                                                                                                           (3) ADDITIONAL FUNDING FOR AGING AND DISABILITY
                                                                                                     RESOURCE CENTERS.—Subsection (c)(1)(B) of such section 119,
                                                                                                     as so amended, is amended by striking clauses (x) through
                                                                                                     (xii) and inserting the following new clauses:
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(x) for fiscal year 2020, of $5,000,000; and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(xi) for the period beginning on October 1, 2020,
                                                                                                                and ending on November 30, 2020, the amount equal
                                                                                                                to the pro rata portion of the amount appropriated
                                                                                                                for such period for fiscal year 2020.’’.
                                                                                                           (4) ADDITIONAL FUNDING FOR CONTRACT WITH THE NATIONAL
                                                                                                     CENTER FOR BENEFITS AND OUTREACH ENROLLMENT.—Sub-
                                                                                                     section (d)(2) of such section 119, as so amended, is amended
                                                                                                     by striking clauses (x) through (xii) and inserting the following
                                                                                                     new clauses:
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(x) for fiscal year 2020, of $12,000,000; and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(xi) for the period beginning on October 1, 2020,
                                                                                                                and ending on November 30, 2020, the amount equal




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                to the pro rata portion of the amount appropriated
                                                                                                                for such period for fiscal year 2020.’’.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00426   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 429

                                                                           (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by subsection                                            42 USC 1395b–3
                                                                      (a) shall take effect as if included in the enactment of the Further                                  note.
                                                                      Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020 (Public Law 116–94).
                                                                                       PART II—MEDICAID PROVISIONS
                                                                      SEC. 3811. EXTENSION OF THE MONEY FOLLOWS THE PERSON REBAL-                                           Time period.
                                                                                   ANCING DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM.
                                                                          Section 6071(h) of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (42 U.S.C.
                                                                      1396a note) is amended—
                                                                                (1) in paragraph (1), by striking subparagraph (G) and
                                                                          inserting the following:
                                                                                     ‘‘(G) subject to paragraph (3), $337,500,000 for the
                                                                                period beginning on January 1, 2020, and ending on Sep-
                                                                                tember 30, 2020; and
                                                                                     ‘‘(H) subject to paragraph (3), for the period beginning
                                                                                on October 1, 2020, and ending on November 30, 2020,
                                                                                the amount equal to the pro rata portion of the amount
                                                                                appropriated for such period for fiscal year 2020.’’; and
                                                                                (2) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘and (G)’’ and inserting
                                                                          ‘‘, (G), and (H)’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3812. EXTENSION OF SPOUSAL IMPOVERISHMENT PROTECTIONS.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 2404 of Public Law 111–148 (42
                                                                      U.S.C. 1396r–5 note) is amended by striking ‘‘May 22, 2020’’ and
                                                                      inserting ‘‘November 30, 2020’’.
                                                                           (b) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in section 2404 of Public                                      42 USC 1396a
                                                                      Law 111–148 (42 U.S.C. 1396r–5 note) or section 1902(a)(17) or                                        note.
                                                                      1924 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(17), 1396r–
                                                                      5) shall be construed as prohibiting a State from—
                                                                                (1) applying an income or resource disregard under a meth-
                                                                           odology authorized under section 1902(r)(2) of such Act (42
                                                                           U.S.C. 1396a(r)(2))—
                                                                                     (A) to the income or resources of an individual
                                                                                described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(ii)(VI) of such Act (42
                                                                                U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(A)(ii)(VI)) (including a disregard of the
                                                                                income or resources of such individual’s spouse); or
                                                                                     (B) on the basis of an individual’s need for home and
                                                                                community-based services authorized under subsection (c),
                                                                                (d), (i), or (k) of section 1915 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396n)
                                                                                or under section 1115 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1315); or
                                                                                (2) disregarding an individual’s spousal income and assets
                                                                           under a plan amendment to provide medical assistance for
                                                                           home and community-based services for individuals by reason
                                                                           of being determined eligible under section 1902(a)(10)(C) of
                                                                           such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(C)) or by reason of section
                                                                           1902(f) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(f)) or otherwise on the
                                                                           basis of a reduction of income based on costs incurred for
                                                                           medical or other remedial care under which the State dis-
                                                                           regarded the income and assets of the individual’s spouse in
                                                                           determining the initial and ongoing financial eligibility of an
                                                                           individual for such services in place of the spousal impoverish-
                                                                           ment provisions applied under section 1924 of such Act (42
                                                                           U.S.C. 1396r–5).
                                                                      SEC. 3813. DELAY OF DSH REDUCTIONS.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                          Section 1923(f)(7)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                      1396r–4(f)(7)(A)) is amended—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00427   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 430                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                         (1) in clause (i), in the matter preceding subclause (I),
                                                                                                     by striking ‘‘May 23, 2020, and ending September 30, 2020,
                                                                                                     and for each of fiscal years 2021’’ and inserting ‘‘December
                                                                                                     1, 2020, and ending September 30, 2021, and for each of fiscal
                                                                                                     years 2022’’; and
                                                                                                         (2) in clause (ii)—
                                                                                                              (A) in subclause (I), by striking ‘‘May 23, 2020, and
                                                                                                         ending September 30, 2020’’ and inserting ‘‘December 1,
                                                                                                         2020, and ending September 30, 2021’’; and
                                                                                                              (B) in subclause (II), by striking ‘‘2021’’ and inserting
                                                                                                         ‘‘2022’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3814. EXTENSION AND EXPANSION OF COMMUNITY MENTAL
                                                                                                         HEALTH SERVICES DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM.
                                                                                                 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 223(d) of the Protecting Access to
                                                                                              Medicare Act of 2014 (42 U.S.C. 1396a note) is amended—
                                                                                                     (1) in paragraph (3)—
                                                                                                           (A) by striking ‘‘Not more than’’ and inserting ‘‘Subject
                                                                                                     to paragraph (8), not more than’’; and
                                                                                                           (B) by striking ‘‘May 22, 2020’’ and inserting
                                                                                                     ‘‘November 30, 2020’’; and
                                                                                                     (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(8) ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS.—
                                                                      Deadline.                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 6 months after the
                                                                                                     date of enactment of this paragraph, in addition to the
                                                                                                     8 States selected under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall
                                                                                                     select 2 States to participate in 2-year demonstration pro-
                                                                                                     grams that meet the requirements of this subsection.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) SELECTION OF STATES.—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Subject to clause (ii), in selecting
                                                                                                           States under this paragraph, the Secretary—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) shall select States that—
                                                                                                                               ‘‘(aa) were awarded planning grants under
                                                                                                                        subsection (c); and
                                                                                                                               ‘‘(bb) applied to participate in the dem-
                                                                                                                        onstration programs under this subsection
                                                                                                                        under paragraph (1) but, as of the date of
                                                                                                                        enactment of this paragraph, were not selected
                                                                                                                        to participate under paragraph (1); and
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) shall use the results of the Secretary’s
                                                                                                                 evaluation of each State’s application under para-
                                                                                                                 graph (1) to determine which States to select, and
                                                                                                                 shall not require the submission of any additional
                                                                                                                 application.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) REQUIREMENTS FOR SELECTED STATES.—Prior to
                                                                                                     services being delivered under the demonstration authority
                                                                                                     in a State selected under this paragraph, the State shall—
                                                                      Plan.                                      ‘‘(i) submit a plan to monitor certified community
                                                                                                           behavioral health clinics under the demonstration pro-
                                                                                                           gram to ensure compliance with certified community
                                                                                                           behavioral health criteria during the demonstration
                                                                                                           period; and
                                                                      Data.                                      ‘‘(ii) commit to collecting data, notifying the Sec-
                                                                      Notification.                        retary of any planned changes that would deviate from




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                           the prospective payment system methodology outlined
                                                                                                           in the State’s demonstration application, and obtaining




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00428   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 431

                                                                                    approval from the Secretary for any such change before
                                                                                    implementing the change.’’.
                                                                         (b) LIMITATION.—Section 223(d)(5) of the Protecting Access to
                                                                      Medicare Act of 2014 (42 U.S.C. 1396a note) is amended—
                                                                               (1) in subparagraph (B), in the matter preceding clause
                                                                         (i), by striking ‘‘The Federal matching’’ and inserting ‘‘Subject
                                                                         to subparagraph (C)(iii), the Federal matching’’; and
                                                                               (2) in subparagraph (C), by adding at the end the following
                                                                         new clause:
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) PAYMENTS FOR AMOUNTS EXPENDED AFTER
                                                                                    2019.—The Federal matching percentage applicable
                                                                                    under subparagraph (B) to amounts expended by a
                                                                                    State participating in the demonstration program
                                                                                    under this subsection shall—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) in the case of a State participating in                               Effective date.
                                                                                         the demonstration program as of January 1, 2020,                                   Time period.
                                                                                         apply to amounts expended by the State during
                                                                                         the 8 fiscal quarter period (or any portion of such
                                                                                         period) that begins on January 1, 2020; and
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) in the case of a State selected to partici-
                                                                                         pate in the demonstration program under para-
                                                                                         graph (8), during first 8 fiscal quarter period (or
                                                                                         any portion of such period) that the State partici-
                                                                                         pates in a demonstration program.’’.
                                                                         (c) GAO STUDY AND REPORT ON THE COMMUNITY AND MENTAL
                                                                      HEALTH SERVICES DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM.—
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 18 months after the date
                                                                         of the enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the
                                                                         United States shall submit to the Committee on Energy and
                                                                         Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee
                                                                         on Finance of the Senate a report on the community and
                                                                         mental health services demonstration program conducted under
                                                                         section 223 of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014
                                                                         (42 U.S.C. 1396a note) (referred to in this subsection as the
                                                                         ‘‘demonstration program’’).
                                                                               (2) CONTENT OF REPORT.—The report required under para-
                                                                         graph (1) shall include the following information:
                                                                                    (A) Information on States’ experiences participating
                                                                               in the demonstration program, including the extent to
                                                                               which States—
                                                                                         (i) measure the effects of access to certified commu-
                                                                                    nity behavioral health clinics on patient health and
                                                                                    cost of care, including—
                                                                                                (I) engagement in treatment for behavioral
                                                                                         health conditions;
                                                                                                (II) relevant clinical outcomes, to the extent
                                                                                         collected;
                                                                                                (III) screening and treatment for comorbid
                                                                                         medical conditions; and
                                                                                                (IV) use of crisis stabilization, emergency
                                                                                         department, and inpatient care.
                                                                                    (B) Information on Federal efforts to evaluate the dem-
                                                                               onstration program, including—
                                                                                         (i) quality measures used to evaluate the program;




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                         (ii) assistance provided to States on data collection
                                                                                    and reporting;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00429   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 432                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Assessments.                                 (iii) assessments of the reliability and usefulness
                                                                                                              of State-submitted data; and
                                                                                                                   (iv) the extent to which such efforts provide
                                                                                                              information on the relative quality, scope, and cost
                                                                                                              of services as compared with services not provided
                                                                                                              under the demonstration program, and in comparison
                                                                                                              to Medicaid beneficiaries with mental illness and sub-
                                                                                                              stance use disorders not served under the demonstra-
                                                                                                              tion program.
                                                                      Recommenda-                             (C) Recommendations for improvements to the fol-
                                                                      tions.                              lowing:
                                                                                                                   (i) The reporting, accuracy, and validation of
                                                                                                              encounter data.
                                                                                                                   (ii) Accuracy in payments to certified community
                                                                                                              behavioral health clinics under State plans or waivers
                                                                                                              under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                              1396 et seq.).

                                                                                                     PART III—HUMAN SERVICES AND OTHER
                                                                                                              HEALTH PROGRAMS
                                                                      Time period.            SEC. 3821. EXTENSION OF SEXUAL RISK AVOIDANCE EDUCATION PRO-
                                                                                                           GRAM.
                                                                                                 Section 510 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 710) is
                                                                                              amended—
                                                                                                     (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                                          (A) in paragraph (1), in the matter preceding subpara-
                                                                                                     graph (A)—
                                                                                                                (i) by striking ‘‘and 2019 and for the period begin-
                                                                                                          ning October 1, 2019, and ending May 22, 2020’’ and
                                                                                                          inserting ‘‘through 2020 and for the period beginning
                                                                                                          October 1, 2020, and ending November 30, 2020’’; and
                                                                                                                (ii) by striking ‘‘fiscal year 2020’’ and inserting
                                                                                                          ‘‘fiscal year 2021’’
                                                                                                          (B) in paragraph (2)(A)—
                                                                                                                (i) by striking ‘‘and 2019 and for the period begin-
                                                                                                          ning October 1, 2019, and ending May 22, 2020’’ and
                                                                                                          inserting ‘‘through 2020 and for the period beginning
                                                                                                          October 1, 2020, and ending November 30, 2020’’; and
                                                                                                                (ii) by striking ‘‘fiscal year 2020’’ and inserting
                                                                                                          ‘‘fiscal year 2021’’; and
                                                                                                     (2) in subsection (f)(1), by striking ‘‘and 2019 and
                                                                                                 $48,287,671 for the period beginning October 1, 2019, and
                                                                                                 ending May 22, 2020’’ and inserting ‘‘through 2020, and for
                                                                                                 the period beginning on October 1, 2020, and ending on
                                                                                                 November 30, 2020, the amount equal to the pro rata portion
                                                                                                 of the amount appropriated for such period for fiscal year
                                                                                                 2020’’.
                                                                      Time periods.           SEC. 3822. EXTENSION OF PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY EDUCATION
                                                                                                          PROGRAM.
                                                                                                 Section 513 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 713) is
                                                                                              amended—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                                          (A) in paragraph (1)—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00430   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 433

                                                                                           (i) in subparagraph (A), in the matter preceding
                                                                                      clause (i), by striking ‘‘2019 and for the period begin-
                                                                                      ning October 1, 2019, and ending May 22, 2020’’ and
                                                                                      inserting ‘‘2020 and for the period beginning October
                                                                                      1, 2020, and ending November 30, 2020’’; and
                                                                                           (ii) in subparagraph (B)(i), by striking by striking
                                                                                      ‘‘October 1, 2019, and ending May 22, 2020’’ and
                                                                                      inserting ‘‘October 1, 2020, and ending November 30,
                                                                                      2020’’;
                                                                                 (2) in paragraph (4)(A), by striking ‘‘2019’’ each place it
                                                                             appears and inserting ‘‘2020’’; and
                                                                                 (3) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘2019 and $48,287,671
                                                                             for the period beginning October 1, 2019, and ending May
                                                                             22, 2020’’ and inserting ‘‘2020, and for the period beginning
                                                                             on October 1, 2020, and ending on November 30, 2020, the
                                                                             amount equal to the pro rata portion of the amount appro-
                                                                             priated for such period for fiscal year 2020’’.
                                                                      SEC. 3823. EXTENSION OF DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS TO ADDRESS                                             42 USC 1397g
                                                                                  HEALTH PROFESSIONS WORKFORCE NEEDS.                                                       note.
                                                                          Activities authorized by section 2008 of the Social Security
                                                                      Act shall continue through November 30, 2020, in the manner
                                                                      authorized for fiscal year 2019, and out of any money in the
                                                                      Treasury of the United States not otherwise appropriated, there
                                                                      are hereby appropriated such sums as may be necessary for such
                                                                      purpose. Grants and payments may be made pursuant to this
                                                                      authority through the date so specified at the pro rata portion
                                                                      of the total amount authorized for such activities in fiscal year
                                                                      2019.
                                                                      SEC. 3824. EXTENSION OF THE TEMPORARY ASSISTANCE FOR NEEDY                                            42 USC 601 note.
                                                                                  FAMILIES PROGRAM AND RELATED PROGRAMS.
                                                                          Activities authorized by part A of title IV and section 1108(b)
                                                                      of the Social Security Act shall continue through November 30,
                                                                      2020, in the manner authorized for fiscal year 2019, and out of
                                                                      any money in the Treasury of the United States not otherwise
                                                                      appropriated, there are hereby appropriated such sums as may
                                                                      be necessary for such purpose.
                                                                              PART IV—PUBLIC HEALTH PROVISIONS
                                                                      SEC. 3831. EXTENSION FOR COMMUNITY HEALTH CENTERS, THE                                                Time periods.
                                                                                 NATIONAL HEALTH SERVICE CORPS, AND TEACHING
                                                                                 HEALTH CENTERS THAT OPERATE GME PROGRAMS.
                                                                           (a) COMMUNITY HEALTH CENTERS.—Section 10503(b)(1)(F) of
                                                                      the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 254b–
                                                                      2(b)(1)(F)) is amended by striking ‘‘and $2,575,342,466 for the period
                                                                      beginning on October 1, 2019, and ending on May 22, 2020’’ and
                                                                      inserting ‘‘$4,000,000,000 for fiscal year 2020, and $668,493,151
                                                                      for the period beginning on October 1, 2020, and ending on
                                                                      November 30, 2020’’.
                                                                           (b) NATIONAL HEALTH SERVICE CORPS.—Section 10503(b)(2) of
                                                                      the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 254b–
                                                                      2(b)(2)) is amended—
                                                                                (1) in subparagraph (F), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                           and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                (2) by striking subparagraph (G) and inserting the fol-
                                                                           lowing:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00431   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 434                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                             ‘‘(G) $310,000,000 for fiscal year 2020; and
                                                                                                             ‘‘(H) $51,808,219 for the period beginning on October
                                                                                                        1, 2020, and ending on November 30, 2020.’’.
                                                                                                   (c) TEACHING HEALTH CENTERS THAT OPERATE GRADUATE MED-
                                                                                              ICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS.—Section 340H(g)(1) of the Public
                                                                                              Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256h(g)(1)) is amended by striking
                                                                                              ‘‘and 2019, and $81,445,205 for the period beginning on October
                                                                                              1, 2019, and ending on May 22, 2020’’ and inserting ‘‘through
                                                                                              fiscal year 2020, and $21,141,096 for the period beginning on
                                                                                              October 1, 2020, and ending on November 30, 2020’’.
                                                                                                   (d) APPLICATION OF PROVISIONS.—Amounts appropriated pursu-
                                                                                              ant to the amendments made by this section for fiscal year 2020
                                                                                              and for the period beginning on October 1, 2020, and ending on
                                                                                              November 30, 2020, shall be subject to the requirements contained
                                                                                              in Public Law 116–94 for funds for programs authorized under
                                                                                              sections 330 through 340 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                                              U.S.C. 254 through 256).
                                                                                                   (e) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Paragraph (4) of section 3014(h)
                                                                                              of title 18, United States Code, as amended by section 401(e)
                                                                                              of division N of Public Law 116–94, is amended by striking ‘‘section
                                                                                              401(d) of division N of the Further Consolidated Appropriations
                                                                                              Act, 2020’’ and inserting ‘‘section 3831 of the CARES Act’’.
                                                                      Time period.            SEC. 3832. DIABETES PROGRAMS.
                                                                                                  (a) TYPE I.—Section 330B(b)(2)(D) of the Public Health Service
                                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 254c–2(b)(2)(D)) is amended by striking ‘‘and 2019,
                                                                                              and $96,575,342 for the period beginning on October 1, 2019, and
                                                                                              ending on May 22, 2020’’ and inserting ‘‘through 2020, and
                                                                                              $25,068,493 for the period beginning on October 1, 2020, and ending
                                                                                              on November 30, 2020’’.
                                                                                                  (b) INDIANS.—Section 330C(c)(2)(D) of the Public Health Service
                                                                                              Act (42 U.S.C. 254c–3(c)(2)(D)) is amended by striking ‘‘and 2019,
                                                                                              and $96,575,342 for the period beginning on October 1, 2019, and
                                                                                              ending on May 22, 2020’’ and inserting ‘‘through 2020, and
                                                                                              $25,068,493 for the period beginning on October 1, 2020, and ending
                                                                                              on November 30, 2020’’.

                                                                                                      PART V—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                                                                                              SEC. 3841. PREVENTION OF DUPLICATE APPROPRIATIONS FOR FISCAL
                                                                                                           YEAR 2020.
                                                                                                  Expenditures made under any provision of law amended in
                                                                                              this title pursuant to the amendments made by the Continuing
                                                                                              Appropriations Act, 2020, and Health Extenders Act of 2019 (Public
                                                                                              Law 116–59), the Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2020,
                                                                                              and Further Health Extenders Act of 2019 (Public Law 116–69),
                                                                                              and the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020 (Public
                                                                                              Law 116–94) for fiscal year 2020 shall be charged to the applicable
                                                                                              appropriation or authorization provided by the amendments made
                                                                                              by this title to such provision of law for such fiscal year.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES



                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00432   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 435

                                                                               Subtitle F—Over-the-Counter Drugs
                                                                                            PART I—OTC DRUG REVIEW
                                                                      SEC. 3851. REGULATION OF CERTAIN NONPRESCRIPTION DRUGS THAT
                                                                                   ARE MARKETED WITHOUT AN APPROVED DRUG APPLICA-
                                                                                   TION.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Chapter V of the Federal Food, Drug, and
                                                                      Cosmetic Act is amended by inserting after section 505F of such
                                                                      Act (21 U.S.C. 355g) the following:
                                                                      ‘‘SEC. 505G. REGULATION OF CERTAIN NONPRESCRIPTION DRUGS                                              21 USC 355h.
                                                                                   THAT ARE MARKETED WITHOUT AN APPROVED DRUG
                                                                                   APPLICATION.
                                                                          ‘‘(a) NONPRESCRIPTION DRUGS MARKETED WITHOUT AN
                                                                      APPROVED APPLICATION.—Nonprescription drugs marketed without
                                                                      an approved drug application under section 505, as of the date
                                                                      of the enactment of this section, shall be treated in accordance
                                                                      with this subsection.
                                                                               ‘‘(1) DRUGS SUBJECT TO A FINAL MONOGRAPH; CATEGORY
                                                                          I DRUGS SUBJECT TO A TENTATIVE FINAL MONOGRAPH.—A drug
                                                                          is deemed to be generally recognized as safe and effective
                                                                          under section 201(p)(1), not a new drug under section 201(p),
                                                                          and not subject to section 503(b)(1), if—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) the drug is—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) in conformity with the requirements for non-
                                                                                     prescription use of a final monograph issued under
                                                                                     part 330 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations (except
                                                                                     as provided in paragraph (2)), the general requirements
                                                                                     for nonprescription drugs, and conditions or require-
                                                                                     ments under subsections (b), (c), and (k); and
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) except as permitted by an order issued under
                                                                                     subsection (b) or, in the case of a minor change in
                                                                                     the drug, in conformity with an order issued under
                                                                                     subsection (c), in a dosage form that, immediately prior
                                                                                     to the date of the enactment of this section, has been
                                                                                     used to a material extent and for a material time
                                                                                     under section 201(p)(2); or
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) the drug is—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) classified in category I for safety and effective-
                                                                                     ness under a tentative final monograph that is the
                                                                                     most recently applicable proposal or determination
                                                                                     issued under part 330 of title 21, Code of Federal
                                                                                     Regulations;
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) in conformity with the proposed requirements
                                                                                     for nonprescription use of such tentative final mono-
                                                                                     graph, any applicable subsequent determination by the
                                                                                     Secretary, the general requirements for nonprescrip-
                                                                                     tion drugs, and conditions or requirements under sub-
                                                                                     sections (b), (c), and (k); and
                                                                                           ‘‘(iii) except as permitted by an order issued under
                                                                                     subsection (b) or, in the case of a minor change in
                                                                                     the drug, in conformity with an order issued under
                                                                                     subsection (c), in a dosage form that, immediately prior
                                                                                     to the date of the enactment of this section, has been




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                     used to a material extent and for a material time
                                                                                     under section 201(p)(2).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00433   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 436                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) TREATMENT OF SUNSCREEN DRUGS.—With respect to
                                                                                                     sunscreen drugs subject to this section, the applicable require-
                                                                                                     ments in terms of conformity with a final monograph, for pur-
                                                                                                     poses of paragraph (1)(A)(i), shall be the requirements specified
                                                                                                     in part 352 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, as published
                                                                                                     on May 21, 1999, beginning on page 27687 of volume 64 of
                                                                                                     the Federal Register, except that the applicable requirements
                                                                                                     governing effectiveness and labeling shall be those specified
                                                                                                     in section 201.327 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(3) CATEGORY III DRUGS SUBJECT TO A TENTATIVE FINAL
                                                                                                     MONOGRAPH; CATEGORY I DRUGS SUBJECT TO PROPOSED MONO-
                                                                                                     GRAPH OR ADVANCE NOTICE OF PROPOSED RULEMAKING.—A drug
                                                                                                     that is not described in paragraph (1), (2), or (4) is not required
                                                                                                     to be the subject of an application approved under section
                                                                                                     505, and is not subject to section 503(b)(1), if—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) the drug is—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) classified in category III for safety or effective-
                                                                                                               ness in the preamble of a proposed rule establishing
                                                                                                               a tentative final monograph that is the most recently
                                                                                                               applicable proposal or determination for such drug
                                                                                                               issued under part 330 of title 21, Code of Federal
                                                                                                               Regulations;
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) in conformity with—
                                                                                                                            ‘‘(I) the conditions of use, including indication
                                                                                                                     and dosage strength, if any, described for such
                                                                                                                     category III drug in such preamble or in an
                                                                                                                     applicable subsequent proposed rule;
                                                                                                                            ‘‘(II) the proposed requirements for drugs
                                                                                                                     classified in such tentative final monograph in cat-
                                                                                                                     egory I in the most recently proposed rule estab-
                                                                                                                     lishing requirements related to such tentative final
                                                                                                                     monograph and in any final rule establishing
                                                                                                                     requirements that are applicable to the drug; and
                                                                                                                            ‘‘(III) the general requirements for non-
                                                                                                                     prescription drugs and conditions or requirements
                                                                                                                     under subsection (b) or (k); and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(iii) in a dosage form that, immediately prior to
                                                                                                               the date of the enactment of this section, had been
                                                                                                               used to a material extent and for a material time
                                                                                                               under section 201(p)(2); or
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) the drug is—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) classified in category I for safety and effective-
                                                                                                               ness under a proposed monograph or advance notice
                                                                                                               of proposed rulemaking that is the most recently
                                                                                                               applicable proposal or determination for such drug
                                                                                                               issued under part 330 of title 21, Code of Federal
                                                                                                               Regulations;
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) in conformity with the requirements for non-
                                                                                                               prescription use of such proposed monograph or
                                                                                                               advance notice of proposed rulemaking, any applicable
                                                                                                               subsequent determination by the Secretary, the general
                                                                                                               requirements for nonprescription drugs, and conditions
                                                                                                               or requirements under subsection (b) or (k); and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(iii) in a dosage form that, immediately prior to
                                                                                                               the date of the enactment of this section, has been




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                               used to a material extent and for a material time
                                                                                                               under section 201(p)(2).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00434   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 437

                                                                                   ‘‘(4) CATEGORY II DRUGS DEEMED NEW DRUGS.—A drug that                                    Effective date.
                                                                             is classified in category II for safety or effectiveness under                                 Determination.
                                                                             a tentative final monograph or that is subject to a determination
                                                                             to be not generally recognized as safe and effective in a proposed
                                                                             rule that is the most recently applicable proposal issued under
                                                                             part 330 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, shall be
                                                                             deemed to be a new drug under section 201(p), misbranded
                                                                             under section 502(ee), and subject to the requirement for an
                                                                             approved new drug application under section 505 beginning
                                                                             on the day that is 180 calendar days after the date of the
                                                                             enactment of this section, unless, before such day, the Secretary
                                                                             determines that it is in the interest of public health to extend
                                                                             the period during which the drug may be marketed without
                                                                             such an approved new drug application.
                                                                                   ‘‘(5) DRUGS NOT GRASE DEEMED NEW DRUGS.—A drug that
                                                                             the Secretary has determined not to be generally recognized
                                                                             as safe and effective under section 201(p)(1) under a final
                                                                             determination issued under part 330 of title 21, Code of Federal
                                                                             Regulations, shall be deemed to be a new drug under section
                                                                             201(p), misbranded under section 502(ee), and subject to the
                                                                             requirement for an approved new drug application under sec-
                                                                             tion 505.
                                                                                   ‘‘(6) OTHER DRUGS DEEMED NEW DRUGS.—Except as pro-
                                                                             vided in subsection (m), a drug is deemed to be a new drug
                                                                             under section 201(p) and misbranded under section 502(ee)
                                                                             if the drug—
                                                                                         ‘‘(A) is not subject to section 503(b)(1); and
                                                                                         ‘‘(B) is not described in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4),
                                                                                   or (5), or subsection (b)(1)(B).
                                                                             ‘‘(b) ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(A) DETERMINATION.—The Secretary may, on the ini-
                                                                                   tiative of the Secretary or at the request of one or more
                                                                                   requestors, issue an administrative order determining
                                                                                   whether there are conditions under which a specific drug,
                                                                                   a class of drugs, or a combination of drugs, is determined
                                                                                   to be—
                                                                                               ‘‘(i) not subject to section 503(b)(1); and
                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) generally recognized as safe and effective
                                                                                         under section 201(p)(1).
                                                                                         ‘‘(B) EFFECT.—A drug or combination of drugs shall
                                                                                   be deemed to not require approval under section 505 if
                                                                                   such drug or combination of drugs—
                                                                                               ‘‘(i) is determined by the Secretary to meet the
                                                                                         conditions specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of subpara-
                                                                                         graph (A);
                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) is marketed in conformity with an administra-
                                                                                         tive order under this subsection;
                                                                                               ‘‘(iii) meets the general requirements for non-
                                                                                         prescription drugs; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(iv) meets the requirements under subsections (c)
                                                                                         and (k).
                                                                                         ‘‘(C) STANDARD.—The Secretary shall find that a drug




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                   is not generally recognized as safe and effective under
                                                                                   section 201(p)(1) if—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00435   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 438                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) the evidence shows that the drug is not gen-
                                                                                                              erally recognized as safe and effective under section
                                                                                                              201(p)(1); or
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) the evidence is inadequate to show that the
                                                                                                              drug is generally recognized as safe and effective under
                                                                                                              section 201(p)(1).
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS INITIATED BY THE SEC-
                                                                                                     RETARY.—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In issuing an administrative order
                                                                                                         under paragraph (1) upon the Secretary’s initiative, the
                                                                                                         Secretary shall—
                                                                      Notification.                                ‘‘(i) make reasonable efforts to notify informally,
                                                                      Deadline.                               not later than 2 business days before the issuance
                                                                                                              of the proposed order, the sponsors of drugs who have
                                                                                                              a listing in effect under section 510(j) for the drugs
                                                                                                              or combination of drugs that will be subject to the
                                                                                                              administrative order;
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) after any such reasonable efforts of notifica-
                                                                                                              tion—
                                                                      Web posting.                                        ‘‘(I) issue a proposed administrative order by
                                                                                                                   publishing it on the website of the Food and Drug
                                                                                                                   Administration and include in such order the rea-
                                                                                                                   sons for the issuance of such order; and
                                                                      Notice.                                             ‘‘(II) publish a notice of availability of such
                                                                      Federal Register,                            proposed order in the Federal Register;
                                                                      publication.
                                                                      Public comment.                              ‘‘(iii) except as provided in subparagraph (B), pro-
                                                                      Time period.                            vide for a public comment period with respect to such
                                                                                                              proposed order of not less than 45 calendar days; and
                                                                      Determination.                               ‘‘(iv) if, after completion of the proceedings speci-
                                                                                                              fied in clauses (i) through (iii), the Secretary deter-
                                                                                                              mines that it is appropriate to issue a final administra-
                                                                                                              tive order—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) issue the final administrative order,
                                                                                                                   together with a detailed statement of reasons,
                                                                                                                   which order shall not take effect until the time
                                                                                                                   for requesting judicial review under paragraph
                                                                                                                   (3)(D)(ii) has expired;
                                                                      Notice.                                             ‘‘(II) publish a notice of such final administra-
                                                                      Federal Register,                            tive order in the Federal Register;
                                                                      publication.
                                                                      Deadlines.                                          ‘‘(III) afford requestors of drugs that will be
                                                                                                                   subject to such order the opportunity for formal
                                                                                                                   dispute resolution up to the level of the Director
                                                                                                                   of the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research,
                                                                                                                   which initially must be requested within 45 cal-
                                                                                                                   endar days of the issuance of the order, and, for
                                                                                                                   subsequent levels of appeal, within 30 calendar
                                                                                                                   days of the prior decision; and
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(IV) except with respect to drugs described
                                                                                                                   in paragraph (3)(B), upon completion of the formal
                                                                                                                   dispute resolution procedure, inform the persons
                                                                                                                   which sought such dispute resolution of their right
                                                                                                                   to request a hearing.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(B) EXCEPTIONS.—When issuing an administrative
                                                                                                         order under paragraph (1) on the Secretary’s initiative




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                         proposing to determine that a drug described in subsection
                                                                                                         (a)(3) is not generally recognized as safe and effective under




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00436   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 439

                                                                                   section 201(p)(1), the Secretary shall follow the procedures
                                                                                   in subparagraph (A), except that—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) the proposed order shall include notice of—                             Notice.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) the general categories of data the Sec-
                                                                                              retary has determined necessary to establish that
                                                                                              the drug is generally recognized as safe and effec-
                                                                                              tive under section 201(p)(1); and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) the format for submissions by interested
                                                                                              persons;
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) the Secretary shall provide for a public com-                          Public comment.
                                                                                         ment period of no less than 180 calendar days with                                 Time period.
                                                                                         respect to such proposed order, except when the Sec-
                                                                                         retary determines, for good cause, that a shorter period
                                                                                         is in the interest of public health; and
                                                                                              ‘‘(iii) any person who submits data in such com-                              Certification.
                                                                                         ment period shall include a certification that the person
                                                                                         has submitted all evidence created, obtained, or
                                                                                         received by that person that is both within the cat-
                                                                                         egories of data identified in the proposed order and
                                                                                         relevant to a determination as to whether the drug
                                                                                         is generally recognized as safe and effective under
                                                                                         section 201(p)(1).
                                                                                   ‘‘(3) HEARINGS; JUDICIAL REVIEW.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Only a person who participated in
                                                                                   each stage of formal dispute resolution under subclause
                                                                                   (III) of paragraph (2)(A)(iv) of an administrative order with
                                                                                   respect to a drug may request a hearing concerning a
                                                                                   final administrative order issued under such paragraph
                                                                                   with respect to such drug. If a hearing is sought, such                                  Deadline.
                                                                                   person must submit a request for a hearing, which shall
                                                                                   be based solely on information in the administrative record,
                                                                                   to the Secretary not later than 30 calendar days after
                                                                                   receiving notice of the final decision of the formal dispute
                                                                                   resolution procedure.
                                                                                         ‘‘(B) NO HEARING REQUIRED WITH RESPECT TO ORDERS
                                                                                   RELATING TO CERTAIN DRUGS.—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall not be
                                                                                         required to provide notice and an opportunity for a
                                                                                         hearing pursuant to paragraph (2)(A)(iv) if the final
                                                                                         administrative order involved relates to a drug—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) that is described in subsection (a)(3)(A);
                                                                                              and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) with respect to which no human or non-
                                                                                              human data studies relevant to the safety or
                                                                                              effectiveness of such drug have been submitted
                                                                                              to the administrative record since the issuance
                                                                                              of the most recent tentative final monograph
                                                                                              relating to such drug.
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) HUMAN DATA STUDIES AND NON-HUMAN DATA
                                                                                         DEFINED.—In this subparagraph:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) The term ‘human data studies’ means clin-
                                                                                              ical trials of safety or effectiveness (including
                                                                                              actual use studies), pharmacokinetics studies, or
                                                                                              bioavailability studies.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) The term ‘non-human data’ means data
                                                                                              from testing other than with human subjects which




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00437   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 440                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                   provides information concerning safety or effective-
                                                                                                                   ness.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) HEARING PROCEDURES.—
                                                                      Determination.                               ‘‘(i) DENIAL OF REQUEST FOR HEARING.—If the Sec-
                                                                                                             retary determines that information submitted in a
                                                                                                             request for a hearing under subparagraph (A) with
                                                                                                             respect to a final administrative order issued under
                                                                                                             paragraph (2)(A)(iv) does not identify the existence
                                                                                                             of a genuine and substantial question of material fact,
                                                                                                             the Secretary may deny such request. In making such
                                                                                                             a determination, the Secretary may consider only
                                                                                                             information and data that are based on relevant and
                                                                                                             reliable scientific principles and methodologies.
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) SINGLE HEARING FOR MULTIPLE RELATED
                                                                                                             REQUESTS.—If more than one request for a hearing
                                                                                                             is submitted with respect to the same administrative
                                                                                                             order under subparagraph (A), the Secretary may
                                                                                                             direct that a single hearing be conducted in which
                                                                                                             all persons whose hearing requests were granted may
                                                                                                             participate.
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iii) PRESIDING OFFICER.—The presiding officer of
                                                                                                             a hearing requested under subparagraph (A) shall—
                                                                      Designation.                                        ‘‘(I) be designated by the Secretary;
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) not be an employee of the Center for
                                                                                                                   Drug Evaluation and Research; and
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(III) not have been previously involved in the
                                                                                                                   development of the administrative order involved
                                                                                                                   or proceedings relating to that administrative
                                                                                                                   order.
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iv) RIGHTS OF PARTIES TO HEARING.—The parties
                                                                                                             to a hearing requested under subparagraph (A) shall
                                                                                                             have the right to present testimony, including testi-
                                                                                                             mony of expert witnesses, and to cross-examine wit-
                                                                                                             nesses presented by other parties. Where appropriate,
                                                                                                             the presiding officer may require that cross-examina-
                                                                                                             tion by parties representing substantially the same
                                                                                                             interests be consolidated to promote efficiency and
                                                                                                             avoid duplication.
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(v) FINAL DECISION.—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) At the conclusion of a hearing requested
                                                                                                                   under subparagraph (A), the presiding officer of
                                                                                                                   the hearing shall issue a decision containing
                                                                                                                   findings of fact and conclusions of law. The decision
                                                                                                                   of the presiding officer shall be final.
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) The final decision may not take effect
                                                                                                                   until the period under subparagraph (D)(ii) for
                                                                                                                   submitting a request for judicial review of such
                                                                                                                   decision expires.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(D) JUDICIAL REVIEW OF FINAL ADMINISTRATIVE
                                                                                                          ORDER.—
                                                                      Applicability.                               ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The procedures described in sec-
                                                                                                             tion 505(h) shall apply with respect to judicial review
                                                                                                             of final administrative orders issued under this sub-
                                                                                                             section in the same manner and to the same extent
                                                                                                             as such section applies to an order described in such




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                             section except that the judicial review shall be taken
                                                                                                             by filing in an appropriate district court of the United




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00438   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 441

                                                                                       States in lieu of the appellate courts specified in such
                                                                                       section.
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) PERIOD TO SUBMIT A REQUEST FOR JUDICIAL
                                                                                       REVIEW.—A person eligible to request a hearing under                                 Deadline.
                                                                                       this paragraph and seeking judicial review of a final
                                                                                       administrative order issued under this subsection shall
                                                                                       file such request for judicial review not later than
                                                                                       60 calendar days after the latest of—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) the date on which notice of such order
                                                                                             is published;
                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) the date on which a hearing with respect
                                                                                             to such order is denied under subparagraph (B)
                                                                                             or (C)(i);
                                                                                                    ‘‘(III) the date on which a final decision is
                                                                                             made following a hearing under subparagraph
                                                                                             (C)(v); or
                                                                                                    ‘‘(IV) if no hearing is requested, the date on
                                                                                             which the time for requesting a hearing expires.
                                                                                 ‘‘(4) EXPEDITED PROCEDURE WITH RESPECT TO ADMINISTRA-
                                                                             TIVE ORDERS INITIATED BY THE SECRETARY.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) IMMINENT HAZARD TO THE PUBLIC HEALTH.—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a determination                               Determination.
                                                                                       by the Secretary that a drug, class of drugs, or com-                                Notification.
                                                                                       bination of drugs subject to this section poses an                                   Deadline.
                                                                                       imminent hazard to the public health, the Secretary,
                                                                                       after first making reasonable efforts to notify, not later
                                                                                       than 48 hours before issuance of such order under
                                                                                       this subparagraph, sponsors who have a listing in effect
                                                                                       under section 510(j) for such drug or combination of
                                                                                       drugs—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) may issue an interim final administrative
                                                                                             order for such drug, class of drugs, or combination
                                                                                             of drugs under paragraph (1), together with a
                                                                                             detailed statement of the reasons for such order;
                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) shall publish in the Federal Register a                          Federal Register,
                                                                                             notice of availability of any such order; and                                  publication.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(III) shall provide for a public comment period                       Notice.
                                                                                                                                                                            Public comment.
                                                                                             of at least 45 calendar days with respect to such                              Time period.
                                                                                             interim final order.
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) NONDELEGATION.—The Secretary may not
                                                                                       delegate the authority to issue an interim final
                                                                                       administrative order under this subparagraph.
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) SAFETY LABELING CHANGES.—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a determination                               Determination.
                                                                                       by the Secretary that a change in the labeling of a
                                                                                       drug, class of drugs, or combination of drugs subject
                                                                                       to this section is reasonably expected to mitigate a
                                                                                       significant or unreasonable risk of a serious adverse
                                                                                       event associated with use of the drug, the Secretary
                                                                                       may—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) make reasonable efforts to notify infor-                          Notification.
                                                                                             mally, not later than 48 hours before the issuance                             Deadline.
                                                                                             of the interim final order, the sponsors of drugs
                                                                                             who have a listing in effect under section 510(j)
                                                                                             for such drug or combination of drugs;




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) after reasonable efforts of notification,
                                                                                             issue an interim final administrative order in




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00439   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 442                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                      accordance with paragraph (1) to require such
                                                                                                                      change, together with a detailed statement of the
                                                                                                                      reasons for such order;
                                                                      Federal Register,                                      ‘‘(III) publish in the Federal Register a notice
                                                                      publication.                                    of availability of such order; and
                                                                      Notice.
                                                                      Public comment.                                        ‘‘(IV) provide for a public comment period of
                                                                      Time period.                                    at least 45 calendar days with respect to such
                                                                                                                      interim final order.
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) CONTENT OF ORDER.—An interim final order
                                                                                                                issued under this subparagraph with respect to the
                                                                                                                labeling of a drug may provide for new warnings and
                                                                                                                other information required for safe use of the drug.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(C) EFFECTIVE DATE.—An order under subparagraph
                                                                                                          (A) or (B) shall take effect on a date specified by the
                                                                                                          Secretary.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(D) FINAL ORDER.—After the completion of the pro-
                                                                                                          ceedings in subparagraph (A) or (B), the Secretary shall—
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(i) issue a final order in accordance with para-
                                                                                                                graph (1);
                                                                      Notice.                                         ‘‘(ii) publish a notice of availability of such final
                                                                      Federal Register,                         administrative order in the Federal Register; and
                                                                      publication.                                    ‘‘(iii) afford sponsors of such drugs that will be
                                                                      Deadlines.
                                                                      Appeals.                                  subject to such an order the opportunity for formal
                                                                                                                dispute resolution up to the level of the Director of
                                                                                                                the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, which
                                                                                                                must initially be within 45 calendar days of the
                                                                                                                issuance of the order, and for subsequent levels of
                                                                                                                appeal, within 30 calendar days of the prior decision.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(E) HEARINGS.—A sponsor of a drug subject to a final
                                                                                                          order issued under subparagraph (D) and that participated
                                                                                                          in each stage of formal dispute resolution under clause
                                                                                                          (iii) of such subparagraph may request a hearing on such
                                                                      Applicability.                      order. The provisions of subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C)
                                                                                                          of paragraph (3), other than paragraph (3)(C)(v)(II), shall
                                                                                                          apply with respect to a hearing on such order in the same
                                                                                                          manner and to the same extent as such provisions apply
                                                                                                          with respect to a hearing on an administrative order issued
                                                                                                          under paragraph (2)(A)(iv).
                                                                                                                ‘‘(F) TIMING.—
                                                                      Deadlines.                                      ‘‘(i) FINAL ORDER AND HEARING.—The Secretary
                                                                                                                shall—
                                                                                                                             ‘‘(I) not later than 6 months after the date
                                                                                                                      on which the comment period closes under
                                                                                                                      subparagraph (A) or (B), issue a final order in
                                                                                                                      accordance with paragraph (1); and
                                                                                                                             ‘‘(II) not later than 12 months after the date
                                                                                                                      on which such final order is issued, complete any
                                                                                                                      hearing under subparagraph (E).
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) DISPUTE RESOLUTION REQUEST.—The Sec-
                                                                                                                retary shall specify in an interim final order issued
                                                                                                                under subparagraph (A) or (B) such shorter periods
                                                                                                                for requesting dispute resolution under subparagraph
                                                                                                                (D)(iii) as are necessary to meet the requirements of
                                                                                                                this subparagraph.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(G) JUDICIAL REVIEW.—A final order issued pursuant




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          to subparagraph (F) shall be subject to judicial review
                                                                                                          in accordance with paragraph (3)(D).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00440   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 443

                                                                                 ‘‘(5) ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER INITIATED AT THE REQUEST OF
                                                                             A REQUESTOR.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In issuing an administrative order                                 Determinations.
                                                                                   under paragraph (1) at the request of a requestor with
                                                                                   respect to certain drugs, classes of drugs, or combinations
                                                                                   of drugs—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) the Secretary shall, after receiving a request
                                                                                        under this subparagraph, determine whether the
                                                                                        request is sufficiently complete and formatted to permit
                                                                                        a substantive review;
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) if the Secretary determines that the request
                                                                                        is sufficiently complete and formatted to permit a sub-
                                                                                        stantive review, the Secretary shall—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) file the request; and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) initiate proceedings with respect to
                                                                                              issuing an administrative order in accordance with
                                                                                              paragraphs (2) and (3); and
                                                                                              ‘‘(iii) except as provided in paragraph (6), if the
                                                                                        Secretary determines that a request does not meet
                                                                                        the requirements for filing or is not sufficiently com-
                                                                                        plete and formatted to permit a substantive review,
                                                                                        the requestor may demand that the request be filed
                                                                                        over protest, and the Secretary shall initiate pro-
                                                                                        ceedings to review the request in accordance with para-
                                                                                        graph (2)(A).
                                                                                        ‘‘(B) REQUEST TO INITIATE PROCEEDINGS.—                                             Determinations.
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—A requestor seeking an adminis-
                                                                                        trative order under paragraph (1) with respect to cer-
                                                                                        tain drugs, classes of drugs, or combinations of drugs,
                                                                                        shall submit to the Secretary a request to initiate
                                                                                        proceedings for such order in the form and manner
                                                                                        as specified by the Secretary. Such requestor may
                                                                                        submit a request under this subparagraph for the
                                                                                        issuance of an administrative order—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) determining whether a drug is generally
                                                                                              recognized as safe and effective under section
                                                                                              201(p)(1), exempt from section 503(b)(1), and not
                                                                                              required to be the subject of an approved applica-
                                                                                              tion under section 505; or
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) determining whether a change to a condi-
                                                                                              tion of use of a drug is generally recognized as
                                                                                              safe and effective under section 201(p)(1), exempt
                                                                                              from section 503(b)(1), and not required to be the
                                                                                              subject of an approved application under section
                                                                                              505, if, absent such a changed condition of use,
                                                                                              such drug is—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(aa) generally recognized as safe and
                                                                                                     effective under section 201(p)(1) in accordance
                                                                                                     with subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), or an order under
                                                                                                     this subsection; or
                                                                                                            ‘‘(bb) subject to subsection (a)(3), but only
                                                                                                     if such requestor initiates such request in
                                                                                                     conjunction with a request for the Secretary
                                                                                                     to determine whether such drug is generally
                                                                                                     recognized as safe and effective under section




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     201(p)(1), which is filed by the Secretary under
                                                                                                     subparagraph (A)(ii).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00441   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 444                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) EXCEPTION.—The Secretary is not required
                                                                                                                 to complete review of a request for a change described
                                                                                                                 in clause (i)(II) if the Secretary determines that there
                                                                                                                 is an inadequate basis to find the drug is generally
                                                                                                                 recognized as safe and effective under section 201(p)(1)
                                                                                                                 under paragraph (1) and issues a final order
                                                                                                                 announcing that determination.
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) WITHDRAWAL.—The requestor may withdraw
                                                                                                                 a request under this paragraph, according to the proce-
                                                                                                                 dures set forth pursuant to subsection (d)(2)(B). Not-
                                                                                                                 withstanding any other provision of this section, if
                                                                                                                 such request is withdrawn, the Secretary may cease
                                                                                                                 proceedings under this subparagraph.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(C) EXCLUSIVITY.—
                                                                      Time period.                                     ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—A final administrative order
                                                                                                                 issued in response to a request under this section
                                                                                                                 shall have the effect of authorizing solely the order
                                                                                                                 requestor (or the licensees, assignees, or successors
                                                                                                                 in interest of such requestor with respect to the subject
                                                                                                                 of such order), for a period of 18 months following
                                                                                                                 the effective date of such final order and beginning
                                                                                                                 on the date the requestor may lawfully market such
                                                                                                                 drugs pursuant to the order, to market drugs—
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(I) incorporating changes described in clause
                                                                                                                       (ii); and
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(II) subject to the limitations under clause
                                                                                                                       (iv).
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) CHANGES DESCRIBED.—A change described in
                                                                                                                 this clause is a change subject to an order specified
                                                                                                                 in clause (i), which—
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(I) provides for a drug to contain an active
                                                                                                                       ingredient (including any ester or salt of the active
                                                                                                                       ingredient) not previously incorporated in a drug
                                                                                                                       described in clause (iii); or
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(II) provides for a change in the conditions
                                                                                                                       of use of a drug, for which new human data studies
                                                                                                                       conducted or sponsored by the requestor (or for
                                                                                                                       which the requestor has an exclusive right of ref-
                                                                                                                       erence) were essential to the issuance of such
                                                                                                                       order.
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) DRUGS DESCRIBED.—The drugs described in
                                                                                                                 this clause are drugs—
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(I) specified in subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), or
                                                                                                                       (a)(3);
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(II) subject to a final order issued under this
                                                                                                                       section;
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(III) subject to a final sunscreen order (as
                                                                                                                       defined in section 586(2)(A)); or
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(IV) described in subsection (m)(1), other than
                                                                                                                       drugs subject to an active enforcement action
                                                                                                                       under chapter III of this Act.
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(iv) LIMITATIONS ON EXCLUSIVITY.—
                                                                      Time period.                                            ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—Only one 18-month period
                                                                                                                       under this subparagraph shall be granted, under
                                                                                                                       each order described in clause (i), with respect




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                       to changes (to the drug subject to such order)
                                                                                                                       which are either—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00442   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 445

                                                                                                           ‘‘(aa) changes described in clause (ii)(I),
                                                                                                     relating to active ingredients; or
                                                                                                           ‘‘(bb) changes described in clause (ii)(II),
                                                                                                     relating to conditions of use.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) NO EXCLUSIVITY ALLOWED.—No exclu-
                                                                                               sivity shall apply to changes to a drug which are—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(aa) the subject of a Tier 2 OTC mono-
                                                                                                     graph order request (as defined in section
                                                                                                     744L);
                                                                                                           ‘‘(bb) safety-related changes, as defined by
                                                                                                     the Secretary, or any other changes the Sec-
                                                                                                     retary considers necessary to assure safe use;
                                                                                                     or
                                                                                                           ‘‘(cc) changes related to methods of testing
                                                                                                     safety or efficacy.
                                                                                               ‘‘(v) NEW HUMAN DATA STUDIES DEFINED.—In this
                                                                                          subparagraph, the term ‘new human data studies’
                                                                                          means clinical trials of safety or effectiveness
                                                                                          (including actual use studies), pharmacokinetics
                                                                                          studies, or bioavailability studies, the results of
                                                                                          which—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) have not been relied on by the Secretary
                                                                                               to support—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(aa) a proposed or final determination
                                                                                                     that a drug described in subclause (I), (II),
                                                                                                     or (III) of clause (iii) is generally recognized
                                                                                                     as safe and effective under section 201(p)(1);
                                                                                                     or
                                                                                                           ‘‘(bb) approval of a drug that was approved
                                                                                                     under section 505; and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) do not duplicate the results of another
                                                                                               study that was relied on by the Secretary to sup-
                                                                                               port—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(aa) a proposed or final determination
                                                                                                     that a drug described in subclause (I), (II),
                                                                                                     or (III) of clause (iii) is generally recognized
                                                                                                     as safe and effective under section 201(p)(1);
                                                                                                     or
                                                                                                           ‘‘(bb) approval of a drug that was approved
                                                                                                     under section 505.
                                                                                               ‘‘(vi) NOTIFICATION OF DRUG NOT AVAILABLE FOR
                                                                                          SALE.—A requestor that is granted exclusivity with                                Deadline.
                                                                                          respect to a drug under this subparagraph shall notify                            Time period.
                                                                                          the Secretary in writing within 1 year of the issuance
                                                                                          of the final administrative order if the drug that is
                                                                                          the subject of such order will not be available for
                                                                                          sale within 1 year of the date of issuance of such
                                                                                          order. The requestor shall include with such notice
                                                                                          the—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) identity of the drug by established name
                                                                                               and by proprietary name, if any;
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) strength of the drug;
                                                                                                     ‘‘(III) date on which the drug will be available
                                                                                               for sale, if known; and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     ‘‘(IV) reason for not marketing the drug after
                                                                                               issuance of the order.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00443   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 446                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                         ‘‘(6) INFORMATION REGARDING SAFE NONPRESCRIPTION MAR-
                                                                                                     KETING AND USE AS CONDITION FOR FILING A GENERALLY RECOG-
                                                                                                     NIZED AS SAFE AND EFFECTIVE REQUEST.—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In response to a request under this
                                                                                                          section that a drug described in subparagraph (B) be gen-
                                                                                                          erally recognized as safe and effective, the Secretary—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) may file such request, if the request includes
                                                                                                               information specified under subparagraph (C) with
                                                                                                               respect to safe nonprescription marketing and use of
                                                                                                               such drug; or
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) if the request fails to include information
                                                                                                               specified under subparagraph (C), shall refuse to file
                                                                                                               such request and require that nonprescription mar-
                                                                                                               keting of the drug be pursuant to a new drug applica-
                                                                                                               tion as described in subparagraph (D).
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) DRUG DESCRIBED.—A drug described in this
                                                                                                          subparagraph is a nonprescription drug which contains
                                                                                                          an active ingredient not previously incorporated in a drug—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) specified in subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3);
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) subject to a final order under this section;
                                                                                                               or
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(iii) subject to a final sunscreen order (as defined
                                                                                                               in section 586(2)(A)).
                                                                                                               ‘‘(C) INFORMATION DEMONSTRATING PRIMA FACIE SAFE
                                                                                                          NONPRESCRIPTION MARKETING AND USE.—Information speci-
                                                                                                          fied in this subparagraph, with respect to a request
                                                                                                          described in subparagraph (A)(i), is—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) information sufficient for a prima facie dem-
                                                                                                               onstration that the drug subject to such request has
                                                                                                               a verifiable history of being marketed and safely used
                                                                                                               by consumers in the United States as a nonprescription
                                                                                                               drug under comparable conditions of use;
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) if the drug has not been previously marketed
                                                                                                               in the United States as a nonprescription drug,
                                                                                                               information sufficient for a prima facie demonstration
                                                                                                               that the drug was marketed and safely used under
                                                                                                               comparable conditions of marketing and use in a
                                                                                                               country listed in section 802(b)(1)(A) or designated by
                                                                                                               the Secretary in accordance with section 802(b)(1)(B)—
                                                                                                                            ‘‘(I) for such period as needed to provide
                                                                                                                     reasonable assurances concerning the safe non-
                                                                                                                     prescription use of the drug; and
                                                                                                                            ‘‘(II) during such time was subject to sufficient
                                                                                                                     monitoring by a regulatory body considered accept-
                                                                                                                     able by the Secretary for such monitoring purposes,
                                                                                                                     including for adverse events associated with non-
                                                                                                                     prescription use of the drug; or
                                                                      Determination.                                 ‘‘(iii) if the Secretary determines that information
                                                                                                               described in clause (i) or (ii) is not needed to provide
                                                                                                               a prima facie demonstration that the drug can be safely
                                                                                                               marketed and used as a nonprescription drug, such
                                                                                                               other information the Secretary determines is sufficient
                                                                                                               for such purposes.
                                                                      Determinations.                          ‘‘(D) MARKETING PURSUANT TO NEW DRUG APPLICA-
                                                                                                          TION.—In the case of a request described in subparagraph




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          (A)(ii), the drug subject to such request may be resubmitted
                                                                                                          for filing only if—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00444   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 447

                                                                                               ‘‘(i) the drug is marketed as a nonprescription drug,
                                                                                         under conditions of use comparable to the conditions
                                                                                         specified in the request, for such period as the Sec-
                                                                                         retary determines appropriate (not to exceed 5 consecu-
                                                                                         tive years) pursuant to an application approved under
                                                                                         section 505; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) during such period, 1,000,000 retail packages
                                                                                         of the drug, or an equivalent quantity as determined
                                                                                         by the Secretary, were distributed for retail sale, as
                                                                                         determined in such manner as the Secretary finds
                                                                                         appropriate.
                                                                                         ‘‘(E) RULE OF APPLICATION.—Except in the case of a
                                                                                   request involving a drug described in section 586(9), as
                                                                                   in effect on January 1, 2017, if the Secretary refuses to
                                                                                   file a request under this paragraph, the requestor may
                                                                                   not file such request over protest under paragraph
                                                                                   (5)(A)(iii).
                                                                                   ‘‘(7) PACKAGING.—An administrative order issued under
                                                                             paragraph (2), (4)(A), or (5) may include requirements for the
                                                                             packaging of a drug to encourage use in accordance with
                                                                             labeling. Such requirements may include unit dose packaging,
                                                                             requirements for products intended for use by pediatric popu-
                                                                             lations, requirements to reduce risk of harm from unsupervised
                                                                             ingestion, and other appropriate requirements. This paragraph
                                                                             does not authorize the Food and Drug Administration to require
                                                                             standards or testing procedures as described in part 1700 of
                                                                             title 16, Code of Federal Regulations.
                                                                                   ‘‘(8) FINAL AND TENTATIVE FINAL MONOGRAPHS FOR CAT-
                                                                             EGORY I DRUGS DEEMED FINAL ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—A final monograph or tentative final
                                                                                   monograph described in subparagraph (B) shall be deemed
                                                                                   to be a final administrative order under this subsection
                                                                                   and may be amended, revoked, or otherwise modified in
                                                                                   accordance with the procedures of this subsection.
                                                                                         ‘‘(B) MONOGRAPHS DESCRIBED.—For purposes of
                                                                                   subparagraph (A), a final monograph or tentative final
                                                                                   monograph is described in this subparagraph if it—
                                                                                               ‘‘(i) establishes conditions of use for a drug
                                                                                         described in paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a);
                                                                                         and
                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) represents the most recently promulgated
                                                                                         version of such conditions, including as modified, in
                                                                                         whole or in part, by any proposed or final rule.
                                                                                         ‘‘(C) DEEMED ORDERS INCLUDE HARMONIZING TECHNICAL
                                                                                   AMENDMENTS.—The deemed establishment of a final                                          Determination.
                                                                                   administrative order under subparagraph (A) shall be con-
                                                                                   strued to include any technical amendments to such order
                                                                                   as the Secretary determines necessary to ensure that such
                                                                                   order is appropriately harmonized, in terms of terminology
                                                                                   or cross-references, with the applicable provisions of this
                                                                                   Act (and regulations thereunder) and any other orders
                                                                                   issued under this section.
                                                                             ‘‘(c) PROCEDURE FOR MINOR CHANGES.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Minor changes in the dosage form of




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             a drug that is described in paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection
                                                                             (a) or the subject of an order issued under subsection (b) may




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00445   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 448                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                     be made by a requestor without the issuance of an order under
                                                                                                     subsection (b) if—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) the requestor maintains such information as is
                                                                                                         necessary to demonstrate that the change—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) will not affect the safety or effectiveness of
                                                                                                               the drug; and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) will not materially affect the extent of absorp-
                                                                                                               tion or other exposure to the active ingredient in
                                                                                                               comparison to a suitable reference product; and
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) the change is in conformity with the requirements
                                                                                                         of an applicable administrative order issued by the Sec-
                                                                                                         retary under paragraph (3).
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.—
                                                                      Deadline.                                ‘‘(A) ACCESS TO RECORDS.—A sponsor shall submit
                                                                                                         records requested by the Secretary relating to such a minor
                                                                                                         change under section 704(a)(4), within 15 business days
                                                                                                         of receiving such a request, or such longer period as the
                                                                                                         Secretary may provide.
                                                                      Determination.                           ‘‘(B) INSUFFICIENT INFORMATION.—If the Secretary
                                                                                                         determines that the information contained in such records
                                                                                                         is not sufficient to demonstrate that the change does not
                                                                                                         affect the safety or effectiveness of the drug or materially
                                                                                                         affect the extent of absorption or other exposure to the
                                                                                                         active ingredient, the Secretary—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) may so inform the sponsor of the drug in
                                                                                                               writing; and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) if the Secretary so informs the sponsor, shall
                                                                                                               provide the sponsor of the drug with a reasonable
                                                                                                               opportunity to provide additional information.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(C) FAILURE TO SUBMIT SUFFICIENT INFORMATION.—
                                                                      Determination.                     If the sponsor fails to provide such additional information
                                                                                                         within a time prescribed by the Secretary, or if the Sec-
                                                                                                         retary determines that such additional information does
                                                                                                         not demonstrate that the change does not—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) affect the safety or effectiveness of the drug;
                                                                                                               or
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) materially affect the extent of absorption or
                                                                                                               other exposure to the active ingredient in comparison
                                                                                                               to a suitable reference product,
                                                                                                         the drug as modified is a new drug under section 201(p)
                                                                                                         and shall be deemed to be misbranded under section
                                                                                                         502(ee).
                                                                                                         ‘‘(3) DETERMINING WHETHER A CHANGE WILL AFFECT SAFETY
                                                                                                     OR EFFECTIVENESS.—
                                                                      Requirements.                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall issue one or
                                                                      Guidance.                          more administrative orders specifying requirements for
                                                                                                         determining whether a minor change made by a sponsor
                                                                                                         pursuant to this subsection will affect the safety or
                                                                                                         effectiveness of a drug or materially affect the extent of
                                                                                                         absorption or other exposure to an active ingredient in
                                                                                                         the drug in comparison to a suitable reference product,
                                                                                                         together with guidance for applying those orders to specific
                                                                                                         dosage forms.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) STANDARD PRACTICES.—The orders and guidance
                                                                                                         issued by the Secretary under subparagraph (A) shall take




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                         into account relevant public standards and standard prac-
                                                                                                         tices for evaluating the quality of drugs, and may take




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00446   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 449

                                                                                 into account the special needs of populations, including
                                                                                 children.
                                                                           ‘‘(d) CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION SUBMITTED TO THE SEC-
                                                                      RETARY.—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (2), any informa-
                                                                           tion, including reports of testing conducted on the drug or
                                                                           drugs involved, that is submitted by a requestor in connection
                                                                           with proceedings on an order under this section (including
                                                                           any minor change under subsection (c)) and is a trade secret
                                                                           or confidential information subject to section 552(b)(4) of title
                                                                           5, United States Code, or section 1905 of title 18, United
                                                                           States Code, shall not be disclosed to the public unless the
                                                                           requestor consents to that disclosure.
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraph                                 Deadlines.
                                                                                 (B), the Secretary shall—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) make any information submitted by a requestor
                                                                                       in support of a request under subsection (b)(5)(A) avail-
                                                                                       able to the public not later than the date on which
                                                                                       the proposed order is issued; and
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) make any information submitted by any other
                                                                                       person with respect to an order requested (or initiated
                                                                                       by the Secretary) under subsection (b), available to
                                                                                       the public upon such submission.
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) LIMITATIONS ON PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—Informa-
                                                                                 tion described in subparagraph (A) shall not be made public
                                                                                 if—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) the information pertains to pharmaceutical
                                                                                       quality information, unless such information is nec-
                                                                                       essary to establish standards under which a drug is
                                                                                       generally recognized as safe and effective under section
                                                                                       201(p)(1);
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) the information is submitted in a requestor-                            Procedures.
                                                                                       initiated request, but the requestor withdraws such
                                                                                       request, in accordance with withdrawal procedures
                                                                                       established by the Secretary, before the Secretary
                                                                                       issues the proposed order;
                                                                                             ‘‘(iii) the Secretary requests and obtains the
                                                                                       information under subsection (c) and such information
                                                                                       is not submitted in relation to an order under sub-
                                                                                       section (b); or
                                                                                             ‘‘(iv) the information is of the type contained in
                                                                                       raw datasets.
                                                                           ‘‘(e) UPDATES TO DRUG LISTING INFORMATION.—A sponsor who                                         Deadlines.
                                                                      makes a change to a drug subject to this section shall submit
                                                                      updated drug listing information for the drug in accordance with
                                                                      section 510(j) within 30 calendar days of the date when the drug
                                                                      is first commercially marketed, except that a sponsor who was
                                                                      the order requestor with respect to an order subject to subsection
                                                                      (b)(5)(C) (or a licensee, assignee, or successor in interest of such
                                                                      requestor) shall submit updated drug listing information on or
                                                                      before the date when the drug is first commercially marketed.
                                                                           ‘‘(f) APPROVALS UNDER SECTION 505.—The provisions of this
                                                                      section shall not be construed to preclude a person from seeking
                                                                      or maintaining the approval of an application for a drug under




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      sections 505(b)(1), 505(b)(2), and 505(j). A determination under this                                 Determination.
                                                                      section that a drug is not subject to section 503(b)(1), is generally




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00447   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 450                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              recognized as safe and effective under section 201(p)(1), and is
                                                                                              not a new drug under section 201(p) shall constitute a finding
                                                                                              that the drug is safe and effective that may be relied upon for
                                                                                              purposes of an application under section 505(b)(2), so that the
                                                                                              applicant shall be required to submit for purposes of such applica-
                                                                                              tion only information needed to support any modification of the
                                                                                              drug that is not covered by such determination under this section.
                                                                      Time period.                 ‘‘(g) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY OF ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS.—The
                                                                      Determination.          Secretary shall establish, maintain, update (as determined nec-
                                                                                              essary by the Secretary but no less frequently than annually),
                                                                                              and make publicly available, with respect to orders issued under
                                                                                              this section—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) a repository of each final order and interim final order
                                                                                                   in effect, including the complete text of the order; and
                                                                      Lists.                             ‘‘(2) a listing of all orders proposed and under development
                                                                                                   under subsection (b)(2), including—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) a brief description of each such order; and
                                                                      Time period.                             ‘‘(B) the Secretary’s expectations, if resources permit,
                                                                                                         for issuance of proposed orders over a 3-year period.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(h) DEVELOPMENT ADVICE TO SPONSORS OR REQUESTORS.—
                                                                      Procedures.             The Secretary shall establish procedures under which sponsors
                                                                                              or requestors may meet with appropriate officials of the Food and
                                                                                              Drug Administration to obtain advice on the studies and other
                                                                                              information necessary to support submissions under this section
                                                                                              and other matters relevant to the regulation of nonprescription
                                                                                              drugs and the development of new nonprescription drugs under
                                                                                              this section.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) PARTICIPATION OF MULTIPLE SPONSORS OR REQUESTORS.—
                                                                      Procedures.             The Secretary shall establish procedures to facilitate efficient
                                                                                              participation by multiple sponsors or requestors in proceedings
                                                                                              under this section, including provision for joint meetings with mul-
                                                                                              tiple sponsors or requestors or with organizations nominated by
                                                                                              sponsors or requestors to represent their interests in a proceeding.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(j) ELECTRONIC FORMAT.—All submissions under this section
                                                                                              shall be in electronic format.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(k) EFFECT ON EXISTING REGULATIONS GOVERNING NON-
                                                                                              PRESCRIPTION DRUGS.—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) REGULATIONS OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY TO NON-
                                                                                                   PRESCRIPTION DRUGS.—Except as provided in this subsection,
                                                                                                   nothing in this section supersedes regulations establishing gen-
                                                                                                   eral requirements for nonprescription drugs, including regula-
                                                                                                   tions of general applicability contained in parts 201, 250, and
                                                                                                   330 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor
                                                                                                   regulations. The Secretary shall establish or modify such regu-
                                                                                                   lations by means of rulemaking in accordance with section
                                                                                                   553 of title 5, United States Code.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) REGULATIONS ESTABLISHING REQUIREMENTS FOR SPE-
                                                                                                   CIFIC NONPRESCRIPTION DRUGS.—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) The provisions of section 310.545 of title 21, Code
                                                                                                         of Federal Regulations, as in effect on the day before the
                                                                                                         date of the enactment of this section, shall be deemed
                                                                                                         to be a final order under subsection (b).
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) Regulations in effect on the day before the date
                                                                                                         of the enactment of this section, establishing requirements
                                                                                                         for specific nonprescription drugs marketed pursuant to




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                         this section (including such requirements in parts 201 and
                                                                                                         250 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations), shall be




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00448   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 451

                                                                                deemed to be final orders under subsection (b), only as
                                                                                they apply to drugs—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) subject to paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) of
                                                                                      subsection (a); or
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) otherwise subject to an order under this sec-
                                                                                      tion.
                                                                                ‘‘(3) WITHDRAWAL OF REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall
                                                                          withdraw regulations establishing final monographs and the
                                                                          procedures governing the over-the-counter drug review under
                                                                          part 330 and other relevant parts of title 21, Code of Federal
                                                                          Regulations (as in effect on the day before the date of the
                                                                          enactment of this section), or make technical changes to such
                                                                          regulations to ensure conformity with appropriate terminology
                                                                          and cross references. Notwithstanding subchapter II of chapter                                    Notice.
                                                                          5 of title 5, United States Code, any such withdrawal or tech-                                    Effective date.
                                                                                                                                                                            Federal Register,
                                                                          nical changes shall be made without public notice and comment                                     publication.
                                                                          and shall be effective upon publication through notice in the
                                                                          Federal Register (or upon such date as specified in such notice).
                                                                          ‘‘(l) GUIDANCE.—The Secretary shall issue guidance that speci-
                                                                      fies—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) the procedures and principles for formal meetings                                     Procedures.
                                                                          between the Secretary and sponsors or requestors for drugs
                                                                          subject to this section;
                                                                                ‘‘(2) the format and content of data submissions to the
                                                                          Secretary under this section;
                                                                                ‘‘(3) the format of electronic submissions to the Secretary
                                                                          under this section;
                                                                                ‘‘(4) consolidated proceedings for appeal and the procedures                                Appeals.
                                                                          for such proceedings where appropriate; and                                                       Procedures.
                                                                                ‘‘(5) for minor changes in drugs, recommendations on how                                    Recommenda-
                                                                          to comply with the requirements in orders issued under sub-                                       tions.
                                                                          section (c)(3).
                                                                          ‘‘(m) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—This section shall not affect the treat-
                                                                          ment or status of a nonprescription drug—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) that is marketed without an application approved
                                                                                under section 505 as of the date of the enactment of this
                                                                                section;
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) that is not subject to an order issued under this
                                                                                section; and
                                                                                      ‘‘(C) to which paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), or (5) of
                                                                                subsection (a) do not apply.
                                                                                ‘‘(2) TREATMENT OF PRODUCTS PREVIOUSLY FOUND TO BE
                                                                          SUBJECT TO TIME AND EXTENT REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) Notwithstanding subsection (a), a drug described
                                                                                in subparagraph (B) may only be lawfully marketed, with-
                                                                                out an application approved under section 505, pursuant
                                                                                to an order issued under this section.
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) A drug described in this subparagraph is a drug
                                                                                which, prior to the date of the enactment of this section,
                                                                                the Secretary determined in a proposed or final rule to
                                                                                be ineligible for review under the OTC drug review (as
                                                                                such phrase ‘OTC drug review’ was used in section 330.14
                                                                                of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, as in effect on




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                the day before the date of the enactment of this section).
                                                                                ‘‘(3) PRESERVATION OF AUTHORITY.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00449   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 452                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed to
                                                                                                         preclude or limit the applicability of any provision of this
                                                                                                         Act other than this section.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) Nothing in subsection (a) shall be construed to
                                                                                                         prohibit the Secretary from issuing an order under this
                                                                                                         section finding a drug to be not generally recognized as
                                                                                                         safe and effective under section 201(p)(1), as the Secretary
                                                                                                         determines appropriate.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(n) INVESTIGATIONAL NEW DRUGS.—A drug is not subject to
                                                                                              this section if an exemption for investigational use under section
                                                                                              505(i) is in effect for such drug.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(o) INAPPLICABILITY OF PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT.—Chapter
                                                                                              35 of title 44, United States Code, shall not apply to collections
                                                                                              of information made under this section.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(p) INAPPLICABILITY OF NOTICE AND COMMENT RULEMAKING
                                                                      Applicability.          AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS.—The requirements of subsection (b)
                                                                                              shall apply with respect to orders issued under this section instead
                                                                                              of the requirements of subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5, United
                                                                                              States Code.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(q) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) The term ‘nonprescription drug’ refers to a drug not
                                                                                                   subject to the requirements of section 503(b)(1).
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) The term ‘sponsor’ refers to any person marketing,
                                                                                                   manufacturing, or processing a drug that—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) is listed pursuant to section 510(j); and
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) is or will be subject to an administrative order
                                                                                                         under this section of the Food and Drug Administration.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(3) The term ‘requestor’ refers to any person or group
                                                                                                   of persons marketing, manufacturing, processing, or developing
                                                                                                   a drug.’’.
                                                                      Deadline.                    (b) GAO STUDY.—Not later than 4 years after the date of
                                                                                              enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States
                                                                                              shall submit a study to the Committee on Energy and Commerce
                                                                                              of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health,
                                                                                              Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate addressing the
                                                                                              effectiveness and overall impact of exclusivity under section 505G
                                                                                              of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as added by subsection
                                                                                              (a), and section 586C of such Act (21 U.S.C. 360fff–3), including
                                                                      Analyses.               the impact of such exclusivity on consumer access. Such study
                                                                                              shall include—
                                                                                                         (1) an analysis of the impact of exclusivity under such
                                                                                                   section 505G for nonprescription drug products, including—
                                                                                                               (A) the number of nonprescription drug products that
                                                                                                         were granted exclusivity and the indication for which the
                                                                                                         nonprescription drug products were determined to be gen-
                                                                                                         erally recognized as safe and effective;
                                                                                                               (B) whether the exclusivity for such drug products
                                                                                                         was granted for—
                                                                                                                     (i) a new active ingredient (including any ester
                                                                                                               or salt of the active ingredient); or
                                                                                                                     (ii) changes in the conditions of use of a drug,
                                                                                                               for which new human data studies conducted or spon-
                                                                                                               sored by the requestor were essential;
                                                                                                               (C) whether, and to what extent, the exclusivity




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                         impacted the requestor’s or sponsor’s decision to develop
                                                                                                         the drug product;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00450   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 453

                                                                                      (D) an analysis of the implementation of the exclusivity
                                                                                  provision in such section 505G, including—
                                                                                           (i) the resources used by the Food and Drug
                                                                                      Administration;
                                                                                           (ii) the impact of such provision on innovation,
                                                                                      as well as research and development in the non-
                                                                                      prescription drug market;
                                                                                           (iii) the impact of such provision on competition
                                                                                      in the nonprescription drug market;
                                                                                           (iv) the impact of such provision on consumer
                                                                                      access to nonprescription drug products;
                                                                                           (v) the impact of such provision on the prices of
                                                                                      nonprescription drug products; and
                                                                                           (vi) whether the administrative orders initiated
                                                                                      by requestors under such section 505G have been suffi-
                                                                                      cient to encourage the development of nonprescription
                                                                                      drug products that would likely not be otherwise devel-
                                                                                      oped, or developed in as timely a manner; and
                                                                                      (E) whether the administrative orders initiated by re-
                                                                                  questors under such section 505G have been sufficient
                                                                                  incentive to encourage innovation in the nonprescription
                                                                                  drug market; and
                                                                                  (2) an analysis of the impact of exclusivity under such
                                                                             section 586C for sunscreen ingredients, including—
                                                                                      (A) the number of sunscreen ingredients that were
                                                                                  granted exclusivity and the specific ingredient that was
                                                                                  determined to be generally recognized as safe and effective;
                                                                                      (B) whether, and to what extent, the exclusivity
                                                                                  impacted the requestor’s or sponsor’s decision to develop
                                                                                  the sunscreen ingredient;
                                                                                      (C) whether, and to what extent, the sunscreen ingre-
                                                                                  dient granted exclusivity had previously been available
                                                                                  outside of the United States;
                                                                                      (D) an analysis of the implementation of the exclusivity
                                                                                  provision in such section 586C, including—
                                                                                           (i) the resources used by the Food and Drug
                                                                                      Administration;
                                                                                           (ii) the impact of such provision on innovation,
                                                                                      as well as research and development in the sunscreen
                                                                                      market;
                                                                                           (iii) the impact of such provision on competition
                                                                                      in the sunscreen market;
                                                                                           (iv) the impact of such provision on consumer
                                                                                      access to sunscreen products;
                                                                                           (v) the impact of such provision on the prices of
                                                                                      sunscreen products; and
                                                                                           (vi) whether the administrative orders initiated
                                                                                      by requestors under such section 505G have been uti-
                                                                                      lized by sunscreen ingredient sponsors and whether
                                                                                      such process has been sufficient to encourage the
                                                                                      development of sunscreen ingredients that would likely
                                                                                      not be otherwise developed, or developed in as timely
                                                                                      a manner; and
                                                                                      (E) whether the administrative orders initiated by re-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  questors under such section 586C have been sufficient
                                                                                  incentive to encourage innovation in the sunscreen market.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00451   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 454                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                  (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 751(d)(1) of the Federal
                                                                                              Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 379r(d)(1)) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                            (A) by striking ‘‘final regulation promulgated’’ and
                                                                                                       inserting ‘‘final order under section 505G’’; and
                                                                                                            (B) by striking ‘‘and not misbranded’’; and
                                                                                                       (2) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘regulation in effect’’
                                                                                                  and inserting ‘‘regulation or order in effect’’.
                                                                                              SEC. 3852. MISBRANDING.
                                                                                                  Section 502 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21
                                                                                              U.S.C. 352) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ee) If it is a nonprescription drug that is subject to section
                                                                                              505G, is not the subject of an application approved under section
                                                                                              505, and does not comply with the requirements under section
                                                                                              505G.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(ff) If it is a drug and it was manufactured, prepared, propa-
                                                                                              gated, compounded, or processed in a facility for which fees have
                                                                                              not been paid as required by section 744M.’’.
                                                                      21 USC 355h             SEC. 3853. DRUGS EXCLUDED FROM THE OVER-THE-COUNTER DRUG
                                                                      note.                               REVIEW.
                                                                                                   (a) IN GENERAL.—Nothing in this Act (or the amendments
                                                                                              made by this Act) shall apply to any nonprescription drug (as
                                                                                              defined in section 505G(q) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic
                                                                                              Act, as added by section 3851 of this subtitle) which was excluded
                                                                                              by the Food and Drug Administration from the Over-the-Counter
                                                                                              Drug Review in accordance with the paragraph numbered 25 on
                                                                                              page 9466 of volume 37 of the Federal Register, published on
                                                                                              May 11, 1972.
                                                                                                   (b) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this section shall be
                                                                                              construed to preclude or limit the applicability of any other provision
                                                                                              of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et
                                                                                              seq.).
                                                                      21 USC 360fff–3         SEC. 3854. TREATMENT OF SUNSCREEN INNOVATION ACT.
                                                                      note.
                                                                                                     (a) REVIEW OF NONPRESCRIPTION SUNSCREEN ACTIVE INGREDI-
                                                                                              ENTS.—
                                                                                                          (1) APPLICABILITY OF SECTION 505G FOR PENDING SUBMIS-
                                                                                                     SIONS.—
                                                                      Notification.                            (A) IN GENERAL.—A sponsor of a nonprescription sun-
                                                                      Deadline.                           screen active ingredient or combination of nonprescription
                                                                                                          sunscreen active ingredients that, as of the date of enact-
                                                                                                          ment of this Act, is subject to a proposed sunscreen order
                                                                                                          under section 586C of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cos-
                                                                                                          metic Act (21 U.S.C. 360fff–3) may elect, by means of
                                                                                                          giving written notification to the Secretary of Health and
                                                                                                          Human Services within 180 calendar days of the enactment
                                                                                                          of this Act, to transition into the review of such ingredient
                                                                                                          or combination of ingredients pursuant to the process set
                                                                                                          out in section 505G of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cos-
                                                                                                          metic Act, as added by section 3851 of this subtitle.
                                                                                                               (B) ELECTION EXERCISED.—Upon receipt by the Sec-
                                                                                                          retary of Health and Human Services of a timely notifica-
                                                                                                          tion under subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                                   (i) the proposed sunscreen order involved is




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                               deemed to be a request for an order under subsection
                                                                                                               (b) of section 505G of the Federal Food, Drug, and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00452   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 455

                                                                                        Cosmetic Act, as added by section 3851 of this subtitle;
                                                                                        and
                                                                                              (ii) such order is deemed to have been accepted
                                                                                        for filing under subsection (b)(6)(A)(i) of such section
                                                                                        505G.
                                                                                        (C) ELECTION NOT EXERCISED.—If a notification under                                 Deadline.
                                                                                  subparagraph (A) is not received by the Secretary of Health
                                                                                  and Human Services within 180 calendar days of the date
                                                                                  of enactment of this Act, the review of the proposed sun-
                                                                                  screen order described in subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                              (i) shall continue under section 586C of the Federal
                                                                                        Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360fff–3);
                                                                                        and
                                                                                              (ii) shall not be eligible for review under section
                                                                                        505G, added by section 3851 of this subtitle.
                                                                                  (2) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection, the terms ‘‘sponsor’’,
                                                                             ‘‘nonprescription’’, ‘‘sunscreen active ingredient’’, and ‘‘proposed
                                                                             sunscreen order’’ have the meanings given to those terms in
                                                                             section 586 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21
                                                                             U.S.C. 360fff).
                                                                             (b) AMENDMENTS TO SUNSCREEN PROVISIONS.—
                                                                                  (1) FINAL SUNSCREEN ORDERS.—Paragraph (3) of section
                                                                             586C(e) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C.
                                                                             360fff–3(e)) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                  ‘‘(3) RELATIONSHIP TO ORDERS UNDER SECTION 505G.—A final
                                                                             sunscreen order shall be deemed to be a final order under
                                                                             section 505G.’’.
                                                                                  (2) MEETINGS.—Paragraph (7) of section 586C(b) of the
                                                                             Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360fff–3(b))
                                                                             is amended—
                                                                                        (A) by striking ‘‘A sponsor may request’’ and inserting
                                                                                  the following:
                                                                                        ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—A sponsor may request’’; and
                                                                                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                        ‘‘(B) CONFIDENTIAL MEETINGS.—A sponsor may request
                                                                                  one or more confidential meetings with respect to a pro-
                                                                                  posed sunscreen order, including a letter deemed to be
                                                                                  a proposed sunscreen order under paragraph (3), to discuss
                                                                                  matters relating to data requirements to support a general
                                                                                  recognition of safety and effectiveness involving confidential
                                                                                  information and public information related to such pro-
                                                                                  posed sunscreen order, as appropriate. The Secretary shall
                                                                                  convene a confidential meeting with such sponsor in a
                                                                                  reasonable time period. If a sponsor requests more than                                   Determination.
                                                                                  one confidential meeting for the same proposed sunscreen
                                                                                  order, the Secretary may refuse to grant an additional
                                                                                  confidential meeting request if the Secretary determines
                                                                                  that such additional confidential meeting is not reasonably
                                                                                  necessary for the sponsor to advance its proposed sunscreen
                                                                                  order, or if the request for a confidential meeting fails
                                                                                  to include sufficient information upon which to base a
                                                                                  substantive discussion. The Secretary shall publish a post-                               Publication.
                                                                                  meeting summary of each confidential meeting under this                                   Summary.
                                                                                  subparagraph that does not disclose confidential commer-
                                                                                  cial information or trade secrets. This subparagraph does




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  not authorize the disclosure of confidential commercial
                                                                                  information or trade secrets subject to 552(b)(4) of title




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00453   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 456                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                           5, United States Code, or section 1905 of title 18, United
                                                                                                           States Code.’’.
                                                                                                           (3) EXCLUSIVITY.—Section 586C of the Federal Food, Drug,
                                                                                                     and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360fff–3) is amended by adding
                                                                                                     at the end the following:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(f) EXCLUSIVITY.—
                                                                      Time period.                         ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—A final sunscreen order shall have the
                                                                                                     effect of authorizing solely the order requestor (or the licensees,
                                                                                                     assignees, or successors in interest of such requestor with
                                                                                                     respect to the subject of such request and listed under para-
                                                                                                     graph (5)) for a period of 18 months, to market a sunscreen
                                                                                                     ingredient under this section incorporating changes described
                                                                                                     in paragraph (2) subject to the limitations under paragraph
                                                                                                     (4), beginning on the date the requestor (or any licensees,
                                                                                                     assignees, or successors in interest of such requestor with
                                                                                                     respect to the subject of such request and listed under para-
                                                                                                     graph (5)) may lawfully market such sunscreen ingredient
                                                                                                     pursuant to the order.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(2) CHANGES DESCRIBED.—A change described in this para-
                                                                                                     graph is a change subject to an order specified in paragraph
                                                                                                     (1) that permits a sunscreen to contain an active sunscreen
                                                                                                     ingredient not previously incorporated in a marketed sunscreen
                                                                                                     listed in paragraph (3).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(3) MARKETED SUNSCREEN.—The marketed sunscreen
                                                                                                     ingredients described in this paragraph are sunscreen ingredi-
                                                                                                     ents—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) marketed in accordance with a final monograph
                                                                                                           for sunscreen drug products set forth at part 352 of title
                                                                                                           21, Code of Federal Regulations (as published at 64 Fed.
                                                                                                           Reg. 27687); or
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) marketed in accordance with a final order issued
                                                                                                           under this section.
                                                                      Time period.                         ‘‘(4) LIMITATIONS ON EXCLUSIVITY.—Only one 18-month
                                                                                                     period may be granted per ingredient under paragraph (1).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(5) LISTING OF LICENSEES, ASSIGNEES, OR SUCCESSORS IN
                                                                                                     INTEREST.—Requestors shall submit to the Secretary at the
                                                                                                     time when a drug subject to such request is introduced or
                                                                                                     delivered for introduction into interstate commerce, a list of
                                                                                                     licensees, assignees, or successors in interest under paragraph
                                                                                                     (1).’’.
                                                                                                           (4) SUNSET PROVISION.—Subchapter I of chapter V of the
                                                                                                     Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360fff et
                                                                                                     seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                      21 USC 360fff–8.        ‘‘SEC. 586H. SUNSET.
                                                                                                  ‘‘This subchapter shall cease to be effective at the end of fiscal
                                                                                              year 2022.’’.
                                                                                                       (5) TREATMENT OF FINAL SUNSCREEN ORDER.—The Federal
                                                                                                  Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act is amended by striking section
                                                                                                  586E of such Act (21 U.S.C. 360fff–5).
                                                                      21 USC 355h                 (c) TREATMENT OF AUTHORITY REGARDING FINALIZATION OF
                                                                      note.                   SUNSCREEN MONOGRAPH.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                            (A) REVISION OF FINAL SUNSCREEN ORDER.—The Sec-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                       retary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this
                                                                                                       subsection as the ‘‘Secretary’’) shall amend and revise the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00454   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 457

                                                                               final administrative order concerning nonprescription sun-
                                                                               screen (referred to in this subsection as the ‘‘sunscreen
                                                                               order’’) for which the content, prior to the date of enactment
                                                                               of this Act, was represented by the final monograph for
                                                                               sunscreen drug products set forth in part 352 of title 21,
                                                                               Code of Federal Regulations (as in effect on May 21, 1999).
                                                                                    (B) ISSUANCE OF REVISED SUNSCREEN ORDER; EFFECTIVE
                                                                               DATE.—A revised sunscreen order described in subpara-                                        Deadlines.
                                                                               graph (A) shall be—
                                                                                         (i) issued in accordance with the procedures
                                                                                    described in section 505G(b)(2) of the Federal Food,
                                                                                    Drug, and Cosmetic Act;
                                                                                         (ii) issued in proposed form not later than 18
                                                                                    months after the date of enactment of this Act; and
                                                                                         (iii) issued by the Secretary at least 1 year prior
                                                                                    to the effective date of the revised order.
                                                                               (2) REPORTS.—If a revised sunscreen order issued under                                       Plan.
                                                                          paragraph (1) does not include provisions related to the                                          Timeline.
                                                                          effectiveness of various sun protection factor levels, and does
                                                                          not address all dosage forms known to the Secretary to be
                                                                          used in sunscreens marketed in the United States without
                                                                          a new drug application approved under section 505 of the
                                                                          Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355), the
                                                                          Secretary shall submit a report to the Committee on Energy
                                                                          and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Com-
                                                                          mittee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate
                                                                          on the rationale for omission of such provisions from such
                                                                          order, and a plan and timeline to compile any information
                                                                          necessary to address such provisions through such order.
                                                                          (d) TREATMENT OF NON-SUNSCREEN TIME AND EXTENT APPLICA-                                           21 USC 360fff–6
                                                                      TIONS.—                                                                                               note.
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—Any application described in section 586F
                                                                          of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360fff–
                                                                          6) that was submitted to the Secretary pursuant to section
                                                                          330.14 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, as such provi-
                                                                          sions were in effect immediately prior to the date of enactment
                                                                          date of this Act, shall be extinguished as of such date of
                                                                          enactment, subject to paragraph (2).
                                                                               (2) ORDER REQUEST.—Nothing in paragraph (1) precludes
                                                                          the submission of an order request under section 505G(b) of
                                                                          the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as added by section
                                                                          3851 of this subtitle, with respect to a drug that was the
                                                                          subject of an application extinguished under paragraph (1).
                                                                      SEC. 3855. ANNUAL UPDATE TO CONGRESS ON APPROPRIATE PEDI-                                             21 USC 355h
                                                                                  ATRIC INDICATION FOR CERTAIN OTC COUGH AND COLD                                           note.
                                                                                  DRUGS.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subsection (c), the Secretary of                                      Deadline.
                                                                      Health and Human Services shall, beginning not later than 1 year
                                                                      after the date of enactment of this Act, annually submit to the
                                                                      Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representa-
                                                                      tives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions
                                                                      of the Senate a letter describing the progress of the Food and
                                                                      Drug Administration—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                               (1) in evaluating the cough and cold monograph described
                                                                           in subsection (b) with respect to children under age 6; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00455   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 458                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        (2) as appropriate, revising such cough and cold monograph
                                                                                                   to address such children through the order process under sec-
                                                                                                   tion 505G(b) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act,
                                                                                                   as added by section 3851 of this subtitle.
                                                                                                   (b) COUGH AND COLD MONOGRAPH DESCRIBED.—The cough and
                                                                                              cold monograph described in this subsection consists of the condi-
                                                                                              tions under which nonprescription drugs containing antitussive,
                                                                                              expectorant, nasal decongestant, or antihistamine active ingredients
                                                                                              (or combinations thereof) are generally recognized as safe and effec-
                                                                                              tive, as specified in part 341 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations
                                                                                              (as in effect immediately prior to the date of enactment of this
                                                                                              Act), and included in an order deemed to be established under
                                                                                              section 505G(b) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as
                                                                                              added by section 3851 of this subtitle.
                                                                                                   (c) DURATION OF AUTHORITY.—The requirement under sub-
                                                                                              section (a) shall terminate as of the date of a letter submitted
                                                                                              by the Secretary of Health and Human Services pursuant to such
                                                                                              subsection in which the Secretary indicates that the Food and
                                                                                              Drug Administration has completed its evaluation and revised,
                                                                                              in a final order, as applicable, the cough and cold monograph
                                                                                              as described in subsection (a)(2).
                                                                                              SEC. 3856. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS.
                                                                                                  (a) IMPORTS AND EXPORTS.—Section 801(e)(4)(E)(iii) of the Fed-
                                                                                              eral Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 381(e)(4)(E)(iii)) is
                                                                                              amended by striking ‘‘subparagraph’’ each place such term appears
                                                                                              and inserting ‘‘paragraph’’.
                                                                                                  (b) FDA REAUTHORIZATION ACT OF 2017.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 905(b)(4) of the FDA Reauthoriza-
                                                                      21 USC 379j–52.             tion Act of 2017 (Public Law 115–52) is amended by striking
                                                                                                  ‘‘Section 744H(e)(2)(B)’’ and inserting ‘‘Section 744H(f)(2)(B)’’.
                                                                      21 USC 379j–52                   (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by paragraph
                                                                      note.                       (1) shall take effect as of the enactment of the FDA Reauthoriza-
                                                                                                  tion Act of 2017 (Public Law 115–52).

                                                                                                                           PART II—USER FEES
                                                                      21 USC 379j–71          SEC. 3861. FINDING.
                                                                      note.
                                                                                                   The Congress finds that the fees authorized by the amendments
                                                                                              made in this part will be dedicated to OTC monograph drug activi-
                                                                                              ties, as set forth in the goals identified for purposes of part 10
                                                                                              of subchapter C of chapter VII of the Federal Food, Drug, and
                                                                                              Cosmetic Act, in the letters from the Secretary of Health and
                                                                                              Human Services to the Chairman of the Committee on Health,
                                                                                              Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Chairman
                                                                                              of the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Rep-
                                                                                              resentatives, as set forth in the Congressional Record.
                                                                                              SEC. 3862. FEES RELATING TO OVER-THE-COUNTER DRUGS.
                                                                                                   Subchapter C of chapter VII of the Federal Food, Drug, and
                                                                                              Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 379f et seq.) is amended by inserting




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              after part 9 the following:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00456   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 459

                                                                            ‘‘PART 10—FEES RELATING TO OVER-THE-
                                                                                       COUNTER DRUGS
                                                                      ‘‘SEC. 744L. DEFINITIONS.                                                                             21 USC 379j–71.
                                                                             ‘‘In this part:
                                                                                   ‘‘(1) The term ‘affiliate’ means a business entity that has
                                                                             a relationship with a second business entity if, directly or
                                                                             indirectly—
                                                                                         ‘‘(A) one business entity controls, or has the power
                                                                                   to control, the other business entity; or
                                                                                         ‘‘(B) a third party controls, or has power to control,
                                                                                   both of the business entities.
                                                                                   ‘‘(2) The term ‘contract manufacturing organization facility’
                                                                             means an OTC monograph drug facility where neither the
                                                                             owner of such manufacturing facility nor any affiliate of such
                                                                             owner or facility sells the OTC monograph drug produced at
                                                                             such facility directly to wholesalers, retailers, or consumers
                                                                             in the United States.
                                                                                   ‘‘(3) The term ‘costs of resources allocated for OTC mono-
                                                                             graph drug activities’ means the expenses in connection with
                                                                             OTC monograph drug activities for—
                                                                                         ‘‘(A) officers and employees of the Food and Drug
                                                                                   Administration, contractors of the Food and Drug Adminis-
                                                                                   tration, advisory committees, and costs related to such
                                                                                   officers, employees, and committees and costs related to
                                                                                   contracts with such contractors;
                                                                                         ‘‘(B) management of information, and the acquisition,
                                                                                   maintenance, and repair of computer resources;
                                                                                         ‘‘(C) leasing, maintenance, renovation, and repair of
                                                                                   facilities and acquisition, maintenance, and repair of fix-
                                                                                   tures, furniture, scientific equipment, and other necessary
                                                                                   materials and supplies; and
                                                                                         ‘‘(D) collecting fees under section 744M and accounting
                                                                                   for resources allocated for OTC monograph drug activities.
                                                                                   ‘‘(4) The term ‘FDA establishment identifier’ is the unique
                                                                             number automatically generated by Food and Drug Administra-
                                                                             tion’s Field Accomplishments and Compliance Tracking System
                                                                             (FACTS) (or any successor system).
                                                                                   ‘‘(5) The term ‘OTC monograph drug’ means a nonprescrip-
                                                                             tion drug without an approved new drug application which
                                                                             is governed by the provisions of section 505G.
                                                                                   ‘‘(6) The term ‘OTC monograph drug activities’ means
                                                                             activities of the Secretary associated with OTC monograph
                                                                             drugs and inspection of facilities associated with such products,
                                                                             including the following activities:
                                                                                         ‘‘(A) The activities necessary for review and evaluation
                                                                                   of OTC monographs and OTC monograph order requests,
                                                                                   including—
                                                                                               ‘‘(i) orders proposing or finalizing applicable condi-
                                                                                         tions of use for OTC monograph drugs;
                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) orders affecting status regarding general rec-
                                                                                         ognition of safety and effectiveness of an OTC mono-
                                                                                         graph ingredient or combination of ingredients under
                                                                                         specified conditions of use;




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                               ‘‘(iii) all OTC monograph drug development and
                                                                                         review activities, including intra-agency collaboration;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00457   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 460                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                      ‘‘(iv) regulation and policy development activities
                                                                                                               related to OTC monograph drugs;
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(v) development of product standards for products
                                                                                                               subject to review and evaluation;
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(vi) meetings referred to in section 505G(i);
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(vii) review of labeling prior to issuance of orders
                                                                                                               related to OTC monograph drugs or conditions of use;
                                                                                                               and
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(viii) regulatory science activities related to OTC
                                                                                                               monograph drugs.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) Inspections related to OTC monograph drugs.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(C) Monitoring of clinical and other research con-
                                                                                                         ducted in connection with OTC monograph drugs.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(D) Safety activities with respect to OTC monograph
                                                                                                         drugs, including—
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(i) collecting, developing, and reviewing safety
                                                                                                               information on OTC monograph drugs, including
                                                                                                               adverse event reports;
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) developing and using improved adverse event
                                                                                                               data-collection systems, including information tech-
                                                                                                               nology systems; and
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(iii) developing and using improved analytical
                                                                                                               tools to assess potential safety risks, including access
                                                                                                               to external databases.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(E) Other activities necessary for implementation of
                                                                                                         section 505G.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(7) The term ‘OTC monograph order request’ means a
                                                                                                     request for an order submitted under section 505G(b)(5).
                                                                                                         ‘‘(8) The term ‘Tier 1 OTC monograph order request’ means
                                                                                                     any OTC monograph order request not determined to be a
                                                                                                     Tier 2 OTC monograph order request.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(9)(A) The term ‘Tier 2 OTC monograph order request’
                                                                                                     means, subject to subparagraph (B), an OTC monograph order
                                                                                                     request for—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(i) the reordering of existing information in the drug
                                                                                                         facts label of an OTC monograph drug;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) the addition of information to the other informa-
                                                                                                         tion section of the drug facts label of an OTC monograph
                                                                                                         drug, as limited by section 201.66(c)(7) of title 21, Code
                                                                                                         of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations);
                                                                                                               ‘‘(iii) modification to the directions for use section of
                                                                                                         the drug facts label of an OTC monograph drug, if such
                                                                                                         changes conform to changes made pursuant to section
                                                                                                         505G(c)(3)(A);
                                                                                                               ‘‘(iv) the standardization of the concentration or dose
                                                                                                         of a specific finalized ingredient within a particular final-
                                                                                                         ized monograph;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(v) a change to ingredient nomenclature to align with
                                                                                                         nomenclature of a standards-setting organization; or
                                                                                                               ‘‘(vi) addition of an interchangeable term in accordance
                                                                                                         with section 330.1 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations
                                                                                                         (or any successor regulations).
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) The Secretary may, based on program implementation
                                                                                                     experience or other factors found appropriate by the Secretary,




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     characterize any OTC monograph order request as a Tier 2
                                                                                                     OTC monograph order request (including recharacterizing a




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00458   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 461

                                                                             request from Tier 1 to Tier 2) and publish such determination
                                                                             in a proposed order issued pursuant to section 505G.
                                                                                  ‘‘(10)(A) The term ‘OTC monograph drug facility’ means
                                                                             a foreign or domestic business or other entity that—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) is—
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) under one management, either direct or
                                                                                        indirect; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(II) at one geographic location or address engaged
                                                                                        in manufacturing or processing the finished dosage
                                                                                        form of an OTC monograph drug;
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) includes a finished dosage form manufacturer
                                                                                  facility in a contractual relationship with the sponsor of
                                                                                  one or more OTC monograph drugs to manufacture or
                                                                                  process such drugs; and
                                                                                        ‘‘(iii) does not include a business or other entity whose
                                                                                  only manufacturing or processing activities are one or more
                                                                                  of the following: production of clinical research supplies,
                                                                                  testing, or placement of outer packaging on packages con-
                                                                                  taining multiple products, for such purposes as creating
                                                                                  multipacks, when each monograph drug product contained
                                                                                  within the overpackaging is already in a final packaged
                                                                                  form prior to placement in the outer overpackaging.
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A)(i)(II), separate
                                                                             buildings or locations within close proximity are considered
                                                                             to be at one geographic location or address if the activities
                                                                             conducted in such buildings or locations are—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) closely related to the same business enterprise;
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) under the supervision of the same local manage-
                                                                                  ment; and
                                                                                        ‘‘(iii) under a single FDA establishment identifier and
                                                                                  capable of being inspected by the Food and Drug Adminis-
                                                                                  tration during a single inspection.
                                                                                  ‘‘(C) If a business or other entity would meet criteria speci-
                                                                             fied in subparagraph (A), but for being under multiple manage-
                                                                             ment, the business or other entity is deemed to constitute
                                                                             multiple facilities, one per management entity, for purposes
                                                                             of this paragraph.
                                                                                  ‘‘(11) The term ‘OTC monograph drug meeting’ means any
                                                                             meeting regarding the content of a proposed OTC monograph
                                                                             order request.
                                                                                  ‘‘(12) The term ‘person’ includes an affiliate of a person.
                                                                                  ‘‘(13) The terms ‘requestor’ and ‘sponsor’ have the meanings
                                                                             given such terms in section 505G.
                                                                      ‘‘SEC. 744M. AUTHORITY TO ASSESS AND USE OTC MONOGRAPH FEES.                                          21 USC 379j–72.
                                                                           ‘‘(a) TYPES OF FEES.—Beginning with fiscal year 2021, the                                        Effective date.
                                                                      Secretary shall assess and collect fees in accordance with this
                                                                      section as follows:
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) FACILITY FEE.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Each person that owns a facility                                   Time period.
                                                                                 identified as an OTC monograph drug facility on December
                                                                                 31 of the fiscal year or at any time during the preceding
                                                                                 12-month period shall be assessed an annual fee for each




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                 such facility as determined under subsection (c).
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) EXCEPTIONS.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00459   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 462                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                      ‘‘(i) FACILITIES THAT CEASE ACTIVITIES.—A fee shall
                                                                                                                not be assessed under subparagraph (A) if the identi-
                                                                                                                fied OTC monograph drug facility—
                                                                                                                             ‘‘(I) has ceased all activities related to OTC
                                                                                                                      monograph drugs prior to December 31 of the year
                                                                                                                      immediately preceding the applicable fiscal year;
                                                                                                                      and
                                                                                                                             ‘‘(II) has updated its registration to reflect such
                                                                                                                      change under the requirements for drug establish-
                                                                                                                      ment registration set forth in section 510.
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) CONTRACT MANUFACTURING ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                                The amount of the fee for a contract manufacturing
                                                                                                                organization facility shall be equal to two-thirds of
                                                                                                                the amount of the fee for an OTC monograph drug
                                                                                                                facility that is not a contract manufacturing organiza-
                                                                                                                tion facility.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(C) AMOUNT.—The amount of fees established under
                                                                                                          subparagraph (A) shall be established under subsection
                                                                                                          (c).
                                                                                                                ‘‘(D) DUE DATE.—
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(i) FOR FIRST PROGRAM YEAR.—For fiscal year
                                                                                                                2021, the facility fees required under subparagraph
                                                                                                                (A) shall be due on the later of—
                                                                                                                             ‘‘(I) the first business day of July of 2020;
                                                                                                                      or
                                                                                                                             ‘‘(II) 45 calendar days after publication of the
                                                                                                                      Federal Register notice provided for under sub-
                                                                                                                      section (c)(4)(A).
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) SUBSEQUENT FISCAL YEARS.—For each fiscal
                                                                                                                year after fiscal year 2021, the facility fees required
                                                                                                                under subparagraph (A) shall be due on the later of—
                                                                                                                             ‘‘(I) the first business day of June of such
                                                                                                                      year; or
                                                                                                                             ‘‘(II) the first business day after the enactment
                                                                                                                      of an appropriations Act providing for the collection
                                                                                                                      and obligation of fees under this section for such
                                                                                                                      year.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(2) OTC MONOGRAPH ORDER REQUEST FEE.—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Each person that submits an OTC
                                                                                                          monograph order request shall be subject to a fee for an
                                                                                                          OTC monograph order request. The amount of such fee
                                                                                                          shall be—
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(i) for a Tier 1 OTC monograph order request,
                                                                                                                $500,000, adjusted for inflation for the fiscal year (as
                                                                                                                determined under subsection (c)(1)(B)); and
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) for a Tier 2 OTC monograph order request,
                                                                                                                $100,000, adjusted for inflation for the fiscal year (as
                                                                                                                determined under subsection (c)(1)(B)).
                                                                                                                ‘‘(B) DUE DATE.—The OTC monograph order request
                                                                                                          fees required under subparagraph (A) shall be due on the
                                                                                                          date of submission of the OTC monograph order request.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(C) EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN SAFETY CHANGES.—A per-
                                                                                                          son who is named as the requestor in an OTC monograph
                                                                                                          order shall not be subject to a fee under subparagraph
                                                                                                          (A) if the Secretary finds that the OTC monograph order




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          request seeks to change the drug facts labeling of an OTC
                                                                                                          monograph drug in a way that would add to or strengthen—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00460   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 463

                                                                                               ‘‘(i) a contraindication, warning, or precaution;
                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) a statement about risk associated with misuse
                                                                                         or abuse; or
                                                                                               ‘‘(iii) an instruction about dosage and administra-
                                                                                         tion that is intended to increase the safe use of the
                                                                                         OTC monograph drug.
                                                                                         ‘‘(D) REFUND OF FEE IF ORDER REQUEST IS RECAT-
                                                                                   EGORIZED AS A TIER 2 OTC MONOGRAPH ORDER REQUEST.—
                                                                                   If the Secretary determines that an OTC monograph                                        Determination.
                                                                                   request initially characterized as Tier 1 shall be re-
                                                                                   characterized as a Tier 2 OTC monograph order request,
                                                                                   and the requestor has paid a Tier 1 fee in accordance
                                                                                   with subparagraph (A)(i), the Secretary shall refund the
                                                                                   requestor the difference between the Tier 1 and Tier 2
                                                                                   fees determined under subparagraphs (A)(i) and (A)(ii),
                                                                                   respectively.
                                                                                         ‘‘(E) REFUND OF FEE IF ORDER REQUEST REFUSED FOR
                                                                                   FILING OR WITHDRAWN BEFORE FILING.—The Secretary shall
                                                                                   refund 75 percent of the fee paid under subparagraph
                                                                                   (B) for any order request which is refused for filing or
                                                                                   was withdrawn before being accepted or refused for filing.
                                                                                         ‘‘(F) FEES FOR ORDER REQUESTS PREVIOUSLY REFUSED
                                                                                   FOR FILING OR WITHDRAWN BEFORE FILING.—An OTC mono-
                                                                                   graph order request that was submitted but was refused
                                                                                   for filing, or was withdrawn before being accepted or
                                                                                   refused for filing, shall be subject to the full fee under
                                                                                   subparagraph (A) upon being resubmitted or filed over
                                                                                   protest.
                                                                                         ‘‘(G) REFUND OF FEE IF ORDER REQUEST WITHDRAWN.—
                                                                                   If an order request is withdrawn after the order request
                                                                                   was filed, the Secretary may refund the fee or a portion
                                                                                   of the fee if no substantial work was performed on the
                                                                                   order request after the application was filed. The Secretary
                                                                                   shall have the sole discretion to refund a fee or a portion
                                                                                   of the fee under this subparagraph. A determination by
                                                                                   the Secretary concerning a refund under this subparagraph
                                                                                   shall not be reviewable.
                                                                                   ‘‘(3) REFUNDS.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Other than refunds provided pursu-
                                                                                   ant to any of subparagraphs (D) through (G) of paragraph
                                                                                   (2), the Secretary shall not refund any fee paid under
                                                                                   paragraph (1) except as provided in subparagraph (B).
                                                                                         ‘‘(B) DISPUTES CONCERNING FEES.—To qualify for the                                 Deadline.
                                                                                   return of a fee claimed to have been paid in error under
                                                                                   paragraph (1) or (2), a person shall submit to the Secretary
                                                                                   a written request justifying such return within 180 cal-
                                                                                   endar days after such fee was paid.
                                                                                   ‘‘(4) NOTICE.—Within the timeframe specified in subsection                               Federal Register,
                                                                             (c), the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register the                                   publication.
                                                                             amount of the fees under paragraph (1) for such fiscal year.
                                                                             ‘‘(b) FEE REVENUE AMOUNTS.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(1) FISCAL YEAR 2021.—For fiscal year 2021, fees under
                                                                             subsection (a)(1) shall be established to generate a total facility
                                                                             fee revenue amount equal to the sum of—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                         ‘‘(A) the annual base revenue for fiscal year 2021 (as
                                                                                   determined under paragraph (3));




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00461   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 464                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) the dollar amount equal to the operating reserve
                                                                                                           adjustment for the fiscal year, if applicable (as determined
                                                                                                           under subsection (c)(2)); and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(C) additional direct cost adjustments (as determined
                                                                                                           under subsection (c)(3)).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(2) SUBSEQUENT FISCAL YEARS.—For each of the fiscal
                                                                                                     years 2022 through 2025, fees under subsection (a)(1) shall
                                                                                                     be established to generate a total facility fee revenue amount
                                                                                                     equal to the sum of—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) the annual base revenue for the fiscal year (as
                                                                                                           determined under paragraph (3));
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) the dollar amount equal to the inflation adjust-
                                                                                                           ment for the fiscal year (as determined under subsection
                                                                                                           (c)(1));
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(C) the dollar amount equal to the operating reserve
                                                                                                           adjustment for the fiscal year, if applicable (as determined
                                                                                                           under subsection (c)(2));
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(D) additional direct cost adjustments (as determined
                                                                                                           under subsection (c)(3)); and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(E) additional dollar amounts for each fiscal year as
                                                                                                           follows:
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(i) $7,000,000 for fiscal year 2022.
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) $6,000,000 for fiscal year 2023.
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) $7,000,000 for fiscal year 2024.
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(iv) $3,000,000 for fiscal year 2025.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(3) ANNUAL BASE REVENUE.—For purposes of paragraphs
                                                                                                     (1)(A) and (2)(A), the dollar amount of the annual base revenue
                                                                                                     for a fiscal year shall be—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) for fiscal year 2021, $8,000,000; and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) for fiscal years 2022 through 2025, the dollar
                                                                                                           amount of the total revenue amount established under
                                                                                                           this subsection for the previous fiscal year, not including
                                                                                                           any adjustments made under subsection (c)(2) or (c)(3).
                                                                                                     ‘‘(c) ADJUSTMENTS; ANNUAL FEE SETTING.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(1) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2)(B),
                                                                                                           the dollar amount of the inflation adjustment to the annual
                                                                                                           base revenue for fiscal year 2022 and each subsequent
                                                                                                           fiscal year shall be equal to the product of—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(i) such annual base revenue for the fiscal year
                                                                                                                 under subsection (b)(2); and
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) the inflation adjustment percentage under
                                                                                                                 subparagraph (C).
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) OTC MONOGRAPH ORDER REQUEST FEES.—For pur-
                                                                                                           poses of subsection (a)(2), the dollar amount of the inflation
                                                                                                           adjustment to the fee for OTC monograph order requests
                                                                                                           for fiscal year 2022 and each subsequent fiscal year shall
                                                                                                           be equal to the product of—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(i) the applicable fee under subsection (a)(2) for
                                                                                                                 the preceding fiscal year; and
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) the inflation adjustment percentage under
                                                                                                                 subparagraph (C).
                                                                      Time periods.                              ‘‘(C) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT PERCENTAGE.—The infla-
                                                                                                           tion adjustment percentage under this subparagraph for
                                                                                                           a fiscal year is equal to—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(i) for each of fiscal years 2022 and 2023, the
                                                                                                                 average annual percent change that occurred in the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00462   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 465

                                                                                        Consumer Price Index for urban consumers (Wash-
                                                                                        ington-Baltimore, DC–MD–VA–WV; Not Seasonally
                                                                                        Adjusted; All items; Annual Index) for the first 3 years
                                                                                        of the preceding 4 years of available data; and
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) for each of fiscal years 2024 and 2025, the
                                                                                        sum of—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) the average annual percent change in the
                                                                                              cost, per full-time equivalent position of the Food
                                                                                              and Drug Administration, of all personnel com-
                                                                                              pensation and benefits paid with respect to such
                                                                                              positions for the first 3 years of the preceding
                                                                                              4 fiscal years, multiplied by the proportion of per-
                                                                                              sonnel compensation and benefits costs to total
                                                                                              costs of OTC monograph drug activities for the
                                                                                              first 3 years of the preceding 4 fiscal years; and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) the average annual percent change that
                                                                                              occurred in the Consumer Price Index for urban
                                                                                              consumers (Washington-Baltimore, DC–MD–VA–
                                                                                              WV; Not Seasonally Adjusted; All items; Annual
                                                                                              Index) for the first 3 years of the preceding 4
                                                                                              years of available data multiplied by the proportion
                                                                                              of all costs other than personnel compensation and
                                                                                              benefits costs to total costs of OTC monograph
                                                                                              drug activities for the first 3 years of the preceding
                                                                                              4 fiscal years.
                                                                                  ‘‘(2) OPERATING RESERVE ADJUSTMENT.—
                                                                                        ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For fiscal year 2021 and subsequent
                                                                                  fiscal years, for purposes of subsections (b)(1)(B) and
                                                                                  (b)(2)(C), the Secretary may, in addition to adjustments
                                                                                  under paragraph (1), further increase the fee revenue and
                                                                                  fees if such an adjustment is necessary to provide operating
                                                                                  reserves of carryover user fees for OTC monograph drug
                                                                                  activities for not more than the number of weeks specified
                                                                                  in subparagraph (B).
                                                                                        ‘‘(B) NUMBER OF WEEKS.—The number of weeks speci-
                                                                                  fied in this subparagraph is—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) 3 weeks for fiscal year 2021;
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) 7 weeks for fiscal year 2022;
                                                                                              ‘‘(iii) 10 weeks for fiscal year 2023;
                                                                                              ‘‘(iv) 10 weeks for fiscal year 2024; and
                                                                                              ‘‘(v) 10 weeks for fiscal year 2025.
                                                                                        ‘‘(C) DECREASE.—If the Secretary has carryover bal-                                 Time period.
                                                                                  ances for such process in excess of 10 weeks of the operating
                                                                                  reserves referred to in subparagraph (A), the Secretary
                                                                                  shall decrease the fee revenue and fees referred to in
                                                                                  such subparagraph to provide for not more than 10 weeks
                                                                                  of such operating reserves.
                                                                                        ‘‘(D) RATIONALE FOR ADJUSTMENT.—If an adjustment
                                                                                  under this paragraph is made, the rationale for the amount
                                                                                  of the increase or decrease (as applicable) in fee revenue
                                                                                  and fees shall be contained in the annual Federal Register
                                                                                  notice under paragraph (4) establishing fee revenue and
                                                                                  fees for the fiscal year involved.
                                                                                  ‘‘(3) ADDITIONAL DIRECT COST ADJUSTMENT.—The Secretary
                                                                             shall, in addition to adjustments under paragraphs (1) and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             (2), further increase the fee revenue and fees for purposes
                                                                             of subsection (b)(2)(D) by an amount equal to—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00463   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 466                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) $14,000,000 for fiscal year 2021;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) $7,000,000 for fiscal year 2022;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(C) $4,000,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(D) $3,000,000 for fiscal year 2024; and
                                                                                                               ‘‘(E) $3,000,000 for fiscal year 2025.
                                                                      Deadline.                          ‘‘(4) ANNUAL FEE SETTING.—
                                                                      Federal Register,                        ‘‘(A) FISCAL YEAR 2021.—The Secretary shall, not later
                                                                      publication.
                                                                                                         than the second Monday in May of 2020—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) establish OTC monograph drug facility fees
                                                                                                               for fiscal year 2021 under subsection (a), based on
                                                                                                               the revenue amount for such year under subsection
                                                                                                               (b) and the adjustments provided under this subsection;
                                                                                                               and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) publish fee revenue, facility fees, and OTC
                                                                                                               monograph order requests in the Federal Register.
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) SUBSEQUENT FISCAL YEARS.—The Secretary shall,
                                                                                                         for each fiscal year that begins after September 30, 2021,
                                                                                                         not later than the second Monday in March that precedes
                                                                                                         such fiscal year—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) establish for such fiscal year, based on the
                                                                                                               revenue amounts under subsection (b) and the adjust-
                                                                                                               ments provided under this subsection—
                                                                                                                            ‘‘(I) OTC monograph drug facility fees under
                                                                                                                     subsection (a)(1); and
                                                                                                                            ‘‘(II) OTC monograph order request fees under
                                                                                                                     subsection (a)(2); and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) publish such fee revenue amounts, facility
                                                                                                               fees, and OTC monograph order request fees in the
                                                                                                               Federal Register.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(d) IDENTIFICATION OF FACILITIES.—Each person that owns
                                                                                              an OTC monograph drug facility shall submit to the Secretary
                                                                                              the information required under this subsection each year. Such
                                                                                              information shall, for each fiscal year—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) be submitted as part of the requirements for drug
                                                                                                   establishment registration set forth in section 510; and
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) include for each such facility, at a minimum, identifica-
                                                                                                   tion of the facility’s business operation as that of an OTC
                                                                                                   monograph drug facility.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(e) EFFECT OF FAILURE TO PAY FEES.—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) OTC MONOGRAPH DRUG FACILITY FEE.—
                                                                      Time period.                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Failure to pay the fee under sub-
                                                                                                         section (a)(1) within 20 calendar days of the due date
                                                                                                         as specified in subparagraph (D) of such subsection shall
                                                                                                         result in the following:
                                                                      Public                                         ‘‘(i) The Secretary shall place the facility on a
                                                                      information.                             publicly available arrears list.
                                                                      List.
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) All OTC monograph drugs manufactured in
                                                                                                               such a facility or containing an ingredient manufac-
                                                                                                               tured in such a facility shall be deemed misbranded
                                                                                                               under section 502(ff).
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) APPLICATION OF PENALTIES.—The penalties under
                                                                                                         this paragraph shall apply until the fee established by
                                                                                                         subsection (a)(1) is paid.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) ORDER REQUESTS.—An OTC monograph order request




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   submitted by a person subject to fees under subsection (a)
                                                                                                   shall be considered incomplete and shall not be accepted for




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00464   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 467

                                                                           filing by the Secretary until all fees owed by such person
                                                                           under this section have been paid.
                                                                                 ‘‘(3) MEETINGS.—A person subject to fees under this section
                                                                           shall be considered ineligible for OTC monograph drug meetings
                                                                           until all such fees owed by such person have been paid.
                                                                           ‘‘(f) CREDITING AND AVAILABILITY OF FEES.—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Fees authorized under subsection (a)
                                                                           shall be collected and available for obligation only to the extent
                                                                           and in the amount provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
                                                                           Such fees are authorized to remain available until expended.
                                                                           Such sums as may be necessary may be transferred from the
                                                                           Food and Drug Administration salaries and expenses appropria-
                                                                           tion account without fiscal year limitation to such appropriation
                                                                           account for salaries and expenses with such fiscal year limita-
                                                                           tion. The sums transferred shall be available solely for OTC
                                                                           monograph drug activities.
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) COLLECTIONS AND APPROPRIATION ACTS.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subparagraph (C), the
                                                                                 fees authorized by this section shall be collected and avail-
                                                                                 able in each fiscal year in an amount not to exceed the
                                                                                 amount specified in appropriation Acts, or otherwise made
                                                                                 available for obligation, for such fiscal year.
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) USE OF FEES AND LIMITATION.—The fees author-
                                                                                 ized by this section shall be available to defray increases
                                                                                 in the costs of the resources allocated for OTC monograph
                                                                                 drug activities (including increases in such costs for an
                                                                                 additional number of full-time equivalent positions in the
                                                                                 Department of Health and Human Services to be engaged
                                                                                 in such activities), only if the Secretary allocates for such
                                                                                 purpose an amount for such fiscal year (excluding amounts
                                                                                 from fees collected under this section) no less than
                                                                                 $12,000,000, multiplied by the adjustment factor applicable
                                                                                 to the fiscal year involved under subsection (c)(1).
                                                                                       ‘‘(C) COMPLIANCE.—The Secretary shall be considered
                                                                                 to have met the requirements of subparagraph (B) in any
                                                                                 fiscal year if the costs funded by appropriations and allo-
                                                                                 cated for OTC monograph drug activities are not more
                                                                                 than 15 percent below the level specified in such subpara-
                                                                                 graph.
                                                                                       ‘‘(D) PROVISION FOR EARLY PAYMENTS IN SUBSEQUENT
                                                                                 YEARS.—Payment of fees authorized under this section for
                                                                                 a fiscal year (after fiscal year 2021), prior to the due
                                                                                 date for such fees, may be accepted by the Secretary in
                                                                                 accordance with authority provided in advance in a prior
                                                                                 year appropriations Act.
                                                                                 ‘‘(3) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For each of the
                                                                           fiscal years 2021 through 2025, there is authorized to be appro-
                                                                           priated for fees under this section an amount equal to the
                                                                           total amount of fees assessed for such fiscal year under this
                                                                           section.
                                                                           ‘‘(g) COLLECTION OF UNPAID FEES.—In any case where the                                           Deadline.
                                                                      Secretary does not receive payment of a fee assessed under sub-
                                                                      section (a) within 30 calendar days after it is due, such fee shall
                                                                      be treated as a claim of the United States Government subject
                                                                      to subchapter II of chapter 37 of title 31, United States Code.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           ‘‘(h) CONSTRUCTION.—This section may not be construed to
                                                                      require that the number of full-time equivalent positions in the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00465   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 468                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              Department of Health and Human Services, for officers, employers,
                                                                                              and advisory committees not engaged in OTC monograph drug
                                                                                              activities, be reduced to offset the number of officers, employees,
                                                                                              and advisory committees so engaged.
                                                                      21 USC 379j–73.         ‘‘SEC. 744N. REAUTHORIZATION; REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.
                                                                      Effective date.              ‘‘(a) PERFORMANCE REPORT.—Beginning with fiscal year 2021,
                                                                                              and not later than 120 calendar days after the end of each fiscal
                                                                                              year thereafter for which fees are collected under this part, the
                                                                                              Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Energy
                                                                                              and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee
                                                                                              on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report
                                                                                              concerning the progress of the Food and Drug Administration in
                                                                                              achieving the goals identified in the letters described in section
                                                                                              3861(b) of the CARES Act during such fiscal year and the future
                                                                                              plans of the Food and Drug Administration for meeting such goals.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(b) FISCAL REPORT.—Not later than 120 calendar days after
                                                                                              the end of fiscal year 2021 and each subsequent fiscal year for
                                                                                              which fees are collected under this part, the Secretary shall prepare
                                                                                              and submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the
                                                                                              House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education,
                                                                                              Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on the implementation
                                                                                              of the authority for such fees during such fiscal year and the
                                                                                              use, by the Food and Drug Administration, of the fees collected
                                                                                              for such fiscal year.
                                                                      Web posting.                 ‘‘(c) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—The Secretary shall make the
                                                                                              reports required under subsections (a) and (b) available to the
                                                                                              public on the internet website of the Food and Drug Administration.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(d) REAUTHORIZATION.—
                                                                      Recommenda-                        ‘‘(1) CONSULTATION.—In developing recommendations to
                                                                      tions.                       present to the Congress with respect to the goals described
                                                                      Plans.
                                                                      Time period.                 in subsection (a), and plans for meeting the goals, for OTC
                                                                                                   monograph drug activities for the first 5 fiscal years after
                                                                                                   fiscal year 2025, and for the reauthorization of this part for
                                                                                                   such fiscal years, the Secretary shall consult with—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the
                                                                                                         House of Representatives;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and
                                                                                                         Pensions of the Senate;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(C) scientific and academic experts;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(D) health care professionals;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(E) representatives of patient and consumer advocacy
                                                                                                         groups; and
                                                                                                               ‘‘(F) the regulated industry.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) PUBLIC REVIEW OF RECOMMENDATIONS.—After negotia-
                                                                                                   tions with the regulated industry, the Secretary shall—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) present the recommendations developed under
                                                                                                         paragraph (1) to the congressional committees specified
                                                                                                         in such paragraph;
                                                                      Federal Register,                        ‘‘(B) publish such recommendations in the Federal Reg-
                                                                      publication.                       ister;
                                                                      Time period.                             ‘‘(C) provide for a period of 30 calendar days for the
                                                                                                         public to provide written comments on such recommenda-
                                                                                                         tions;




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                               ‘‘(D) hold a meeting at which the public may present
                                                                                                         its views on such recommendations; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00466   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 469

                                                                                        ‘‘(E) after consideration of such public views and com-
                                                                                  ments, revise such recommendations as necessary.
                                                                                  ‘‘(3) TRANSMITTAL OF RECOMMENDATIONS.—Not later than                                      Deadline.
                                                                             January 15, 2025, the Secretary shall transmit to the Congress                                 Summary.
                                                                             the revised recommendations under paragraph (2), a summary
                                                                             of the views and comments received under such paragraph,
                                                                             and any changes made to the recommendations in response
                                                                             to such views and comments.’’.

                                                                      TITLE IV—ECONOMIC STABILIZATION
                                                                        AND ASSISTANCE TO SEVERELY DIS-
                                                                        TRESSED SECTORS OF THE UNITED
                                                                        STATES ECONOMY
                                                                                 Subtitle A—Coronavirus Economic                                                            Coronavirus
                                                                                                                                                                            Economic
                                                                                      Stabilization Act of 2020                                                             Stabilization Act
                                                                                                                                                                            of 2020.
                                                                      SEC. 4001. SHORT TITLE.                                                                               15 USC 9001
                                                                                                                                                                            note.
                                                                           This subtitle may be cited as the ‘‘Coronavirus Economic Sta-
                                                                      bilization Act of 2020’’.
                                                                      SEC. 4002. DEFINITIONS.                                                                               15 USC 9041.
                                                                             In this subtitle:
                                                                                   (1) AIR CARRIER.—The term ‘‘air carrier’’ has the meaning
                                                                             such term has under section 40102 of title 49, United States
                                                                             Code.
                                                                                   (2) CORONAVIRUS.—The term ‘‘coronavirus’’ means SARS–
                                                                             CoV–2 or another coronavirus with pandemic potential.
                                                                                   (3) COVERED LOSS.—The term ‘‘covered loss’’ includes losses
                                                                             incurred directly or indirectly as a result of coronavirus, as
                                                                             determined by the Secretary.
                                                                                   (4) ELIGIBLE BUSINESS.—The term ‘‘eligible business’’
                                                                             means—
                                                                                        (A) an air carrier; or
                                                                                        (B) a United States business that has not otherwise
                                                                                   received adequate economic relief in the form of loans
                                                                                   or loan guarantees provided under this Act.
                                                                                   (5) EMPLOYEE.—Except where the context otherwise
                                                                             requires, the term ‘‘employee’’—
                                                                                        (A) has the meaning given the term in section 2 of
                                                                                   the National Labor Relations Act (29 U.S.C. 152); and
                                                                                        (B) includes any individual employed by an employer
                                                                                   subject to the Railway Labor Act (45 U.S.C. 151 et seq.).
                                                                                   (6) EQUITY SECURITY; EXCHANGE.—The terms ‘‘equity secu-
                                                                             rity’’ and ‘‘exchange’’ have the meanings given the terms in
                                                                             section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C.
                                                                             78c(a)).
                                                                                   (7) MUNICIPALITY.—The term ‘‘municipality’’ includes—
                                                                                        (A) a political subdivision of a State, and
                                                                                        (B) an instrumentality of a municipality, a State, or
                                                                                   a political subdivision of a State.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                   (8) NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE.—The term ‘‘national
                                                                             securities exchange’’ means an exchange registered as a




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00467   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 470                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                     national securities exchange under section 6 of the Securities
                                                                                                     Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f).
                                                                                                         (9) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                                                     of the Treasury, or the designee of the Secretary of the
                                                                                                     Treasury.
                                                                                                         (10) STATE.—The term ‘‘State’’ means—
                                                                                                              (A) any of the several States;
                                                                                                              (B) the District of Columbia;
                                                                                                              (C) any of the territories and possessions of the United
                                                                                                         States;
                                                                                                              (D) any bi-State or multi-State entity; and
                                                                                                              (E) any Indian Tribe.
                                                                      15 USC 9042.            SEC. 4003. EMERGENCY RELIEF AND TAXPAYER PROTECTIONS.
                                                                      Loans.                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
                                                                                              to provide liquidity to eligible businesses, States, and municipalities
                                                                                              related to losses incurred as a result of coronavirus, the Secretary
                                                                                              is authorized to make loans, loan guarantees, and other investments
                                                                                              in support of eligible businesses, States, and municipalities that
                                                                                              do not, in the aggregate, exceed $500,000,000,000 and provide the
                                                                                              subsidy amounts necessary for such loans, loan guarantees, and
                                                                                              other investments in accordance with the provisions of the Federal
                                                                                              Credit Reform Act of 1990 (2 U.S.C. 661 et seq.).
                                                                                                   (b) LOANS, LOAN GUARANTEES, AND OTHER INVESTMENTS.—
                                                                                              Loans, loan guarantees, and other investments made pursuant to
                                                                                              subsection (a) shall be made available as follows:
                                                                                                        (1) Not more than $25,000,000,000 shall be available to
                                                                                                   make loans and loan guarantees for passenger air carriers,
                                                                                                   eligible businesses that are certified under part 145 of title
                                                                                                   14, Code of Federal Regulations, and approved to perform
                                                                                                   inspection, repair, replace, or overhaul services, and ticket
                                                                                                   agents (as defined in section 40102 of title 49, United States
                                                                                                   Code).
                                                                                                        (2) Not more than $4,000,000,000 shall be available to
                                                                                                   make loans and loan guarantees for cargo air carriers.
                                                                                                        (3) Not more than $17,000,000,000 shall be available to
                                                                                                   make loans and loan guarantees for businesses critical to
                                                                                                   maintaining national security.
                                                                                                        (4) Not more than the sum of $454,000,000,000 and any
                                                                                                   amounts available under paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) that are
                                                                                                   not used as provided under those paragraphs shall be available
                                                                                                   to make loans and loan guarantees to, and other investments
                                                                                                   in, programs or facilities established by the Board of Governors
                                                                                                   of the Federal Reserve System for the purpose of providing
                                                                                                   liquidity to the financial system that supports lending to eligible
                                                                                                   businesses, States, or municipalities by—
                                                                                                             (A) purchasing obligations or other interests directly
                                                                                                        from issuers of such obligations or other interests;
                                                                                                             (B) purchasing obligations or other interests in sec-
                                                                                                        ondary markets or otherwise; or
                                                                                                             (C) making loans, including loans or other advances
                                                                                                        secured by collateral.
                                                                                                   (c) TERMS AND CONDITIONS.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                             (A) FORMS; TERMS AND CONDITIONS.—A loan, loan guar-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                        antee, or other investment by the Secretary shall be made
                                                                                                        under this section in such form and on such terms and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00468   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 471

                                                                                  conditions and contain such covenants, representations,
                                                                                  warranties, and requirements (including requirements for
                                                                                  audits) as the Secretary determines appropriate. Any loans
                                                                                  made by the Secretary under this section shall be at a
                                                                                  rate determined by the Secretary based on the risk and
                                                                                  the current average yield on outstanding marketable
                                                                                  obligations of the United States of comparable maturity.
                                                                                       (B) PROCEDURES.—As soon as practicable, but in no                                    Deadline.
                                                                                  case later than 10 days after the date of enactment of                                    Publication.
                                                                                  this Act, the Secretary shall publish procedures for applica-
                                                                                  tion and minimum requirements, which may be supple-
                                                                                  mented by the Secretary in the Secretary’s discretion, for
                                                                                  making loans, loan guarantees, or other investments under
                                                                                  paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of subsection (b) .
                                                                                  (2) LOANS AND LOAN GUARANTEES .—The Secretary may                                         Time periods.
                                                                             enter into agreements to make loans or loan guarantees to                                      Determinations.
                                                                             1 or more eligible businesses under paragraphs (1), (2) and
                                                                             (3) of subsection (b) if the Secretary determines that, in the
                                                                             Secretary’s discretion—
                                                                                       (A) the applicant is an eligible business for which
                                                                                  credit is not reasonably available at the time of the trans-
                                                                                  action;
                                                                                       (B) the intended obligation by the applicant is pru-
                                                                                  dently incurred;
                                                                                       (C) the loan or loan guarantee is sufficiently secured
                                                                                  or is made at a rate that—
                                                                                            (i) reflects the risk of the loan or loan guarantee;
                                                                                       and
                                                                                            (ii) is to the extent practicable, not less than an
                                                                                       interest rate based on market conditions for com-
                                                                                       parable obligations prevalent prior to the outbreak of
                                                                                       the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–19);
                                                                                       (D) the duration of the loan or loan guarantee is as
                                                                                  short as practicable and in any case not longer than 5
                                                                                  years;
                                                                                       (E) the agreement provides that, until the date 12
                                                                                  months after the date the loan or loan guarantee is no
                                                                                  longer outstanding, neither the eligible business nor any
                                                                                  affiliate of the eligible business may purchase an equity
                                                                                  security that is listed on a national securities exchange
                                                                                  of the eligible business or any parent company of the
                                                                                  eligible business, except to the extent required under a
                                                                                  contractual obligation in effect as of the date of enactment
                                                                                  of this Act;
                                                                                       (F) the agreement provides that, until the date 12
                                                                                  months after the date the loan or loan guarantee is no
                                                                                  longer outstanding, the eligible business shall not pay divi-
                                                                                  dends or make other capital distributions with respect to
                                                                                  the common stock of the eligible business;
                                                                                       (G) the agreement provides that, until September 30,
                                                                                  2020, the eligible business shall maintain its employment
                                                                                  levels as of March 24, 2020, to the extent practicable,
                                                                                  and in any case shall not reduce its employment levels
                                                                                  by more than 10 percent from the levels on such date;
                                                                                       (H) the agreement includes a certification by the                                    Certification.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  eligible business that it is created or organized in the
                                                                                  United States or under the laws of the United States




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00469   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 472                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                          and has significant operations in and a majority of its
                                                                                                          employees based in the United States; and
                                                                      Determination.                           (I) for purposes of a loan or loan guarantee under
                                                                                                          paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of subsection (b), the eligible
                                                                                                          business must have incurred or is expected to incur covered
                                                                                                          losses such that the continued operations of the business
                                                                                                          are jeopardized, as determined by the Secretary.
                                                                                                          (3) FEDERAL RESERVE PROGRAMS OR FACILITIES.—
                                                                                                               (A) TERMS AND CONDITIONS.—
                                                                                                                     (i) DEFINITION.—In this paragraph, the term
                                                                                                               ‘‘direct loan’’ means a loan under a bilateral loan agree-
                                                                                                               ment that is —
                                                                                                                          (I) entered into directly with an eligible busi-
                                                                                                                     ness as borrower; and
                                                                                                                          (II) not part of a syndicated loan, a loan origi-
                                                                                                                     nated by a financial institution in the ordinary
                                                                                                                     course of business, or a securities or capital mar-
                                                                                                                     kets transaction.
                                                                      Time periods.                                  (ii) RESTRICTIONS.—The Secretary may make a
                                                                                                               loan, loan guarantee, or other investment under sub-
                                                                                                               section (b)(4) as part of a program or facility that
                                                                                                               provides direct loans only if the applicable eligible
                                                                                                               businesses agree—
                                                                                                                          (I) until the date 12 months after the date
                                                                                                                     on which the direct loan is no longer outstanding,
                                                                                                                     not to repurchase an equity security that is listed
                                                                                                                     on a national securities exchange of the eligible
                                                                                                                     business or any parent company of the eligible
                                                                                                                     business while the direct loan is outstanding,
                                                                                                                     except to the extent required under a contractual
                                                                                                                     obligation that is in effect as of the date of enact-
                                                                                                                     ment of this Act;
                                                                                                                          (II) until the date 12 months after the date
                                                                                                                     on which the direct loan is no longer outstanding,
                                                                                                                     not to pay dividends or make other capital distribu-
                                                                                                                     tions with respect to the common stock of the
                                                                                                                     eligible business; and
                                                                                                                          (III) to comply with the limitations on com-
                                                                                                                     pensation set forth in section 4004.
                                                                      Determination.                                 (iii) WAIVER.—The Secretary may waive the
                                                                                                               requirement under clause (ii) with respect to any pro-
                                                                                                               gram or facility upon a determination that such waiver
                                                                                                               is necessary to protect the interests of the Federal
                                                                      Testimony.                               Government. If the Secretary exercises a waiver under
                                                                                                               this clause, the Secretary shall make himself available
                                                                                                               to testify before the Committee on Banking, Housing,
                                                                                                               and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee
                                                                                                               on Financial Services of the House of Representatives
                                                                                                               regarding the reasons for the waiver.
                                                                                                               (B) FEDERAL RESERVE ACT TAXPAYER PROTECTIONS AND
                                                                                                          OTHER REQUIREMENTS APPLY.—For the avoidance of doubt,
                                                                                                          any applicable requirements under section 13(3) of the
                                                                                                          Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 343(3)), including require-
                                                                                                          ments relating to loan collateralization, taxpayer protec-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          tion, and borrower solvency, shall apply with respect to
                                                                                                          any program or facility described in subsection (b)(4).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00470   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 473

                                                                                        (C) UNITED STATES BUSINESSES.—A program or facility
                                                                                   in which the Secretary makes a loan, loan guarantee, or
                                                                                   other investment under subsection (b)(4) shall only pur-
                                                                                   chase obligations or other interests (other than securities
                                                                                   that are based on an index or that are based on a diversified
                                                                                   pool of securities) from, or make loans or other advances
                                                                                   to, businesses that are created or organized in the United
                                                                                   States or under the laws of the United States and that
                                                                                   have significant operations in and a majority of its
                                                                                   employees based in the United States.
                                                                                        (D) ASSISTANCE FOR MID-SIZED BUSINESSES.—
                                                                                             (i) IN GENERAL.—Without limiting the terms and
                                                                                        conditions of the programs and facilities that the Sec-
                                                                                        retary may otherwise provide financial assistance to
                                                                                        under subsection (b)(4), the Secretary shall endeavor
                                                                                        to seek the implementation of a program or facility
                                                                                        described in subsection (b)(4) that provides financing
                                                                                        to banks and other lenders that make direct loans
                                                                                        to eligible businesses including, to the extent prac-
                                                                                        ticable, nonprofit organizations, with between 500 and
                                                                                        10,000 employees, with such direct loans being subject
                                                                                        to an annualized interest rate that is not higher than
                                                                                        2 percent per annum. For the first 6 months after                                   Time period.
                                                                                        any such direct loan is made, or for such longer period
                                                                                        as the Secretary may determine in his discretion, no
                                                                                        principal or interest shall be due and payable. Any                                 Certification.
                                                                                        eligible borrower applying for a direct loan under this
                                                                                        program shall make a good-faith certification that—
                                                                                                  (I) the uncertainty of economic conditions as
                                                                                             of the date of the application makes necessary
                                                                                             the loan request to support the ongoing operations
                                                                                             of the recipient;
                                                                                                  (II) the funds it receives will be used to retain                         Termination
                                                                                             at least 90 percent of the recipient’s workforce,                              date.
                                                                                             at full compensation and benefits, until September
                                                                                             30, 2020;
                                                                                                  (III) the recipient intends to restore not less                           Deadline.
                                                                                             than 90 percent of the workforce of the recipient
                                                                                             that existed as of February 1, 2020, and to restore
                                                                                             all compensation and benefits to the workers of
                                                                                             the recipient no later than 4 months after the
                                                                                             termination date of the public health emergency
                                                                                             declared by the Secretary of Health and Human
                                                                                             Services on January 31, 2020, under section 319
                                                                                             of the Public Health Services Act (42 U.S.C. 247d)
                                                                                             in response to COVID–19;
                                                                                                  (IV) the recipient is an entity or business that
                                                                                             is domiciled in the United States with significant
                                                                                             operations and employees located in the United
                                                                                             States;
                                                                                                  (V) the recipient is not a debtor in a bank-
                                                                                             ruptcy proceeding;
                                                                                                  (VI) the recipient is created or organized in
                                                                                             the United States or under the laws of the United
                                                                                             States and has significant operations in and a




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                             majority of its employees based in the United
                                                                                             States;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00471   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 474                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                           (VII) the recipient will not pay dividends with
                                                                                                                     respect to the common stock of the eligible busi-
                                                                                                                     ness, or repurchase an equity security that is listed
                                                                                                                     on a national securities exchange of the recipient
                                                                                                                     or any parent company of the recipient while the
                                                                                                                     direct loan is outstanding, except to the extent
                                                                                                                     required under a contractual obligation that is in
                                                                                                                     effect as of the date of enactment of this Act;
                                                                      Time period.                                         (VIII) the recipient will not outsource or off-
                                                                                                                     shore jobs for the term of the loan and 2 years
                                                                                                                     after completing repayment of the loan;
                                                                      Time period.                                         (IX) the recipient will not abrogate existing
                                                                                                                     collective bargaining agreements for the term of
                                                                                                                     the loan and 2 years after completing repayment
                                                                                                                     of the loan; and
                                                                                                                           (X) that the recipient will remain neutral in
                                                                                                                     any union organizing effort for the term of the
                                                                                                                     loan.
                                                                                                                     (ii) MAIN STREET LENDING PROGRAM.—Nothing in
                                                                                                               this subparagraph shall limit the discretion of the
                                                                                                               Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
                                                                                                               to establish a Main Street Lending Program or other
                                                                                                               similar program or facility that supports lending to
                                                                                                               small and mid-sized businesses on such terms and
                                                                                                               conditions as the Board may set consistent with section
                                                                                                               13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 343(3)),
                                                                                                               including any such program in which the Secretary
                                                                                                               makes a loan, loan guarantee, or other investment
                                                                                                               under subsection (b)(4).
                                                                                                               (E) GOVERNMENT PARTICIPANTS.—The Secretary shall
                                                                                                          endeavor to seek the implementation of a program or
                                                                                                          facility in accordance with subsection (b)(4) that provides
                                                                                                          liquidity to the financial system that supports lending to
                                                                                                          States and municipalities.
                                                                                                     (d) FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF GOVERNMENT.—
                                                                                                          (1) WARRANT OR SENIOR DEBT INSTRUMENT.—The Secretary
                                                                                                     may not issue a loan to, or a loan guarantee for, an eligible
                                                                                                     business under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of subsection (b)
                                                                                                     unless—
                                                                                                               (A)(i) the eligible business has issued securities that
                                                                                                          are traded on a national securities exchange; and
                                                                                                               (ii) the Secretary receives a warrant or equity interest
                                                                                                          in the eligible business; or
                                                                                                               (B) in the case of any eligible business other than
                                                                                                          an eligible business described in subparagraph (A), the
                                                                                                          Secretary receives, in the discretion of the Secretary—
                                                                                                                     (i) a warrant or equity interest in the eligible
                                                                                                               business; or
                                                                                                                     (ii) a senior debt instrument issued by the eligible
                                                                                                               business.
                                                                                                          (2) TERMS AND CONDITIONS.—The terms and conditions of
                                                                                                     any warrant, equity interest, or senior debt instrument received
                                                                                                     under paragraph (1) shall be set by the Secretary and shall
                                                                                                     meet the following requirements:




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                               (A) PURPOSES.—Such terms and conditions shall be
                                                                                                          designed to provide for a reasonable participation by the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00472   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 475

                                                                                Secretary, for the benefit of taxpayers, in equity apprecia-
                                                                                tion in the case of a warrant or other equity interest,
                                                                                or a reasonable interest rate premium, in the case of a
                                                                                debt instrument.
                                                                                     (B) AUTHORITY TO SELL, EXERCISE, OR SURRENDER.—
                                                                                For the primary benefit of taxpayers, the Secretary may
                                                                                sell, exercise, or surrender a warrant or any senior debt
                                                                                instrument received under this subsection. The Secretary
                                                                                shall not exercise voting power with respect to any shares
                                                                                of common stock acquired under this section.
                                                                                     (C) SUFFICIENCY.—If the Secretary determines that the                                  Determination.
                                                                                eligible business cannot feasibly issue warrants or other
                                                                                equity interests as required by this subsection, the Sec-
                                                                                retary may accept a senior debt instrument in an amount
                                                                                and on such terms as the Secretary deems appropriate.
                                                                                (3) PROHIBITION ON LOAN FORGIVENESS.—The principal
                                                                           amount of any obligation issued by an eligible business, State,
                                                                           or municipality under a program described in subsection (b)
                                                                           shall not be reduced through loan forgiveness.
                                                                           (e) DEPOSIT OF PROCEEDS.—Amounts collected under subsection
                                                                      (b) shall be deposited in the following order of priority:
                                                                                (1) Into the financing accounts established under section
                                                                           505 of the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990 (2 U.S.C. 661d)
                                                                           to implement this subtitle, up to an amount equal to the sum
                                                                           of—
                                                                                     (A) the amount transferred from the appropriation
                                                                                made under section 4027 to the financing accounts; and
                                                                                     (B) the amount necessary to repay any amount lent
                                                                                from the Treasury to such financing accounts.
                                                                                (2) After the deposits specified in paragraph (1) of this
                                                                           subsection have been made, into the Federal Old-Age and Sur-
                                                                           vivors Insurance Trust Fund established under section 201(a)
                                                                           of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 401).
                                                                           (f) ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                      provision of law, the Secretary may use not greater than
                                                                      $100,000,000 of the funds made available under section 4027 to
                                                                      pay costs and administrative expenses associated with the loans,
                                                                      loan guarantees, and other investments authorized under this sec-
                                                                      tion. The Secretary is authorized to take such actions as the Sec-
                                                                      retary deems necessary to carry out the authorities in this subtitle,
                                                                      including, without limitation—
                                                                                (1) using direct hiring authority to hire employees to admin-
                                                                           ister this subtitle;
                                                                                (2) entering into contracts, including contracts for services                               Contracts.
                                                                           authorized by this subtitle;
                                                                                (3) establishing vehicles that are authorized, subject to
                                                                           supervision by the Secretary, to purchase, hold, and sell assets
                                                                           and issue obligations; and
                                                                                (4) issuing such regulations and other guidance as may                                      Regulations.
                                                                           be necessary or appropriate to carry out the authorities or                                      Guidance.
                                                                           purposes of this subtitle.
                                                                           (g) FINANCIAL AGENTS.—The Secretary is authorized to des-
                                                                      ignate financial institutions, including but not limited to, deposi-
                                                                      tories, brokers, dealers, and other institutions, as financial agents
                                                                      of the United States. Such institutions shall—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                (1) perform all reasonable duties the Secretary determines
                                                                           necessary to respond to the coronavirus; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00473   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 476                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Reimbursement.                  (2) be paid for such duties using appropriations available
                                                                                                 to the Secretary to reimburse financial institutions in their
                                                                                                 capacity as financial agents of the United States.
                                                                                                 (h) LOANS MADE BY OR GUARANTEED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF
                                                                                              THE TREASURY TREATED AS INDEBTEDNESS FOR TAX PURPOSES.—
                                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Any loan made by or guaranteed by the
                                                                                                 Department of the Treasury under this section shall be treated
                                                                                                 as indebtedness for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                                                 of 1986, shall be treated as issued for its stated principal
                                                                                                 amount, and stated interest on such loans shall be treated
                                                                                                 as qualified stated interest.
                                                                                                      (2) REGULATIONS OR GUIDANCE.—The Secretary of the
                                                                                                 Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate) shall prescribe such regu-
                                                                                                 lations or guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to
                                                                                                 carry out the purposes of this section, including guidance pro-
                                                                                                 viding that the acquisition of warrants, stock options, common
                                                                                                 or preferred stock or other equity under this section does not
                                                                                                 result in an ownership change for purposes of section 382
                                                                                                 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                      Time periods.           SEC. 4004. LIMITATION ON CERTAIN EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION.
                                                                      15 USC 9043.
                                                                                                    (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary may only enter into an agree-
                                                                                              ment with an eligible business to make a loan or loan guarantee
                                                                                              under paragraph (1), (2) or (3) of section 4003(b) if such agreement
                                                                                              provides that, during the period beginning on the date on which
                                                                                              the agreement is executed and ending on the date that is 1 year
                                                                                              after the date on which the loan or loan guarantee is no longer
                                                                                              outstanding—
                                                                                                         (1) no officer or employee of the eligible business whose
                                                                                                    total compensation exceeded $425,000 in calendar year 2019
                                                                                                    (other than an employee whose compensation is determined
                                                                                                    through an existing collective bargaining agreement entered
                                                                                                    into prior to March 1, 2020)—
                                                                                                              (A) will receive from the eligible business total com-
                                                                                                         pensation which exceeds, during any 12 consecutive months
                                                                                                         of such period, the total compensation received by the
                                                                                                         officer or employee from the eligible business in calendar
                                                                                                         year 2019; or
                                                                                                              (B) will receive from the eligible business severance
                                                                                                         pay or other benefits upon termination of employment with
                                                                                                         the eligible business which exceeds twice the maximum
                                                                                                         total compensation received by the officer or employee from
                                                                                                         the eligible business in calendar year 2019; and
                                                                                                         (2) no officer or employee of the eligible business whose
                                                                                                    total compensation exceeded $3,000,000 in calendar year 2019
                                                                                                    may receive during any 12 consecutive months of such period
                                                                                                    total compensation in excess of the sum of—
                                                                                                              (A) $3,000,000; and
                                                                                                              (B) 50 percent of the excess over $3,000,000 of the
                                                                                                         total compensation received by the officer or employee from
                                                                                                         the eligible business in calendar year 2019.
                                                                                                    (b) TOTAL COMPENSATION DEFINED.—In this section, the term
                                                                                              ‘‘total compensation’’ includes salary, bonuses, awards of stock, and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              other financial benefits provided by an eligible business to an officer
                                                                                              or employee of the eligible business.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00474   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 477
                                                                      SEC. 4005. CONTINUATION OF CERTAIN AIR SERVICE.                                                       Requirement.
                                                                                                                                                                            15 USC 9044.
                                                                           The Secretary of Transportation is authorized to require, to
                                                                      the extent reasonable and practicable, an air carrier receiving loans
                                                                      and loan guarantees under section 4003 to maintain scheduled
                                                                      air transportation service as the Secretary of Transportation deems
                                                                      necessary to ensure services to any point served by that carrier
                                                                      before March 1, 2020. When considering whether to exercise the
                                                                      authority granted by this section, the Secretary of Transportation
                                                                      shall take into consideration the air transportation needs of small
                                                                      and remote communities and the need to maintain well-functioning
                                                                      health care and pharmaceutical supply chains, including for medical
                                                                      devices and supplies. The authority under this section, including                                     Termination
                                                                      any requirement issued by the Secretary under this section, shall                                     date.
                                                                      terminate on March 1, 2022.
                                                                      SEC. 4006. COORDINATION WITH SECRETARY OF TRANSPORTATION.                                             15 USC 9045.
                                                                          In implementing this subtitle with respect to air carriers, the
                                                                      Secretary shall coordinate with the Secretary of Transportation.
                                                                      SEC. 4007. SUSPENSION OF CERTAIN AVIATION EXCISE TAXES.                                               Time period.
                                                                                                                                                                            15 USC 9046.
                                                                           (a) TRANSPORTATION BY AIR.—In the case of any amount paid
                                                                      for transportation by air (including any amount treated as paid
                                                                      for transportation by air by reason of section 4261(e)(3) of the
                                                                      Internal Revenue Code of 1986) during the excise tax holiday period,
                                                                      no tax shall be imposed under section 4261 or 4271 of such Code.
                                                                      The preceding sentence shall not apply to amounts paid on or
                                                                      before the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                                                           (b) USE OF KEROSENE IN COMMERCIAL AVIATION.—In the case
                                                                      of kerosene used in commercial aviation (as defined in section
                                                                      4083 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) during the excise
                                                                      tax holiday period—
                                                                                (1) no tax shall be imposed on such kerosene under—
                                                                                     (A) section 4041(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                                1986, or
                                                                                     (B) section 4081 of such Code (other than at the rate
                                                                                provided in subsection (a)(2)(B) thereof), and
                                                                                (2) section 6427(l) of such Code shall be applied—                                          Applicability.
                                                                                     (A) by treating such use as a nontaxable use, and
                                                                                     (B) without regard to paragraph (4)(A)(ii) thereof.
                                                                          (c) EXCISE TAX HOLIDAY PERIOD.—For purposes of this section,                                      Definition.
                                                                      the term ‘‘excise tax holiday period’’ means the period beginning
                                                                      after the date of the enactment of this section and ending before
                                                                      January 1, 2021.
                                                                      SEC. 4008. DEBT GUARANTEE AUTHORITY.
                                                                          (a) Section 1105 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
                                                                      Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5612) is amended—
                                                                                (1) in subsection (f)—
                                                                                      (A) by inserting ‘‘in noninterest-bearing transaction
                                                                                accounts’’ after ‘‘institutions’’; and
                                                                                      (B) by striking ‘‘shall not’’ and inserting ‘‘may’’; and
                                                                                (2) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                          ‘‘(h) APPROVAL OF GUARANTEE PROGRAM DURING THE COVID–
                                                                      19 CRISIS.—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of the congressional joint                                   Deadline.
                                                                          resolution of approval provided for in subsections (c)(1) and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                          (2) and (d), notwithstanding any other provision of this section,
                                                                          the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is approved upon




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00475   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 478                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                  enactment of this Act to establish a program provided for
                                                                                                  in subsection (a), provided that any such program and any
                                                                                                  such guarantee shall terminate not later than December 31,
                                                                                                  2020.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(2) MAXIMUM AMOUNT.—Any debt guarantee program
                                                                                                  authorized by this subsection shall include a maximum amount
                                                                                                  of outstanding debt that is guaranteed.’’.
                                                                      15 USC 9047.                (b) FEDERAL CREDIT UNION TRANSACTION ACCOUNT GUARAN-
                                                                      Coordination.           TEES.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law and in coordina-
                                                                      Deadline.               tion with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National
                                                                                              Credit Union Administration Board may by a vote of the Board
                                                                                              increase to unlimited, or such lower amount as the Board approves,
                                                                                              the share insurance coverage provided by the National Credit Union
                                                                                              Share Insurance Fund on any noninterest-bearing transaction
                                                                                              account in any federally insured credit union without exception,
                                                                                              provided that any such increase shall terminate not later than
                                                                                              December 31, 2020.
                                                                      Determination.          SEC. 4009. TEMPORARY GOVERNMENT IN THE SUNSHINE ACT RELIEF.
                                                                      Time period.
                                                                      15 USC 9048.                 (a) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subsection (b), notwith-
                                                                                              standing any other provision of law, if the Chairman of the Board
                                                                                              of Governors of the Federal Reserve System determines, in writing,
                                                                                              that unusual and exigent circumstances exist, the Board may con-
                                                                                              duct meetings without regard to the requirements of section 552b
                                                                                              of title 5, United States Code, during the period beginning on
                                                                                              the date of enactment of this Act and ending on the earlier of—
                                                                                                        (1) the date on which the national emergency concerning
                                                                                                   the novel coronavirus disease (COVID–19) outbreak declared
                                                                                                   by the President on March 13, 2020 under the National Emer-
                                                                                                   gencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) terminates; or
                                                                                                        (2) December 31, 2020.
                                                                                                   (b) RECORDS.—The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
                                                                                              System shall keep a record of all Board votes and the reasons
                                                                                              for such votes during the period described in subsection (a).
                                                                      Time period.            SEC. 4010. TEMPORARY HIRING FLEXIBILITY.
                                                                      15 USC 9049.
                                                                                                   (a) DEFINITION.—In this section, the term ‘‘covered period’’
                                                                                              means the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act
                                                                                              and ending on the sooner of—
                                                                                                       (1) the termination date of the national emergency con-
                                                                                                   cerning the novel coronavirus disease (COVID–19) outbreak
                                                                                                   declared by the President on March 13, 2020 under the National
                                                                                                   Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.); or
                                                                                                       (2) December 31, 2020.
                                                                      Determination.               (b) AUTHORITY.— During the covered period, the Secretary of
                                                                                              Housing and Urban Development, the Securities and Exchange
                                                                                              Commission, and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission may,
                                                                                              without regard to sections 3309 through 3318 of title 5, United
                                                                                              States Code, recruit and appoint candidates to fill temporary and
                                                                                              term appointments within their respective agencies upon a deter-
                                                                                              mination that those expedited procedures are necessary and appro-
                                                                                              priate to enable the respective agencies to prevent, prepare for,
                                                                                              or respond to COVID–19.
                                                                                              SEC. 4011. TEMPORARY LENDING LIMIT WAIVER.
                                                                                                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5200 of the Revised Statutes of the




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              United States (12 U.S.C. 84) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) in subsection (c)(7)—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00476   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 479

                                                                                    (A) by inserting ‘‘any nonbank financial company (as
                                                                               that term is defined in section 102 of the Financial Stability
                                                                               Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5311)),’’ after ‘‘Loans or extensions
                                                                               of credit to’’; and
                                                                                    (B) by striking ‘‘financial institution or to’’ and
                                                                               inserting ‘‘financial institution, or to’’; and
                                                                               (2) in subsection (d), by adding at the end of paragraph
                                                                          (1) the following: ‘‘The Comptroller of the Currency may, by
                                                                          order, exempt any transaction or series of transactions from
                                                                          the requirements of this section upon a finding by the Comp-
                                                                          troller that such exemption is in the public interest and con-
                                                                          sistent with the purposes of this section.’’.
                                                                          (b) EFFECTIVE PERIOD.—This section, and the amendments                                            12 USC 84 note.
                                                                      made by this section, shall be effective during the period beginning
                                                                      on the date of enactment of this Act and ending on the sooner
                                                                      of—
                                                                               (1) the termination date of the national emergency con-
                                                                          cerning the novel coronavirus disease (COVID–19) outbreak
                                                                          declared by the President on March 13, 2020 under the National
                                                                          Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.); or
                                                                               (2) December 31, 2020.
                                                                      SEC. 4012. TEMPORARY RELIEF FOR COMMUNITY BANKS.                                                      15 USC 9050.
                                                                           (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                (1) the term ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’ has
                                                                           the meaning given the term in section 2 of the Economic
                                                                           Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (12
                                                                           U.S.C. 5365 note); and
                                                                                (2) the terms ‘‘Community Bank Leverage Ratio’’ and
                                                                           ‘‘qualifying community bank’’ have the meanings given the
                                                                           terms in section 201(a) of the Economic Growth, Regulatory
                                                                           Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5371 note).
                                                                           (b) INTERIM RULE.—
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                           law or regulation, the appropriate Federal banking agencies
                                                                           shall issue an interim final rule that provides that, for the
                                                                           purposes of section 201 of the Economic Growth, Regulatory
                                                                           Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5371 note)—
                                                                                     (A) the Community Bank Leverage Ratio shall be 8
                                                                                percent; and
                                                                                     (B) a qualifying community bank that falls below the
                                                                                Community Bank Leverage Ratio established under
                                                                                subparagraph (A) shall have a reasonable grace period
                                                                                to satisfy the Community Bank Leverage Ratio.
                                                                                (2) EFFECTIVE PERIOD.—The interim rule issued under
                                                                           paragraph (1) shall be effective during the period beginning
                                                                           on the date on which the appropriate Federal banking agencies
                                                                           issue the rule and ending on the sooner of—
                                                                                     (A) the termination date of the national emergency
                                                                                concerning the novel coronavirus disease (COVID–19) out-
                                                                                break declared by the President on March 13, 2020 under
                                                                                the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.);
                                                                                or
                                                                                     (B) December 31, 2020.
                                                                           (c) GRACE PERIOD.—During a grace period described in sub-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      section (b)(1)(B), a qualifying community bank to which the grace
                                                                      period applies may continue to be treated as a qualifying community




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00477   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 480                              PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              bank and shall be presumed to satisfy the capital and leverage
                                                                                              requirements described in section 201(c) of the Economic Growth,
                                                                                              Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5371
                                                                                              note).
                                                                      Time period.            SEC.       4013.     TEMPORARY   RELIEF                    FROM       TROUBLED          DEBT
                                                                      15 USC 9051.                               RESTRUCTURINGS.
                                                                                                  (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                                       (1) APPLICABLE PERIOD.—The term ‘‘applicable period’’
                                                                                                  means the period beginning on March 1, 2020 and ending
                                                                                                  on the earlier of December 31, 2020, or the date that is 60
                                                                                                  days after the date on which the national emergency concerning
                                                                                                  the novel coronavirus disease (COVID–19) outbreak declared
                                                                                                  by the President on March 13, 2020 under the National Emer-
                                                                                                  gencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) terminates.
                                                                                                       (2) APPROPRIATE FEDERAL BANKING AGENCY.—The term
                                                                                                  ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’—
                                                                                                            (A) has the meaning given the term in section 3 of
                                                                                                       the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813); and
                                                                                                            (B) includes the National Credit Union Administration.
                                                                                                  (b) SUSPENSION.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—During the applicable period, a financial
                                                                                                  institution may elect to—
                                                                                                            (A) suspend the requirements under United States gen-
                                                                                                       erally accepted accounting principles for loan modifications
                                                                                                       related to the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–19) pan-
                                                                                                       demic that would otherwise be categorized as a troubled
                                                                                                       debt restructuring; and
                                                                                                            (B) suspend any determination of a loan modified as
                                                                                                       a result of the effects of the coronavirus disease 2019
                                                                                                       (COVID–19) pandemic as being a troubled debt restruc-
                                                                                                       turing, including impairment for accounting purposes.
                                                                                                       (2) APPLICABILITY.—Any suspension under paragraph (1)—
                                                                      Effective date.                       (A) shall be applicable for the term of the loan modifica-
                                                                                                       tion, but solely with respect to any modification, including
                                                                                                       a forbearance arrangement, an interest rate modification,
                                                                                                       a repayment plan, and any other similar arrangement that
                                                                                                       defers or delays the payment of principal or interest, that
                                                                                                       occurs during the applicable period for a loan that was
                                                                                                       not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019;
                                                                                                       and
                                                                                                            (B) shall not apply to any adverse impact on the credit
                                                                                                       of a borrower that is not related to the coronavirus disease
                                                                                                       2019 (COVID–19) pandemic.
                                                                                                  (c) DEFERENCE.—The appropriate Federal banking agency of
                                                                                              the financial institution shall defer to the determination of the
                                                                                              financial institution to make a suspension under this section.
                                                                      Applicability.              (d) RECORDS.—For modified loans for which suspensions under
                                                                                              subsection (a) apply—
                                                                                                       (1) financial institutions should continue to maintain
                                                                                                  records of the volume of loans involved; and
                                                                                                       (2) the appropriate Federal banking agencies may collect
                                                                                                  data about such loans for supervisory purposes.
                                                                      15 USC 9052.            SEC. 4014. OPTIONAL TEMPORARY RELIEF FROM CURRENT EXPECTED




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                           CREDIT LOSSES.
                                                                                                     (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00478   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 481

                                                                                (1) APPROPRIATE FEDERAL BANKING AGENCY.—The term
                                                                           ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’—
                                                                                     (A) has the meaning given the term in section 3 of
                                                                                the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813); and
                                                                                     (B) includes the National Credit Union Administration.
                                                                                (2) INSURED DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION.—The term ‘‘insured
                                                                           depository institution’’—
                                                                                     (A) has the meaning given the term in section 3 of
                                                                                the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813); and
                                                                                     (B) includes a credit union.
                                                                           (b) TEMPORARY RELIEF FROM CECL STANDARDS.—Notwith-                                               Time period.
                                                                      standing any other provision of law, no insured depository institu-
                                                                      tion, bank holding company, or any affiliate thereof shall be required
                                                                      to comply with the Financial Accounting Standards Board
                                                                      Accounting Standards Update No. 2016–13 (‘‘Measurement of Credit
                                                                      Losses on Financial Instruments’’), including the current expected
                                                                      credit losses methodology for estimating allowances for credit losses,
                                                                      during the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act
                                                                      and ending on the earlier of—
                                                                                (1) the date on which the national emergency concerning
                                                                           the novel coronavirus disease (COVID–19) outbreak declared
                                                                           by the President on March 13, 2020 under the National Emer-
                                                                           gencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) terminates; or
                                                                                (2) December 31, 2020.
                                                                      SEC. 4015. NON-APPLICABILITY OF RESTRICTIONS ON ESF DURING                                            12 USC 5236
                                                                                  NATIONAL EMERGENCY.                                                                       note.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 131 of the Emergency Economic Sta-                                       Time period.
                                                                      bilization Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5236) shall not apply during
                                                                      the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act and
                                                                      ending on December 31, 2020. Any guarantee established as a
                                                                      result of the application of subsection (a) shall—
                                                                                (1) be limited to a guarantee of the total value of a share-
                                                                           holder’s account in a participating fund as of the close of busi-
                                                                           ness on the day before the announcement of the guarantee;
                                                                           and
                                                                                (2) terminate not later than December 31, 2020.                                             Termination
                                                                           (b) DIRECT APPROPRIATION.—Upon the expiration of the period                                      date.
                                                                                                                                                                            Reimbursement.
                                                                      described in subsection (a), there is appropriated, out of amounts
                                                                      in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may
                                                                      be necessary to reimburse the fund established under section
                                                                      5302(a)(1) of title 31, United States Code, for any funds that are
                                                                      used for the Treasury Money Market Funds Guaranty Program
                                                                      for the United States money market mutual fund industry to the
                                                                      extent a claim payment made exceeds the balance of fees collected
                                                                      by the fund.
                                                                      SEC. 4016. TEMPORARY CREDIT UNION PROVISIONS.
                                                                             (a) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                  (1) DEFINITIONS.—Section 302(1) of the Federal Credit
                                                                             Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1795a(1)) is amended, in the matter
                                                                             preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘primarily serving nat-
                                                                             ural persons’’.
                                                                                  (2) MEMBERSHIP.—Section 304(b)(2) of the Federal Credit
                                                                             Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1795c(b)(2)) is amended by striking ‘‘all




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             those credit unions’’ and inserting ‘‘such credit unions as the
                                                                             Board may in its discretion determine’’.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00479   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 482                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                          (3) EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.—Section 306(a)(1) of the Fed-
                                                                                                     eral Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1795e(a)(1)) is amended, in
                                                                                                     the second sentence, by striking ‘‘the intent of which is to
                                                                                                     expand credit union portfolios’’ and inserting ‘‘without first
                                                                                                     having obtained evidence from the applicant that the applicant
                                                                                                     has made reasonable efforts to first use primary sources of
                                                                                                     liquidity of the applicant, including balance sheet and market
                                                                                                     funding sources, to address the liquidity needs of the applicant’’.
                                                                      Time period.                        (4) POWERS OF THE BOARD.—Section 307(a)(4)(A) of the
                                                                                                     Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1795f(a)(4)(A)) is amended
                                                                                                     by inserting ‘‘, provided that, the total face value of such obliga-
                                                                                                     tions shall not exceed 16 times the subscribed capital stock
                                                                                                     and surplus of the Facility for the period beginning on the
                                                                                                     date of enactment of the Coronavirus Economic Stabilization
                                                                                                     Act of 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020’’ after ‘‘Facility’’.
                                                                                                     (b) SUNSET.—
                                                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                               (A) DEFINITIONS.—Section 302(1) of the Federal Credit
                                                                                                          Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1795a(1)) is amended, in the matter
                                                                                                          preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting ‘‘primarily serving
                                                                                                          natural persons’’ after ‘‘credit unions’’.
                                                                                                               (B) MEMBERSHIP.—Section 304(b)(2) of the Federal
                                                                                                          Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1795c(b)(2)) is amended by
                                                                                                          striking ‘‘such credit unions as the Board may in its discre-
                                                                                                          tion determine’’ and inserting ‘‘all those credit unions’’.
                                                                                                               (C) EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.—Section 306(a)(1) of the
                                                                                                          Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1795e(a)(1)) is
                                                                                                          amended, in the second sentence, by striking ‘‘without first
                                                                                                          having obtained evidence from the applicant that the
                                                                                                          applicant has made reasonable efforts to first use primary
                                                                                                          sources of liquidity of the applicant, including balance sheet
                                                                                                          and market funding sources, to address the liquidity needs
                                                                                                          of the applicant’’ and inserting ‘‘the intent of which is
                                                                                                          to expand credit union portfolios’’.
                                                                      12 USC 1795a                        (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by paragraph
                                                                      note.                          (1) shall take effect on December 31, 2020.
                                                                      Time periods.           SEC. 4017. INCREASING ACCESS TO MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR
                                                                      50 USC 4532                         NATIONAL SECURITY AND PANDEMIC RECOVERY.
                                                                      note.
                                                                                                     Notwithstanding any other provision of law—
                                                                                                         (1) during the 2-year period beginning on the date of enact-
                                                                                                     ment of this Act, the requirements described in sections
                                                                                                     303(a)(6)(C) and 304(e) of the Defense Production Act of 1950
                                                                                                     (50 U.S.C. 4533(a)(6)(C), 4534(e)) shall not apply; and
                                                                                                         (2) during the 1-year period beginning on the date of enact-
                                                                                                     ment of this Act, the requirements described in sections
                                                                                                     302(d)(1) and 303 (a)(6)(B) of the Defense Production Act of
                                                                                                     1950 (50 U.S.C. 4532(d)(1), 4533(a)(6)(B)) shall not apply.
                                                                      15 USC 9053.            SEC. 4018. SPECIAL INSPECTOR GENERAL FOR PANDEMIC RECOVERY.
                                                                      Establishment.               (a) OFFICE OF INSPECTOR GENERAL.—There is hereby estab-
                                                                                              lished within the Department of the Treasury the Office of the
                                                                                              Special Inspector General for Pandemic Recovery.
                                                                                                   (b) APPOINTMENT OF INSPECTOR GENERAL; REMOVAL.—
                                                                      President.                        (1) IN GENERAL.—The head of the Office of the Special
                                                                                                   Inspector General for Pandemic Recovery shall be the Special




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                   Inspector General for Pandemic Recovery (referred to in this
                                                                                                   section as the ‘‘Special Inspector General’’), who shall be




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00480   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 483

                                                                             appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent
                                                                             of the Senate.
                                                                                  (2) NOMINATION.—The nomination of the Special Inspector
                                                                             General shall be made on the basis of integrity and dem-
                                                                             onstrated ability in accounting, auditing, financial analysis,
                                                                             law, management analysis, public administration, or investiga-
                                                                             tions. The nomination of an individual as Special Inspector
                                                                             General shall be made as soon as practicable after any loan,
                                                                             loan guarantee, or other investment is made under section
                                                                             4003.
                                                                                  (3) REMOVAL.—The Special Inspector General shall be
                                                                             removable from office in accordance with the provisions of
                                                                             section 3(b) of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C.
                                                                             App.).
                                                                                  (4) POLITICAL ACTIVITY.—For purposes of section 7324 of
                                                                             title 5, United States Code, the Special Inspector General shall
                                                                             not be considered an employee who determines policies to be
                                                                             pursued by the United States in the nationwide administration
                                                                             of Federal law.
                                                                                  (5) BASIC PAY.—The annual rate of basic pay of the Special
                                                                             Inspector General shall be the annual rate of basic pay for
                                                                             an Inspector General under section 3(e) of the Inspector General
                                                                             Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).
                                                                             (c) DUTIES.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—It shall be the duty of the Special                                       Audits.
                                                                             Inspector General to, in accordance with section 4(b)(1) of the                                Summary.
                                                                             Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.), conduct, super-
                                                                             vise, and coordinate audits and investigations of the making,
                                                                             purchase, management, and sale of loans, loan guarantees,
                                                                             and other investments made by the Secretary of the Treasury
                                                                             under any program established by the Secretary under this
                                                                             Act, and the management by the Secretary of any program
                                                                             established under this Act, including by collecting and summa-
                                                                             rizing the following information:
                                                                                       (A) A description of the categories of the loans, loan
                                                                                  guarantees, and other investments made by the Secretary.
                                                                                       (B) A listing of the eligible businesses receiving loan,                             List.
                                                                                  loan guarantees, and other investments made under each
                                                                                  category described in subparagraph (A).
                                                                                       (C) An explanation of the reasons the Secretary deter-
                                                                                  mined it to be appropriate to make each loan or loan
                                                                                  guarantee under this Act, including a justification of the
                                                                                  price paid for, and other financial terms associated with,
                                                                                  the applicable transaction.
                                                                                       (D) A listing of, and detailed biographical information                              List.
                                                                                  with respect to, each person hired to manage or service
                                                                                  each loan, loan guarantee, or other investment made under
                                                                                  section 4003.
                                                                                       (E) A current, as of the date on which the information                               Estimate.
                                                                                  is collected, estimate of the total amount of each loan,
                                                                                  loan guarantee, and other investment made under this
                                                                                  Act that is outstanding, the amount of interest and fees
                                                                                  accrued and received with respect to each loan or loan
                                                                                  guarantee, the total amount of matured loans, the type
                                                                                  and amount of collateral, if any, and any losses or gains,




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  if any, recorded or accrued for each loan, loan guarantee,
                                                                                  or other investment.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00481   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 484                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Procedures.                         (2) MAINTENANCE OF SYSTEMS.—The Special Inspector Gen-
                                                                                                     eral shall establish, maintain, and oversee such systems, proce-
                                                                                                     dures, and controls as the Special Inspector General considers
                                                                                                     appropriate to discharge the duties of the Special Inspector
                                                                                                     General under paragraph (1).
                                                                                                          (3) ADDITIONAL DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.—In addition
                                                                                                     to the duties described in paragraphs (1) and (2), the Special
                                                                                                     Inspector General shall also have the duties and responsibilities
                                                                                                     of inspectors general under the Inspector General Act of 1978
                                                                                                     (5 U.S.C. App.).
                                                                                                     (d) POWERS AND AUTHORITIES.—
                                                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—In carrying out the duties of the Special
                                                                                                     Inspector General under subsection (c), the Special Inspector
                                                                                                     General shall have the authorities provided in section 6 of
                                                                                                     the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).
                                                                                                          (2) TREATMENT OF OFFICE.—The Office of the Special
                                                                                                     Inspector General for Pandemic Recovery shall be considered
                                                                                                     to be an office described in section 6(f)(3) of the Inspector
                                                                                                     General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.) and shall be exempt from
                                                                                                     an initial determination by the Attorney General under section
                                                                                                     6(f)(2) of that Act.
                                                                                                     (e) PERSONNEL, FACILITIES, AND OTHER RESOURCES.—
                                                                                                          (1) APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES.—The Spe-
                                                                                                     cial Inspector General may select, appoint, and employ such
                                                                                                     officers and employees as may be necessary for carrying out
                                                                                                     the duties of the Special Inspector General, subject to the
                                                                                                     provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appoint-
                                                                                                     ments in the competitive service, and the provisions of chapter
                                                                                                     51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of that title, relating
                                                                                                     to classification and General Schedule pay rates.
                                                                                                          (2) EXPERTS AND CONSULTANTS.—The Special Inspector
                                                                                                     General may obtain services as authorized under section 3109
                                                                                                     of title 5, United States Code, at daily rates not to exceed
                                                                                                     the equivalent rate prescribed for grade GS–15 of the General
                                                                                                     Schedule by section 5332 of that title.
                                                                                                          (3) CONTRACTS.—The Special Inspector General may enter
                                                                                                     into contracts and other arrangements for audits, studies, anal-
                                                                                                     yses, and other services with public agencies and with private
                                                                                                     persons, and make such payments as may be necessary to
                                                                                                     carry out the duties of the Inspector General.
                                                                                                          (4) REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION.—
                                                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—Upon request of the Special Inspector
                                                                                                          General for information or assistance from any department,
                                                                                                          agency, or other entity of the Federal Government, the
                                                                                                          head of that department, agency, or entity shall, to the
                                                                                                          extent practicable and not in contravention of any existing
                                                                                                          law, furnish that information or assistance to the Special
                                                                                                          Inspector General, or an authorized designee.
                                                                                                               (B) REFUSAL TO PROVIDE REQUESTED INFORMATION.—
                                                                      Reports.                            Whenever information or assistance requested by the Spe-
                                                                                                          cial Inspector General is, in the judgment of the Special
                                                                                                          Inspector General, unreasonably refused or not provided,
                                                                                                          the Special Inspector General shall report the cir-
                                                                                                          cumstances to the appropriate committees of Congress
                                                                                                          without delay.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     (f) REPORTS.—
                                                                                                          (1) QUARTERLY REPORTS.—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00482   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 485

                                                                                     (A) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 60 days after the                                       Summary.
                                                                                date on which the Special Inspector General is confirmed,                                   Time period.
                                                                                and once every calendar quarter thereafter, the Special
                                                                                Inspector General shall submit to the appropriate commit-
                                                                                tees of Congress a report summarizing the activities of
                                                                                the Special Inspector General during the 3-month period
                                                                                ending on the date on which the Special Inspector General
                                                                                submits the report.
                                                                                     (B) CONTENTS.—Each report submitted under subpara-
                                                                                graph (A) shall include, for the period covered by the report,
                                                                                a detailed statement of all loans, loan guarantees, other
                                                                                transactions, obligations, expenditures, and revenues asso-
                                                                                ciated with any program established by the Secretary under
                                                                                section 4003, as well as the information collected under
                                                                                subsection (c)(1).
                                                                                (2) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this subsection
                                                                           may be construed to authorize the public disclosure of informa-
                                                                           tion that is—
                                                                                     (A) specifically prohibited from disclosure by any other
                                                                                provision of law;
                                                                                     (B) specifically required by Executive order to be pro-
                                                                                tected from disclosure in the interest of national defense
                                                                                or national security or in the conduct of foreign affairs;
                                                                                or
                                                                                     (C) a part of an ongoing criminal investigation.
                                                                           (g) FUNDING.—
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Of the amounts made available to the
                                                                           Secretary under section 4027, $25,000,000 shall be made avail-
                                                                           able to the Special Inspector General to carry out this section.
                                                                                (2) AVAILABILITY.—The amounts made available to the Spe-
                                                                           cial Inspector General under paragraph (1) shall remain avail-
                                                                           able until expended.
                                                                           (h) TERMINATION.—The Office of the Special Inspector General
                                                                      shall terminate on the date 5 years after the enactment of this
                                                                      Act.
                                                                           (i) COUNCIL OF THE INSPECTORS GENERAL ON INTEGRITY AND
                                                                      EFFICIENCY.—The Special Inspector General shall be a member
                                                                      of the Council of the Inspectors General on Integrity and Efficiency
                                                                      established under section 11 of the Inspector General Act of 1978
                                                                      (5 U.S.C. App.) until the date of termination of the Office of the
                                                                      Special Inspector General.
                                                                           (j) CORRECTIVE RESPONSES TO AUDIT PROBLEMS.—The Sec-
                                                                      retary shall—
                                                                                (1) take action to address deficiencies identified by a report
                                                                           or investigation of the Special Inspector General; or
                                                                                (2) with respect to a deficiency identified under paragraph                                 Certification.
                                                                           (1), certify to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban
                                                                           Affairs of the Senate, the Committee on Finance of the Senate,
                                                                           the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Represent-
                                                                           atives, and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House
                                                                           of Representatives that no action is necessary or appropriate.
                                                                      SEC. 4019. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.                                                                     15 USC 9054.
                                                                             (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  (1) CONTROLLING INTEREST.—The term ‘‘controlling
                                                                             interest’’ means owning, controlling, or holding not less than




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00483   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 486                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                  20 percent, by vote or value, of the outstanding amount of
                                                                                                  any class of equity interest in an entity.
                                                                                                       (2) COVERED ENTITY.—The term ‘‘covered entity’’ means
                                                                                                  an entity in which a covered individual directly or indirectly
                                                                                                  holds a controlling interest. For the purpose of determining
                                                                                                  whether an entity is a covered entity, the securities owned,
                                                                                                  controlled, or held by 2 or more individuals who are related
                                                                                                  as described in paragraph (3)(B) shall be aggregated.
                                                                                                       (3) COVERED INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘‘covered individual’’
                                                                                                  means—
                                                                                                            (A) the President, the Vice President, the head of an
                                                                                                       Executive department, or a Member of Congress; and
                                                                                                            (B) the spouse, child, son-in-law, or daughter-in-law,
                                                                                                       as determined under applicable common law, of an indi-
                                                                                                       vidual described in subparagraph (A).
                                                                                                       (4) EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT.—The term ‘‘Executive depart-
                                                                                                  ment’’ has the meaning given the term in section 101 of title
                                                                                                  5, United States Code.
                                                                                                       (5) MEMBER OF CONGRESS.—The term ‘‘member of Con-
                                                                                                  gress’’ means a member of the Senate or House of Representa-
                                                                                                  tives, a Delegate to the House of Representatives, and the
                                                                                                  Resident Commissioner from Puerto Rico.
                                                                                                       (6) EQUITY INTEREST.—The term ‘‘equity interest’’ means—
                                                                                                            (A) a share in an entity, without regard to whether
                                                                                                       the share is—
                                                                                                                 (i) transferable; or
                                                                                                                 (ii) classified as stock or anything similar;
                                                                                                            (B) a capital or profit interest in a limited liability
                                                                                                       company or partnership; or
                                                                                                            (C) a warrant or right, other than a right to convert,
                                                                                                       to purchase, sell, or subscribe to a share or interest
                                                                                                       described in subparagraph (A) or (B), respectively.
                                                                                                  (b) PROHIBITION.—Notwithstanding any other provision of this
                                                                                              subtitle, no covered entity may be eligible for any transaction
                                                                                              described in section 4003.
                                                                      Certification.              (c) REQUIREMENT.—The principal executive officer and the prin-
                                                                                              cipal financial officer, or individuals performing similar functions,
                                                                                              of an entity seeking to enter a transaction under section 4003
                                                                                              shall, before that transaction is approved, certify to the Secretary
                                                                                              and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System that
                                                                                              the entity is eligible to engage in that transaction, including that
                                                                                              the entity is not a covered entity.
                                                                      15 USC 9055.            SEC. 4020. CONGRESSIONAL OVERSIGHT COMMISSION.
                                                                                                   (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—There is hereby established the Congres-
                                                                                              sional Oversight Commission (hereafter in this section referred
                                                                                              to as the ‘‘Oversight Commission’’) as an establishment in the
                                                                                              legislative branch.
                                                                                                   (b) DUTIES.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—The Oversight Commission shall—
                                                                                                             (A) conduct oversight of the implementation of this
                                                                                                        subtitle by the Department of the Treasury and the Board
                                                                                                        of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including
                                                                                                        efforts of the Department and the Board to provide eco-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                        nomic stability as a result of the coronavirus disease 2019
                                                                                                        (COVID–19) pandemic of 2020;




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00484   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 487

                                                                                          (B) submit to Congress reports under paragraph (2);
                                                                                   and
                                                                                       (C) review the implementation of this subtitle by the
                                                                                  Federal Government.
                                                                                  (2) REGULAR REPORTS.—
                                                                                       (A) IN GENERAL.—Reports of the Oversight Commission
                                                                                  shall include the following:
                                                                                            (i) The use by the Secretary and the Board of
                                                                                       Governors of the Federal Reserve System of authority
                                                                                       under this subtitle, including with respect to the use
                                                                                       of contracting authority and administration of the
                                                                                       provisions of this subtitle.
                                                                                            (ii) The impact of loans, loan guarantees, and
                                                                                       investments made under this subtitle on the financial
                                                                                       well-being of the people of the United States and the
                                                                                       United States economy, financial markets, and finan-
                                                                                       cial institutions.
                                                                                            (iii) The extent to which the information made
                                                                                       available on transactions under this subtitle has
                                                                                       contributed to market transparency.
                                                                                            (iv) The effectiveness of loans, loan guarantees,
                                                                                       and investments made under this subtitle of mini-
                                                                                       mizing long-term costs to the taxpayers and maxi-
                                                                                       mizing the benefits for taxpayers.
                                                                                       (B) TIMING.—The reports required under this para-
                                                                                  graph shall be submitted not later than 30 days after
                                                                                  the first exercise by the Secretary and the Board of Gov-
                                                                                  ernors of the Federal Reserve System of the authority
                                                                                  under this subtitle and every 30 days thereafter.
                                                                             (c) MEMBERSHIP.—
                                                                                  (1) IN GENERAL.—The Oversight Commission shall consist                                    Appointments.
                                                                             of 5 members as follows:
                                                                                       (A) 1 member appointed by the Speaker of the House
                                                                                  of Representatives.
                                                                                       (B) 1 member appointed by the minority leader of
                                                                                  the House of Representatives.
                                                                                       (C) 1 member appointed by the majority leader of
                                                                                  the Senate.
                                                                                       (D) 1 member appointed by the minority leader of
                                                                                  the Senate.
                                                                                       (E) 1 member appointed as Chairperson by the Speaker                                 Consultation.
                                                                                  of the House of Representatives and the majority leader
                                                                                  of the Senate, after consultation with the minority leader
                                                                                  of the Senate and the minority leader of the House of
                                                                                  Representatives
                                                                                  (2) PAY.—Each member of the Oversight Commission shall
                                                                             be paid at a rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual
                                                                             rate of basic pay for level I of the Executive Schedule for
                                                                             each day (including travel time) during which such member
                                                                             is engaged in the actual performance of duties vested in the
                                                                             Oversight Commission.
                                                                                  (3) PROHIBITION OF COMPENSATION OF FEDERAL
                                                                             EMPLOYEES.—Members of the Oversight Commission who are
                                                                             full-time officers or employees of the United States may not




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             receive additional pay, allowances, or benefits by reason of
                                                                             their service on the Oversight Commission.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00485   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 488                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                       (4) TRAVEL EXPENSES.—Each member shall receive travel
                                                                                                  expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in accord-
                                                                                                  ance with applicable provisions under subchapter I of chapter
                                                                                                  57 of title 5, United States Code.
                                                                                                       (5) QUORUM.—Four members of the Oversight Commission
                                                                                                  shall constitute a quorum but a lesser number may hold
                                                                                                  hearings.
                                                                                                       (6) VACANCIES.—A vacancy on the Oversight Commission
                                                                                                  shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment
                                                                                                  was made.
                                                                                                       (7) MEETINGS.—The Oversight Commission shall meet at
                                                                                                  the call of the Chairperson or a majority of its members.
                                                                                                  (d) STAFF.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—The Oversight Commission may appoint
                                                                                                  and fix the pay of any personnel as the Oversight Commission
                                                                                                  considers appropriate.
                                                                                                       (2) EXPERTS AND CONSULTANTS.—The Oversight Commis-
                                                                                                  sion may procure temporary and intermittent services under
                                                                                                  section 3109(b) of title 5, United States Code.
                                                                                                       (3) STAFF OF AGENCIES.—Upon request of the Oversight
                                                                                                  Commission, the head of any Federal department or agency
                                                                                                  may detail, on a reimbursable basis, any of the personnel
                                                                                                  of that department or agency to the Oversight Commission
                                                                                                  to assist it in carrying out its duties under the this subtitle.
                                                                                                  (e) POWERS.—
                                                                                                       (1) HEARINGS AND EVIDENCE.—The Oversight Commission,
                                                                                                  or any subcommittee or member thereof, may, for the purpose
                                                                                                  of carrying out this section hold hearings, sit and act at times
                                                                                                  and places, take testimony, and receive evidence as the Over-
                                                                                                  sight Commission considers appropriate and may administer
                                                                                                  oaths or affirmations to witnesses appearing before it.
                                                                                                       (2) CONTRACTING.—The Oversight Commission may, to
                                                                                                  such extent and in such amounts as are provided in appropria-
                                                                                                  tion Acts, enter into contracts to enable the Oversight Commis-
                                                                                                  sion to discharge its duties under this section.
                                                                                                       (3) POWERS OF MEMBERS AND AGENTS.—Any member or
                                                                                                  agent of the Oversight Commission may, if authorized by the
                                                                                                  Oversight Commission, take any action which the Oversight
                                                                                                  Commission is authorized to take by this section.
                                                                                                       (4) OBTAINING OFFICIAL DATA.—The Oversight Commission
                                                                                                  may secure directly from any department or agency of the
                                                                                                  United States information necessary to enable it to carry out
                                                                                                  this section. Upon request of the Chairperson of the Oversight
                                                                                                  Commission, the head of that department or agency shall fur-
                                                                                                  nish that information to the Oversight Commission.
                                                                                                       (5) REPORTS.—The Oversight Commission shall receive and
                                                                                                  consider all reports required to be submitted to the Oversight
                                                                                                  Commission under this subtitle.
                                                                                                  (f) TERMINATION.—The Oversight Commission shall terminate
                                                                                              on September 30, 2025.
                                                                                                  (g) FUNDING FOR EXPENSES.—
                                                                                                       (1) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is author-
                                                                                                  ized to be appropriated to the Oversight Commission such
                                                                                                  sums as may be necessary for any fiscal year, half of which
                                                                                                  shall be derived from the applicable account of the House




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                  of Representatives, and half of which shall be derived from
                                                                                                  the contingent fund of the Senate.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00486   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 489

                                                                                 (2) REIMBURSEMENT OF AMOUNTS.—An amount equal to
                                                                             the expenses of the Oversight Commission shall be promptly
                                                                             transferred by the Secretary and the Board of Governors of
                                                                             the Federal Reserve System, from time to time upon the
                                                                             presentment of a statement of such expenses by the Chair-
                                                                             person of the Oversight Commission, from funds made available
                                                                             to the Secretary under this subtitle to the applicable fund
                                                                             of the House of Representatives and the contingent fund of
                                                                             the Senate, as appropriate, as reimbursement for amounts
                                                                             expended from such account and fund under paragraph (1).
                                                                      SEC. 4021. CREDIT PROTECTION DURING COVID–19.
                                                                          Section 623(a)(1) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                      1681s–2(a)(1)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                  ‘‘(F) REPORTING INFORMATION DURING COVID–19 PAN-
                                                                              DEMIC.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection:
                                                                                              ‘‘(I) ACCOMMODATION.—The term ‘accommoda-
                                                                                       tion’ includes an agreement to defer 1 or more
                                                                                       payments, make a partial payment, forbear any
                                                                                       delinquent amounts, modify a loan or contract,
                                                                                       or any other assistance or relief granted to a con-
                                                                                       sumer who is affected by the coronavirus disease
                                                                                       2019 (COVID–19) pandemic during the covered
                                                                                       period.
                                                                                              ‘‘(II) COVERED PERIOD.—The term ‘covered
                                                                                       period’ means the period beginning on January
                                                                                       31, 2020 and ending on the later of—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(aa) 120 days after the date of enactment
                                                                                              of this subparagraph; or
                                                                                                    ‘‘(bb) 120 days after the date on which
                                                                                              the national emergency concerning the novel
                                                                                              coronavirus disease (COVID–19) outbreak
                                                                                              declared by the President on March 13, 2020
                                                                                              under the National Emergencies Act (50
                                                                                              U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) terminates.
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) REPORTING.—Except as provided in clause (iii),
                                                                                  if a furnisher makes an accommodation with respect
                                                                                  to 1 or more payments on a credit obligation or account
                                                                                  of a consumer, and the consumer makes the payments
                                                                                  or is not required to make 1 or more payments pursu-
                                                                                  ant to the accommodation, the furnisher shall—
                                                                                              ‘‘(I) report the credit obligation or account as
                                                                                       current; or
                                                                                              ‘‘(II) if the credit obligation or account was
                                                                                       delinquent before the accommodation—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(aa) maintain the delinquent status
                                                                                              during the period in which the accommodation
                                                                                              is in effect; and
                                                                                                    ‘‘(bb) if the consumer brings the credit
                                                                                              obligation or account current during the period
                                                                                              described in item (aa), report the credit obliga-
                                                                                              tion or account as current.
                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) EXCEPTION.—Clause (ii) shall not apply with




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                  respect to a credit obligation or account of a consumer
                                                                                  that has been charged-off.’’.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00487   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 490                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                      Time periods.           SEC. 4022. FORECLOSURE MORATORIUM AND CONSUMER RIGHT TO
                                                                      15 USC 9056.                        REQUEST FORBEARANCE.
                                                                                                     (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                                          (1) COVID–19 EMERGENCY.—The term ‘‘COVID–19 emer-
                                                                                                     gency’’ means the national emergency concerning the novel
                                                                                                     coronavirus disease (COVID–19) outbreak declared by the
                                                                                                     President on March 13, 2020 under the National Emergencies
                                                                                                     Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.).
                                                                                                          (2) FEDERALLY BACKED MORTGAGE LOAN.—The term ‘‘Feder-
                                                                                                     ally backed mortgage loan’’ includes any loan which is secured
                                                                                                     by a first or subordinate lien on residential real property
                                                                                                     (including individual units of condominiums and cooperatives)
                                                                                                     designed principally for the occupancy of from 1- to 4- families
                                                                                                     that is—
                                                                                                               (A) insured by the Federal Housing Administration
                                                                                                          under title II of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1707
                                                                                                          et seq.);
                                                                                                               (B) insured under section 255 of the National Housing
                                                                                                          Act (12 U.S.C. 1715z–20);
                                                                                                               (C) guaranteed under section 184 or 184A of the
                                                                                                          Housing and Community Development Act of 1992 (12
                                                                                                          U.S.C. 1715z–13a, 1715z–13b);
                                                                                                               (D) guaranteed or insured by the Department of Vet-
                                                                                                          erans Affairs;
                                                                                                               (E) guaranteed or insured by the Department of Agri-
                                                                                                          culture;
                                                                                                               (F) made by the Department of Agriculture; or
                                                                                                               (G) purchased or securitized by the Federal Home Loan
                                                                                                          Mortgage Corporation or the Federal National Mortgage
                                                                                                          Association.
                                                                                                     (b) FORBEARANCE.—
                                                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, a borrower
                                                                                                     with a Federally backed mortgage loan experiencing a financial
                                                                                                     hardship due, directly or indirectly, to the COVID–19 emer-
                                                                                                     gency may request forbearance on the Federally backed mort-
                                                                                                     gage loan, regardless of delinquency status, by—
                                                                                                               (A) submitting a request to the borrower’s servicer;
                                                                                                          and
                                                                                                               (B) affirming that the borrower is experiencing a finan-
                                                                                                          cial hardship during the COVID–19 emergency.
                                                                                                          (2) DURATION OF FORBEARANCE.—Upon a request by a bor-
                                                                                                     rower for forbearance under paragraph (1), such forbearance
                                                                                                     shall be granted for up to 180 days, and shall be extended
                                                                                                     for an additional period of up to 180 days at the request
                                                                                                     of the borrower, provided that, at the borrower’s request, either
                                                                                                     the initial or extended period of forbearance may be shortened.
                                                                                                          (3) ACCRUAL OF INTEREST OR FEES.—During a period of
                                                                                                     forbearance described in this subsection, no fees, penalties,
                                                                                                     or interest beyond the amounts scheduled or calculated as
                                                                                                     if the borrower made all contractual payments on time and
                                                                                                     in full under the terms of the mortgage contract, shall accrue
                                                                                                     on the borrower’s account.
                                                                                                     (c) REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICERS.—
                                                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—Upon receiving a request for forbearance
                                                                                                     from a borrower under subsection (b), the servicer shall with




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     no additional documentation required other than the borrower’s
                                                                                                     attestation to a financial hardship caused by the COVID–19




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00488   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 491

                                                                             emergency and with no fees, penalties, or interest (beyond
                                                                             the amounts scheduled or calculated as if the borrower made
                                                                             all contractual payments on time and in full under the terms
                                                                             of the mortgage contract) charged to the borrower in connection
                                                                             with the forbearance, provide the forbearance for up to 180
                                                                             days, which may be extended for an additional period of up
                                                                             to 180 days at the request of the borrower, provided that,
                                                                             the borrower’s request for an extension is made during the
                                                                             covered period, and, at the borrower’s request, either the initial
                                                                             or extended period of forbearance may be shortened.
                                                                                  (2) FORECLOSURE MORATORIUM.—Except with respect to a
                                                                             vacant or abandoned property, a servicer of a Federally backed
                                                                             mortgage loan may not initiate any judicial or non-judicial
                                                                             foreclosure process, move for a foreclosure judgment or order
                                                                             of sale, or execute a foreclosure-related eviction or foreclosure
                                                                             sale for not less than the 60-day period beginning on March
                                                                             18, 2020.
                                                                      SEC. 4023. FORBEARANCE OF RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOAN PAY-                                              15 USC 9057.
                                                                                  MENTS FOR MULTIFAMILY PROPERTIES WITH FEDER-
                                                                                  ALLY BACKED LOANS.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, a multifamily
                                                                      borrower with a Federally backed multifamily mortgage loan experi-
                                                                      encing a financial hardship due, directly or indirectly, to the
                                                                      COVID–19 emergency may request a forbearance under the terms
                                                                      set forth in this section.
                                                                           (b) REQUEST FOR RELIEF.—A multifamily borrower with a Fed-                                       Effective date.
                                                                      erally backed multifamily mortgage loan that was current on its
                                                                      payments as of February 1, 2020, may submit an oral or written
                                                                      request for forbearance under subsection (a) to the borrower’s
                                                                      servicer affirming that the multifamily borrower is experiencing
                                                                      a financial hardship during the COVID–19 emergency.
                                                                           (c) FORBEARANCE PERIOD.—
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—Upon receipt of an oral or written request
                                                                           for forbearance from a multifamily borrower, a servicer shall—
                                                                                     (A) document the financial hardship;
                                                                                     (B) provide the forbearance for up to 30 days; and
                                                                                     (C) extend the forbearance for up to 2 additional 30
                                                                                day periods upon the request of the borrower provided
                                                                                that, the borrower’s request for an extension is made during
                                                                                the covered period, and, at least 15 days prior to the
                                                                                end of the forbearance period described under subpara-
                                                                                graph (B).
                                                                                (2) RIGHT TO DISCONTINUE.—A multifamily borrower shall
                                                                           have the option to discontinue the forbearance at any time.
                                                                           (d) RENTER PROTECTIONS DURING FORBEARANCE PERIOD.—A
                                                                      multifamily borrower that receives a forbearance under this section
                                                                      may not, for the duration of the forbearance—
                                                                                (1) evict or initiate the eviction of a tenant from a dwelling
                                                                           unit located in or on the applicable property solely for non-
                                                                           payment of rent or other fees or charges; or
                                                                                (2) charge any late fees, penalties, or other charges to
                                                                           a tenant described in paragraph (1) for late payment of rent.
                                                                           (e) NOTICE.—A multifamily borrower that receives a forbear-
                                                                      ance under this section—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                (1) may not require a tenant to vacate a dwelling unit                                      Time period.
                                                                           located in or on the applicable property before the date that




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00489   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 492                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                     is 30 days after the date on which the borrower provides
                                                                                                     the tenant with a notice to vacate; and
                                                                                                          (2) may not issue a notice to vacate under paragraph (1)
                                                                                                     until after the expiration of the forbearance.
                                                                                                     (f) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                                          (1) APPLICABLE PROPERTY.—The term ‘‘applicable property’’,
                                                                                                     with respect to a Federally backed multifamily mortgage loan,
                                                                                                     means the residential multifamily property against which the
                                                                                                     mortgage loan is secured by a lien.
                                                                                                          (2) FEDERALLY BACKED MULTIFAMILY MORTGAGE LOAN.—
                                                                                                     The term ‘‘Federally backed multifamily mortgage loan’’
                                                                                                     includes any loan (other than temporary financing such as
                                                                                                     a construction loan) that—
                                                                                                               (A) is secured by a first or subordinate lien on residen-
                                                                                                          tial multifamily real property designed principally for the
                                                                                                          occupancy of 5 or more families, including any such secured
                                                                                                          loan, the proceeds of which are used to prepay or pay
                                                                                                          off an existing loan secured by the same property; and
                                                                                                               (B) is made in whole or in part, or insured, guaranteed,
                                                                                                          supplemented, or assisted in any way, by any officer or
                                                                                                          agency of the Federal Government or under or in connection
                                                                                                          with a housing or urban development program adminis-
                                                                                                          tered by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development
                                                                                                          or a housing or related program administered by any other
                                                                                                          such officer or agency, or is purchased or securitized by
                                                                                                          the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or the Fed-
                                                                                                          eral National Mortgage Association.
                                                                                                          (3) MULTIFAMILY BORROWER.—the term ‘‘multifamily bor-
                                                                                                     rower’’ means a borrower of a residential mortgage loan that
                                                                                                     is secured by a lien against a property comprising 5 or more
                                                                                                     dwelling units.
                                                                                                          (4) COVID–19 EMERGENCY.—The term ‘‘COVID–19 emer-
                                                                                                     gency’’ means the national emergency concerning the novel
                                                                                                     coronavirus disease (COVID–19) outbreak declared by the
                                                                                                     President on March 13, 2020 under the National Emergencies
                                                                                                     Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.).
                                                                                                          (5) COVERED PERIOD.—The term ‘‘covered period’’ means
                                                                                                     the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act
                                                                                                     and ending on the sooner of—
                                                                                                               (A) the termination date of the national emergency
                                                                                                          concerning the novel coronavirus disease (COVID–19) out-
                                                                                                          break declared by the President on March 13, 2020 under
                                                                                                          the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.);
                                                                                                          or
                                                                                                               (B) December 31, 2020.
                                                                      15 USC 9058.            SEC. 4024. TEMPORARY MORATORIUM ON EVICTION FILINGS.
                                                                                                     (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                                          (1) COVERED DWELLING.—The term ‘‘covered dwelling’’
                                                                                                     means a dwelling that—
                                                                                                              (A) is occupied by a tenant—
                                                                                                                   (i) pursuant to a residential lease; or
                                                                                                                   (ii) without a lease or with a lease terminable
                                                                                                              under State law; and
                                                                                                              (B) is on or in a covered property.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                          (2) COVERED PROPERTY.—The term ‘‘covered property’’
                                                                                                     means any property that—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00490   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 493

                                                                                    (A) participates in—
                                                                                         (i) a covered housing program (as defined in section
                                                                                    41411(a) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994
                                                                                    (34 U.S.C. 12491(a))); or
                                                                                         (ii) the rural housing voucher program under sec-
                                                                                    tion 542 of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1490r);
                                                                                    or
                                                                                    (B) has a—
                                                                                         (i) Federally backed mortgage loan; or
                                                                                         (ii) Federally backed multifamily mortgage loan.
                                                                               (3) DWELLING.—The term ‘‘dwelling’’—
                                                                                    (A) has the meaning given the term in section 802
                                                                               of the Fair Housing Act (42 U.S.C. 3602); and
                                                                                    (B) includes houses and dwellings described in section
                                                                               803(b) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3603(b)).
                                                                               (4) FEDERALLY BACKED MORTGAGE LOAN.—The term ‘‘Feder-
                                                                          ally backed mortgage loan’’ includes any loan (other than tem-
                                                                          porary financing such as a construction loan) that—
                                                                                    (A) is secured by a first or subordinate lien on residen-
                                                                               tial real property (including individual units of condomin-
                                                                               iums and cooperatives) designed principally for the occu-
                                                                               pancy of from 1 to 4 families, including any such secured
                                                                               loan, the proceeds of which are used to prepay or pay
                                                                               off an existing loan secured by the same property; and
                                                                                    (B) is made in whole or in part, or insured, guaranteed,
                                                                               supplemented, or assisted in any way, by any officer or
                                                                               agency of the Federal Government or under or in connection
                                                                               with a housing or urban development program adminis-
                                                                               tered by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development
                                                                               or a housing or related program administered by any other
                                                                               such officer or agency, or is purchased or securitized by
                                                                               the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or the Fed-
                                                                               eral National Mortgage Association.
                                                                               (5) FEDERALLY BACKED MULTIFAMILY MORTGAGE LOAN.—
                                                                          The term ‘‘Federally backed multifamily mortgage loan’’
                                                                          includes any loan (other than temporary financing such as
                                                                          a construction loan) that—
                                                                                    (A) is secured by a first or subordinate lien on residen-
                                                                               tial multifamily real property designed principally for the
                                                                               occupancy of 5 or more families, including any such secured
                                                                               loan, the proceeds of which are used to prepay or pay
                                                                               off an existing loan secured by the same property; and
                                                                                    (B) is made in whole or in part, or insured, guaranteed,
                                                                               supplemented, or assisted in any way, by any officer or
                                                                               agency of the Federal Government or under or in connection
                                                                               with a housing or urban development program adminis-
                                                                               tered by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development
                                                                               or a housing or related program administered by any other
                                                                               such officer or agency, or is purchased or securitized by
                                                                               the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or the Fed-
                                                                               eral National Mortgage Association.
                                                                          (b) MORATORIUM.—During the 120-day period beginning on the                                        Time period.
                                                                      date of enactment of this Act, the lessor of a covered dwelling
                                                                      may not—




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                               (1) make, or cause to be made, any filing with the court
                                                                          of jurisdiction to initiate a legal action to recover possession




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00491   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 494                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                     of the covered dwelling from the tenant for nonpayment of
                                                                                                     rent or other fees or charges; or
                                                                                                          (2) charge fees, penalties, or other charges to the tenant
                                                                                                     related to such nonpayment of rent.
                                                                                                     (c) NOTICE.—The lessor of a covered dwelling unit—
                                                                      Time period.                        (1) may not require the tenant to vacate the covered
                                                                                                     dwelling unit before the date that is 30 days after the date
                                                                                                     on which the lessor provides the tenant with a notice to vacate;
                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                          (2) may not issue a notice to vacate under paragraph (1)
                                                                                                     until after the expiration of the period described in subsection
                                                                                                     (b).
                                                                      15 USC 9059.            SEC. 4025. PROTECTION OF COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT.
                                                                                                   (a) IN GENERAL.—Neither the Secretary, nor any other actor,
                                                                                              department, or agency of the Federal Government, shall condition
                                                                                              the issuance of a loan or loan guarantee under paragraph (1),
                                                                                              (2), or (3) of section 4003(b) of this subtitle on an air carrier’s
                                                                                              or eligible business’s implementation of measures to enter into
                                                                                              negotiations with the certified bargaining representative of a craft
                                                                                              or class of employees of the air carrier or eligible business under
                                                                                              the Railway Labor Act (45 U.S.C. 151 et seq.) or the National
                                                                                              Labor Relations Act (29 U.S.C. 151 et seq.), regarding pay or other
                                                                                              terms and conditions of employment.
                                                                                                   (b) PERIOD OF EFFECT.—With respect to an air carrier or eligible
                                                                                              business to which the loan or loan guarantee is provided under
                                                                                              this subtitle, this section shall be in effect with respect to the
                                                                                              air carrier or eligible business beginning on the date on which
                                                                                              the air carrier or eligible business is first issued such loan or
                                                                                              loan guarantee and ending on the date that is 1 year after the
                                                                                              loan or loan guarantee is no longer outstanding.
                                                                      15 USC 9060.            SEC. 4026. REPORTS.
                                                                      Web posting.                 (a) DISCLOSURE OF TRANSACTIONS.—Not later than 72 hours
                                                                                              after any transaction by the Secretary under paragraph (1), (2),
                                                                                              or (3) of section 4003(b), the Secretary shall publish on the website
                                                                                              of the Department of the Treasury—
                                                                                                        (1) a plain-language description of the transaction,
                                                                                                   including the date of application, date of application approval,
                                                                                                   and identity of the counterparty;
                                                                                                        (2) the amount of the loan or loan guarantee;
                                                                                                        (3) the interest rate, conditions, and any other material
                                                                                                   or financial terms associated with the transaction, if applicable;
                                                                                                   and
                                                                      Records.                          (4) a copy of the relevant and final term sheet, if applicable,
                                                                                                   and contract or other relevant documentation regarding the
                                                                                                   transaction.
                                                                                                   (b) REPORTS.—
                                                                                                        (1) TO CONGRESS.—
                                                                                                             (A) IN GENERAL.—In addition to such reports as are
                                                                                                        required under section 5302(c) of title 31, United States
                                                                                                        Code, not later than 7 days after the Secretary makes
                                                                                                        any loan or loan guarantee under paragraph (1), (2), or
                                                                                                        (3) of section 4003(b), the Secretary shall submit to the
                                                                                                        Chairmen and Ranking Members of the Committee on
                                                                                                        Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the Committee




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                        on Finance of the Senate and the Chairmen and Ranking
                                                                                                        Members of the Committee on Financial Services and the




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00492   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 495

                                                                               Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representa-
                                                                               tives a report summarizing—
                                                                                         (i) an overview of actions taken by the Secretary
                                                                                    under paragraph (1), (2) or (3) of section 4003(b) during
                                                                                    such period;
                                                                                         (ii) the actual obligation, expenditure, and
                                                                                    disbursements of the funds during such period; and
                                                                                         (iii) a detailed financial statement with respect
                                                                                    to the exercise of authority under paragraph (1), (2)
                                                                                    or (3) of section 4003(b) showing—
                                                                                               (I) all loans and loan guarantees made,
                                                                                         renewed, or restructured;
                                                                                               (II) all transactions during such period,
                                                                                         including the types of parties involved;
                                                                                               (III) the nature of the assets purchased;
                                                                                               (IV) a description of the vehicles established
                                                                                         to exercise such authority; and
                                                                                               (V) any or all repayment activity, delin-
                                                                                         quencies or defaults on loans and loan guarantees
                                                                                         issued under paragraph (1), (2) or (3) of section
                                                                                         4003(b).
                                                                                    (B) PUBLICATION.—Not later than 7 days after the                                        Web posting.
                                                                               date on which the Secretary submits a report under
                                                                               subparagraph (A) to the committees of Congress described
                                                                               in such subparagraph, the Secretary shall publish such
                                                                               report on the website of the Department of the Treasury.
                                                                                    (C) 30-DAY REPORTS.—Every 30 days during such time                                      Web posting.
                                                                               as a loan or loan guarantee under paragraph (1), (2), or
                                                                               (3) of section 4003(b) is outstanding, the Secretary shall
                                                                               publish on the website of the Department of the Treasury
                                                                               a report summarizing the information set forth in subpara-
                                                                               graph (A).
                                                                               (2) BOARD OF GOVERNORS.—
                                                                                    (A) IN GENERAL.—With respect to any program or
                                                                               facility described in paragraph (4) of section 4003(b), the
                                                                               Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall
                                                                               provide to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban
                                                                               Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Serv-
                                                                               ices of the House of Representatives such reports as are
                                                                               required to be provided under section 13(3) of the Federal
                                                                               Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 343(3))—
                                                                                         (i) not later than 7 days after the Board authorizes
                                                                                    a new facility or other financial assistance in accord-
                                                                                    ance with section 13(3)(C)(i) of the Federal Reserve
                                                                                    Act (12 U.S.C. 343(3)(C)(i)); and
                                                                                         (ii) once every 30 days with respect to outstanding
                                                                                    loans or financial assistance in accordance with section
                                                                                    13(3)(C)(ii) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C.
                                                                                    343(3)(C)(ii)).
                                                                                    (B) PUBLICATION.—Not later than 7 days after the                                        Deadline.
                                                                               Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System submits                                     Web posting.
                                                                               a report under subparagraph (A) to the committees of Con-
                                                                               gress described in subparagraph (A), the Board shall pub-
                                                                               lish on its website such report.
                                                                          (c) TESTIMONY.—The Secretary and the Chairman of the Board                                        Time period.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall testify, on a
                                                                      quarterly basis, before the Committee on Banking, Housing, and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00493   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 496                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Serv-
                                                                                              ices of the House of Representatives regarding the obligations of
                                                                                              the Department of the Treasury and the Federal Reserve System,
                                                                                              and transactions entered into, under this Act.
                                                                      Web posting.                 (d) PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS.—The Secretary shall post on the
                                                                      Criteria.               website of the Department of the Treasury all criteria, guidelines,
                                                                      Guidelines.
                                                                      Requirements.
                                                                                              eligibility requirements, and application materials for the making
                                                                                              of any loan or loan guarantee under paragraph (1), (2), or (3)
                                                                                              of section 4003(b).
                                                                      Deadline.                    (e) ADMINISTRATIVE CONTRACTS.—Not later than 24 hours after
                                                                      Web posting.            the Secretary enters into a contract in connection with the adminis-
                                                                      Records.
                                                                                              tration of any loan or loan guarantee authorized to be made under
                                                                                              paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of section 4003(b), the Secretary shall
                                                                                              post on the website of the Department of the Treasury a copy
                                                                                              of the contract.
                                                                                                   (f) GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE.—
                                                                                                        (1) STUDY.—The Comptroller General of the United States
                                                                                                   shall conduct a study on the loans, loan guarantees, and other
                                                                                                   investments provided under section 4003.
                                                                      Time period.                      (2) REPORT.—Not later than 9 months after the date of
                                                                                                   enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter through the
                                                                                                   year succeeding the last year for which loans, loan guarantees,
                                                                                                   or other investments made under section 4003 are outstanding,
                                                                                                   the Comptroller General shall submit to the Committee on
                                                                                                   Financial Services, the Committee on Transportation and Infra-
                                                                                                   structure, the Committee on Appropriations, and the Committee
                                                                                                   on the Budget of the House of Representatives and the Com-
                                                                                                   mittee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, the Committee
                                                                                                   on Commerce, Science, and Transportation, the Committee on
                                                                                                   Appropriations, and the Committee on the Budget of the Senate
                                                                                                   a report on the loans, loan guarantees, and other investments
                                                                                                   made under section 4003.
                                                                      15 USC 9061.            SEC. 4027. DIRECT APPROPRIATION.
                                                                                                   (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
                                                                                              there is appropriated, out of amounts in the Treasury not otherwise
                                                                                              appropriated, to the fund established under section 5302(a)(1) of
                                                                                              title 31, United States Code, $500,000,000,000 to carry out this
                                                                                              subtitle.
                                                                                                   (b) TECHNICAL AND CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 5302(a)
                                                                                              of title 31, United States Code, is amended—
                                                                                                        (1) by striking ‘‘and’’ before ‘‘section 3’’; and
                                                                                                        (2) by inserting ‘‘and the Coronavirus Economic Stabiliza-
                                                                                                   tion Act of 2020,’’ before ‘‘and for investing’’.
                                                                      Effective dates.             (c) CLARIFICATION.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—On or after January 1, 2021, any
                                                                                                   remaining funds made available under section 4003(b) may
                                                                                                   be used only for—
                                                                                                             (A) modifications, restructurings, or other amendments
                                                                                                        of loans, loan guarantees, or other investments in accord-
                                                                                                        ance with section 4029(b)(1); and
                                                                                                             (B) exercising any options, warrants, or other invest-
                                                                                                        ments made prior to January 1, 2021; and




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                             (C) paying costs and administrative expenses as pro-
                                                                                                        vided in section 4003(f).




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00494   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 497

                                                                                  (2) DEFICIT REDUCTION.—On January 1, 2026, any funds
                                                                             described in paragraph (1) that are remaining shall be trans-
                                                                             ferred to the general fund of the Treasury to be used for
                                                                             deficit reduction.
                                                                      SEC. 4028. RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.                                                                      15 USC 9062.
                                                                           Nothing in this subtitle shall be construed to allow the Sec-
                                                                      retary to provide relief to eligible businesses, States, and municipali-
                                                                      ties except in the form of loans, loan guarantees, and other invest-
                                                                      ments as provided in this subtitle and under terms and conditions
                                                                      that are in the interest of the Federal Government.
                                                                      SEC. 4029. TERMINATION OF AUTHORITY.                                                                  15 USC 9063.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subsection (b), on
                                                                      December 31, 2020, the authority provided under this subtitle to
                                                                      make new loans, loan guarantees, or other investments shall termi-
                                                                      nate.
                                                                          (b) OUTSTANDING.—
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), any
                                                                          loan, loan guarantee, or other investment outstanding on the
                                                                          date described in subsection (a)—
                                                                                    (A) may be modified, restructured, or otherwise
                                                                               amended; and
                                                                                    (B) may not be forgiven.
                                                                               (2) DURATION.—The duration of any loan or loan guarantee
                                                                          made under section 4003(b)(1) that is modified, restructured,
                                                                          or otherwise amended under paragraph (1) shall not be
                                                                          extended beyond 5 years from the initial origination date of
                                                                          the loan or loan guarantee.

                                                                          Subtitle B—Air Carrier Worker Support
                                                                      SEC. 4111. DEFINITIONS.                                                                               15 USC 9071.
                                                                           Unless otherwise specified, the terms in section 40102(a) of                                     Applicability.
                                                                      title 49, United States Code, shall apply to this subtitle, except
                                                                      that—
                                                                               (1) the term ‘‘airline catering employee’’ means an employee
                                                                           who performs airline catering services;
                                                                               (2) the term ‘‘airline catering services’’ means preparation,
                                                                           assembly, or both, of food, beverages, provisions and related
                                                                           supplies for delivery, and the delivery of such items, directly
                                                                           to aircraft or to a location on or near airport property for
                                                                           subsequent delivery to aircraft;
                                                                               (3) the term ‘‘contractor’’ means—
                                                                                    (A) a person that performs, under contract with a
                                                                               passenger air carrier conducting operations under part 121
                                                                               of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations—
                                                                                         (i) catering functions; or
                                                                                         (ii) functions on the property of an airport that
                                                                                    are directly related to the air transportation of persons,
                                                                                    property, or mail, including but not limited to the
                                                                                    loading and unloading of property on aircraft; assist-
                                                                                    ance to passengers under part 382 of title 14, Code
                                                                                    of Federal Regulations; security; airport ticketing and
                                                                                    check-in functions; ground-handling of aircraft; or air-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                    craft cleaning and sanitization functions and waste
                                                                                    removal; or




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00495   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 498                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                              (B) a subcontractor that performs such functions;
                                                                                                         (4) the term ‘‘employee’’ means an individual, other than
                                                                                                     a corporate officer, who is employed by an air carrier or a
                                                                                                     contractor; and
                                                                                                         (5) the term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary of the
                                                                                                     Treasury.
                                                                      15 USC 9072.            SEC. 4112. PANDEMIC RELIEF FOR AVIATION WORKERS.
                                                                                                   (a) FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR EMPLOYEE WAGES, SALARIES,
                                                                                              AND   BENEFITS.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, to
                                                                                              preserve aviation jobs and compensate air carrier industry workers,
                                                                                              the Secretary shall provide financial assistance that shall exclu-
                                                                                              sively be used for the continuation of payment of employee wages,
                                                                                              salaries, and benefits to—
                                                                                                        (1) passenger air carriers, in an aggregate amount up to
                                                                                                   $25,000,000,000;
                                                                                                        (2) cargo air carriers, in the aggregate amount up to
                                                                                                   $4,000,000,000; and
                                                                                                        (3) contractors, in an aggregate amount up to
                                                                                                   $3,000,000,000.
                                                                                                   (b) ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                              provision of law, the Secretary, may use $100,000,000 of the funds
                                                                                              made available under section 4120(a) for costs and administrative
                                                                                              expenses associated with providing financial assistance under this
                                                                                              subtitle.
                                                                      15 USC 9073.            SEC. 4113. PROCEDURES FOR PROVIDING PAYROLL SUPPORT.
                                                                      Time period.                 (a) AWARDABLE AMOUNTS.—The Secretary shall provide finan-
                                                                      Certifications.         cial assistance under this subtitle—
                                                                                                        (1) to an air carrier in an amount equal to the salaries
                                                                                                   and benefits reported by the air carrier to the Department
                                                                                                   of Transportation pursuant to part 241 of title 14, Code of
                                                                                                   Federal Regulations, for the period from April 1, 2019, through
                                                                                                   September 30, 2019; and
                                                                                                        (2) to an air carrier that does not transmit reports under
                                                                                                   such part 241, in an amount that such air carrier certifies,
                                                                                                   using sworn financial statements or other appropriate data,
                                                                                                   as the amount of wages, salaries, benefits, and other compensa-
                                                                                                   tion that such air carrier paid the employees of such air carrier
                                                                                                   during the period from April 1, 2019, through September 30,
                                                                                                   2019; and
                                                                                                        (3) to a contractor, in an amount that the contractor cer-
                                                                                                   tifies, using sworn financial statements or other appropriate
                                                                                                   data, as the amount of wages, salaries, benefits, and other
                                                                                                   compensation that such contractor paid the employees of such
                                                                                                   contractor during the period from April 1, 2019, through Sep-
                                                                                                   tember 30, 2019.
                                                                                                   (b) DEADLINES AND PROCEDURES.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                             (A) FORMS; TERMS AND CONDITIONS.—Financial assist-
                                                                                                        ance provided to an air carrier or contractor under this
                                                                                                        subtitle shall be in such form, on such terms and conditions
                                                                                                        (including requirements for audits and the clawback of
                                                                                                        any financial assistance provided upon failure by a pas-
                                                                                                        senger air carrier, cargo air carrier, or contractor to honor




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                        the assurances specified in section 4114), as the Secretary
                                                                                                        determines appropriate.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00496   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 499

                                                                                    (B) PROCEDURES.—The Secretary shall publish stream-                                     Publication.
                                                                               lined and expedited procedures not later than 5 days after
                                                                               the date of enactment of this Act for air carriers and
                                                                               contractors to submit requests for financial assistance
                                                                               under this subtitle.
                                                                               (2) DEADLINE FOR IMMEDIATE PAYROLL ASSISTANCE.—Not
                                                                          later than 10 days after the date of enactment of this Act,
                                                                          the Secretary shall make initial payments to air carriers and
                                                                          contractors that submit requests for financial assistance
                                                                          approved by to the Secretary.
                                                                               (3) SUBSEQUENT PAYMENTS.—The Secretary shall determine                                       Determination.
                                                                          an appropriate method for timely distribution of payments to
                                                                          air carriers and contractors with approved requests for financial
                                                                          assistance from any funds remaining available after providing
                                                                          initial financial assistance payments under paragraph (2).
                                                                          (c) PRO RATA AUTHORITY.—The Secretary shall have the
                                                                      authority to reduce, on a pro rata basis, the amounts due to air
                                                                      carriers and contractors under the applicable paragraph of section
                                                                      4112 in order to address any shortfall in assistance that would
                                                                      otherwise be provided under such section.
                                                                          (d) AUDITS.—The Inspector General of the Department of the
                                                                      Treasury shall audit certifications made under subsection (a).
                                                                      SEC. 4114. REQUIRED ASSURANCES.                                                                       15 USC 9074.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—To be eligible for financial assistance under                                    Contracts.
                                                                      this subtitle, an air carrier or contractor shall enter into an agree-                                Certification.
                                                                      ment with the Secretary, or otherwise certify in such form and                                        Time periods.
                                                                      manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, that the air carrier or
                                                                      contractor shall—
                                                                                (1) refrain from conducting involuntary furloughs or                                        Involuntary
                                                                           reducing pay rates and benefits until September 30, 2020;                                        furloughs.
                                                                                (2) through September 30, 2021, ensure that neither the                                     Pay reductions.
                                                                           air carrier or contractor nor any affiliate of the air carrier
                                                                           or contractor may, in any transaction, purchase an equity secu-
                                                                           rity of the air carrier or contractor or the parent company
                                                                           of the air carrier or contractor that is listed on a national
                                                                           securities exchange;
                                                                                (3) through September 30, 2021, ensure that the air carrier
                                                                           or contractor shall not pay dividends, or make other capital
                                                                           distributions, with respect to the common stock (or equivalent
                                                                           interest) of the air carrier or contractor; and
                                                                                (4) meet the requirements of sections 4115 and 4116.
                                                                           (b) DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY TO CONDITION
                                                                      ASSISTANCE ON CONTINUATION OF SERVICE.—
                                                                                (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Transportation is                                          Requirement.
                                                                           authorized to require, to the extent reasonable and practicable,
                                                                           an air carrier provided financial assistance under this subtitle
                                                                           to maintain scheduled air transportation service, as the Sec-
                                                                           retary of Transportation deems necessary, to ensure services
                                                                           to any point served by that carrier before March 1, 2020.
                                                                                (2) REQUIRED CONSIDERATIONS.—When considering whether
                                                                           to exercise the authority provided by this section, the Secretary
                                                                           of Transportation shall take into consideration the air transpor-
                                                                           tation needs of small and remote communities and the need
                                                                           to maintain well-functioning health care supply chains,




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           including medical devices and supplies, and pharmaceutical
                                                                           supply chains.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00497   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 500                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                         (3) SUNSET.—The authority provided under this subsection
                                                                                                     shall terminate on March 1, 2022, and any requirements issued
                                                                                                     by the Secretary of Transportation under this subsection shall
                                                                                                     cease to apply after that date.
                                                                      15 USC 9075.            SEC. 4115. PROTECTION OF COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT.
                                                                                                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Neither the Secretary, nor any other actor,
                                                                                              department, or agency of the Federal Government, shall condition
                                                                                              the issuance of financial assistance under this subtitle on an air
                                                                                              carrier’s or contractor’s implementation of measures to enter into
                                                                                              negotiations with the certified bargaining representative of a craft
                                                                                              or class of employees of the air carrier or contractor under the
                                                                                              Railway Labor Act (45 U.S.C. 151 et seq.) or the National Labor
                                                                                              Relations Act (29 U.S.C. 151 et seq.), regarding pay or other terms
                                                                                              and conditions of employment.
                                                                                                  (b) PERIOD OF EFFECT.—With respect to an air carrier or con-
                                                                                              tractor to which financial assistance is provided under this subtitle,
                                                                                              this section shall be in effect with respect to the air carrier or
                                                                                              contractor beginning on the date on which the air carrier or con-
                                                                                              tractor is first issued such financial assistance and ending on Sep-
                                                                                              tember 30, 2020.
                                                                      Time periods.           SEC. 4116. LIMITATION ON CERTAIN EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION.
                                                                      15 USC 9076.
                                                                                                    (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary may only provide financial
                                                                                              assistance under this subtitle to an air carrier or contractor after
                                                                                              such carrier or contractor enters into an agreement with the Sec-
                                                                                              retary which provides that, during the 2-year period beginning
                                                                                              March 24, 2020, and ending March 24, 2022, no officer or employee
                                                                                              of the air carrier or contractor whose total compensation exceeded
                                                                                              $425,000 in calendar year 2019 (other than an employee whose
                                                                                              compensation is determined through an existing collective bar-
                                                                                              gaining agreement entered into prior to enactment of this Act)—
                                                                                                         (1) will receive from the air carrier or contractor total
                                                                                                    compensation which exceeds, during any 12 consecutive months
                                                                                                    of such 2-year period, the total compensation received by the
                                                                                                    officer or employee from the air carrier or contractor in calendar
                                                                                                    year 2019;
                                                                                                         (2) will receive from the air carrier or contractor severance
                                                                                                    pay or other benefits upon termination of employment with
                                                                                                    the air carrier or contractor which exceeds twice the maximum
                                                                                                    total compensation received by the officer or employee from
                                                                                                    the air carrier or contractor in calendar year 2019; and
                                                                                                         (3) no officer or employee of the eligible business whose
                                                                                                    total compensation exceeded $3,000,000 in calendar year 2019
                                                                                                    may receive during any 12 consecutive months of such period
                                                                                                    total compensation in excess of the sum of—
                                                                                                              (A) $3,000,000; and
                                                                                                              (B) 50 percent of the excess over $3,000,000 of the
                                                                                                         total compensation received by the officer or employee from
                                                                                                         the eligible business in calendar year 2019.
                                                                                                    (b) TOTAL COMPENSATION DEFINED.—In this section, the term
                                                                                              ‘‘total compensation’’ includes salary, bonuses, awards of stock, and
                                                                                              other financial benefits provided by an air carrier or contractor
                                                                                              to an officer or employee of the air carrier or contractor.
                                                                      Determination.          SEC. 4117. TAX PAYER PROTECTION.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      15 USC 9077.
                                                                                                  The Secretary may receive warrants, options, preferred stock,
                                                                                              debt securities, notes, or other financial instruments issued by




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00498   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 501

                                                                      recipients of financial assistance under this subtitle which, in the
                                                                      sole determination of the Secretary, provide appropriate compensa-
                                                                      tion to the Federal Government for the provision of the financial
                                                                      assistance.
                                                                      SEC. 4118. REPORTS.                                                                                   15 USC 9078.
                                                                           (a) REPORT.—Not later than November 1, 2020, the Secretary
                                                                      shall submit to the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure
                                                                      and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Represent-
                                                                      atives and the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transpor-
                                                                      tation and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs
                                                                      of the Senate a report on the financial assistance provided to
                                                                      air carriers and contractors under this subtitle, including a descrip-
                                                                      tion of any financial assistance provided.
                                                                           (b) UPDATE.—Not later than the last day of the 1-year period                                     Time period.
                                                                      following the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall
                                                                      update and submit to the Committee on Transportation and the
                                                                      Committee on Financial Services and Infrastructure of the House
                                                                      of Representatives and the Committee on Commerce, Science, and
                                                                      Transportation and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban
                                                                      Affairs of the Senate the report described in subsection (a).
                                                                      SEC. 4119. COORDINATION.                                                                              15 USC 9079.
                                                                          In implementing this subtitle the Secretary shall coordinate
                                                                      with the Secretary of Transportation.
                                                                      SEC. 4120. DIRECT APPROPRIATION.                                                                      15 USC 9080.
                                                                          Notwithstanding any other provision of law, there is appro-
                                                                      priated, out of amounts in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated,
                                                                      $32,000,000,000 to carry out this subtitle.

                                                                       TITLE V—CORONAVIRUS RELIEF FUNDS                                                                     State and local
                                                                                                                                                                            governments.
                                                                                                                                                                            Native
                                                                      SEC. 5001. CORONAVIRUS RELIEF FUND.                                                                   Americans.
                                                                                                                                                                            Territories.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—The Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301 et
                                                                      seq.) is amended by inserting after title V the following:

                                                                              ‘‘TITLE VI—CORONAVIRUS RELIEF
                                                                                           FUND
                                                                      ‘‘SEC. 601. CORONAVIRUS RELIEF FUND.                                                                  42 USC 801.
                                                                             ‘‘(a) APPROPRIATION.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Out of any money in the Treasury of
                                                                             the United States not otherwise appropriated, there are appro-
                                                                             priated for making payments to States, Tribal governments,
                                                                             and units of local government under this section,
                                                                             $150,000,000,000 for fiscal year 2020.
                                                                                   ‘‘(2) RESERVATION OF FUNDS.—Of the amount appropriated
                                                                             under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall reserve—
                                                                                         ‘‘(A) $3,000,000,000 of such amount for making pay-
                                                                                   ments to the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of
                                                                                   Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, the




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                   Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and
                                                                                   American Samoa; and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00499   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 502                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) $8,000,000,000 of such amount for making pay-
                                                                                                           ments to Tribal governments.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(b) AUTHORITY TO MAKE PAYMENTS.—
                                                                      Deadline.                            ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (2), not later than
                                                                                                     30 days after the date of enactment of this section, the Secretary
                                                                                                     shall pay each State and Tribal government, and each unit
                                                                                                     of local government that meets the condition described in para-
                                                                                                     graph (2), the amount determined for the State, Tribal govern-
                                                                                                     ment, or unit of local government, for fiscal year 2020 under
                                                                                                     subsection (c).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(2) DIRECT PAYMENTS TO UNITS OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT.—
                                                                                                     If a unit of local government of a State submits the certification
                                                                                                     required by subsection (e) for purposes of receiving a direct
                                                                                                     payment from the Secretary under the authority of this para-
                                                                                                     graph, the Secretary shall reduce the amount determined for
                                                                                                     that State by the relative unit of local government population
                                                                                                     proportion amount described in subsection (c)(5) and pay such
                                                                                                     amount directly to such unit of local government.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(c) PAYMENT AMOUNTS.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (2), the amount
                                                                                                     paid under this section for fiscal year 2020 to a State that
                                                                                                     is 1 of the 50 States shall be the amount equal to the relative
                                                                                                     population proportion amount determined for the State under
                                                                                                     paragraph (3) for such fiscal year.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(2) MINIMUM PAYMENT.—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—No State that is 1 of the 50 States
                                                                                                           shall receive a payment under this section for fiscal year
                                                                                                           2020 that is less than $1,250,000,000.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) PRO RATA ADJUSTMENTS.—The Secretary shall
                                                                                                           adjust on a pro rata basis the amount of the payments
                                                                                                           for each of the 50 States determined under this subsection
                                                                                                           without regard to this subparagraph to the extent nec-
                                                                                                           essary to comply with the requirements of subparagraph
                                                                                                           (A).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(3) RELATIVE POPULATION PROPORTION AMOUNT.—For pur-
                                                                                                     poses of paragraph (1), the relative population proportion
                                                                                                     amount determined under this paragraph for a State for fiscal
                                                                                                     year 2020 is the product of—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) the amount appropriated under paragraph (1) of
                                                                                                           subsection (a) for fiscal year 2020 that remains after the
                                                                                                           application of paragraph (2) of that subsection; and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) the relative State population proportion (as defined
                                                                                                           in paragraph (4)).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(4) RELATIVE STATE POPULATION PROPORTION DEFINED.—
                                                                                                     For purposes of paragraph (3)(B), the term ‘relative State popu-
                                                                                                     lation proportion’ means, with respect to a State, the quotient
                                                                                                     of—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(A) the population of the State; and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(B) the total population of all States (excluding the
                                                                                                           District of Columbia and territories specified in subsection
                                                                                                           (a)(2)(A)).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(5) RELATIVE UNIT OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT POPULATION
                                                                      Definition.                    PROPORTION AMOUNT.—For purposes of subsection (b)(2), the
                                                                                                     term ‘relative unit of local government population proportion




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     amount’ means, with respect to a unit of local government
                                                                                                     and a State, the amount equal to the product of—




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00500   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 503

                                                                                        ‘‘(A) 45 percent of the amount of the payment deter-
                                                                                  mined for the State under this subsection (without regard
                                                                                  to this paragraph); and
                                                                                        ‘‘(B) the amount equal to the quotient of—
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) the population of the unit of local government;
                                                                                        and
                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) the total population of the State in which
                                                                                        the unit of local government is located.
                                                                                  ‘‘(6) DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA AND TERRITORIES.—The amount
                                                                           paid under this section for fiscal year 2020 to a State that
                                                                           is the District of Columbia or a territory specified in subsection
                                                                           (a)(2)(A) shall be the amount equal to the product of—
                                                                                        ‘‘(A) the amount set aside under subsection (a)(2)(A)
                                                                                  for such fiscal year; and
                                                                                        ‘‘(B) each such District’s and territory’s share of the                             Determination.
                                                                                  combined total population of the District of Columbia and
                                                                                  all such territories, as determined by the Secretary.
                                                                                  ‘‘(7) TRIBAL GOVERNMENTS.—From the amount set aside                                       Determination.
                                                                           under subsection (a)(2)(B) for fiscal year 2020, the amount                                      Consultation.
                                                                           paid under this section for fiscal year 2020 to a Tribal govern-
                                                                           ment shall be the amount the Secretary shall determine, in
                                                                           consultation with the Secretary of the Interior and Indian
                                                                           Tribes, that is based on increased expenditures of each such
                                                                           Tribal government (or a tribally-owned entity of such Tribal
                                                                           government) relative to aggregate expenditures in fiscal year
                                                                           2019 by the Tribal government (or tribally-owned entity) and
                                                                           determined in such manner as the Secretary determines appro-
                                                                           priate to ensure that all amounts available under subsection
                                                                           (a)(2)(B) for fiscal year 2020 are distributed to Tribal govern-
                                                                           ments.
                                                                                  ‘‘(8) DATA.—For purposes of this subsection, the population
                                                                           of States and units of local governments shall be determined
                                                                           based on the most recent year for which data are available
                                                                           from the Bureau of the Census.
                                                                           ‘‘(d) USE OF FUNDS.—A State, Tribal government, and unit
                                                                      of local government shall use the funds provided under a payment
                                                                      made under this section to cover only those costs of the State,
                                                                      Tribal government, or unit of local government that—
                                                                                  ‘‘(1) are necessary expenditures incurred due to the public
                                                                           health emergency with respect to the Coronavirus Disease 2019
                                                                           (COVID–19);
                                                                                  ‘‘(2) were not accounted for in the budget most recently
                                                                           approved as of the date of enactment of this section for the
                                                                           State or government; and
                                                                                  ‘‘(3) were incurred during the period that begins on March                                Time period.
                                                                           1, 2020, and ends on December 30, 2020.
                                                                           ‘‘(e) CERTIFICATION.—In order to receive a payment under this
                                                                      section, a unit of local government shall provide the Secretary
                                                                      with a certification signed by the Chief Executive for the unit
                                                                      of local government that the local government’s proposed uses of
                                                                      the funds are consistent with subsection (d).
                                                                           ‘‘(f) INSPECTOR GENERAL OVERSIGHT; RECOUPMENT.—
                                                                                  ‘‘(1) OVERSIGHT AUTHORITY.—The Inspector General of the
                                                                           Department of the Treasury shall conduct monitoring and over-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                           sight of the receipt, disbursement, and use of funds made
                                                                           available under this section.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00501   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 504                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Determination.                     ‘‘(2) RECOUPMENT.—If the Inspector General of the Depart-
                                                                                                   ment of the Treasury determines that a State, Tribal govern-
                                                                                                   ment, or unit of local government has failed to comply with
                                                                                                   subsection (d), the amount equal to the amount of funds used
                                                                                                   in violation of such subsection shall be booked as a debt of
                                                                                                   such entity owed to the Federal Government. Amounts recov-
                                                                                                   ered under this subsection shall be deposited into the general
                                                                                                   fund of the Treasury.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(3) APPROPRIATION.—Out of any money in the Treasury
                                                                                                   of the United States not otherwise appropriated, there are
                                                                                                   appropriated to the Office of the Inspector General of the
                                                                                                   Department of the Treasury, $35,000,000 to carry out oversight
                                                                                                   and recoupment activities under this subsection. Amounts
                                                                                                   appropriated under the preceding sentence shall remain avail-
                                                                                                   able until expended.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(4) AUTHORITY OF INSPECTOR GENERAL.—Nothing in this
                                                                                                   subsection shall be construed to diminish the authority of any
                                                                                                   Inspector General, including such authority as provided in the
                                                                                                   Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).
                                                                                                   ‘‘(g) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) INDIAN TRIBE.—The term ‘Indian Tribe’ has the
                                                                                                   meaning given that term in section 4(e) of the Indian Self-
                                                                                                   Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C.
                                                                                                   5304(e)).
                                                                                                         ‘‘(2) LOCAL GOVERNMENT.—The term ‘unit of local govern-
                                                                                                   ment’ means a county, municipality, town, township, village,
                                                                                                   parish, borough, or other unit of general government below
                                                                                                   the State level with a population that exceeds 500,000.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(3) SECRETARY.—The term ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary
                                                                                                   of the Treasury.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(4) STATE.—The term ‘State’ means the 50 States, the
                                                                                                   District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
                                                                                                   United States Virgin Islands, Guam, the Commonwealth of
                                                                                                   the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(5) TRIBAL GOVERNMENT.—The term ‘Tribal government’
                                                                                                   means the recognized governing body of an Indian Tribe.’’.
                                                                                                   (b) APPLICATION OF PROVISIONS.—Amounts appropriated for
                                                                                              fiscal year 2020 under section 601(a)(1) of the Social Security Act
                                                                                              (as added by subsection (a)) shall be subject to the requirements
                                                                                              contained in Public Law 116–94 for funds for programs authorized
                                                                                              under sections 330 through 340 of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                                              (42 U.S.C. 254 through 256).

                                                                                                               TITLE VI—MISCELLANEOUS
                                                                                                                      PROVISIONS
                                                                      39 USC 101 note.        SEC. 6001. COVID–19 BORROWING AUTHORITY FOR THE UNITED
                                                                                                         STATES POSTAL SERVICE.
                                                                                                     (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                          (1) the term ‘‘COVID–19 emergency’’ means the emergency
                                                                                                     involving Federal primary responsibility determined to exist
                                                                                                     by the President under section 501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford
                                                                                                     Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                     5191(b)) with respect to the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID–
                                                                                                     19); and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00502   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 505

                                                                                (2) the term ‘‘Postal Service’’ means the United States
                                                                           Postal Service.
                                                                           (b) ADDITIONAL BORROWING AUTHORITY.—Notwithstanding sec-
                                                                      tion 2005 of title 39, United States Code, or any other provision
                                                                      of law, if the Postal Service determines that, due to the COVID–
                                                                      19 emergency, the Postal Service will not be able to fund operating
                                                                      expenses without borrowing money—
                                                                                (1) the Postal Service may borrow money from the Treasury
                                                                           in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000,000—
                                                                                     (A) to be used for such operating expenses; and
                                                                                     (B) which may not be used to pay any outstanding
                                                                                debt of the Postal Service; and
                                                                                (2) the Secretary of the Treasury may lend up to the
                                                                           amount described in paragraph (1) at the request of the Postal
                                                                           Service, upon terms and conditions mutually agreed upon by
                                                                           the Secretary and the Postal Service.
                                                                           (c) PRIORITIZATION OF DELIVERY FOR MEDICAL PURPOSES
                                                                      DURING COVID–19 EMERGENCY.—Notwithstanding any other provi-
                                                                      sion of law, during the COVID–19 emergency, the Postal Service—
                                                                                (1) shall prioritize delivery of postal products for medical
                                                                           purposes; and
                                                                                (2) may establish temporary delivery points, in such form
                                                                           and manner as the Postal Service determines necessary, to
                                                                           protect employees of the Postal Service and individuals
                                                                           receiving deliveries from the Postal Service.
                                                                      SEC. 6002. EMERGENCY DESIGNATION.
                                                                           (a) IN GENERAL.—The amounts provided under this division
                                                                      are designated as an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                      4(g) of the Statutory Pay-As-You-Go Act of 2010 (2 U.S.C. 933(g)).
                                                                           (b) DESIGNATION IN SENATE.—In the Senate, this division is
                                                                      designated as an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                      4112(a) of H. Con. Res. 71 (115th Congress), the concurrent resolu-
                                                                      tion on the budget for fiscal year 2018.

                                                                      DIVISION B—EMERGENCY APPROPRIA-                                                                       Emergency
                                                                                                                                                                            Appropriations
                                                                       TIONS FOR CORONAVIRUS HEALTH                                                                         for Coronavirus
                                                                                                                                                                            Health Response
                                                                       RESPONSE AND AGENCY OPERATIONS                                                                       and Agency
                                                                                                                                                                            Operations.
                                                                          The following sums are hereby are appropriated, out of any
                                                                      money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal
                                                                      year ending September 30, 2020, and for other purposes, namely:
                                                                                                                   TITLE I
                                                                                                    AGRICULTURAL PROGRAMS
                                                                                                      OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY
                                                                           For an additional amount for the ‘‘Office of the Secretary’’,
                                                                      $9,500,000,000, to remain available until expended, to prevent,
                                                                      prepare for, and respond to coronavirus by providing support for
                                                                      agricultural producers impacted by coronavirus, including producers
                                                                      of specialty crops, producers that supply local food systems,




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      including farmers markets, restaurants, and schools, and livestock
                                                                      producers, including dairy producers: Provided, That such amount




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00503   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 506                              PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency require-
                                                                                              ment pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget
                                                                                              and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                                                            OFFICE OF INSPECTOR GENERAL
                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Office of Inspector General’’,
                                                                                              $750,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to prevent,
                                                                                              prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or internation-
                                                                      Audits.                 ally: Provided, That the funding made available under this heading
                                                                      Investigations.         in this Act shall be used for conducting audits and investigations
                                                                                              of projects and activities carried out with funds made available
                                                                                              in this Act to the Department of Agriculture to prevent, prepare
                                                                                              for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally:
                                                                                              Provided further, That such amount is designated by the Congress
                                                                                              as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.

                                                                                                               ANIMAL AND PLANT HEALTH INSPECTION SERVICE

                                                                                                                                SALARIES AND EXPENSES

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Salaries and Expenses’’,
                                                                                              $55,000,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to pre-
                                                                                              vent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or inter-
                                                                                              nationally, including for necessary expenses for salary costs associ-
                                                                                              ated with the Agriculture Quarantine and Inspection Program:
                                                                                               Provided, That such amount is designated by the Congress as
                                                                                              being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.

                                                                                                                      AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE

                                                                                                                                  MARKETING SERVICES

                                                                                                  For an additional amount for ‘‘Marketing Services’’,
                                                                                              $45,000,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to pre-
                                                                                              vent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or inter-
                                                                                              nationally, including necessary expenses for salary costs associated
                                                                                              with commodity grading, inspection, and audit activities: Provided,
                                                                                              That such amount is designated by the Congress as being for
                                                                                              an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of
                                                                                              the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                                                    FOOD SAFETY AND INSPECTION SERVICE
                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Food Safety and Inspection
                                                                                              Service’’, $33,000,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021,
                                                                                              to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically
                                                                                              or internationally, including for support of temporary and intermit-
                                                                                              tent workers, relocation of inspectors, and, notwithstanding 21
                                                                                              U.S.C. 468, 695 and 1053 and 7 U.S.C. 2219a, costs of overtime
                                                                                              inspectors under the Federal Meat Inspection Act, the Poultry Prod-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              ucts Inspection Act, and the Egg Products Inspection Act: Provided,
                                                                                              That such amount is designated by the Congress as being for




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000    Frm 00504   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 507

                                                                      an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of
                                                                      the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                            FARM PRODUCTION AND CONSERVATION PROGRAMS

                                                                                                         FARM SERVICE AGENCY
                                                                          For an additional amount for ‘‘Salaries and Expenses’’,
                                                                      $3,000,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to pre-
                                                                      vent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or inter-
                                                                      nationally, including necessary expenses to hire temporary staff
                                                                      and overtime expenses: Provided, That such amount is designated
                                                                      by the Congress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant
                                                                      to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency
                                                                      Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                            RURAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS

                                                                                           RURAL BUSINESS—COOPERATIVE SERVICE

                                                                                               RURAL BUSINESS PROGRAM ACCOUNT

                                                                          For an additional amount for ‘‘Rural Business Program
                                                                      Account’’, $20,500,000, to remain available until September 30,
                                                                      2021, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, for the
                                                                      cost of loans for rural business development programs authorized
                                                                      by section 310B and described in subsection (g) of section 310B
                                                                      of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act: Provided,
                                                                      That such amount is designated by the Congress as being for
                                                                      an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of
                                                                      the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                                       RURAL UTILITIES SERVICE

                                                                          DISTANCE LEARNING, TELEMEDICINE, AND BROADBAND PROGRAM

                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Distance Learning, Telemedicine,
                                                                      and Broadband Program’’, $25,000,000, to remain available until
                                                                      expended, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus,
                                                                      domestically or internationally, for telemedicine and distance
                                                                      learning services in rural areas, as authorized by 7 U.S.C. 950aaa
                                                                      et seq.: Provided, That such amount is designated by the Congress
                                                                      as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                      251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                      trol Act of 1985.

                                                                                                    DOMESTIC FOOD PROGRAMS

                                                                                                    FOOD AND NUTRITION SERVICE

                                                                                                      CHILD NUTRITION PROGRAMS

                                                                          For an additional amount for ‘‘Child Nutrition Programs’’,
                                                                      $8,800,000,000 to remain available until September 30, 2021, to
                                                                      prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      internationally: Provided, That such amount is designated by the
                                                                      Congress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00505   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 508                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.
                                                                                                               SUPPLEMENTAL NUTRITION ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Supplemental Nutrition Assist-
                                                                                              ance Program’’, $15,810,000,000, to remain available until Sep-
                                                                                              tember 30, 2021, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus,
                                                                                              domestically or internationally: Provided, That of the amount pro-
                                                                                              vided under this heading in this Act, $15,510,000,000 shall be
                                                                                              placed in a contingency reserve to be allocated as the Secretary
                                                                                              deems necessary to support participation should cost or participa-
                                                                                              tion exceed budget estimates to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                                              to coronavirus: Provided further, That of the amount provided under
                                                                                              this heading in this Act, $100,000,000 shall be for the food distribu-
                                                                                              tion program on Indian reservations program as authorized by
                                                                                              Section 4(b) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2013)
                                                                                              and Section 4(a) of the Agriculture and Consumer Protection Act
                                                                                              of 1973 (7 U.S.C. 1431) to prevent, prepare for, and respond to
                                                                                              coronavirus, of which $50,000,000 shall be for facility improvements
                                                                                              and equipment upgrades and of which $50,000,000 shall be for
                                                                                              the costs relating to additional food purchases: Provided further,
                                                                      Grants.                 That of the amount provided under this heading in this Act,
                                                                      Territories.            $200,000,000 to remain available through September 30, 2021, shall
                                                                                              be available for the Secretary of Agriculture to provide grants
                                                                                              to the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto
                                                                                              Rico, and American Samoa for nutrition assistance to prevent,
                                                                                              prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or internation-
                                                                                              ally: Provided further, That such amount is designated by the
                                                                                              Congress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.
                                                                                                                       COMMODITY ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Commodity Assistance Program’’,
                                                                                              $450,000,000, to remain available through September 30, 2021,
                                                                                              to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically
                                                                                              or internationally, for the emergency food assistance program as
                                                                                              authorized by section 27(a) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008
                                                                                              (7 U.S.C. 2036(a)) and section 204(a)(1) of the Emergency Food
                                                                                              Assistance Act of 1983 (7 U.S.C. 7508(a)(1)): Provided, That of
                                                                                              the funds made available, the Secretary may use up to $150,000,000
                                                                                              for costs associated with the distribution of commodities: Provided
                                                                                              further, That such amount is designated by the Congress as being
                                                                                              for an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i)
                                                                                              of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                                                       FOREIGN ASSISTANCE AND RELATED PROGRAMS
                                                                                                                       FOREIGN AGRICULTURAL SERVICE
                                                                                                                               SALARIES AND EXPENSES

                                                                                                  For an additional amount for ‘‘Salaries and Expenses’’,
                                                                                              $4,000,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to pre-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              vent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or inter-
                                                                                              nationally, including necessary expenses to relocate employees and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00506   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 509

                                                                      their dependents back from overseas posts: Provided, That such
                                                                      amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency
                                                                      requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                      Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                       RELATED AGENCIES AND FOOD AND DRUG
                                                                                                 ADMINISTRATION

                                                                                       DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

                                                                                                    FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION

                                                                                                        SALARIES AND EXPENSES

                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Salaries and Expenses’’,
                                                                      $80,000,000, to remain available until expended, to prevent, prepare
                                                                      for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally,
                                                                      including funds for the development of necessary medical counter-
                                                                      measures and vaccines, advanced manufacturing for medical prod-
                                                                      ucts, the monitoring of medical product supply chains, and related
                                                                      administrative activities: Provided, That such amount is designated
                                                                      by the Congress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant
                                                                      to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency
                                                                      Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                            GENERAL PROVISIONS—THIS TITLE

                                                                                                    (INCLUDING TRANSFER OF FUNDS)

                                                                          SEC. 11001. Of the funds made available to the Rural Develop-
                                                                      ment mission area in this title, and in addition to funds otherwise
                                                                      made available for such purpose, not more than 3 percent may
                                                                      be used for administrative costs to carry out loan, loan guarantee
                                                                      and grant activities funded in this title to prevent, prepare for,
                                                                      and respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Pro-
                                                                      vided, That such funds shall be transferred to, and merged with,
                                                                      the appropriation for ‘‘Rural Development, Salaries and Expenses’’
                                                                      and, once transferred, shall be used only to prevent, prepare for,
                                                                      and respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Pro-
                                                                      vided further, that this transfer authority is in addition to any
                                                                      other transfer authority provided by law.

                                                                                                    COMMODITY CREDIT CORPORATION

                                                                                   REIMBURSEMENT OF PRESENT NET REALIZED LOSSES

                                                                          SEC. 11002. Of the amounts provided in the Further Consoli-
                                                                      dated Appropriations Act, 2020 (Public Law 116–94) under the
                                                                      heading ‘‘Commodity Credit Corporation Fund—Reimbursement for
                                                                      Net Realized Losses’’, $14,000,000,000, may be used, prior to the
                                                                      completion of the report described in 15 U.S.C. 713a–11, to
                                                                      reimburse the Commodity Credit Corporation for net realized losses
                                                                      sustained, but not previously reimbursed, as reflected in the June
                                                                      2020 report of its financial condition: Provided, That such amount
                                                                      is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency require-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      ment pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget
                                                                      and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00507   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 510                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Extension.                   SEC. 11003. The Secretary may extend the term of a marketing
                                                                                              assistance loan authorized by section 1201 of the Agricultural Act
                                                                                              of 2014 (7 U.S.C. 9033) for any loan commodity to 12 months:
                                                                      Expiration date.        Provided, That the authority made available pursuant to this sec-
                                                                                              tion shall expire on September 30, 2020: Provided further, That
                                                                                              the amount provided by this section is designated by the Congress
                                                                                              as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.
                                                                      Grants.                      SEC. 11004. For an additional amount for grants under the
                                                                      Urban and rural         pilot program established under section 779 of Public Law 115–
                                                                      areas.                  141, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus,
                                                                                              $100,000,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021: Pro-
                                                                                              vided, That at least 90 percent of the households to be served
                                                                                              by a project receiving a grant shall be in a rural area without
                                                                      Definition.             sufficient access to broadband: Provided further, That for purposes
                                                                                              of such pilot program, a rural area without sufficient access to
                                                                                              broadband shall be defined as 10 Mbps downstream and 1 Mbps
                                                                                              upstream, and such definition shall be reevaluated and redefined,
                                                                                              as necessary, on an annual basis by the Secretary of Agriculture:
                                                                                              Provided further, That an entity to which a grant is made under
                                                                                              the pilot program shall not use a grant to overbuild or duplicate
                                                                                              broadband expansion efforts made by any entity that has received
                                                                                              a broadband loan from the Rural Utilities Service: Provided further,
                                                                                              That priority consideration for grants shall be given to previous
                                                                                              applicants now eligible as a result of adjusted eligibility require-
                                                                                              ments: Provided further, That such amount is designated by the
                                                                                              Congress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.
                                                                                                                                          TITLE II
                                                                                                                       DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                                                                                                                 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION
                                                                                                               ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS

                                                                                                                       (INCLUDING TRANSFERS OF FUNDS)

                                                                                                   Pursuant to section 703 of the Public Works and Economic
                                                                                              Development Act (42 U.S.C. 3233), for an additional amount for
                                                                                              ‘‘Economic Development Assistance Programs’’, $1,500,000,000, to
                                                                                              remain available until September 30, 2022, to prevent, prepare
                                                                                              for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally,
                                                                                              including for necessary expenses for responding to economic injury
                                                                                              as a result of coronavirus: Provided, That such amount shall be
                                                                                              for economic adjustment assistance as authorized by section 209
                                                                                              of the Public Works and Economic Development Act of 1965 (42
                                                                                              U.S.C. 3149): Provided further, That within the amount appro-
                                                                                              priated under this heading in this Act, up to 2 percent of funds
                                                                                              may be transferred to the ‘‘Salaries and Expenses’’ account for
                                                                                              administration and oversight activities related to preventing, pre-
                                                                      42 USC 3211             paring for, and responding to coronavirus: Provided further, That
                                                                      note.                   the Secretary of Commerce is authorized to appoint and fix the




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              compensation of such temporary personnel as may be necessary
                                                                                              to implement the requirements under this heading in this Act




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00508   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 511

                                                                      to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, without regard
                                                                      to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appoint-
                                                                      ments in competitive service: Provided further, That the Secretary                                    Appointments.
                                                                      of Commerce is authorized to appoint such temporary personnel,                                        Time period.
                                                                                                                                                                            42 USC 3211
                                                                      after serving continuously for 2 years, to positions in the Economic                                  note.
                                                                      Development Administration in the same manner that competitive
                                                                      service employees with competitive status are considered for
                                                                      transfer, reassignment, or promotion to such positions and an indi-
                                                                      vidual appointed under this provision shall become a career-condi-
                                                                      tional employee, unless the employee has already completed the
                                                                      service requirements for career tenure: Provided further, That
                                                                      within the amount appropriated under this heading in this Act,
                                                                      $3,000,000 shall be transferred to the ‘‘Office of Inspector General’’
                                                                      account for carrying out investigations and audits related to the
                                                                      funding provided to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus
                                                                      under this heading in this Act: Provided further, That such amount
                                                                      is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency require-
                                                                      ment pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget
                                                                      and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY

                                                                                   SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL RESEARCH AND SERVICES

                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Scientific and Technical Research
                                                                      and Services’’, $6,000,000, to remain available until September,
                                                                      30, 2021, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domes-
                                                                      tically or internationally, by supporting continuity of operations,
                                                                      including measurement science to support viral testing and bio-
                                                                      manufacturing: Provided, That such amount is designated by the
                                                                      Congress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                      251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                      trol Act of 1985.

                                                                                                INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY SERVICES

                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Industrial Technology Services’’,
                                                                      $60,000,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to pre-
                                                                      vent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or inter-
                                                                      nationally: Provided, That of the amount provided under this
                                                                      heading in this Act, $50,000,000 shall be for the Hollings Manufac-
                                                                      turing Extension Partnership to assist manufacturers to prevent,
                                                                      prepare for, and respond to coronavirus and $10,000,000 shall be
                                                                      for the National Network for Manufacturing Innovation (also known
                                                                      as ‘‘Manufacturing USA’’) to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                      to coronavirus, including to support development and manufac-
                                                                      turing of medical countermeasures and biomedical equipment and
                                                                      supplies: Provided further, That none of the funds provided under
                                                                      this heading in this Act shall be subject to cost share requirements
                                                                      under 15 U.S.C. 278k(e)(2) or 15 U.S.C. 278s(e)(7)(A): Provided
                                                                      further, That such amount is designated by the Congress as being
                                                                      for an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i)
                                                                      of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES



                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00509   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 512                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                       NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
                                                                                                                   OPERATIONS, RESEARCH, AND FACILITIES

                                                                                                    For an additional amount for ‘‘Operations, Research, and Facili-
                                                                                              ties’’, $20,000,000, to remain available until September, 30, 2021,
                                                                                              to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically
                                                                                              or internationally, by supporting continuity of operations, including
                                                                                              National Weather Service life and property related operations: Pro-
                                                                                              vided, That such amount is designated by the Congress as being
                                                                                              for an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i)
                                                                                              of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                                                                           DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
                                                                                                                             GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
                                                                                                                JUSTICE INFORMATION SHARING TECHNOLOGY

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Justice Information Sharing
                                                                                              Technology’’, $2,000,000, to remain available until expended, to
                                                                                              prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or
                                                                                              internationally, including the impact of coronavirus on the work
                                                                                              of the Department of Justice: Provided, That such amount is des-
                                                                                              ignated by the Congress as being for an emergency requirement
                                                                                              pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and
                                                                                              Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                                                                           OFFICE OF INSPECTOR GENERAL
                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Office of Inspector General’’,
                                                                                              $2,000,000, to remain available until expended to prevent, prepare
                                                                                              for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally,
                                                                                              including the impact of coronavirus on the work of the Department
                                                                                              of Justice and to carry out investigations and audits related to
                                                                                              the funding made available for the Department of Justice in this
                                                                                              Act: Provided, That such amount is designated by the Congress
                                                                                              as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.
                                                                                                                                      LEGAL ACTIVITIES
                                                                                                          SALARIES AND EXPENSES, UNITED STATES ATTORNEYS

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Salaries and Expenses, United
                                                                                              States Attorneys’’, $3,000,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                                              to coronavirus, domestically or internationally, including the impact
                                                                                              of coronavirus on the work of the Department of Justice: Provided,
                                                                                              That such amount is designated by the Congress as being for
                                                                                              an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of
                                                                                              the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                                                                      UNITED STATES MARSHALS SERVICE
                                                                                                                               SALARIES AND EXPENSES




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                  For an additional amount for ‘‘United States Marshals Service,
                                                                                              Salaries and Expenses’’, $15,000,000, to prevent, prepare for, and




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00510   Fmt 6580    Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 513

                                                                      respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally, including
                                                                      the impact of coronavirus on the work of the Department of Justice:
                                                                      Provided, That such amount is designated by the Congress as
                                                                      being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                      251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                      trol Act of 1985.
                                                                                               FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION
                                                                                                        SALARIES AND EXPENSES

                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Federal Bureau of Investigation,
                                                                      Salaries and Expenses’’, $20,000,000, to prevent, prepare for, and
                                                                      respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally, including
                                                                      the impact of coronavirus on the work of the Department of Justice:
                                                                      Provided, That such amount is designated by the Congress as
                                                                      being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                      251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                      trol Act of 1985.
                                                                                              DRUG ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION
                                                                                                        SALARIES AND EXPENSES

                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Drug Enforcement Administra-
                                                                      tion, Salaries and Expenses’’, $15,000,000, to prevent, prepare for,
                                                                      and respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally,
                                                                      including the impact of coronavirus on the work of the Department
                                                                      of Justice: Provided, That such amount is designated by the Con-
                                                                      gress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                      251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                      trol Act of 1985.
                                                                                                       FEDERAL PRISON SYSTEM
                                                                                                        SALARIES AND EXPENSES

                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Federal Prison System, Salaries
                                                                      and Expenses’’, $100,000,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                      to coronavirus, domestically or internationally, including the impact
                                                                      of coronavirus on the work of the Department of Justice: Provided,
                                                                      That such amount is designated by the Congress as being for
                                                                      an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of
                                                                      the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                                       STATE AND LOCAL LAW ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES
                                                                                                    OFFICE OF JUSTICE PROGRAMS
                                                                                       STATE AND LOCAL LAW ENFORCEMENT ASSISTANCE

                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘State and Local Law Enforce-
                                                                      ment Assistance’’, $850,000,000, to remain available until expended,
                                                                      to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically
                                                                      or internationally, to be awarded pursuant to the formula allocation
                                                                      (adjusted in proportion to the relative amounts statutorily des-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      ignated therefor) that was used in fiscal year 2019 for the Edward
                                                                      Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant program as authorized




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00511   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 514                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              by subpart 1 of part E of title I of the Omnibus Crime Control
                                                                                              and Safe Streets Acts of 1968 (‘‘1968 Act’’): Provided, That the
                                                                                              allocation provisions under sections 505(a) through (e) and the
                                                                                              special rules for Puerto Rico under section 505(g), and section
                                                                                              1001(c), of the 1968 Act, shall not apply to the amount provided
                                                                                              under this heading in this Act: Provided further, That awards
                                                                                              hereunder, shall not be subject to restrictions or special conditions
                                                                                              that are the same as (or substantially similar to) those, imposed
                                                                                              on awards under such subpart in fiscal year 2018, that forbid
                                                                                              interference with Federal law enforcement: Provided further, That
                                                                                              such amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emer-
                                                                                              gency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Bal-
                                                                                              anced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                                                                          SCIENCE

                                                                                                         NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION

                                                                                                                  SAFETY, SECURITY AND MISSION SERVICES

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Safety, Security and Mission
                                                                                              Services’’, $60,000,000, to remain available until September 30,
                                                                                              2021, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domesti-
                                                                                              cally or internationally: Provided, That such amount is designated
                                                                                              by the Congress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant
                                                                                              to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency
                                                                                              Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                                                           NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION

                                                                                                                      RESEARCH AND RELATED ACTIVITIES

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Research and Related Activities’’,
                                                                                              $75,000,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to pre-
                                                                                              vent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or inter-
                                                                                              nationally, including to fund research grants and other necessary
                                                                                              expenses: Provided, That such amount is designated by the Con-
                                                                                              gress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.

                                                                                                               AGENCY OPERATIONS AND AWARD MANAGEMENT

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Agency Operations and Award
                                                                                              Management’’, $1,000,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                                              to coronavirus, domestically or internationally, including to admin-
                                                                                              ister research grants and other necessary expenses: Provided, That
                                                                                              such amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emer-
                                                                                              gency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Bal-
                                                                                              anced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES



                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00512    Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 515

                                                                                                         RELATED AGENCIES
                                                                                                    LEGAL SERVICES CORPORATION
                                                                                       PAYMENT TO THE LEGAL SERVICES CORPORATION

                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Payment to the Legal Services
                                                                      Corporation’’, $50,000,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                      to coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided, That none
                                                                      of the funds appropriated under this heading in this Act to the
                                                                      Legal Services Corporation shall be expended for any purpose
                                                                      prohibited or limited by, or contrary to any of the provisions of,
                                                                      sections 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, and 506 of Public Law 105–
                                                                      119, and all funds appropriated in this Act to the Legal Services
                                                                      Corporation shall be subject to the same terms and conditions
                                                                      set forth in such sections, except that all references in sections
                                                                      502 and 503 to 1997 and 1998 shall be deemed to refer instead
                                                                      to 2019 and 2020, respectively, and except that sections 501 and
                                                                      503 of Public Law 104–134 (referenced by Public Law 105–119)
                                                                      shall not apply to the amount made available under this heading:
                                                                      Provided further, That for the purposes of this Act, the Legal
                                                                      Services Corporation shall be considered an agency of the United
                                                                      States Government: Provided further, That such amount is des-
                                                                      ignated by the Congress as being for an emergency requirement
                                                                      pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and
                                                                      Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                                            GENERAL PROVISIONS—THIS TITLE
                                                                           SEC. 12001. Amounts provided by the Consolidated Appropria-
                                                                      tions Act, 2020, (Public Law 116–93) for the Hollings Manufacturing
                                                                      Extension Partnership under the heading ‘‘National Institute of
                                                                      Standards and Technology—Industrial Technology Services’’ shall
                                                                      not be subject to cost share requirements under 15 U.S.C.
                                                                      278k(e)(2): Provided, That the authority made available pursuant
                                                                      to this section shall be elective for any Manufacturing Extension
                                                                      Partnership Center that also receives funding from a State that
                                                                      is conditioned upon the application of a Federal cost sharing require-
                                                                      ment.
                                                                           SEC. 12002. (a) Funds appropriated in this title for the National                                Reimbursements.
                                                                      Science Foundation may be made available to restore amounts,                                          Grants.
                                                                      either directly or through reimbursement, for obligations incurred
                                                                      by the National Science Foundation for research grants and other
                                                                      necessary expenses to prevent, prepare for, and respond to
                                                                      coronavirus, domestically or internationally, prior to the date of
                                                                      enactment of this Act.
                                                                           (b) Grants or cooperative agreements made by the National                                        Time period.
                                                                      Science Foundation under this title, to carry out research grants
                                                                      and other necessary expenses to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                      to coronavirus, domestically or internationally, shall include
                                                                      amounts to reimburse costs for these purposes incurred between
                                                                      January 20, 2020, and the date of issuance of such grants or
                                                                      agreements.
                                                                                                           BUREAU OF PRISONS




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                             SEC. 12003. (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—                                                  18 USC 3621
                                                                                 (1) the term ‘‘Bureau’’ means the Bureau of Prisons;                                       note.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00513   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 516                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                      Time period.                     (2) the term ‘‘covered emergency period’’ means the period
                                                                                                  beginning on the date on which the President declared a
                                                                                                  national emergency under the National Emergencies Act (50
                                                                                                  U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with respect to the Coronavirus Disease
                                                                                                  2019 (COVID–19) and ending on the date that is 30 days
                                                                                                  after the date on which the national emergency declaration
                                                                                                  terminates; and
                                                                                                       (3) the term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary of Health
                                                                                                  and Human Services.
                                                                                                  (b) SUPPLY OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND TEST
                                                                                              KITS TO BUREAU OF PRISONS; HOME CONFINEMENT AUTHORITY.—
                                                                                                       (1) PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND TEST KITS.—
                                                                                                            (A) FINDINGS.—Congress finds the following:
                                                                                                                 (i) There is an urgent need for personal protective
                                                                                                            equipment and test kits to the Bureau based on the
                                                                                                            density of the inmate population, the high traffic, the
                                                                                                            high volume of inmates, the high rate of turnover
                                                                                                            of inmates and personnel, and the number of high-
                                                                                                            security areas, within the facilities of the Bureau.
                                                                                                                 (ii) The inability of the Bureau to secure the pur-
                                                                                                            chase of infectious disease personal protective equip-
                                                                                                            ment and related supplies now and in the future is
                                                                                                            a vulnerability.
                                                                                                                 (iii) The Bureau is currently competing in and
                                                                                                            engaging the same landscape of vendors as all other
                                                                                                            Federal agencies and private entities.
                                                                                                                 (iv) The ability of the Bureau to purchase needed
                                                                                                            equipment and supplies is currently subject to an indi-
                                                                                                            vidual manufacturer’s specific recognition of the
                                                                                                            Bureau as a priority and subsequent allocation of the
                                                                                                            inventory of the manufacturer to the Bureau.
                                                                                                            (B) CONSIDERATION.—The Secretary shall appro-
                                                                                                       priately consider, relative to other priorities of the Depart-
                                                                                                       ment of Health and Human Services for high-risk and
                                                                                                       high-need populations, the distribution of infectious disease
                                                                                                       personal protective equipment and COVID–19 test kits to
                                                                                                       the Bureau for use by inmates and personnel of the Bureau.
                                                                      Time period.                     (2) HOME CONFINEMENT AUTHORITY.—During the covered
                                                                                                  emergency period, if the Attorney General finds that emergency
                                                                                                  conditions will materially affect the functioning of the Bureau,
                                                                                                  the Director of the Bureau may lengthen the maximum amount
                                                                                                  of time for which the Director is authorized to place a prisoner
                                                                                                  in home confinement under the first sentence of section
                                                                                                  3624(c)(2) of title 18, United States Code, as the Director deter-
                                                                                                  mines appropriate.
                                                                                                  (c) VIDEO VISITATION.—
                                                                      Regulations.                     (1) IN GENERAL.—During the covered emergency period,
                                                                      Time period.                if the Attorney General finds that emergency conditions will
                                                                                                  materially affect the functioning of the Bureau, the Director
                                                                                                  of the Bureau shall promulgate rules regarding the ability
                                                                                                  of inmates to conduct visitation through video teleconferencing
                                                                                                  and telephonically, free of charge to inmates, during the covered
                                                                                                  emergency period.
                                                                                                       (2) EXEMPTION FROM NOTICE-AND-COMMENT RULEMAKING
                                                                                                  REQUIREMENTS.—Section 553 of title 5, United States Code,




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                                  shall not apply to the promulgation of rules under paragraph
                                                                                                  (1) of this subsection.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00514   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 517

                                                                           (d) EMERGENCY REQUIREMENT.—The amount provided by this
                                                                      section is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency
                                                                      requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                      Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                          TEMPORARY AUTHORITY OF DIRECTOR OF THE USPTO DURING THE
                                                                                           COVID–19 EMERGENCY.

                                                                           SEC. 12004. (a) IN GENERAL.—During the emergency period                                          Determination.
                                                                      described in subsection (e), the Director may toll, waive, adjust,                                    35 USC 2 note.
                                                                      or modify, any timing deadline established by title 35, United
                                                                      States Code, the Trademark Act, section 18 of the Leahy-Smith
                                                                      America Invents Act (35 U.S.C. 321 note), or regulations promul-
                                                                      gated thereunder, in effect during such period, if the Director deter-
                                                                      mines that the emergency related to such period—
                                                                                (1) materially affects the functioning of the Patent and
                                                                           Trademark Office;
                                                                                (2) prejudices the rights of applicants, registrants, patent
                                                                           owners, or others appearing before the Office; or
                                                                                (3) prevents applicants, registrants, patent owners, or
                                                                           others appearing before the Office from filing a document or
                                                                           fee with the Office.
                                                                           (b) PUBLIC NOTICE.—If the Director determines that tolling,                                      Determination.
                                                                      waiving, adjusting, or modifying a timing deadline under subsection
                                                                      (a) is appropriate, the Director shall publish publicly a notice to
                                                                      such effect.
                                                                           (c) STATEMENT REQUIRED.—Not later than 20 days after the                                         Deadline.
                                                                      Director tolls, waives, adjusts, or modifies a timing deadline under                                  Time period.
                                                                      subsection (a) and such toll, waiver, adjustment, or modification
                                                                      is in effect for a consecutive or cumulative period exceeding 120
                                                                      days, the Director shall submit to Congress a statement describing
                                                                      the action taken, relevant background, and rationale for the period
                                                                      of tolling, waiver, adjustment, or modification.
                                                                           (d) OTHER LAWS.—Notwithstanding section 301 of the National
                                                                      Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1631), the authority of the Director
                                                                      under subsection (a) is not contingent on a specification made
                                                                      by the President under such section or any other requirement
                                                                      under that Act (other than the emergency declaration under section
                                                                      201(a) of such Act (50 U.S.C. 1621(a))). The authority described
                                                                      in this section supersedes the authority of title II of the National
                                                                      Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1621 et seq.).
                                                                           (e) EMERGENCY PERIOD.—The emergency period described in
                                                                      this subsection includes the duration of the portion of the emergency
                                                                      declared by the President pursuant to the National Emergencies
                                                                      Act on March 13, 2020, as a result of the COVID–19 outbreak
                                                                      (and any renewal thereof) beginning on or after the date of the
                                                                      enactment of this section and the 60 day period following such
                                                                      duration.
                                                                           (f) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this section may be
                                                                      construed as limiting other statutory authorities the Director may
                                                                      have to grant relief regarding filings or deadlines.
                                                                           (g) SUNSET.—Notwithstanding subsection (a), the authorities
                                                                      provided under this section shall expire upon the expiration of




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      the 2-year period after the date of the enactment of this section.
                                                                           (h) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00515   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 518                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        (1) DIRECTOR.—The term ‘‘Director’’ means the Under Sec-
                                                                                                   retary of Commerce for Intellectual Property and Director of
                                                                                                   the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
                                                                                                        (2) TRADEMARK ACT.—The term ‘‘Trademark Act’’ means
                                                                                                   the Act entitled ‘‘An Act to provide for the registration and
                                                                                                   protection of trademarks used in commerce, to carry out the
                                                                                                   provisions of certain international conventions, and for other
                                                                                                   purposes’’, approved July 5, 1946 (15 U.S.C. 1051 et seq.).
                                                                                                   (i) EMERGENCY REQUIREMENT.—The amount provided by this
                                                                                              section is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency
                                                                                              requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                                              Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                                                                    ASSISTANCE TO FISHERY PARTICIPANTS

                                                                      15 USC 1512                   SEC. 12005. (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Commerce is
                                                                      note.                   authorized to provide assistance to Tribal, subsistence, commercial,
                                                                                              and charter fishery participants affected by the novel coronavirus
                                                                                              (COVID–19), which may include direct relief payments.
                                                                                                    (b) FISHERY PARTICIPANTS.—For the purposes of this section,
                                                                                              ‘‘fishery participants’’ include Tribes, persons, fishing communities,
                                                                                              aquaculture businesses not otherwise eligible for assistance under
                                                                                              part 1416 of title 7 of the Code of Federal Regulations for losses
                                                                                              related to COVID–19, processors, or other fishery-related
                                                                                              businesses, who have incurred, as a direct or indirect result of
                                                                                              the coronavirus pandemic—
                                                                                                         (1) economic revenue losses greater than 35 percent as
                                                                                                    compared to the prior 5-year average revenue; or
                                                                                                         (2) any negative impacts to subsistence, cultural, or ceremo-
                                                                                                    nial fisheries.
                                                                                                    (c) ROLLING BASIS.—Funds may be awarded under this section
                                                                                              on a rolling basis, and within a fishing season, to ensure rapid
                                                                                              delivery of funds during the COVID–19 pandemic.
                                                                                                    (d) APPROPRIATIONS.—In addition to funds that are otherwise
                                                                                              made available to assist fishery participants under this Act, there
                                                                                              are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated,
                                                                                              $300,000,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to
                                                                                              carry out this section, of which up to 2 percent may be used
                                                                                              for administration and oversight activities.
                                                                                                    (e) EMERGENCY REQUIREMENT.—The amount provided by this
                                                                                              section is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency
                                                                                              requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                                              Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                                                                                         TITLE III
                                                                                                                           DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
                                                                                                                             MILITARY PERSONNEL
                                                                                                                     NATIONAL GUARD PERSONNEL, ARMY
                                                                                                  For an additional amount for ‘‘National Guard Personnel,
                                                                                              Army’’, $746,591,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to
                                                                                              coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided, That such
                                                                                              amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                                              Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00516   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 519

                                                                                           NATIONAL GUARD PERSONNEL, AIR FORCE
                                                                          For an additional amount for ‘‘National Guard Personnel, Air
                                                                      Force’’, $482,125,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to
                                                                      coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided, That such
                                                                      amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency
                                                                      requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                      Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                              OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

                                                                                              OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE, ARMY
                                                                          For an additional amount for ‘‘Operation and Maintenance,
                                                                      Army’’, $160,300,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to
                                                                      coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided, That such
                                                                      amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency
                                                                      requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                      Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                              OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE, NAVY
                                                                          For an additional amount for ‘‘Operation and Maintenance,
                                                                      Navy’’, $360,308,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to
                                                                      coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided, That such
                                                                      amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency
                                                                      requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                      Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                       OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE, MARINE CORPS
                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Operation and Maintenance,
                                                                      Marine Corps’’, $90,000,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                      to coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided, That such
                                                                      amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency
                                                                      requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                      Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                          OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE, AIR FORCE
                                                                          For an additional amount for ‘‘Operation and Maintenance,
                                                                      Air Force’’, $155,000,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to
                                                                      coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided, That such
                                                                      amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency
                                                                      requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                      Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                       OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE, ARMY RESERVE
                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Operation and Maintenance,
                                                                      Army Reserve’’, $48,000,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                      to coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided, That such
                                                                      amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                      Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00517   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 520                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                       OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE, ARMY NATIONAL GUARD
                                                                                                  For an additional amount for ‘‘Operation and Maintenance,
                                                                                              Army National Guard’’, $186,696,000, to prevent, prepare for, and
                                                                                              respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided,
                                                                                              That such amount is designated by the Congress as being for
                                                                                              an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of
                                                                                              the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                                         OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE, AIR NATIONAL GUARD
                                                                                                  For an additional amount for ‘‘Operation and Maintenance,
                                                                                              Air National Guard’’, $75,754,000, to prevent, prepare for, and
                                                                                              respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided,
                                                                                              That such amount is designated by the Congress as being for
                                                                                              an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of
                                                                                              the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                                               OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE, DEFENSE-WIDE
                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Operation and Maintenance,
                                                                                              Defense-Wide’’, $827,800,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                                              to coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided, That such
                                                                                              amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency
                                                                                              requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced
                                                                                              Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                                                                      PROCUREMENT

                                                                                                                   DEFENSE PRODUCTION ACT PURCHASES
                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Defense Production Act Pur-
                                                                                              chases’’, $1,000,000,000, to remain available until expended, to pre-
                                                                                              vent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or inter-
                                                                      Time period.            nationally: Provided, That for the two-year period beginning with
                                                                      Waiver.                 the date of enactment of this Act, the requirements described in
                                                                      50 USC 4531             Section 301(a)(3)(A) and 302(c)(1) of Public Law 81–774, shall be
                                                                      note.
                                                                                              waived: Provided further, That such amount is designated by the
                                                                                              Congress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.

                                                                                                               REVOLVING AND MANAGEMENT FUNDS

                                                                                                                      DEFENSE WORKING CAPITAL FUNDS
                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Defense Working Capital Funds’’,
                                                                                              $1,450,000,000, to prevent, position, prepare for, and respond to
                                                                                              coronavirus, domestically or internationally: Provided, That of the
                                                                                              amount provided under this heading in this Act, $475,000,000 shall
                                                                                              be for the Navy Working Capital Fund, $475,000,000 shall be for
                                                                                              the Air Force Working Capital Fund, and $500,000,000 shall be
                                                                                              for the Defense-Wide Working Capital Fund: Provided further, That
                                                                                              such amount is designated by the Congress as being for an emer-




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              gency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Bal-
                                                                                              anced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00518   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 521

                                                                                 OTHER DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PROGRAMS
                                                                                                      DEFENSE HEALTH PROGRAM
                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Defense Health Program’’,
                                                                      $3,805,600,000, of which $3,390,600,000 shall be for operation and
                                                                      maintenance, and $415,000,000 shall be for research, development,
                                                                      test and evaluation, to remain available until September 30, 2021,
                                                                      to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically
                                                                      or internationally: Provided, That, notwithstanding that one percent
                                                                      of funding for operation and maintenance under this heading in
                                                                      Public Law 116–93 shall remain available for obligation until Sep-
                                                                      tember 30, 2021, funding for operation and maintenance made
                                                                      available under this heading in this Act shall only be available
                                                                      through September 30, 2020: Provided further, That such amount
                                                                      is designated by the Congress as being for an emergency require-
                                                                      ment pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget
                                                                      and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                                               OFFICE OF THE INSPECTOR GENERAL
                                                                           For an additional amount for ‘‘Office of the Inspector General’’,
                                                                      $20,000,000, to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus,
                                                                      domestically or internationally: Provided, That the funding made
                                                                      available under this heading in this Act shall be used for conducting
                                                                      audits and investigations of projects and activities carried out with
                                                                      funds made available in this Act to the Department of Defense
                                                                      to prevent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically
                                                                      or internationally: Provided further, That such amount is designated
                                                                      by the Congress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant
                                                                      to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency
                                                                      Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                                            GENERAL PROVISIONS—THIS TITLE
                                                                           SEC. 13001. Funds appropriated by this title may be transferred                                  Transfer
                                                                      to, and merged with, other applicable appropriations of the Depart-                                   authority.
                                                                      ment of Defense, except for ‘‘Drug Interdiction and Counter-Drug
                                                                      Activities, Defense’’, for expenses incurred in preventing, preparing
                                                                      for, or responding to coronavirus, including expenses of the Depart-
                                                                      ment of Defense incurred in support of other Federal Departments
                                                                      and agencies, and State, local, and Indian tribal governments, to
                                                                      be merged with and to be available for the same purposes, and
                                                                      for the same time period, as the appropriation or fund to which
                                                                      transferred: Provided, That upon a determination that all or part                                     Determination.
                                                                      of the funds transferred pursuant to this section that are not
                                                                      necessary for the purposes provided herein, such funds shall be
                                                                      transferred back to the original appropriation: Provided further,
                                                                      That the transfer authority provided by this section is in addition
                                                                      to any other transfer authority provided by law.
                                                                           SEC. 13002. For an additional amount for ‘‘Defense Health
                                                                      Program’’, $1,095,500,000, which shall be for operation and mainte-
                                                                      nance, and of which $1,095,500,000 may be available for contracts
                                                                      entered into under the TRICARE program: Provided, That, notwith-
                                                                      standing that one percent of funding for operation and maintenance
                                                                      under this heading in Public Law 116–93 shall remain available




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      for obligation until September 30, 2021, funding for operation and
                                                                      maintenance made available under this heading in this section




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00519   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 522                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              shall only be available through September 30, 2020: Provided fur-
                                                                                              ther, That such amount is designated by the Congress as being
                                                                                              for an emergency requirement pursuant to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i)
                                                                                              of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
                                                                      10 USC 2208                  SEC. 13003. (a) Notwithstanding section 2208(l)(3) of title 10,
                                                                      note.                   United States Code, during fiscal year 2020, the total amount
                                                                                              of the advance billings rendered or imposed for all working-capital
                                                                                              funds of the Department of Defense may exceed the amount other-
                                                                                              wise specified in such section.
                                                                      Definition.                  (b) In this section, the term ‘‘advance billing’’ has the meaning
                                                                                              given that term in section 2208(l)(4) of title 10, United States
                                                                                              Code.
                                                                      10 USC 2326                  SEC. 13004. (a) Section 2326(b)(3) of title 10, United States
                                                                      note.                   Code, shall not apply to any undefinitized contract action of the
                                                                                              Department of Defense related to the national emergency for the
                                                                                              Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID–19).
                                                                      Definition.                  (b) In this section, the term ‘‘undefinitized contract action’’
                                                                                              has the meaning given that term in section 2326(j)(6) of title 10,
                                                                                              United States Code.
                                                                      Waiver authority.            SEC. 13005. (a) The head of an agency may waive the provisions
                                                                      10 USC 2326             of section 2326(b) of title 10, United States Code, with respect
                                                                      note.
                                                                                              to a contract of such agency if the head of the agency determines
                                                                                              that the waiver is necessary due to the national emergency for
                                                                                              the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID–19).
                                                                      Definition.                  (b) In this section, the term ‘‘head of an agency’’ has the
                                                                                              meaning given that term in section 2302(2) of title 10, United
                                                                                              States Code.
                                                                      10 USC 2371b                 SEC. 13006. (a) Notwithstanding paragraph (3) of section
                                                                      note.                   2371b(a) of title 10, United States Code, the authority of a senior
                                                                                              procurement executive or director of the Defense Advanced Research
                                                                                              Projects Agency or Missile Defense Agency under paragraph (2)(A)
                                                                                              of such section, and the authority of the Under Secretaries of
                                                                                              Defense under paragraph (2)(B) of such section, for any transaction
                                                                                              related to the national emergency for the Coronavirus Disease
                                                                                              2019 (COVID–19) may be delegated to such officials in the Depart-
                                                                                              ment of Defense as the Secretary of Defense shall specify for pur-
                                                                                              poses of this section.
                                                                                                   (b)(1) Notwithstanding clause (ii) of section 2371b(a)(2)(B) of
                                                                                              title 10, United States Code, no advance notice to Congress is
                                                                                              required under that clause for transitions described in that section
                                                                                              that are related to the national emergency for the Coronavirus
                                                                                              Disease 2019 (COVID–19).
                                                                      Notification.                (2) In the event a transaction covered by paragraph (1) is
                                                                                              carried out, the Under Secretary of Defense for Research and
                                                                                              Engineering or the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition
                                                                                              and Sustainment, as applicable, shall submit to the congressional
                                                                                              defense committees a notice on the carrying out of such transaction
                                                                                              as soon as is practicable after the commencement of the carrying
                                                                                              out of such transaction.
                                                                      Definition.                  (3) In this subsection, the term ‘‘congressional defense commit-
                                                                                              tees’’ has the meaning given such term in section 101(a)(16) of
                                                                                              title 10, United States Code.
                                                                      President.                   SEC. 13007. (a) The President may extend the appointment
                                                                      Appointments.           of the Chief of Army Reserve as prescribed in section 7038(c)




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                      Termination
                                                                      dates.
                                                                                              of title 10, United States Code, for the incumbent in that position
                                                                      10 USC 111 note.        as of the date of the enactment of this Act until the date of




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00520   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                               134 STAT. 523

                                                                      the appointment of the successor to such incumbent, notwith-
                                                                      standing any limitation otherwise imposed on such term by such
                                                                      section 7038(c).
                                                                           (b) The President may extend the appointment of the Chief
                                                                      of Navy Reserve as prescribed in section 8083(c) of title 10, United
                                                                      States Code, for the incumbent in that position as of the date
                                                                      of the enactment of this Act until the date of the appointment
                                                                      of the successor to such incumbent, notwithstanding any limitation
                                                                      otherwise imposed on such term by such section 8083(c).
                                                                           (c) The President may extend the appointment of the Chief
                                                                      of Staff of the Air Force prescribed in section 9033(a)(1) of title
                                                                      10, United States Code, for the incumbent in that position as
                                                                      of the date of the enactment of this Act until the date of the
                                                                      appointment of the successor to such incumbent, notwithstanding
                                                                      any limitation otherwise imposed on such term by such section
                                                                      9033(a)(1).
                                                                           (d) The President may extend the appointment of the Chief
                                                                      of Space Operations, as prescribed in section 9082(a)(2) of title
                                                                      10, United States Code, for the incumbent in that position as
                                                                      of the date of the enactment of this Act until the date of the
                                                                      appointment of the successor to such incumbent, notwithstanding
                                                                      any limitation otherwise imposed on such term by such section
                                                                      9082(a)(2).
                                                                           (e) The President may extend the appointment of the Chief
                                                                      of the National Guard Bureau as prescribed in section 10502(b)
                                                                      of title 10, United States Code, for the incumbent in that position
                                                                      as of the date of the enactment of this Act until the date of
                                                                      the appointment of the successor to such incumbent, notwith-
                                                                      standing any limitation otherwise imposed on such term by such
                                                                      section 10502(b).
                                                                           (f) The President may extend the appointment of Director,
                                                                      Army National Guard and Director, Air National Guard as pre-
                                                                      scribed in section 10506(a)(3)(D) of title 10, United States Code,
                                                                      for the incumbent in such position as of the date of the enactment
                                                                      of this Act until the date of the appointment of the successor
                                                                      to such incumbent, notwithstanding any limitation otherwise
                                                                      imposed on such term by such section 10506(a)(3)(D).
                                                                           (g) Notwithstanding paragraph (4) of section 10505(a) of title                                   Waiver authority.
                                                                      10, United States Code, the Secretary of Defense may waive the                                        Time period.
                                                                      limitations in paragraphs (2) and (3) of that section for a period
                                                                      of not more than 270 days.
                                                                           (h)(1) The President may delegate the exercise of the authorities
                                                                      in subsections (a) through (f) to the Secretary of Defense.
                                                                           (2) The Secretary of Defense may not redelegate the exercise
                                                                      of any authority delegated to the Secretary pursuant to paragraph
                                                                      (1), and may not delegate the exercise of the authority in subsection
                                                                      (g).




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES



                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00521   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1
                                                                      134 STAT. 524                             PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                                          TITLE IV

                                                                                                                       CORPS OF ENGINEERS—CIVIL

                                                                                                                           DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

                                                                                                                            OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Operation and Maintenance’’,
                                                                                              $50,000,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to pre-
                                                                                              vent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or inter-
                                                                                              nationally: Provided, That such amount is designated by the Con-
                                                                                              gress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.

                                                                                                                                          EXPENSES

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Expenses’’, $20,000,000, to
                                                                                              remain available until September 30, 2021, to prevent, prepare
                                                                                              for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or internationally:
                                                                                              Provided, That such amount is designated by the Congress as
                                                                                              being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.

                                                                                                                     DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

                                                                                                                              BUREAU OF RECLAMATION

                                                                                                                           WATER AND RELATED RESOURCES


                                                                                                                           (INCLUDING TRANSFER OF FUNDS)

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Water and Related Resources’’,
                                                                                              $12,500,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to pre-
                                                                                              vent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or inter-
                                                                                              nationally: Provided, That $500,000 of the funds provided under
                                                                                              this heading in this Act shall be transferred to the ‘‘Central Utah
                                                                                              Project Completion Account’’ to prevent, prepare for, and respond
                                                                                              to coronavirus: Provided further, That such amount is designated
                                                                                              by the Congress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant
                                                                                              to section 251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency
                                                                                              Deficit Control Act of 1985.

                                                                                                                             POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION

                                                                                                   For an additional amount for ‘‘Policy and Administration’’,
                                                                                              $8,100,000, to remain available until September 30, 2021, to pre-
                                                                                              vent, prepare for, and respond to coronavirus, domestically or inter-
                                                                                              nationally: Provided, That such amount is designated by the Con-
                                                                                              gress as being for an emergency requirement pursuant to section




whamilton on LAP1Z6H6L3PROD with STATUTES
                                                                                              251(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Con-
                                                                                              trol Act of 1985.




                                            VerDate Sep 11 2014   13:19 Oct 23, 2024   Jkt 099194   PO 00000   Frm 00522    Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   G:\STATUTES\2020\GOVINFO_FILES\99194PT1.001   99194PT1


File and source

File
STATUTE-134-Pg281.pdf
Size
1,016,574 bytes
SHA-256
680e4d173de6cb57dee41367daceefc21fadc633da2ded4713a025d767b3ba68
Our copy
STATUTE-134-Pg281.pdf
Original
www.govinfo.gov
Back to top